TWO DISCOURSES CONCERNING The Soul of Brutes, Which is that of the Vital and Sensitive of Man.  
The First is PHYSIOLOGICAL, showing the NATURE, PARTS, POWERS, and AFFECTIONS of the same.  
The Other is PATHOLOGICAL, which unfolds the DISEASES which Affect it and its Primary Seat; to wit, The BRAIN and NERVOUS STOCK, And Treats of their CURES: With Copper Cuts.  
By THOMAS WILLIS Doctor in PHYSIC, Professor of Natural Philosophy in OXFORD, and also one of the Royal Society, and of the renowned College of Physicians in LONDON.  
Englished By S. PORDAGE, Student in PHYSIC.  
LONDON, Printed for Thomas Dring at the Harrow near Chancery-Lane End in Fleetstreet, Ch. Harper at the Flower-de-Luce against St. Dunstan's Church in Fleetstreet, and john Leigh at Stationers-Hall. 1683.   

To the most Reverend Father in God GILBERT (By Divine Providence) Archbishop of Canterbury, Primate and Metropolitan of all ENGLAND, and one of the Privy Council to His Sacred Majesty CHARLES the Second, King of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, etc.  
Most Renowned Prelate,  
IN that I still become troublesome to your greater Cares, by this Kind of often repeated Duty, I must also repeat my former Excuse. For that these my Write, with those formerly Published, for the most part consist of those things which I have delivered in my Academical Readins, by a necessitated Duty belong to you, for that I received them from your Favours; and indeed, neither these had ever seen the Light, nor perhaps myself had ever been in the number of Authors, unless I had been made at first your Sidlie Professor at Oxford; yours I say, both for the ancient Honour with which you had advanced me, and also for the more fresh magnificent Liberality, which has obliged the whole Academy, and all its Gowned Company. All the Schools partake of what is imputed to your Theatre; and moreover all the Professors, whilst every one of their private Patrons are acknowledged, Celebrate Sheldon; who exceeds, by your gifts that of other Macaenatuses, and Crowns the whole.  
But as these Disquisitions are indebted to your Munisicence, so they require your Patronage, and we offer them not more in Duty to your Grace, than for the Cause of your Tutelage. Concerning the Soul, I have entered upon a great and difficult thing, and full of hazard; where we may equally fear the Censures of the Church, as the Schools. For that I assert a Man (as the Madman in the Gospel possess't with a Legion) to be endued with many distinct Souls, and design sometimes a legitimate Subordination of them, and sometimes wicked Combinations, troublesome Contests, and more than Civil Wars; yea, and in that I importunately describe, the Manners and Affections, the Mutual Exaltations, Dejections, and Productions of either, and their state after Separation: These, I say, some not only Philosophers, but Theologists perhaps may find fault with. And althô I have a place of Safety, in that the Arguments and Reasons fight on my Side, and that I have got the Suffrages of the ancient Philosophers, and the holy Fathers (and especially of St. Hierome and Augustine, and among the Moderns of Gassendus and our Hammond) yet suffer your Grace for my greater Safety, to extend your help to me, and grant that I may profess in the Entrance to this Discourse, that I am  
Your Grace's Most humble and devoted Servant Tho. Willis.   

To the Most LEARNED and WORSHIPFUL By me ever Respected The Vicechancellor, Doctors, and Masters, who diligently Profess, greatly Adorn, and happily Promote good Letters in the most Famous University of Oxford, Health.  
EXcuse me, Learned Men, if you, who were once my Auditors, I now desire to be my Readers, and you whom I ever found Propitious and Favourable, that I therefore wish you may be my Judges and Patrons. Your singular Humanity hath formerly inflamed my Industry, in this Physiological Undertaking, and given me Life and Strength; so that if that any thing of Praise be due to me, it ought to be imputed and referred to you. I know indeed how great difference there is, betwixt the flying words of Speakers, and those impressed upon lasting Papers; but it seems of great Authority, that they have not been displeasing to your most Curious Judgements, in their utterance, and I hope they may now pass any Examen, having already passed your Critical Ears. It therefore belongs to you to defend, if not these my Endeavours, yet at least your own Judgements; and if perchance, the litterate Thrasoe's of this Age, who are wholly ignorant in Philosophy, every where wand'ring about, attempt to overthrow me with their Clamours, which is their chief Eloquence, to oppose your Authority against them, by which, if they are not put to Silence, it will be however an high Confidence and inviolable Security to  
Honoured Sirs, the Admirer of you all, THO. WILLIS.   

THE PREFACE TO THE READER.  
Courteous Reader,  
I Have here given you what I had long promised, the Pathology of the Brain and Nervous Stock, and with it the previous Physical Meditations of the Soul of the Brutes, which is that inferior one of Man. This difficult task, when at first denied leisure and retirement, it could not be performed; after the Death of my Dear Wife, being lonely, with frequent and unseasonable Studies, that I might the less think on my Grief, I have at last finished this, according to my slender Capacity. But indeed in these Disquisitions (which the Anatomy of the Brain, and its Appendices, hath lately and more exactly shown) as we have entered into a by-way, and not before trodden, there was a necessity to lead thee, thorough some sharp and stony ways, beset with bushes and thorns, which might offend thee. And indeed I know not, whether it will be pleasing to all, that instituting the something Paradoxical Doctrine of the Animal Soul, that I should assign to that Soul, by which the Brutes as well as Men live, feel, move, not only Extension, but Members, and as it were Organical Parts, yea peculiar Diseases, and proper means or methods of Curing them; and that moreover, I should form this, which is merely Vital, and different from the Rational, and subordinate to it, and so Man, a Two-souled Animal, and as it were a manifold Geryon.  
That I may remove out of the way these little rubs, I do not at all doubt to overcome them, and evince the Corporeity of the Soul, by Reasons not to be contemned, and also by the full suffrage, both of the Ancients and the Moderns; and besides, that it is Bipart or Twofold, I have already, in another place, by a necessary Consequence deduced, from the Life of the Blood, as it were a flame, and from the existency of the Animal Spirits, and as it were lucid or aetherial Hypostasis, asserted and proved. For granting to the Soul, one Vital Portion living in the Blood, to be a certain enkindling of it, and another Sensitive, to be only an heap of Animal Spirits every where diffused thorough the Brain and Nervous Stock; it follows from hence, that Brutes have a Soul Co-extended to the whole Body, and Parts not only many and distinct, but after a manner dissimilar. But that some object, that the Soul of the Beast; because it perceives, or knows that it feels, to be immaterial, for that Matter seems to be incapable of Perception, that indeed, had been likely, if that Perception should pass beyond the limits of Material things; or higher, than what inspires them, which things are usually attributed to Natural Instinct, or Idiocrasie or peculiar Temperaments, that I may omit Sympathies and Antipathies. But who should be the Betrother? I profess the great God, as the only Workman, so also as the first Mover, and auspiciously present, every where, was he not able to impress strength, Powers, and Faculties to Matter, fitted to the offices of a Sensitive Life? The Pen in the hand of the Writer, Disputes, Entreats, gives Relations of things, and is in the midst between things past and things to come; and why should we not believe that greater things than any of these, may be done, when the Skill of the Deity is present? Lastly, If any one shall affirm, that most subtle Substance, and wholly Etherial, which serves for the Vital Oeconomy or Government to be immaterial, for that it enters upon the sluggish Disposition of inanimate Bodies, let him remember to be indulgent to me, if by chance I call it material, for that it subsists very much below the Prerogatives of Reason.  
But I shall not stand upon these things, for truly I have prepared a far othergate defence; to wit, I speak not from the Tripos like an Oracle, nor from the Chair, but as one of a low form: I play not the Prophet, or Dictator, but the Philosopher, neither do I plant an Opinion, but propose an Hypothesis, and open my judgement. Geometry has its Demonstrations in itself; we are Skilled in that part of Philosophy, where it abundantly suffices to have brought Logical Proofs: Surely he only certainly pronounces, who professes his Errors, and whilst he Philosophizes about Man, remembers himself that he is a Man.  
But that according to the Adage, that I should declare some to be rather sick in Soul, yea first, and chiefly than in Body; otherways than the Schools of Physicians, which refer the Primary Seats of all Diseases, into solid Parts, Humours, and Vital Spirits, or innate Heat: I say from our Hypothesis, to wit, that this Soul hath a material Subsistence, extended equally with the Body, and peculiar Parts, Powers, and Affections; may be concluded, that it is found obnoxious also to preternatural Diseases, and not seldom wants Medical help.  
Moreover, That the Corporeal Soul doth extend its Sicknesses, not only to the Body, but to the Mind or rational Soul, which is of an higher lineage, and that it oftentimes involves it with its sailings and faults, I think is clear enough in our Pathology or Method of Curing. Further, for the proving these two distinct Souls, to be together and subordinately in Man, as much as Authority and the force of Reasons can, I think is there proved; which Opinion is so far from that I need to fear it should be censured for Pernicious or Heretical; that on the contrary, we hope it is altogether Orthodox, and appears agreeable to a good Life, and Pious Institution: from hence the Wars and Strive between our two Appetites, or between the Flesh and Spirit, both Morally and Theologically inculcated to us, are also Physically understood; for that, I see and approve the better things, and follow the worse; and this, The Flesh lusts against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the Flesh. So generally comes to pass in us, for as much as the Corporeal Soul adhering to the Flesh, inclines Man to Sensual Pleasures, whilst in the mean time, the Rational Soul, being helped by Ethical Rules, or Divine favours, invites it to good Manners, and the works of Piety. Further, from hence, the chief Arguments is brought against Epicurism, and Atheism, for that it is moved by the force of Reasons, our Sensitive Soul even as that of the Brutes, miscarrying, the other perpetually survives; for truly being persuaded of an after and Eternal State, why doth it not make it its whole business, that it may live more happily in it, or at least not miserably?  
But also, that it may be objected, that there cannot be therefore two Souls in Man, because many forms cannot actuate at once the same Matter; It may be answered: that the Supreme form of the same Subject, doth sometimes subordinately include many others, but specifies it only a Compound. Also, the Corporeal Soul being subordinate to the Rational, subsists immediately in the Humane Body, and this Superior is in the same, that mediating. It would be a much more difficult solution of this hard Business, if the Inferior Soul of Man, common to that with the Brutes, should be also affirmed to be immaterial; for by what knitting together, can two independent Souls subsist in the same Body; being from thence separated and Combined, by no common Bone, into what place can they depart severally? Certainly as to reason, it is more probable, and to the Humane government more agreeable, to affirm that one most subtly Corporal Soul, is joined immediately to the Body, and is intimately united, and that by the intervention of this Soul, another immaterial, residing in its Bosom, inhabits the Body, and is the supreme and principal form of the whole Man: But that after Death, the Corporeal Soul being extinct, this survives and is Immortal.  
That the Corporeal, Flameous, and lucid Nature of this Soul, and its Parts and Affections, may be the better known, I have thought it necessary to describe the Vital Organs, both of all Kind's of living Creatures, by the Action of which the Lamp of Light is maintained; and also to show plainly laid open, even to their intimate recesses, and least and secret Passages, the Brains, both of the more perfect Brutes, and also of Man. The Anatomy of which being manifold; not being able to perform it only with my own hand, and Skill, being also almost continually interrupted by my Practice, the Famous and Skilful Anatomist and Physician Dr. Edmond King was much helpful to me, by his assiduous and notable assistance and labour. Also that learned Man, and my most intimate Friend, Dr. John Masters, Skilful in Physic and Anatomy, employed much of his Labour and Diligence in the same Business. Out of his various Zootomie or Anatomy of the more perfect Beasts and many-flowered dissection, the wonderful things of God are very much made known, for as much as in every the smallest and vilest little Animals, not only the Face and Members, but also the inward Parts, as it were the Hearths and Altars for the continuing the Vital Fire, show them to be of a most Elegant and Artificial and plainly Divine Structure.  
As to our Pathology or Method of Cure, I must confess, that in delivering the Theory of Diseases, leaving the old way, I have almost every where brought forth new Hypotheses: but what being founded upon Anatomical Observations, and firmly established, better solve all the Phoenomena of the Sick, (viz.) They declare more aptly the Causes of the Symptoms, and show the Reasons of Curing, more accommodate to every Disease. But as to the Remedies and Therapeutic Method, althô we follow not exactly, after the manner of others, the Ancients, we have nevertheless rejected nothing ratified by grave Authority, or approved by daily Experience; and besides, we have added many things found out Emperically and Analogically by the Moderns; Althô it is neither our Hope or Ambition that these should be pleasing to all; yet (what is my last wish) I doubt not, but that this may be an help to many for the illustrating the Medical Science, and for the more happy Curing of Cephalick Diseases. Farewell.   

OF The Soul of the Brutes, The First Part PHYSIOLOGICAL, SHOWING, Its NATURE, PARTS, POWERS, and AFFECTIONS.  

CHAP. 1.  
The Opinions of Authors both Ancient and Modern are recounted.  
WIth what Pleasures, 
The Contemplation of the Soul pleasant but difficult.  and with what Delight, beyond other things, the Contemplation of the Soul hath drawn to itself the Wits of Men, and most profoundly Exercised them, appears even from hence, that almost none of the Philosophers, of whatsoever Sect they were, and of every Age, who have not laboured in the search of it: But indeed, how hard and abstruse it is, and with what dark Blackness, not less than the shades of Hell itself, this Knowledge of the Soul is over-shadowed, may be gathered from this; because they are opposite and uncertain, concerning it; yea, almost as many Men as there are, so many several Opinions have they Published; that truly 'tis no unjust Complaint of the Soul, that she understands all things but herself. Nevertheless, in this Age, most fruitful of Inventions, when that so many Admirable things not before thought on, as it were another Ancient World unknown, are discovered, about the building of the Animal Body, when new Creeks are daily found out, new humours spring up, and altogether another Doctrine than what hath been delivered by the Ancients, concerning the use of many of the Parts, hath been instituted; why may we not also hope, that there may be yet shown a new disquisition concerning the Soul, and with better luck than hitherto? Therefore, however the thing may be performed, I shall attempt to Philosophise concerning that Soul at least, which is Common to Brute Animals with Man, and which seems to depend altogether on the Body, to be born and die with it, to actuate all its Parts, to be extended thorough them, and to be plainly Corporeal; and that chiefly, 
It Conduces to the knowing of the Manners of Men, and the Diseases of the Soul.  because, by the Nature, Subsistence, Parts, and Affections of this Corporeal Soul rightly unfolded, the Ingenuity, Temperament, and Manners of every Man may be thence the better known; as also the Causes, and formal Reasons of many Diseases, as of the Frenzy, Lethargy, Vertigo, Madness, Melancholy, and others, belonging rather to the Soul than to the Body, as yet hidden, may in some part be discovered: Then Secondly, because the ends and bounds of the aforesaid Corporeal Soul being defined, the Rational Soul, Superior and Immaterial, may be sufficiently differenced from it; nor is that Argument admitted so easily, confounding them together, whereby some deserving very ill of themselves, have affirmed the Souls of Man and the Beasts only to differ in degrees of Perfection; and so that either alike must be either Mortal or Immortal, and alike propagated ex traduce or from the Parent. 
It distinguishes the Rational Soul of Man, from that other of the Brute.  Wherefore that the Dignity, Order, and Immortality of the Rational Soul, discriminated from the Corporeal, may be vindicated, and likewise that we may make a way to the remaining Pathology, or Method of Curing of the Brain and Nervous Stock, in which not only Parts of the Body, but often the animal Spirits, yea, sometimes the whole sensitive Soul, seems to be affected, (although we have formerly unfolded according to our slender Ability, not after this manner, the Descriptions and Uses of the Brain and Nerves,) Therefore at present, we shall endeavour to deliver a certain Doctrine of the Soul, previous to the showing the Doctrine of the Diseases of those Parts. But here it will be first expedient to rehearse the Opinions of others, or at least the chiefest and most noted among them: From which, being put together, if not what the Soul truly is, may be made known; yet what many considering it have thought of it; and from thence a little more certain search of it, we may enterprise.  
And indeed if we would grow wise concerning the Soul only out of the Pleas of Authors, and the Writings of Philosophers of every Age, we should be entangled in a Labyrinth of Opinions, following for truth mere Phantasms, and for the genuine Idea of the Soul, as it were the Apparitions of divers Spectres. But that we may reduce the various Opinions, whatever have been declared, both of the Ancients and Moderns, to some certain Heads; it will be fit that we observe, some did affirm it to be Corporeal, others Incorporeal. In either Kind we meet with great diversity of Opinions. For first of all, among those who thought it Incorporeal, 
Some have affirmed the Soul of the Beast to be an Incorporeal Substance; to wit, the Platonists, and the Pythagoreans.  some affirmed it to be a Substance existing of itself and immortal, others without Substance having only an accidental form. Those who believed the Soul an Incorporeal and Immortal Substance, differed also among themselves. The Platonists and Pythagoreans said, the Souls of all living Creatures, to be a certain Part of the Universal Soul of the World, and that they were depressed or immerged in this lower Body, as in a Sepulchre; and therefore, the Soul, when the Animal received Life, was not born but died; for as much as by this inferior Birth, it was divided from the simple and undivided fountain of Nature. Further they thought, that the same Soul so demersed, did wander from one Body being dead, to another, and so by a various Metampseuchosis, did inhabit or was a guest sometimes in the Bodies of Men, and sometimes of Beasts. The Manichees asserted, That all Souls being taken out of the Substance itself of God, did actuate Terrestrial Bodies, and going from hence again, returned into God himself. The Origenists different from either, taught that Souls were Created from the beginning of the World, and at first to subsist of themselves, then as occasion served, that Bodies being form, they entered into them being begun, and actuated them during Life, and that at length they returned to their private or singular Substances. The state of which Souls, though some attributed it only to Humane Souls; yet there were others, who granted the like Immortality to the Souls of the Brutes, yea and of Plants.  

Cap. 2. de Nat. Hom.  On the contrary, Nemesius (but untruly) saith, That Aristotle affirmed the Soul to be Incorporeal, but without Perfection and Mortal, when he had designed the Entelechia or Perfection of every living thing; as to wit, She as it were arising up of her own accord, from Power only of matter rightly disposed, 
Others an Incorporeal form as the Peripatetics.  understands nothing else, but it's own Crasis or Temperament, resulting from the mixture; which as it adds nothing substantial to the praeexisting Matter, the Soul itself seems to be from thence a mere Ens of Reason, and only an extrinsical denomination. Further, when the Peripatetics, from the Soul raised up out of the Grave of Matter (which they affirmed to be a simple form, without Extension and divisibility) do contend that the Members of the same Body, do perceive many things at once and together, they have introduced into the Schools that Plea or rather Riddle, to wit, That it is whole in the whole, and whole in every part. To this Opinion thus unfolded, that of Dicaearchus was akin, who said the Soul was Harmony, and also that of Galen, who called it a Temperament.  

Others affirm the Soul to be Corporeal, and either something out of the Elements or the Blood, etc.  Nor do we meet with a less diversity of Opinions, among the Philosophers of every Age, delivering that all Souls, or all others, the rational excepted, are Corporeal. To pass by those who have affirmed the Soul to be either Fire, or Air, or Water, or something made out of many of these Elements; some, as Critias and Empedocles have said, that it was Blood. Which Opinion the Sacred Scriptures in some places plainly favour, where the eating of Blood is forbidden, because it is the Life or the Soul: Moreover, there are not Reasons and Arguments wanting, which conclude this to be very near, or very like to Truth; as shall be shown anon.  

The Opinion of Epicurus, that the Soul is made out of Atoms.  To these may be added, the Opinion of Epicurus delivered of old, and of late revived in our Age, which introduces the Soul plainly Corporeal, and made out of a knitting together of subtle Atoms, and asserts, citing Laertius, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, etc. which according to the mind of Gassendus, is as much as to say, That the Animal is as it were the Loom, in which the Yarn is the Body, and the Woof the Soul. From thence Laertius describing more fully its Corporeity, saith, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, etc. which is, that the Soul is Composed of most light Atoms, and round, not much different from those out of which fire is. Other Epicureans describing the Nature of the Soul, otherways, depaint it as from something hot, flatuous, and airy, we need not to unfold any further this Opinion, nor show out of Laertius and Lucretius, by what Rite the Assertors of the Epicurean Philosophy, do accommodate such an Atomical Composition of the Soul, to all the Actions and Affections of the Function, or Animal Government, which are to be performed.  
Upon this Hypothesis of the Epicureans, 
The late followers of the Philosopher Epicurus have affirmed the Soul to be made of Atoms.  as it were its basis, the Philosophers of this latter Age have built all their doctrines of the Soul, though very divers, and I may almost say opposite. For as the soul of the Brutes, is affirmed by most of them, to be Corporeal and divisible, yet she is by some of them deprived of all Knowledge, Sense, and Appetite; in the mean time, not only Sense, Memory, and Fantasy is granted to her by others, but the use of a certain inferior Reason. And what is more to be wondered at, the same end of their Assertion is proposed by either Sect; to wit, That the Soul of the Brutes, both as it may be deprived of its gifts, and also as it is most notably adorned by them, may be very much distinguished, or (that I may use the Idiom of the Schools) diversified from the humane Soul.  
The first Assertor of the former Opinion was Gometius Pereira, 
Others of them deny it to have Sense and Perception, as Gometius Pereira.  who affirmed that Beasts wanted all Knowledge or Perception; whom in our latter Age, the Famous Men Cartesius and Digby, with others Exactly followed; who endeavouring as much as they could, to discriminate the Souls of Beasts from the humane, affirmed them, to be not only Corporeal and Divisible, but also merely passive; that is, that they were not all moved, unless that they were moved by other Bodies, striking some part of the Soul; from whence it followed, that every action of the Brute Consisted in it, as it were an artificial Motion of a Mechanical Engine, to wit, that first some sensible thing affecting the animal spirits, and Converting them inwards, stirs up sense; from which by and by; the same spirits being moved, as it were by a reflected undulation or wavering, return back again, and being determined for the fitted order of the organs and parts of the Fabric itself, in certain Nerves and Muscles, they perform the respective motions of the Members: For otherwise, if Cognition be granted to the Brutes, you must yield to them also Conscience, yea and deliberation and Election, and a Knowledge of universal things, and lastly an incorporeal and rational soul.  
Whilst these famous Philosophers suppose Brute Animals to be only certain Machine's wonderful made by a Divine Workmanship; to wit, which without any Knowledge, Sense, or Appetite, perform only Corporeal Motions, and the Acts of their Faculties, according to the fitted structure of parts, and the precise direction of the spirits, within Certain measures or bounds of the Animals; yet some of them differ in their Opinions, about the structure and model of the Machine or moving Engine; to wit, for as much as the figure and properties of the Atoms, out of which the same is supposed to be made, are assigned one way by these, and after a divers way by those. The most illustrious Cartesius, 
Cartesius.  unfolding all things by matter and motion, asserting the Souls of Brutes to consist altogether of round and highly movable Atoms, which he Calls the Elements of the first Kind; affirms, That nothing else is requisite for all its acts to be performed, than that the fibres and nervous parts being struck by a stroke of a sensible thing, they receive a motion after this or that kind of manner, and transfer it by a Continued affection of the sensitive parts, as it were by a Certain undulation or wavering, into the respective parts: 
Digby and Others.  But our Digby supposing mobility of the particulars of this kind, out of which the Soul is made, adds further, That certain most thin Effluvia's, falling away from the sensible Body, do not only affect the Exterior sensories, but entering into the more interior recesses, mix themselves with the spirits, and moving them into Various fluctuations, do produce sense, and divers sorts of local motions: Moreover, that out of these Extrinsical Atoms, so entering into the nervous parts, and the Brain itself, do proceed not only Extempore Actions; but out of those left in the feeling body, and retaining the former Configurations, are Constituted the remaining Ideas, in the memory of things formerly done. It would be too prolix a business to recount particularly what appertains to the aforesaid Hypothesis, concerning the souls of Brutes, or animal Actions; or to Examine the Reasons of each; also to show by what manner of Solutions of that Kind, those operations of the Brutes, which seem to be made by a Certain Judgement and Ratiocination, are wont to be unfolded.  
But indeed these Solutions of difficult Phaenomena's, and the Reasons for the mechanical provision of living Creatures, and their Souls, though artificially form by these Authors, seem not to satisfy a Mind desirous of Truth: 
Others attribute to the Corporeal Souls sense and Perception; and further, the use of an inferior Reason; as  And whilst every one expounds so the Works of the Creation, according to the model of his Wit, they seem to say, That God is not able to make any thing beyond what Man is able to Conceive or Imagine. Wherefore others, also renowned Philosophers, both Ancient and Modern, professing themselves no less adverse to Atheism than the former, Challenge in the behalf of the Beasts, not only the operations of an external and internal Sense, with Perception, Appetite, and spontaneous motions; but besides, grant to them a certain use of Judgement, Deliberation, and Ratiocination.  
Nemesius an ancient Philosopher, 
Nemesius.  discoursing of the Cognation or Propinquity of all Created things, after he had showed from Minerals, that some things came near towards the natures of Vegetables, 
De Nat. Hom. Cap. 1.  and some of Plants, and Animals, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (saith he) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, etc. which is, The Common Architect passing from irrational Creatures to that rational Animal Man, hath not effected this suddenly, but first has referred certain natural Knowledges, and Artifices, and Subtleties to other Animals, so that they appear near to rational Creatures.  

Phys. Sect. 3. Membr. post Lib. 8. Cap. 4.  Peter Gassendus, a most Skilful and Cause-Expressing Man, in his late Experimental Philosophy, when he had enumerated very many Instances, by which the Cunning and Wonderful Sagacity of brute Animals were declared; and also the Epithets, whereby these kind of Animals are noted by Philosophers, to wit, that some are called Excelling in Knowledge; others Artificial, these Dexterous and Complete, or Crafty and Wise, at length the Author adds, that, These things could not deservedly be attributed to them, unless they granted them a certain kind of Reason. However it be, we may seem at least to be able to distinguish, by a ready way, that as Commonly a twofold Memory, To wit, a Sensitive and Intellective, is distinguished, so nothing forbids to Call Reason Sensitive and Intellectual. And truly, as we understand by the Name of Reason, the faculty or beginning of Ratiocination, and that to Reason is nothing else, than to understand one thing by the Knowledge of another thing, there is nothing more Easily to be observed, than that Brutes do Collect one thing out of another, or what is the same thing, do reckon or recount, and therefore are endued with Reason. From these we may easily understand, what dignity, and beyond the powers of any Machine, causing its Efficacy, he affirms to be in the Souls of Beasts. But in the mean time, if it be marqued, what Hypostasis, or formal Idea, he hath assigned them; it doth not so Easily appear, how that such Choice Privileges, do agree with those Souls, so slenderly gifted, as to their Substances. 
Who asserts the Soul, to be a little flame, or a Certain fire.  For when from the Opinion of Epicurus he had shown these to be Corporeal, and their Bodies to be made up of most light and round Atoms, out of which sort fire and heat is Created; at length he Concludes; The Soul therefore to be a Certain Flame, or a Species of most thin fire, which as long as it lives, or remains enkindled, so long the Animal lives; when it no longer lives or is Extinguished, the Animal dies. But indeed, concerning his Hypothesis, he ought to have unfolded, by what means this Fire Intelligent and Artificial (to speak like the Stoics) could be; or how a flame within certain bounds and Organs of the Body, however framed with the most excellent artificie, being enkindled and dilated, can be able to produce the Acts of the animal Faculty; This I say, most difficult Problem, this most Learned Man came to, and passed over its Knot as it were purposely in that place.   

CHAP. II.  
The Opinion of the Author Concerning the Soul in General, That the Soul of the Brute is Corporeal and Fiery.  
AFter having thus recited the chief Opinions of others, It now remains that we propose our own Opinion, or rather Conjecture, in so hard a matter. Where in the first place, I am not easily led to believe, That the Soul of the Beast is an Incorporeal Substance, 
Why the Soul of the Beast seems not to be an incorporeal, and immortal substance.  or Form: For as to what relates to that Platonic Fiction, concerning the Soul of the World, that, and also the Heresy of the Manichees, hath already been refuted and clearly exploded, both by the Ancient and Modern both Philosophers and Theologists, that there remains no further dispute about it. Further, neither can I Consent to those Origenists, who have affirmed the Souls of all Living Creatures to be immaterial, and also to subsist before and after their Bodies. For, though I should be little solicitous, for the almost infinite multitude of the more perfect Beasts, which have lived, and do live, yet where do so many Myriad of Souls, even innumerable, of Infects and Fishes, which are daily produced, subsist, and what do they? The Bodies of very many of these serve only for Food to other Creatures. And for that the Souls to these Bodies, serve chiefly to preserve them only for a little time, and as it were pickle them to keep them from putrefaction, there is no need that these should be therefore immaterial and immortal. Besides, when of old, Egypt was infested by Divine Punishment, with Swarms of Fleas, Flies, and other Various Kind's of innumerable Infects, and that the same also abounded every where, it is not easily to be Conceived, from whence so many Souls were so suddenly Called, and into what places, the same being by and by separated, could be placed. Moreover, as Heaven, the Kingly Palace of the Great God, challenges for itself Angels, Gen. 2. and pure Souls, free from all spot, to be its Inhabitants: but the Earth, as it were a Certain sink, draws forth and extracts the feces of things, and from its bulk, ruinous Bodies; it seems more agreeable to the fitted Oeconomie of the World, that all immaterial things (with the humane Soul, which we have noted to be placed in the Confines of Nature, that it might be the fastening and knitting of either System) should be ascribed to the Air; but the other Animals, Condemned to the belly, and prone to the Earth, to this Glebe; so that the Souls of those, may be said to be born and die with their Bodies, and to be altogether Corporeal. Yea if that Reasons and Arguments of greater weight, fight for this Opinion, than those we have seen on the opposite side; wherefore should we not rather follow this, and pass farther on into its parts?  
And indeed, 
It is shown that it is Material and Coextended with the Body.  that the Soul of the Brute, even as the inferior of Man, Is material and divisible, yea Co-extended with the whole Body, seems to appear from many things; both first, because we perceive many and divers animal Acts, to arise at once, from divers members and parts of the Body: For Examples sake; in the same instant, that the Eye sees, the Ear hears, the Nose smells, the Tongue tastes, and all the Exterior members Exercise the sense of feeling and motion, and in the mean time, all the Inwards and the Praecordia perform their offices. Wherefore, since there is no medium between the Body and the Soul, but that the members and parts of the Body, are the Organs of the Soul; what can we think else, or affirm, but that many and distinct portions of the same Extended Soul, actuate the several members, and parts of this Body? Besides, it is seen in several living Creatures, whose Liquors, both the Vital and Animal (in which the Soul as to all its parts immediately subsists) are viscous, and less dissipable, that the Soul is also divided with the Body, and exercises its Faculties, to wit, of Motion and Sense, in every one of the divided members, laid apart by themselves. So Worms, Eels, and Vipers, being cut into pieces, move themselves for a time, and being pricked will wrinkle up themselves together.  
But that we have affirmed the Soul of the Brute to be not only Corporeal, 
The Suffrages and Reasons of very many Authors, persuade that the Soul of the Brute, is not only Corporeal, but Fiery.  and Extended, but that it is of a certain fiery nature, and its Act or Substance is either a Flame or a Breath, near to, or akin to Flame, besides the large Testimonies of Authors, both Ancient and Modern, Reasons and Arguments almost demonstrative, have also induced me to it. Some of the Chief of these, we have of late Exposed in the Treatise concerning the Enkindling of the Blood; there remains many others of no light moment to be added hereafter. As to what appertains to the suffrages of others, that I may not seem to stand upon the Authority of one Gassendus, who has maintained this Hypothesis; I shall here Cite many both Ancient Physicians and Philosophers. 
The more Ancient Philosophers and Physicians have so affirmed.  For not to mention Democritus, Epicurus, Laertius, Lucretius, and their followers; Hypocrates, Plato, Pythagoras, Aristotle, Galen, with many others, though disagreeing about other things, in this Opinion, to wit, That the Soul was either a Fire, or something analogical to it, they all shook hands; to whom also have joined themselves of the Moderns, Fernelius, Heurnius, Cartesius, 
Also many Moderns of great Note. Hon. Faber. Tract. de Plantis et gener. anim. etc.  Hogelandus, and others: and lately Honoratus Faber, hath delivered in Express words, That the Soul of the Brute is Corporeal, and its Substance Fire itself: But indeed he far otherways Explicates his saying, than is propounded in our Hypothesis. For having shown this Soul to be material, and supposed all sublunary matter to be nothing else but the four Elements, he therefore Concludes the Soul of the Brute, because it is not seen to be any thing Compounded out of the rest of the simple Elements, or of many of them, That it is mere Fire, Tract. 2. l. 2. pr. 33. ad 38. I shall take notice of one or two of our Countrymen. The most noble Verulam, chiefly distinguishes animals from inanimals, in this respect, for that the spirits of those are otherways inflamed and enkindled, than the spirits of these. Natur. Histor. Cent. 7. The most Learned and Famous Physician George Ent, in his Apology against Parisanus, That Blood even as Fire, desires two things, to wit, Food and Ventilation, hath most clearly demonstrated. Wherefore, 
Arguments and Reasons persuade the same thing.  after so many Learned Men, it will be no Paradox to affirm, That the Soul lying hid in the Blood, or Vital Liquor, is a certain fire or flame; which Opinion agrees well enough with right Reason, as appears by what follows.  
Indeed if Fire and Flame are to be defined or unfolded, not by those External accidents of burning, glowing, and of heat, (which are not its proper Passions) but by intrinsic Causes; 
The definition of Fire and Flame by its Causes and Essences, agrees also with the Soul of the Brute.  we conceive very easily, the substances of them to be even as the Souls of the Brutes, or altogether of the same sort. For truly, Fire, if we would describe it according to its Essence, it signifies an heap of most subtle Contiguous particles, and existing in a swift motion, and with a continued generation of some, renewed by the falling off of others; which indeed Conserves both its motion and substance; for that its Food, on which it continually feeds, is perpetually supplied from the subject matter, which is Sulphur or some other nitrous thing in the Air, that Compasses it about; for from thence, out of the Food of either, the Particles being most minutely resolved, and agitated with a most rapid motion, the forms of Fire and Flame (which differ only in more or less) result. Since we have in another place discoursed largely enough of these things, it will not be needful to add any more here.  

The Souls of all Brutes after the manner of Fire, want a twofold Food, to wit, a Sulphureous and Nitrous.  What if we should in like manner say, That the Souls of Brutes, are an heap of these sorts of most subtle Atoms, heaped up together, and extremely movable? To wit, which being stirred up with Life into motion, as it were an infiring, Continue the same, and likewise its subsistence, so long as Nutriment, out of the apposite matter, which is by degrees Consumed, within Sulphureous, and without Nitrous, from the ambient medium, is granted to it. For that we say, That the Souls of all Brutes, so long as they live, and flourish after the manner of fire, do want Constantly either kind of aliment; to wit, Sulphureous and Nitrous: That this is true, is showed hereafter, as well concerning Infects and other bloodless Creatures; also concerning Fishes, and the more frigid bloody Creatures, as well as in the more hot and perfect Creatures, that have blood: Which Conditions however, are required to the Act and Subsistance of no subject besides. But no motion, either of Fermentation, Ebullition, Vegitation, or of any other thing, (besides Life and Fire) is immediately suppressed, by reason of the taking away of the Air.  


There are three things to be Considered of Concerning the Soul of the Brute.  
It's Subsistance or Hypostasis.   Concerning the Corporeal Soul in general, these Three things first fall under our Consideration: viz. First, What kind of Subsistence or Hypostasis it is of. Secondly, In what its Life or Act consists: And Thirdly, What are its primary Offices or Operations.  
As to the first, we may believe, That the Brutal Soul doth consist of Particles of the same matter, out of which the organical Body is form, but that they are choice, most subtle, and highly active, which, as a flower arising out of the grosser mass, do mutually come together, and do constitute fit passages, which they produce thorough the whole frame of the Body, having got one continued Hypostasis, to wit, very thin, and as it were Spirituous, and equal, and extended to the whole. For indeed, so soon as any matter is disposed towards Animation, by the Law of Creation (and not by a Fortuitous Concourse of Atoms) at once, the Soul, which is the form of the thing, and the Body, which which is called Matter, begin to be form under a certain Species or Kind, according to the Model or Form impressed upon them. Wherefore, the more nimble and Spirituous Particles, rolling away from the rest, heap themselves together, and by leisure grow Turgid. These being thus moved, stir up others more thick, and dispose them into destinated places, where they ought to stay and to increase, and so they frame the Body, according to its destinated Species. In the mean time, this heap of subtle Particles, or the Soul, which explicating itself more largely, and insinuating its Particles into other more thick, and weaving them together, frames the Body, and is exactly form according to the dimension and figure of that Body, is Co-extended with it, and fitted exactly, as to a little Box or Sheath, actuates, inlivens, and inspires the whole, and all its parts: Further, on the other side, the same Soul, being apt presently to be dissolved from itself, and to vanish away into Air, is Conserved by the Containing Body in its Subsistance and Act.  
So indeed, the Soul, although most thin, yet Corporeal, seems to be as it were the Spectre, or the shadowy hag of the Body: Further, this arising together with the Body, out of matter rightly disposed, receives its Hypostasis or Subsistence, no less than the Body, according to the Idea or Pattern fore-ordained to it, by the Law of Nature; But although intimately united to the Body, and is as its prop or stay, Yet being made of a most subtle texture, and as it were of a most slender third, it cannot be perceived by our Senses, but is only known by its Effects, and Operations. Moreover, when as by reason of hurt happening to it, or to the Body, that the Life of the Soul perishes is destroyed, presently its Particles being snatched away from the Concretion, or its mutual adhesion, they are altogether dissipated, without any footsteps or marks left: In the mean time, the Body being made exanimat or Soul-less, by and by tends to Corruption, but indeed, if it be more gross and more Compact, its Principles waisting or unrolling themselves leisurely and by degrees, it is not Corrupted but of a long time.  

In its Life or Act.  2. The Existency of the Corporeal Soul, depends altogether on its Act or Life; and in this respect it seems most like to Common Flame, and only like it; to wit, for as much as the substance of either, as soon as it Ceaseth from all motion, it is no more, and can by no means be made whole again in the same number. Wherefore, the Essence of this begins altogether from Life, as it were the infiring of a Certain subtle matter; to wit, when many active, and chiefly spirituous, and sulphureous Particles, with some other sal●e, being praedisposed to Animality or Life, come together, in a fit Furnace or fire-place, take Life, sometimes being as it were enkindled by another Soul, sometimes of their own accord, which, from thence being supplied, constantly (as we have said) by a sulphureous food within, and a nitrous without, Endures for some time; until at length, by the defect of Either of these, or by reason of some Violence or Injury happening outwardly, the same as it were being Extinct, perisheth quite. The Act of the Corporeal Soul, or the enkindling of the Vital matter, in the more perfect Brutes, being endued with an hot Blood, appears so clearly and openly by noted heat, by the Exhalation of its fumes or sut, with other Accidents and Effects proper to the Kitchen flame, that any one Considering or weighing them, may well believe that the blood doth truly flame forth, and that Life is not so like to flame, but even a flame itself, as we have formerly showed at large: But indeed in others less perfect or frigid Animals, although we do not say the Soul is properly flame; yet (which is next to it) we say it is a most thin heap of subtle Particles, and as it were fiery, to wit, a certain spirituous breath; this being shut up in the Body, agitates its thick bulk, actuates all its members, and arteries, and in some with wonderful agility, goes thorough and inspires the same, more than in the more perfect animates, as appears in some Reptiles and Infects. Further, that there is a fiery Vigour in these Kind of Souls, may be even Collected from hence, because, whilst they live and do not lie asleep, they have no less need of Food and access of Air, than the more hot living Creatures; as shall be declared anon.  
3. As to the Operations in General of the Corporeal Soul, 
In its Offices and Operations.  we say, That as soon as it Exists in Act, that it performs chiefly these two offices; viz. First, to frame the Body as it were its domicil or little house, and then that Body being wholly made, to render it apt and fitted to all the Uses necessary both to the Kind, and to the Individuum: for which Uses it is furnished with a manifold Guard or Company of Faculties or Powers; also according to the Various instincts and suggestions of Nature, it exerts or puts forth as it were predestinatedly the Acts of a Various Kind, although almost after the same manner. It will not be an easy matter here to rehearse, all the natural Powers and Habits with which all Corporeal Souls are wont to be gifted, to wit, because they are not in all after the same manner; But as living Creatures are more or less perfect, some than others, also according as they being destinated for the Various Scene of this worldly Theatre are diversely figured, and aught to live, their Souls also are furnished by a divers manner of provision of Faculties: The speculation of these things, though very pleasant and profitable, is too copious and large for us to divert ourselves within this place; But for the illustrating of our Psychelogie or Doctrine of the Soul, it may not be amiss to recite the chief Kind's of Living Creatures, and to reduce them as it were into certain Classes or Forms, and then to describe their Chief Species, together with the Various degrees of the Souls, that inhabit them.   

CHAP. III.  
The Various Kind's of Brutes, together with their respective Souls, and the chief Species of each of them, are rehearsed and described.  
FOr as much as the Brutal Soul ought to be proportionate to the Organical Body, it easily follows, that as there are Various kinds of Bodies, in the divers Habitacles of this world, and offices of those Bodies destinated to life, so also Various Souls, by which they are actuated, do exist, and are endued with a Divers Gift of Faculties. If we would consider the perfect Sense of these, it were first needful to write the History of all Animals, and to deliver the Anatomy of each of them. But as that will be a business of an immense and tedious labour, it seems much more to the purpose, to reduce here, all the Bruits to certain Kind's, according to some certain affections in many of them, and thence to describe some chief Species of those Kind's, and their Various Compositions and Structures, 
Animals are reduced into Classes either according to the Organs of Respiration, Or according to the Vital Humour; and they are either without Blood, or of frigid Blood, or hot Blood.  in respect of the Vital parts.  
Living Creatures may be distinguished or reduced into certain Classes, either First, according to their Various Organs of Respiration, which in some are numerous Branchiae or Gills, and these dispersed thorough the whole Body, as in many Infects, or they are appropriated Branchiae or Gills, in Fishes; or lastly, Lungs, common besides to divers animals, with Man. Or secondly, the rehearsal of the Brutes may be made according to the Various Constitution of the vital Humour, in which respect, they are either First, without Blood, or Secondly, of a less perfect or frigid Blood, or Thirdly, of a more perfect or hot Blood: And to this partition, as the more Known, insisting here, we shall run thorough the several members of it in Order, and briefly Notify in them the Fabrics of the chief Vital parts of the Body, and the Constitutions of the Souls, Inhabiting them.  

Bloodless Creatures are either of the Earth or Water.  First, Bloodless Creatures, are either belonging to the Earth, in which number are very many Infects; or belonging to the water, of which Kind, besides some certain Kind's of Infects, are also found various Fishes, which are wont to be divided into Soft, of which sort are the Cuttle Fish, the Sea Woolf, etc. Shelly, as Oysters and Cockles, etc. And Pargated or other thinner shelled Creatures, as the Lobster and Crab: We will examine in either sort, some chief Species of these Bloodless Creatures, as to the States of their vital Parts, and their Souls.  
First, Therefore in earthly Infects, although endued with a small bulk that they have great Souls, their Actions testify, which indeed are performed by some of them, as the Silkworm, the Bee, 
It appears that Infects have fiery Souls, because they want Sulphurous and Nitrous food.  the Ant, or Emmet, the Spider, to admiration: Further, That the Souls of these are of a certain fiery nature, no less than those of the more hot and perfect Brutes; we from hence deservedly suspect; because they stand in need of a Copious Food, after the manner of an enkindled Flame, and of the access of much Air. The first appears by common Observation, for as much as Infects often devour all the Corn, and Leaves of Plants, and so take away the grateful greenness of the Summer. Besides, it appears from hence, that their Lives require a constant afflux of Air, because as it hath been experienced by our noble Mr. boil, Infects being put into a glassy Globe, quickly die, 
Malpigius de Bombyce, p. 28.  after the Air is sucked out. This the Learned Malpigius hath more fully declared in his most ingenious Tract of the Silkworm: where he Observes, That Infects have not only Lungs, but so abound in them, that every little ring or section of them is endued with two, yea and that every part also of the Viscera or Inwards, delight in the derived Lungs. For as in the sides of Infects, the whole length of the Body on both sides, black spots or pricks appear, he hath found, that these were indeed tunnels or breathing holes, leading from so many Wind-pipes or asper Arteries, which by and by, being branched forth into the Heart, Ventricle, Spinal Marrow, and all the other Inwards, and Internal parts, carry in and out air to and from them all. 
These have Lungs, or numerous wind-pipes, the Orifices of which, if stopped up by Oil, presently death follows.  Moreover▪ if these orifices be all smeared over with Oil, or Honey, the Worm presently dies; but if only a part of those breathing holes be so stopped, the neighbouring parts being by Convulsed, and then resolved or loosened, sink down or flag, the rest keeping their motion: But if the orifices of the Trachea or Windpipe be untouched, and that the Head, Mouth, Belly, or any other parts be sprinkled with Oil, neither death nor any trouble of the Sense will be induced; and what is yet more wonderful, the Infects that have oil or the like poured into their Wind-pipes, so suddenly die, that though the Heart keep a motion for some space, yet they can never be revived. These Phaenomena happen alike not only in the Silkworm, but in Wasps, Bees, Grass-hoppers, Locusts, Caterpillars, and other the like Infects, which certainly, I believe, gives very much Light concerning the use of Lungs, in every Animal: But first let us inspect some other Parts of Infects, described by a most accurate Anatomy.  

The Heart of the Silkworm is long, unequal and stretched forth thorough the whole Body.  Therefore he says in the Silkworm, and the like in others, That the heart is placed all along the Back, between the Muscles and the Lungs, here and there appending, and that it is stretched forth from the top of the Head to the extreme part of the Body; This consisting of their Membranes, as appears as it were one Tube or Pipe, but unequal, to wit, sometimes broader sometimes narrower, continuing from the Tail to the Head, so that for their inequalities, they seem as so many Eggs, or little Hearts, one laid by another▪ and continued by one passage. These little Hearts, or the aforesaid parts of the Heart, do gently drive forward, not at once but successively and slowly (after the manner of their membranes) being bound and dilated from heart to heart sometimes upward, sometimes downward, the contained vital humour, which is limpid or clear, and so (as we may believe) a certain portion of the vital humour, being squeezed forth into the Arteries (which are so small and few, that they cannot be seen) is agitated by the Circulation of the rest, contained almost only within the oblong Cavity of the Heart.  

The Brain is wanting, the Spinal Marrow being sufficiently large.  As to the head, this most diligent searcher observed, that Infects had no Brain within the Skull, its Cavity being filled with the Muscles of the Eyes, and some others, but its spinal Marrow sufficiently large, and divaricated in many places, for the going out of the Nerves, and as it were protuberated with knots, is extended from the Head to the Tail; and what is worthy to be noted, in the whole passage, branches of the Trachaea or Lungs were superinduced to this spinal Rope, and inserted to it in very many places. I omit what he most learnedly discourses of the members, ventricle, and other Inwards of Infects, lest it should seem impertinent, or too much Plagiarism: But that the discourses may be the better understood, concerning the vital parts of Infects, it will be convenient here to borrow the draughts of the heart of the Silkworm; and of the Trachaea or Wind-Pipes, both of that and of the Grass-hopper, and Locust (in which the Trachaea or Wind-pipes are like to other Infects) most diligently delineated by Malpigius; which shall be added at the end of this Chapter, with other Figures of other Animals; but these the first Table shows. Further, as to what belongs to the Doctrine of the Soul, we may with the Authors lief Philosophise, or at least conjecture, concerning the Phaenomena of the Heart and Lungs by him described.  
Therefore, 
The Use of the Parts is exposed.  for that Infects first having such copious Lungs dispersed thorough all the Viscera or Inwards, Heart, and spinal Marrow, to which that each might come distinctly, they have many distinct Trachaeas or Wind-pipes, with so many gaping orifices, on the superficies of the Body, it appears from hence, that the use of the Lungs in these little Animals, is not for the refrigeration of the Blood, or its exact mistion, nor for the suscitating the motion of the Heart; because, neither the Vessels carrying the Blood or Vital Humour, accompany the Trachaea or Wind-Pipes, nor is such a humour to be rapidly Circulated, but seems to be only carried and placed gently into all the parts.  
But that the orifices of the Wind-pipes being stopped, 
Why such numerous Wind-pipes.  presently Life is extinguished in these (as also in a glassy Globe empty of Air) what can one imagine else, but that this access of Air, is required for the sustaining of the Vital Flame, as it is wont to be for that of the Chimney? Wherefore, because the vital humour (which is not at all or only slowly Circulated) cannot be carried all quickly to one Fire-place of accension, as in more perfect Creatures, therefore very many Lungs gaping every where outwardly, and dispersed every where inwardly, are framed for the bringing of Air to the several portions of the vital humour, planted on all sides; for that not only the Heart, but also the Ventricle, Genitals, spinal marrow, and all the other parts of the Soul dispersed, growing with a kind of silent Fire, are inspired with the admitted Air, to every one a part.  
Besides, 
Wherefore the Heart is so long.  when as the vital humour cannot be Circulated into all the other parts, and from these into that, with a rapid motion therefore, instead of a Conic Muscle, which receiving the watering juice, may be able to explode it presently, and to cast it forth a great way on every side, a Tube or as it were a membranaceous Sack or Bag is made, to wit, which by a long tract stretching itself nigh to all the parts, and to which it might by degrees bestow what might suffice, and in the mean time gently moving the provision chiefly contained in itself, preserves from stagnation or putrefaction. Further, the little Branches of the Trachaea, deeply inserted into the Membranes or Coats of this, inspire or rather enkindle the humour contained with vitality.  
As to the aquatic bloodless Creatures of the other kind, 
Bloodless Creatures belonging to the Water.  viz. some soft Fishes, also many, perhaps all shelly and crusty Fishes; I have not yet happened to see the former, but Severinus being my Author, the Sepia or Cuttle Fish is made with an heart and gills, and the Polypus or many feet with it and Lungs: what is to be met with that is more curious in the framing of them shall be omitted. 
Soft Fishes.  Concerning the other two Fishes, to wit, the shelly and crusty, we shall add some Anatomical Observations, such as we have searched out in their vital parts, and other beginnings, truly weighed, and what the souls are of these sort of bloodless Creatures.  
Of the testaceous or shelly, 
The Anatomy of the Oyster.  though it hath been dissected by many, we shall make choice of the Oyster. The body of this Fish, though it seems rude and wholly without shape, yet it hath all its Viscera and parts, and especially the Praecordia, for, as it were the hearth and Tunnel of the Vital Fire, most curiously framed. As we shall describe some of the chief of these, we will begin with the shells, which are born with them, from Eggs, 
The Muscles opening and shutting the shells.  and are first soft, and as they increase in bulk they are by degrees hardened: A robust Muscle being implanted in the middle of the Oyster, grows by its tendons to either shell. The moving Fibres of these (which seem as it were a little bundle of Chords or Strings) ascending rightly, whilst they are drawn together, strictly shut up the shells; but being relaxed, they suffer them to be opened and lifted up; to which Office of opening the shells, another Muscle adjoined to this, is required. Besides these upright Muscles, and perpendicular to the planes of the shells, there are two Circular, stretched forth by the brims of either shell; which in the same place comprehending in themselves Gills, serve chiefly for their motion; as we shall show by and by.  
On the top of the Oyster, 
Circular Muscles moving the Gills.  the Circular Muscles being united, make a thing as it were a Veil for the covering of the head; then being a little divided below, they include four superior Gills: 
The Mouth of the Oyster.  In the middle of which, a gaping chink leads by an oblique process to the mouth of the Oyster. From the Mouth there is a short and straight passage to the Ventricle. 
The Ventricle of the Oyster.  The Cavity of this large enough, is endued with little holes, leading into darkish bodies, fixed on either side of it. These bodies seem to be in the stead of the Mesentery and Liver, 
The Liver and Mesentery.  and to perform their offices; to wit, for that they receive the more pure part of the Chyle, by and by from the Ventricle, and deliver it, being made clear from dregs, to the vital humour. The like is in crustaceous Fishes, and perhaps in some Brutes; to wit, in such as a simple and only Intestine, without folds and Meseraick or milky Vessels, is produced from the Pylorus to the great Gut or Ars-hole.  

The Intestine.  For so in the Oyster, the Intestine beginning from the bottom of the Ventricle, descends with a plain and equal Tube, towards the right Angle of the straight Muscle, where being rolled and retorted in itself, it ascends again towards the Ventricle and Liver; being from thence demersed, and bending back towards the left side, goes towards the border of the straight Muscle, till it ends in the great Gut or Ars-hole: After this manner in the Oyster, a simple and only Intestine is carried about, with a most long compass, more than in many other Animals, by which indeed they may be able the longer to retain their Dung; to wit, lest that when they are dry, that being more importunely put forth should pollute (by mixing with it) the water, for the food of life, included in the shell.  

An Intestine in an Intestine. Which perhaps is the Spinal Marrow.  This intestine being dissected and opened longways, in the bottom of it arises an hardish and almost round body, which ascending from the Arse to the Ventricle arises there, and stretches under the Oesophagus towards the Head: The like to this is found in a Worm, which hollowness in it we think to be in the place of the Mesentery and milky Vessels: but otherwise in the Oyster, this hard and compacted body being less apt for such an office, seems not unlike to the spinal Marrow: But we shall show the Chyliferous passages do supply the darkish bodies, hanging to the Ventricle.  

It's Pericardium with the Heart and Vessels.  Below the Ventricle, the Pericardium is placed, including the Heart, being whitish with a large black ear, which being opened, that is beheld to beat, and at every Diastole to admit the vital humour, our of the hollow vein, into the little ear; then at every Systole, to drive the same forward into the Aorta, placed on the contrary side; then by tripartite branches of this Vessel, a certain part of this humour tends upwards, towards the Head, Liver and Stomach; also a certain portion is reflected into the straight Muscle; in the mean time a great part of it being delated from the great Trunk of the Artery, to the Branchiae or Gills, it is there unfolded, within most small and numerous passages, 
The Gills.  as it were little Rivers, that it might enjoy, according to all its parts, little nitrous bodies inspired from the water. And that this may be the more plentifully done, we observe that the water, as in bloody Fishes, did not only wash the outward superficies of the Gills; but that it every where did enter all the more intimate recesses, 
The Description and use of them.  and deeper passages; yea these Gills expansed largely thorough the Hemisphere of the Oyster, exceed in bulk, all the other Viscera, also almost the parts. So that in Fishes, because they breathe but little in the water, it is so provided that in many places together, the food of respiration should be afforded them.  
There are Four hairy tufts of Gills, and as it were two Lobes of either of them; to wit, the upper more broad and thicker, and the lower which is thinner and a little more contracted; in all the passages of them, every one is twofold, and contains two series of little Finns, seen to grow together; to the several Gills belong two Vessels, the Artery and the vein; which being deposited in the heaps of the hairy tufts, dispose the small shoots of either kind thorough all the borders. But besides these Four orders of Vessels, there are found also so many series of little breathing holes, lying between these Vessels; which also by manifest passages open in the places between the Finns: and from thence they deduce the waters supped up by the inferior mixture or joining of the Circular Muscles: The like is in crustaceous Fishes, as we shall show by and by.  

The motion of the Gills depends upon the Circular Muscles.  As to the motion of the Gills, it is clear by ocular Inspection, that the Circular Muscles, which are knit to either shell, for the shutting them, when relaxed, do reach to the extreme brims of the shells; whereby at that instant, also the Gills being relaxed, they imbibe the Waters, and together from them draw the nitrous food; and by and by being contracted, they are drawn inwardly, and together compel the Gills, to the pressing forth the Waters newly admitted.  

Shelly and crusty Fishes, contain waters in their whole bodies, to wit, whereby they may be able to live out of the Waters.  If the Reason is asked, why shelly Fishes (which also holds with the crustaceous, as we shall show anon) have besides the Vessels carrying about the vital humour, also Passages or open Channels, by which the Waters are carried to their most intimate recesses; it seems to be because both these sorts of Animals, though they reside at the bottom of the Sea, yet oftentimes they happen to remain dry, therefore that they might then breathe (the most wise Creator so providing) they contain plenty of water within their own frame, as it were reposed in Wombs; by the during provision of which, they live as well in the open Air, as in the Waters; But these Waters being taken away, shed, or evaporated by heat, both these sort of Fishes quickly die: By reason of these Waters, these live longer than others out of the Waters. Further, as the Noble Mr. boil hath observed, the Oyster and the Seacrab, being put into a Glassy Globe, after the Air was sucked forth, did not presently expire like many other Animals; to wit, because part of the Intestine Water being ratified, quickly supplied the defect of the exhausted Air; at least, that being detained within the proper frame of the Fish, affords an enkindling or matter for respiration. It is sufficiently known, that the Oyster, when it is taken out of the Waters, hath a great quantity of Waters shut up within its shells: as also the Lobster (which we intent to consider of among the crusty Fishes) doth the same thing, as shall be declared. In the mean time, for the illustration of this our Anatomy of the Oyster, Tab. 2 d, shows the Figures of its parts aptly represented.  
The Lobster and other Fish's akin to it, 
The parts and Viscera of Fishes swimming backwards are inversed.  viz. the Crab, Sea Creevish, Shrimps, etc. As they retrograde, or rather swimming backwards, so their parts and Viscera in respect of other Animals, seem to be inverse or opposite: For as to the members and moving parts, the bones are not covered with flesh, but the flesh with bones: wherefore, almost all the Muscles of the Feet, Arms, Head, Back, Tail, and other parts, either movable or moving (excepting those that are temporal) are shut up every where with a crusty covering: Indeed it is so ordained by Divine Providence, that as these Animals inhabit among Rocks and sharp Stones, lest they should be in danger of being dashed too hard by the force of the Tides, they are fortified with Bones, planted outwardly, as it were with Armour: Moreover, lest that the crusty Covering should more sharply compress the Membranes, or the Flesh underneath, or should rub against them, the same is every where covered within with a thick Purple Muck or Stuff, as it were lined with a soft cloth: I do believe this purpuling in crusty Fishes, otherwise than in soft (who also are besmeared with muck) to happen through the greater plenty of Sulphur.  
As their Bones and Flesh, so their Praecordia and Viscera, are observed to be Histeron Proteron, topsie turvie; for the Liver, Stomach, and Womb is placed above, and the Heart below, yea contiguous to the Back: yea, and the spinal Marrow lies not close to the Back, and above the Viscera, but under them, and to the prone part of the Body, in its whole passage; and is included in the bones or jointings of the Sternon, or meeting of the Breast.  
But that the Parts and Viscera of the Lobster may the better be beheld, 
The Brain of the Lobster.  let the armed coat with the red Muck and Membrane lying under it, be taken away; then in the top of the head, appears the Brain but meanly large, of a greenish colour, and as it were twofold; 
The Nerves and spinal Marrow.  from which the mammillary Processes, and the Optic Nerves ascend, and two shanks of the oblong Marrow descend into the spinal Marrow, and in its whole process, they are sometimes divided, and sometimes placed together, now united, and then again separated one from another.  
The Oesophagus tends from a twofold mouth, 
The Oesophagus.  by a straight and short passage, into the Ventricle, this large endued with a thick and strong Membrane, has three Teeth within its Cavity, by which its aliments are chawed or bruised: further, for the work of Chawing and bruising, two pair of muscles are framed, in the neighbouring parts, to wit, one temporal or belonging to the Temples, 
The Ventricle from which there is a passage into the Liver and Messentery.  and another hanging to the sides of the Stomach; from the sides of the Stomach or Ventricle, grow too glandulous Bodies, stuffed with many Vessels and various passages, as it were certain little thin Intestines, and from thence being by degrees sharpened with two Lobes, they descend into the lowest Trunk of the Body; from the Stomach into these Bodies, on either side, passages lie open, so that wind being blown into it by a Pipe, presently it runs into these and makes them swell up: These parts in crusty Fishes (as also in the shelly) are commonly called the Liver, and indeed they seem to perform the Offices both of the Liver and Messentery; to wit, for as much as they receive the more pure portion of the Chyle fresh digested in the Ventricle, and commit that by and by, being made purer, to the vital humour. 
De Bombie. p. 40.  Malpigius observes in the Silkworm, and in other Infects, that certain diversified Vessels, analogical to these Bodies, are stretched out through the back of the Ventricle, and from thence to reach lower upon the Intestine; which (as he probably thinks) receive the more thin portion of the meat already macerated and loosened in the Ventricle; and deliver it, the juices perhaps being not much changed, to the Heart, 
Things answerable to the Liver and Messentery in Infects.  or at least to the Skin and other parts of the Body. Truly by observation, after what manner these parts which supply the place of the Liver and Messentery, in some Fishes and Infects are made; something may be thence gathered concerning the uses of the Liver, and of the Vessels both Miseraick and Milky, in bloody Brutes.  

Spermatick Bodies.  In the Male Lobster, above the beginnings of the aforesaid parts, on either side, from the sides of the Oesophagus, the spermatick Bodies begin, which being sent down towards the bottom of the Trunk, and there being more compacted and made smother, after the likeness of the Epididimis or thin covering of the Testicles, 
Two Yards in the Male.  are terminated in two Yards; the Tops of which have their going out thorough holes forged in the last little feet but one. In like manner in the Female Lobster, two nests of Eggs on either side of the sides of the Oesophagus and Ventricle are placed, and pass into two Wombs planted in the lowest Trunk of the Body, and into those, thorough the holes forged in the last little Feet but one, there lies a passage to the genital Members, also a passage from the Womb for the laying of Eggs: 
Two Wombs in the Female.  so that it appears how these living Creatures are most fruitful, with a multiplied Issue, when as nature seems to be careful and industrious about their genital parts, being double and greater than in many other Brutes; to wit, that as they being both at once double, they might produce both by the works of Generation, Conception, and bringing forth not only always Twin, but almost Miriads of Twin.  

The Pericardium and Heart.  Below the Ventricle, yea and lower also then the beginnings of the other Viscera, the Pericardium, in which the beating heart is included, is placed in the bottom of the Back; the Systole and Diastole of the heart are strong and swift, as in Creatures of Blood; this appearing of a whitish Colour, is indeed a Conic Muscle, whose Cavity being sufficiently large is framed with Fibres or Columns, also with many strong and various little Furrows: 
The Aorta.  The Aorta going forth from its top, is cleft presently into two Branches, which go towards the Gills; The venae cavae, one ascending, the other descending, meet together from the bottom of the Heart, and there enter into its little ear. The Heart whilst it is relaxed, receives the vital humour from the vein, and by and by when it is contracted, drives it forward into the Aorta.  

The Gills.  The crusty Fishes, even as the shelly although without Blood, are endued with numerous and large Gills, which are instead of Lungs; to which, that all the Vital humour may be frequently carried, therefore not as in earthy Infects, are they dispersed thorough the whole Body, but on either side, under the brim of the armed coat, and being gathered together in one place, are made into certain little bundles: The inferior and utmost part of the Gills, which are broad and obtuse, is fixed to the Sternon or meeting of the Breast, with hanging little feet; the upper part ascending under the Coat is loose and free, and by degrees grows sharp; otherwise than in Fishes with Blood, whose Gills are tied together, being solid at either end.  

The Gills of the Lobster have three Bosoms.  In all the Gills of the Lobster, Three Bosoms are found, of which two seem to be made for the carrying in and out of the vital humour; because a black Liquor being injected into the heart, passes to the Gills, and there passing first thorough one Bosom, returns by and by thorough the other. We will speak by and by of the third: from these Bosoms appear productions of small Vessels, as if it were feathery, arising on every side, thick set and short, like jagged welts or fringes; which being spongy, sup up the Waters continually flowing to them, 
Two of these carry about the Vital Humour.  at every turn of the Diastole, and press them forth by Systole: to wit, for the end, that whilst it is there unfolded within the small passages, the food for the vital humour may be inspired. The Third Bosom being carried from the top of every Gill, to its Basis ends in the common Channel, in all the Gills of the same side, which nigh to the insertion of the highest Gill (which beats perpetually) gapes with a large gap; Any one may easily perceive this, in a live Lobster, 
The third receives, and casts out the Waters flowing to it.  whilst it breathes out of the water; for in every Systole or pulse of this supreme Gill, one may see a bubble of water break forth out of that hole. Further, if into that hole a black Liquor be injected, by and by entering under that Common passage, it passes thorough from thence, both into all the Gills, and the small and feathery Bosoms of them, and also into the Arms, and all the little feet (the Cavities of which the Muscles do not fully stuff) yea, and into the Cavity of the Body. In like manner wind being blown into that hole, all the aforesaid parts will be inflated or blown up.  

Shelly and Crusty Fishes receive the Waters, that when they remain dry, they may be able to live.  From hence we may guests, that hole, with the common channel, and the three bosoms of Gills, to be a certain Trachea or Windpipe, into which plenty of water entering at every Diastole, is returned back at the next Systole: In the mean time, these waters in this passage, do not only Communicate with the Vital Humour, abounding between the Gills, but besides, are laid up between the Cavities of the Members and the Trunk, that they may supply these Fishes, whilst they are kept dry with matter for respiration; and therefore, they not only longer subsist in the open air, but also live for some time in a place void of all air.  
In Crusty Fishes, for that, for the agitating the Gills as it were with Lungs, the Ribs belonging to the Sides, the Muscles of the Breast, and other things are either wanting, or by reason of the stiffness of the neighbouring parts, are made unable; it is performed by an admirable artifice, 
The Gills of Crusty Fishes, hanging from the Sides or Ribs, are moved as it were by shaking Pendulums.  as whilst the Gills, for the most part being loose, and are left easily movable, the several little bundles of them, about the basis of the bony little Foot, being included with the Muscles, within their Cavities, as it were so many hanging Ribs, are fixed, being drawn forth far beyond the Trunk of the Body; which, as so many distinct Pendulums, by the help of the Muscles, which they include, being almost continually shaken, cause also continual Systoles and Diastoles, for the inspiring and exspiring of the Gills.  
But it may well be doubted, 
Whether there be fiery souls in bloodless Creatures.  whether we ought to assign Souls of the nature of fire, to these bloodless Creatures inhabiting the waters; because they rejoice in an Element that is deadly to fire itself, and to the Lives of more perfect Brutes: But this Problem shall be satisfied by and by, when we have first discoursed of the Use of the Gills in Bloody Fishes, as also concerning the Praecordia of these, and others, of a more frigid blood: In the mean time, the Third Table shows the Figures, representing to the Life the parts of the Lobster.  
Secondly, 
From whence the vital humour becomes bloody.  After the bloodless Brutes, their second Class, and of a little higher degree, is that of the more cold bloody Creatures; in which for that the vital Humour or Liquor, being died with a reddish tincture becomes bloody, it seems to proceed from a greater plenty of Sulphur, and chiefly destinated for living Creatures, for the increasing their bulk and strength: For where blood is, though in a mean Plenty, their Muscles, Inwards, Praecordia, Brain and more strong and complete Organs of the senses exist. We have observed it otherwise among most Infects, whose little Bodies being ordained to subtle and small actions only, are made up of very little Sulphur, as their Analysis or the unfolding them shows, but of plenty of Spirit and of volatile Salt.  
But that among the Bloody Brutes, 
Why the bloody Brutes, are some of them more hot Animals, others more cold.  some are hot in Act, and others are frigid or cold, the reason may be, both from the quantity of Sulphur, to wit, with which they are only meanly or very much imbued, also from the Kind of life which they live, either in the Air, or in the Waters, or within the Earth: Wherefore, the Inhabitants of the latter Regions do not grow hot in the Act, yea 'tis scarce possible they should; for how, or which way should heat subsist, where it is in danger to be damped or overthrown by a more potent Cold? Wherefore, the blood of Animals destinated to these places, is tempered with little Sulphur, lest otherwise growing hot above measure, it should be forthwith suffocated; yea and we suspect the Souls of these, though of a fiery nature, to have not a flamy Hypostasis, but a breathy, to wit, which consisting in Vapour, hardly or not at all enkindled, like an ignis fatuus or false fire, is destitute of sensible heat.  
The more Cold bloody Creatures, 
Why some are endued with an heart, with a twofold Belly, & Lungs; others with one Belly, and Gills, or Wind-pipes dispersed.  although all of them have a Conic Heart, very fibrous and thick, to wit, that being strongly Contracted, it might drive forward the Vital Liquor, by a certain Circulation, into all the parts, and from them into itself: yet this Heart in some is two bellied, and to it always the Lungs are hung; in others it hath but one belly; and in many, in the place of Lungs are Gills, but in some there are numerous Wind-pipes, and dispersed thorough the whole Body: We shall consider the different ways and buildings in each of these.  
Among the Brutes of Cold blood, The Earthworm, though of the lowest order, may be rightly placed; 
Description of an Earthworm.  for that its humour appears by ocular inspection to be bloody: This little living Creature, though it be esteemed Vile and Contemptible, hath allotted to it vital organs, as also other Viscera and Members, made most admirably by a Divine Workmanship; the frame of the whole Body (even as of many bloodless Infects) is a chain of ringie Muscles, the orbicular fibres of which being Contracted, render every Ring first large and dilated, 
It's local motion.  and then more narrow and longer. For then, when the superior portion of the Body being made long and stretched forth, is extended to a further space, and is there affixed to the plane, the inferior portion of the Body, being relaxed and abbreviated, 
The little Feet.  is easily drawn to it, as to its Centre. A fourfold series or rows of little feet are placed thorough the whole length of the Worm; with these, as it were with so many hooks or claws, 
It's Snout.  he fixes now this part, now that, to the plane or superficies, whilst he stretches forth the other, or draws it after him. Above the opening of the Mouth, he is endued with a snout, with which he digs thorough and thrusts up the Earth.  
The Earthworm, being laid on its back, and fixed with Bodkins to a Table, let it be cut up long ways, 
It's Brain.  than the Sides being laid apart, its parts from the head to the tail easily show themselves to your view. Above the opening of the Mouth, the Brain appears in a very little Bulk, and whitish like a bubble: Then a little lower, the Oesophagus being placed with the Muscles, 
Oesophagus.  descends thence with a straight passage to the Ventricle.  

Pericardium and Heart.  Nigh to the top of the Oesophagus, the Heart beating is placed, having reciprocal turns of Systole and Diastole or pulses, as in more perfect Brutes: from either side of the heart, and from thence a little lower, are framed whitish Bodies, and something globous or round, and on either side distinguished as it were into Three Lobes. The Two superior of these, shine more bright and are smaller; the lowest little Globe, 
White Globes which are Spermatick Bodies.  greater in a double measure then either of the other, is long and like a Sausage; between these whitish Bodies, and more backward, other lesser little Globes as they were small and little yellowish whelks, are placeed in a twofold series, to wit, on either side, now Four, now Five, or more. Noted Blood-carrying passages go thorough the midst of these Bodies, and in them a notable pulsation, as it were in the neighbourhood of the heart, is beheld.  
By what names I should call the aforesaid parts, and for what uses they served, I was a long time in doubt, because in the dissection, or by blowing them up with a Pipe, I could find no Cavity in them; but some of the little globes being opened and squeezed, there dropped out of them a milky humour, from whence I presently suspected, that they were spermatick Bodies; which seemed likely, because these parts were not form after the same manner in all the Earthworms. Further, it was sufficiently obvious, that Earthworms Coupling together, do not strain themselves as most of the other Brutes, by a direct planting of either Sex about the Tails, but on the contrary, by mutual embraces about the Head. At length, after I had often and narrowly inquired into the matter, it appeared past doubt: For by chance dissecting a certain bigg-bellied Worm, I found the greater white shining Bodies, and the longish like a Pudding or Sausage, stuffed with very many Eggs: Moreover on the other side of these Bodies, in the Breast of the Earthworm, appeared two white shining little Paps, with holes, which seemed to be the privy members of the Earthworm. Malpigius hath observed, in some Infects, 
The like to these in other Infects.  and especially in the Beetle and Imperatus' Mole, certain little whitish Globes about the Ventricle (like as it seems to these in the Earthworms) to be found, and a portion of it, to be encompassed with plenty of them: It is very likely that these Bodies are also spermatical in them.  


The Ventricle, of which there are three Bellies etc.  
The Intestine.   Below these whitish shining Bodies, the Ventricle, of a noted bulk, is placed, endued with a large Cavity, and divided into three Regions or Bells. From the lowest of these, the Intestinum proceeding, is carried by a straight and long passage, even to the Tail, and in the whole space is so compressed, by the several interspaces of the anulary Muscles, that it appears like the Colon or Arsegut in perfect Animals, divided as it were into very many little Cells. This Intestine being dissected long ways, and the dung removed, in its bottom was placed a vessel, in its whole passage, of a yellowish Colour, from the Tail even to the Ventricle; but in the same place arising up, and creeping thorough the walls of the Stomach, is stretched forth even to the Head: This Vessel is in truth a Tube, which being blown up by a Pipe, showed an ample Cavity; and that which Malpigius noted to be stretched forth upon the Ventricle and Intestines of Infects, 
An Intestine in an Intestine, which is in the place of the Liver and Mesentery.  seems answerable to these passages and vessels, and we may well suspect it to be in the place of the Liver and mesentery. In some Earthworms about the Tail, on either side of the Intestine, we found sometimes very many Eggs, ready to be laid, which indeed were seen to have descended thither, from the genital parts, and were cast out by the Passages lying open into the Arse.  

The holes in the back of the Earthworm, which seem to be Wind-Pipes.  So much concerning the internal parts of the Earthworm, opened with its Belly upwards: If the same be held down with its Belly downwards, on the top of the Back, near the brim of every Ringlet, little holes are continued; almost in the whole Passage, from the Head to the Tail; into which, if you blow with a Pipe, presently the underlying parts swell up, the dung of the Intestine being driven up and down here and there, backward and forward: From these holes, if they are pressed, a white, viscous, and sometimes a milky Humour drops forth, which seems to be muck or stuff besmearing those Cavities, and fortifying them against the inclemency of the Air.  
Without doubt these little holes are so many Wind-Pipes, which as in bloodless Infects, being numerous and dispersed thorough the whole Body, supply the place of Lungs, and draw in the nitrous Air for the inspiring the Vital Liquor, and by and by sends it forth being spent. But against this it may be objected, That little and sometimes almost no respiration serves the Earthworms. Because they sometimes lie hid in the depth of the Earth, for above three Months, and are able so to lie and to live; yea, if the holes of the Wind-Pipes be smeared over with Oil, they do not presently die like the bloodless Infects; but being immersed in Oil they swim in it unhurt, and live a long while; but if you apply heat to them, though moderate, they die presently: The same thing we have observed almost of Fishes, and especially of the Shelly and Crusty, who bear the defect of Air or Water, better than the presence of Fire, or Heat.  
The reason of this (that we may defend our Hypothesis) we shall endeavour to show; we have shown in a late Tract, That although Fire and Flame necessarily require, besides Sulphureous food from the matter of the Subject, something nitrous from the Air, which being denied or withdrawn, they are suddenly extinguished; yet, if that the matter be enkindled of Sulphur and Nitre (as is wont to be in Gunpowder) together mixed with the Concrete, that Fire or Flame will burn in the midst of the Waters, or in a place Empty of Air; to wit, because either food being contained within, they do not presently desire supplies from without. In like manner we suppose it may be concerning the Hypostases and accensions of Brutal Souls: For although many of these being enkindled in their vital humour, draw in altogether from the ambient Air, a Nitrous, and from within a Sulphureous Food; Yet in the blood of some of them, which are destinated to the Waters or to the Earth, 
Earthworms and Fishes, abound in nitrous Salt, being almost wholly destitute of a fixed and Volatile Salt.  much of Sulphur thick and Earthy, with little of Nitre, and very little only of spirit and volatile Salt, may be so tempered that it being enkindled into Life, may burn with a silent and almost suppressed fire; neither requires from without the access, either of much or continued nitrous Food, but, as it hath a certain intestine task, its burning is more securely performed in the Earth or Waters, than in the open Air: For that indeed from this, there is danger of too much enkindling the sulphureous Particles, and so quickly of overturning the Crasis or disposition of the Soul: Wherefore, these kind of Animals greatly abhor fire or external heat, which may make the internal Sulphur to work, and too much to burn. However, although the Souls of these are not contented with fire, and it sometimes as it were hid in the Ashes, suffers them to be numbed or stiff; yet notwithstanding, Organs of Respiration are given to them all, for the continuing it as long as it pleases, and as occasion serves for the increasing or repressing it. And indeed the Creatures of a more frigid blood, appear to be constituted or imbued with plenty of Sulphur, though sparingly enkindled, because Earthworms and Fishes, quickly putrifying, yield a most stinking smell; and the putrified flesh of some of these, by reason of the very many Effluvia's of Sulphur, shine in the dark like a live Coal. Moreover, it hence appears, that the saline Particles, which make up the temperament of these, are for the most part nitrous, and bestowed for the food of Life; because from the bodies of these, dissolved by Chemical operation, you can neither draw a Volatile Salt, as out of all Other Animals, nor a Fixed. The Images of the Earthworms, showing their Anatomy, are described in the Fourth Table.  
In the next degree of the more frigid bloody Creatures, 
In the next degree of the more frigid bloody Creatures are Fishes.  above Earthworms, Fishes are placed, endued with one bellied Heart and Gills. If indeed Lungs be wanting to these, the other bosom of the Heart were superfluous. But most Fishes want Lungs, both for as much as living in the Waters (whose medium is not fit for sounds) they have neither voice, 
They are endued with an one Bellied Heart and Gills.  nor make a noise, and chiefly, because the water ought not to be emitted thorough the Windpipe, into all the Cavities of the Lungs, if they had them; for that by watering them, or overflowing them, it would presently overthrow them, and fill them to a stiffness: But as in Brutes with Lungs, the Air being admitted within it, slides thorough all the blood-carrying Passages every where; that entering the little mouths of the Vessels, every where gaping, it inspires the Blood with nitrous food; so the Gills in Fishes, which are substituted as so many Lungs, or rather inverted, are so placed without the Cavity of the Thorax, that the Waters continually flowing to the Passages of the Vessels, and their little Mouths being outwardly planted, whilst the Gills are enlarged, they inspire something nitrous, or what is like it, to them; the remains of which, being by and by spent, the Gills being contracted, is sent away again; and so by Continued reciprocations of Inspiration and Expiration as in hot Animals, the Life or the Flame of the Blood is Conserved.  
We have not much to say concerning the structure of the Gills, 
The Structure and use of the Gills.  they being already sufficiently described by several: As to their fabric, they are bony semicircles, planted on both sides of the bottom of the Mouth, nigh to the opening of the Gill holes, which are made hollow quite thorough, with little ditches, as it were quilly, that they may receive the Vessels sent to them and much branched forth, and defend them against injuries.  
The Vessels belonging to the Gills, are Arteries, and Veins; which in the Sturgeon, Salmon, and Cod, are found to be made after this manner: The Aorta going forth of the Heart, and ascending towards the Chin, or end of the lower Jaw, sends forth branches to the right and the left; some of these presently growing forked, accommodate an Artery to two Gills of the same side, which by and by being again divided, puts thorough two arterous shoots, thorough the Bow of every Gill, near to the bony Basis; then from them, others smaller thick set shoots, tend into the sides and midst of every Come-like Finn: After the Gills being passed thorough, all the arterous Branches meet together again, and Constitute the same Trunk, which being by and by reflected, has a prospect to all the other parts. The Trunk of the Vena Cava or hollow Vein descending, applies itself and enters near into the Aorta ascending into the Gills. Further, in the several Finns of the Gills, lesser shoots, as in the Bows, answer the greater passages of the Venous, with so many Arterous shoots. Besides, from the several parts on both sides the Gills, a veinous branch is inserted into the descending Trunk. This plainly appears, because if you open the branches both veinous and arterous, lying on the Bows of the Gills, there will appear a series or row of holes leading into the Finns; Moreover, a black Liquor being cast into those Arteries, will return by the Veins. Yet I have observed, part only of that injected Liquor to turn aside thorough the holes into the Finns, but another part to pass directly thorough into the Channels, and thence to flow into the descending Trunk of the Aorta, 
Not all the Blood, but a part only, is carried thorough between the Gills, at every Circulation.  which the Gilly Branches being at length all united do frame: From hence I gather, That the Blood in Fishes, (not as in Brutes with Lungs) is carried at every Circuit, or passes thorough the Vessels, between the organs of respiration, not all, or whole, or is carried from the Arteries into the Veins, whereby the hole might be inspired anew of the Air; but for that they, as we have shown, enjoy in themselves a nitrous food partly intestine, therefore it suffices them, that the blood only be by parts exposed to the External Nitre flowing to it.  

Fish's breath by the Gills.  From these also it seems to appear, That Fishes do breath by the Gills, or draw what is nitrous from the Waters, and do enjoy it as it were the necessary food of Life; which also many other Reasons do manifestly declare: To wit, for that the Waters where Fishes dwell, standing still a long time, tend to putrefaction; or if by too much Heat or Cold, or other means, by which the nitrous Particles are wont to be driven away or perverted, they be affected, they Choke their Inhabitants. Further, if Fishes be shut up in little water, or with too straight limits, also if more than should be in the same Fishpond, though large enough, though they have plenty of food, they will die for want of the nitrous food, which also argues the Cause of their death, for before they die, they will shoot forth of the waters, putting forth their mouths and heads, to take in the naked Air: so that it may from hence be Concluded, That there are also in these Inhabitants of the waters fiery Souls; to wit, the Hypostases of which are an heap of most subtle Atoms, which being stirred up into motion, by a certain enkindling, do require, for the Continuing of their substance, besides the Sulphureous Aliment within, which they feed on, another nitrous from the ambient Medium.  

wherefore Fishes rejoice rather in the Waters, than in the Air.  But that Fishes rejoice in the region of the Water instead of the Air, where any one would think that their Flame should be rather extinguished, than enkindled, we gave the reason of it but now, to wit, as certain Animals are destinated to these places, their Souls were so tempered, that as the matter made up of Sulphur and Nitre mixed together, they burn or grow hot under the waters, yea they there live more securely; to wit, for as much as there is in them plenty of Sulphur, it is suffered to be only sparingly enkindled, and to burn forth. Further, although some nitrous Particles seem to enter into the intrinsic and ordinary food of the vital fire, and lest the flame, by the defect of these, should expire, new supplements are daily instilled through the Gills: yet indeed, by reason of the divers Constitutions of Souls, living Creatures do respire after a several manner, and some require this medium more thick, others moderate, and others more thin. And for this Cause, some living Creatures, whilst they remain in the same number, sometimes change their sphere or ambient medium, and sometimes go out of the Waters into the Air, and sometimes from this into them. A certain Insect called the watery Phryganion, 
Certain Animals change the Regions of the Air and Water.  in some places in England a Caddis, at the first of the Spring is clothed with a Coat of a sprig or small rind of wood, and creeps into the depth of the Rivers, in the shape of a Mite or rather a Maggot; afterwards, when its Soul begins to be sublimed, he gets to the tops of the Bulrushes, and in the Month of May, rising up to the superficies of the water, puts off its Coat, and having wings, flies into the Air, and there lives during Life. Who knows not that Frogs live at first in the Waters, in the shape of a Tadpole, altogether; then all the Summer do leap about in the Meadows, and that at last in the Autumn, returning to the Waters, do bury themselves in the Mud? After this manner, many more Infects, do not only change the Region, but also vary their Species or Kind, and of Reptils' become flying Creatures.  

Brutes of a more cold blood, which are framed with a Heart with a twofold Belly, and with Lungs.  Thirdly, A little more superior degree of Creatures of a more frigid or cold blood, is those who are gifted with a doubled bellied Heart, and with Lungs; of which sort are Serpents, Lisards, and some Amphibious Creatures, that is such as live on Water and Land, as the Frogs, and some Fishes, to wit, the Polypus, the Sea-Calf, with many others. To these former, Lungs are necessary, because they oftentimes live in the open Air, which always ought to be deeply admitted into the Praecordia themselves; Moreover, because they put forth a certain sound, for which a Windpipe is required; but for as much as Lungs are granted to them, so also a twofold bellied Heart, without which the blood passes not thorough the Lungs. As to what respects the Amphibious Creatures, which at their pleasure now live on the Land, and now in the Waters, though it appears that these cannot stay always, or very long under the water, yet it is to be wondered at, how in the mean time they breathe; for if they open the Windpipe, the Waters rushing presently in, would drown the Lungs. Bartholinus easily untyes this doubt, by asserting, That in these Brutes, an Oval hole as in Embrio's, is kept open all their life-time. Cornelius Consentinus affirms it after the same manner to be in Divers, or such as dive under the waters; and he shows the manner whereby some men may be made able to dive; to wit, if whilst they are Infants, they be provoked often to Cry, they are suffered a long time to restrain the spirit, from hence there will be a necessity of casting forth the Blood thorough the oval hole or navel, and for that reason will hinder its Coalition or Closing up.  
But indeed in these Brutes, as to such a Conformation of the Praecordia, the most skilful Anatomist Doctor Walter Needham did doubt, and desired to have found it in some of them by an ocular search, after many dissections.  
However it is, we are to suppose these living Creatures do not breath, whilst they are under the Waters; 
On which the faculty of diving depends.  and from thence the Course of their Blood is by and by made more flow, and smaller: In which Condition it matters little, whether it so growing torpid or sluggish, creeps from the hollow vein into the Aorta, by the navel hole; or whether lying quiet, it creeps forward by a gentle or slow pulse of the Heart; for either way, there will be a necessity, that the Vital fire, for defect of aerial food, would be presently diminished, and as it were depressed into a halituous or breathy substance: Notwithstanding in the mean time, that it may not wholly Expire or be Extinguished, these two things are done, viz.  
First, Because in these Animals (and as in all Fishes) the Vital fire, together with a certain Sulphureous and also Nitrous food within (as we have showed) is enjoyed; therefore it is able a long time to want its external supplement from the Air.  
Then Secondly, in some of them the Hypostasis itself, or Constitution of the Soul, consisting of less subtle Particles, is not so suddenly dissolved; but that its parts stick together more strictly among themselves: nor are they wont to be dissipated presently, by any force, as in more hot Animals. Further, as their Souls, as to the greater part by much, subsist in the Brain and Nervous stock, more than in the Blood, it comes to pass, that however this fire being diminished and almost suppressed, the Animal faculties remain still lively enough: and indeed, far otherways than in hot Living Creatures, whose blood being obstructed about the Praecordia, presently there follows an Eclipse of the Animal faculties. Notwithstanding, Frogs, Eels, and Serpents, after their Hearts are taken forth, will live for some time, and leap about; yea, by reason of the animal spirits being entangled with a viscous matter, and not easily dissipable, retain for a little while motion and sense, after their Bodies are cut in pieces, and the several portions divided, and laid apart; as we have showed before.  
The Third and highest Form of Animals, Is that of Creatures of an hot Blood, all which are framed with a two-bellyed Heart, 
In the highest form of Animals are those of an hot Blood.  and Lungs. The Anatomy of these being already so accurately performed by many, and commonly known, there needs not any description of the History and Uses of the Vital or Animal parts, in these kind of Creatures or Brutes.  
The chief Species of this Kind, 
They are furnished with a two fold bellied Heart and Lungs.  are Fowls and fourfooted Beasts, and in the same Class or Rank, we place with the Souls of the later, also the Inferior or Corporeal Soul of Man; and that rightly, because there is the same Conformity in either of their Praecordia, of their Brain, and also of their nervous Appendices; which notwithstanding differs from that of Fowls or Birds. What kind of difference this is, between those and these, as to their Animal parts, we have formerly declared at large; and now we shall notify what difference happens between them, as to their Vital parts.  
The Lungs of Men and fourfooted Beasts are every where shut in the outmost superficies, 
How the Lungs differ in Birds and four footed Beasts.  that the Air entering by the Trachea or Windpipe, and by and by entering into its Channels, quickly blows up all the Lobes of the Lungs, and distends them, but it goes no further: But in Fowls, the Lungs being full of holes, admit the inbreathed Air into the whole Cavity of the Belly, which by the Muscles of the Abdomen or lower part of the Belly, is exploded thence. The reason of this I suppose to be in some part, that there may be a greater plenty for singing, and (in some) for the longer tuning of the Voice, 
For what end the Lungs are perforated in Birds.  or for the more strong or longer breathing forth of the Air. Besides, (for that all are not singing Birds) it is so provided for, in these Brutes, that by reason of the Trunk of the Body being filled, and as it were extended with Air, they may the more easily fly, and are more easily held up, by the outward Air, by reason of that within. Indeed Fishes, that they may the more lightly swim in the Waters, have in their Bellies Bladders blown up with Air. In like manner Fowls, by reason of the Trunk of their Body, being full and as it were blown up with Air, whilst they rely on the open Air, become less heavy, and so fly more lightly and faster. Hence it comes to pass, that men being in danger of drowning, whilst they swim, receive great help by restraining the spirit, and inflating the Breast as much as may be: yea Dead Carcases being drowned, after the breath or fumes begotten by the inward putrefaction, and shut up within, blow up the fallen Cavities of the Viscera, and extend them more, rise up again, and swim on the surface of the Water.  
If we inquire into the Souls of the more hot Brutes, without doubt, it was at first in respect of these, 
That the Souls of the more hot Brutes is chiefly Fire.  that the Ancients did declare the Soul to be Fire, and the more modern Fire or Flame, these placing it in the Heart, those making it to be enkindled in the Blood: And indeed, since we have granted Souls, as it were fiery, to Bloodless Creatures, and those of a more cold Blood (which also the Lord Bacon grants to Plants) it is not for us to deny the same dignity, in Creatures of a more hot Blood: For besides, that the Souls of those, like Flame, require absolutely either sort of Food; viz. the Sulphureous and the Nitrous, and cannot be a minute without them, the very hot Blood also, is seen, by mere accension (for as much as we cannot show how it can become so hot after any other way) to boil up, yea and the Lungs, hanging to the two-bellyed Heart, to be the fire-place, chimney, or breathing hole, of the Flame cherished within them. 
In Man the Corporeal or fiery Soul is subordinate to the Rational.  Therefore, as the Soul of the Brute of a more hot Blood, being the perfectest in its Kind, is as it were a Rule or Square, by which others more inferior aught to be measured, and as the same actuating and vivifying the humane body, is sabordinate to the Animal, and is the immediate substance of it, (as shall be more fully shown) it remains now, that we inquire into its Nature and Essence, and first of all, that we search into, 
The parts of the Corporeal Soul.  what parts, powers, and affections she has, which shall be the chief Members of our Psycheology or Discourse of the Soul.  

The Explanation of the Figures.  

The First Table,  
Contains certain Figures taken out of Malpigius, in which the Vital Organs of the Silkworm and of other Infects are represented.  

The First Figure  
Shows the Navil-hole, of which two being planted in the sides of every Section or little Ring (except in the three uppermost) are the Doors or Openings of the Wind-Pipes.  

A. A. The Extremity of the hole, which being black and a little reflected, is united to the Contained Head of the Windpipe.  
B. B. The Head of the Windpipe, filling the Hole, in whose middle is a Cleft. C. To which little fibres, like an hairy space, being brought, draw together the gap, or dilate it, that the Air may go out and in at its pleasure.    

The Second Figure  
Shows some interior Branching in the Silkworm.  

A. A. A gaping, where the head of the Windpipe opens into the oval hole or Navel.  
B. B. B. C. C. C. The foldings or ramifications of the Windpipe, distributed into the Viscera and other neighbouring parts.  
D. D. Greater Branches, reaching from the lower and upper head of the Trachea or Windpipe, towards the other infoldings.    

The Third Figure  
Shows the Ramifications of the Trachea or Windpipe in a Grasshopper.  

A. The head of the Windpipe opening outwardly into the Hole, by and by is branched forth inwardly into various shoots.  
B. The greater shoots of the Windpipe, being extended by degrees into the Ovals, as it were into bladders.  
C. C. The lesser shoots going from those greater.    

The Fourth Figure,  
Expresses the Heart of the Silkworm, which seems to be made oblong and unequal, as if into many little oval Hearts.  

A. The upper part of it nigh the Head.  
B. The lower part nigh the Tail.  
C. C. The broader part of the Heart.  
D. D. It's narrow portions.     

The Second Table,  

Of which The First Figure  
Shows the Oyster taken forth and whole from the shell, that his parts may be seen as they are in their natural situation.  

A. The Head of the Oyster, in the Corners of which,  
B. B. The Circular Muscles, going about the whole Body are terminated.  
C. The gaping or Chink leading between the Muscles and Gills to the Mouth.  
D. The superior portion of the Liver, of a brownish colour, leaning to the Ventricle.  
E. E. The Oesophagus leading from the Mouth to the Ventricle.  
F. F. F. F. The Intestine, descending from the Ventricle towards the Corner of the straight muscle, which being from thence bend inward and rolled about, ascends above the Liver, being there hidden, arises again in G: and is terminated in the Arse.  
H. H. H. The skin with the glandulous flesh and fat hiding and lying between the Viscera.  
I. The Cavity in which are the Pericardium, Heart and Vessels.  
K. The straight Muscle, with the perpendicular fibres, opening the shells.  
L. The other straight Muscle, the Tendons of which growing to either shell shut them.  
M. The thickness of the same Muscle, and the altitude of the fibres, are denoted.  
N. N. The Circular Muscles including the Gills from the right side.  
O. The superior Circular Muscle leaning to the Gills, being rolled out of its sight, that the Gills may be beheld.  
P. The inferior Circular Muscle lying under the Gills.  
Q. Q. R. R. The Parts of the same Muscles placed on the left side of the Oyster.  
S. The Bosom, where both the Circulary Muscles, and their right and left parts coming together, Constitute the Passage, for the admitting the waters to the Gills, and for the shutting them forth from thence.  
T.T.T.T. Four inferior Tufts of Gills which are thinner and broader.  
V.U.U.U. Their superior Tufts thicker and more contracted.    

The Second Figure  
Represents the Oyster open, and unrolled, that its Viscera and internal parts may be seen.  

A. A. Two Gills dissected from the uppermost, and removed out of their places, that the Mouth of the Oyster may be plainly seen.  
B. The Mouth of the Oyster.  
C. The Veil or Covering of the Mouth.  
D. D. Two other superior Gills in their proper site with the Creeping Vessels.  
E. The superior brownish portion of the Liver under which the Ventricle lies hid.  
F. The Heart made bare from the Pericardium with the broad and blackish Ear of it.  
G. The Aorta, by and by from the going forth of it from the Heart, divided into three branches.  
H. The first Branch ascending towards the Head.  
I. The second towards the straight Muscles.  
K. The third Branch tending into the Gills.  
L. The Trunk of the hollow Vein, entering into the little ear of the Heart.  
M. M. M. M. The Inferior Gills, with the Circular Muscles, cut off from the Body of the Oyster, where they stuck to it, and spread forth, that their Passages and Cavities might be beheld.  
N.N.N.N. The yoaking or beginnings of the Gills on which lie the several Vessels, viz. Veins and Arterics, O.O.O.O. and the holes lying between, P.P.P.P.  
Q. Q.Q Q. The Extremities or fringes of the same Gills.  
R. R. The Inferior Circular Muscle of the right side, out of its site and inverted, that it may be seen.  
S. S. A portion of the same by which it sticks to the bottom of the Oyster.  
T. T. A portion of the same which Compassing the left side of the Oyster-sticks to the portion V.  
W.W. The upper Circular Muscle of the right side, folded and contracted, that it may not hide the Gills.  
X. X. A Portion of the same which Compassing about the left side of the Oyster, sticks to the Portion Y.  
Z. Z. The superficies of the Gills; in which the Finns or streaked Passages, for the ingress and egress of the Vital humour and the waters, appear. 

1. The lower border of the Oyster, from which the Yoaking and the Circular Muscles are cut off.  
2. A Portion of the Intestine ending in the Arse.  
3. The Arse.       

The Third Table.  

The First Figure  
Shows the Lobster open in the back, that the Brain, Viscera, Vital, Genital, and other interior Parts may be seen.  

A. A. The Brain double, the Hemispheres of which being distinct, are separated one from the other, also a little from the oblong Marrow.  
B. The Head of the oblong marrow, out of which the optic Nerves b. b. and the mammillary Processes under them, proceeds.  
C. The Cerebell.  
D. D. Two shanks of the Oblong Marrow, which pass into the Spinal, and as it were two greater Nerves, meet now and then in their descent, and now and then separate, and then again come together.  
E. The Carotis Artery.  
F. F. A portion of the Oesophagus.  
G. The Opening of the Ventricle.  
H. The upper Orifice.  
I. The Bottom and Lower Orifice near which are three Teeth.  
K. The Temporal Muscles out of their place.  
L. L. Muscles appendices of the former.  
M. M. Bodies stuffed with pipes and Glandula's or little Kernels, into which passages lie open, from the Ventricle, to whose Sides they grow; these seem to be in the place of the Liver and mesentery.  
m. m. m. m. The same Bodies brought lower from either side, and ending in the processes, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
n. n. Spermatick Bodies arising on both sides of the Ventricle, which descending under the Pericardium, are terminated in the processes, n. n.  
o. o. Processes out of the Spermatick Bodies, like to the Epididymis, from which are two Yards.  
p. p. Two Yards, in the tops of which, thorough the holes made in the last little feet but one, a passage-lyes open.  
q. The hole in the little Foot for the going forth of the Yards.  
R. The Pericardium, with the Heart included.  
S. The little Ear of the Heart into which the Vena Cava enters.  
T. T. The ascending Trunk of the Vena Cava.  
V. The Aorta going out of the Heart, cleft into three branches.  
W. The first Branch to its Head.  
X. X. Two other Branches in either Side sent thence to the Gills.  
Y. Y. The Tops of some of the Gills in view.  
1.2.3.4.5.6. Some portions of the Muscles.  
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ligaments from the Pericardium to the Muscles of the Breast.  
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Muscles of the Belly, and Breast.  
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Muscles belonging to the Tail.  
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Intestine from the Ventricle to the Arse.  
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tubes or Pipes, within which, the Optic Nerves are brought to the Eyes.    

The Second Figure  
Shows the Womb of the Lobster, and its Neck, and Privy Member, or aperture made thorough the hole in the last little Foot but one, together with the little Foot itself, and the affixed Gills.  

A. A portion of the Womb or place of Eggs, full of Eggs.  
B. The neck of the Womb.  
C. Its Orifice in the hole of the little Foot.  
D. The Basis of the little Foot.  
E. The little Foot, the shaking of which moves the Gills fixed to it.  
F. F. Two Gills fixed to the basis of the little Foot, with Finns or spongy borders.  
G. The appendix of the Gills, which like a bladder or membranous bag, may be blown up and distended.    

The Third Figure  
Expresses a portion of the Gill cut off, that its three Passages or Cavities may appear.    

The Fourth Table.  

The First Figure  
Shows an Earthworm laid with its belly upwards, the greatest part of it dissected and laid open, that the Brain, Praecordia, Viscera, and other Parts may be seen.  

A. The Mouth and Chin of the Worm.  
B. The Brain, in the superficies of which, an Artery Expansed or stretched out, descends to the Heart, and from thence to the Tail.  
b.b.b.b. Annulary or ringie Muscles opened and unfolded with their Tendons.  
C. A portion of the Oesophagus.  
D. The Heart.  
E. e.e.e.e. The upper little white shining Globes, both the greater and the lesser.  
F. F. Two lower Globes, big and full with Eggs.  
G. The Stomach, of which there are three Bellies, 1. 2. 3.  
H. The Intestine, descending from the Ventricle, which being bound by the Tendons of the ringie Muscles, appears like the Gut Colon in perfect Animals.  
I. A portion of the same Intestine opened, that the Body included in it, or the Intestine in the Intestine may be seen.  
K. That interior Body, which seems to be in the place of the Liver, and mesentery.    

The Second Figure  
Expresses a portion of the same Earthworm, with the Tail cut off, that the rows of little Feet, which are 4, to wit, a. a. a. a. may be seen.   

The Third Figure  
Shows the whole Earthworm prone, or with its back uppermost, that the ringie Muscles, and the Wind-Pipes in them, may be seen.      

CHAP. IU.  
Of the Parts or Members of the Soul of the Brutes.  

A double Subject of the brutal Soul.  THE Corporeal Soul in more perfect Brutes, and common to Man, is extended to the whole organical Body, and vivifies, actuates and irradiates both its several parts and humours, so it seems to subsist in both of them eminently, and to have as it were its imperial seats; But the immediate subject of the Soul, are the Vital Liquor or the Blood, 
The blood or vital Liquor.  Circulated by a perpetual Circulation in the Heart, Arteries, and Veins; and the Animal Liquor or Nervous Juice, flowing gently within the Brain and its Appendices: 

The Nervous juice or animal Liquor.  
From hence two parts of the Soul.  
Flamy and light.   The Soul inhabits and graces with its presence both these Provinces; but as it cannot be wholly together at once in both, it actuates them both, as it were divided, and by its parts: For as one part living within its Blood, is of a certain fiery nature (as we have shown) being enkindled like flame, and the other being diffused thorough the animal Liquor, seems as it were Light, or the rays of Light, flowing from that Flame; which from thence being Excerpted, and manifold ways reflected and refracted, by the Brain, and Nerves, as it were by Dioptrick Glasses, are diversely figured, for the Exercises of the Animal Faculties.  
There are therefore Corporeal Souls, according to its two chief functions in the Organical Body, viz. the Vital and Animal; two distinct parts, to wit, flamie and jucid, for what belongs to the said natural function, that indeed is involuntary of the Animal, and is performed by the help of the Animal spirits.  
But besides these two members of the Soul, fitted to the individual Body, a Certain other portion of it, 
To which may be added another the Epiphysis or dependence of the whole Soul, viz. the Genital part.  taken from both, and as it were the Epitome of the whole Soul, is placed apart, for the Conservation of its Species: This as it were an Appendix of the vital flame, growing up in the Blood, is for the most part Lucid or Light, and Consists of Animal Spirits: to wit, which being Collected into a certain band, and having got an appropriate humour, viz. the genital, are hidden within the spermatick Bodies; to the end indeed, that, when opportunity shall serve, that Band of spirits, as it were a little Brand not yet enkindled, may be able from thence to be drawn into fit fire, and to be enkindled into another Vital Flame, the formatrix of a new animated Body.  

The parts or Members of the Soul.  Concerning these three Members of the Corporeal Soul, two, to wit, the Vital and Animal, fiery by Act, and the other, viz. the Genital, laid up for a future siring, it should have been particularly and fully here treated on: But since we have already sufficiently discoursed of the two former, I shall only add briefly, by way of Supplement, the Sum of what I have said before, and then we shall also briefly discourse of the begetting part of this Soul.  

The Flamy part of the Soul in the Blood.  First, It appears, that the part of the Corporeal Soul rooted in the Blood, is truly flamy, as to which we need only to refer you, to what we have wrote lately in a particular Tract of the Accension of the Blood: For there having shown, the heat of the Blood to be necessarily required, to wit, whereby a greater plenty of spirits may be instilled into the Brain, from its frame being very much loosened; by and by we prove, from those three ways, by which all Liquors whatsoever are only made hot, none can agree with the blood, besides accension or enkindling: For neither by heat put to it, nor by reason of Salts and Sulphurs, which are Corrosives of a divers Kind being put together, can the blood be made to boil; wherefore it follows, that it is enkindled like the spirit of Wine, and so as it were flames forth and boils up. Further we showed, that it is truly enkindled in hot living Creatures, because the proper Passions of Fire and Flame, are found only besides in the Life of the Blood; for in like manner both to this, and to them, there is need constantly of an Internal Sulphureous Food, together with the External nitrous; 
Which we have showed to be truly enkindled.  yea, and either Flame, alike, to wit, the Kitchen and Vital, whilst they burn desire Eventilation. To these may be added, that the Life and Flame of the Blood, as to their Various ways of production and extinction, there particularly described and rehearsed, are wholly after the same manner. Lastly, the analogy or agreement of either Flame, being sufficiently unfolded, we have declared, by what beginnings, the Vital Flame arises, by what degrees it increases, and, after its height, is diminished; Further, we have shown reasons, wherefore this is not visible and destructive as the common Flame, but as it is Subordinate to the Corporeal Soul, as to a Superior Form, it admitting a proper Species, and serving to the uses of Nature, destinated by the Creator, silently burns with a gentle and friendly heat, like a Fire shut up in Balneo Mariae, apart by itself; and as it so destroys not the Blood, but enkindling the Liquor even so its Superficies, wholly dissolves the frame of the whole mixture; it follows thence, that some particles being burnt, others of a various Kind being manumitted or let go, they are Variously employed in the offices of the others; but of these, those which are chiefly Subtle, as it were Beams of Light sent from a Flame, are, as it were distilled into the Brain and Cerebel. These most subtle particles are called the Animal Spirits, and first of all entering the Cortical Substances of those parts, and from thence flowing into the Meditullia or middle parts of either of them, and into the Oblong and Spinal Marrow, and further into all the Nerves and Nervous Fibres, dispersed thorough the whole Body, Constitute the other and more noble part of the Corporeal Soul, commonly called the Sensitive, by us the Lucid or Etherial; into whose Nature, as also into the ways of its Subsisting, Acting, and Suffering, we shall now in the next place inquire.  
Secondly, 
The sensitive part of the Soul divisible and extensed.  The sensitive part of the Soul, even as the Vital, is extensive and divisible; whose Hypostasis when as the Animal Spirits, as to the Integral parts, do Constitute, a great and difficult question arises, concerning them; of what sort of substance they are, and from whence they are endued with so notable an Energy or Power? I shall say nothing to those, who wholly deny these Spirits, for that the existency of which, is almost palpable, and may be proved demonstratively by the effects; nor am I much solicitous of those, who arguing Contend, that the Senses and Faculties of living Creatures, however perceptive, 
The Animal Spirits constitute its Hypostasis.  cannot be but from an Immaterial and Immortal Substance, and therefore without any necessity, multiply almost to Infinity; and I know not for what end, not only Essences, but also immortal Souls of Brutes, yea, of Fleas, Flies, and of other more vile Infects. Against these Opinions there needs no other Argument, than that any one may consider truly in every Brute or Man, the Organs of the Animal Faculties, than which certainly nothing in the whole nature of things, can be made more Mechanically, and with a more neat Artifice. The Brain and Cerebel, the two Roots of the Lucid part of the Soul, or rather the Fountains of the Primary Spirits, are placed in the top itself of the Body, into which, when the Animal Spirits are distilled, from the Blood, 
The Brain and Cerebel, two roots of the sensitive Soul.  placed above and round about, as it were by a descent; they from thence flow forth through the Medullary and nervous Appendices, as it were by Bills or Pelicans placed here and there, into all the inferior parts. Either head consists of a double Substance, viz. a Cortical or Barkie, which for the most part serves for the reception of the Spirits; and a Medullary or Marrowy, which serves for their dispensation and exercise.  
Further, 
The substance of them twofold viz. Cortical and Medullary.  as the Animal Spirits, for divers uses of the Animal Faculties, aught to obtain Tendencies or Stretchings-forth of a divers sort, within their distinct and peculiar passages, either Medullary part being wonderfully Divaricated, is cut every where into Various tracts of Labyrinths, as it were so many Conclaves and Chambers; all which Medullary tracts, the Cortical part every where lies between and fortifies; From these, as it were Primary Palaces of the Soul, the Oblong and Spinal Marrow, like spacious Courts are stretched forth, 
To them are belonging the oblong Marrow, the spinal Marrow, Nerves, nervous Fibres.  which also are furnished, by reason of the Medullary substances variously lying between, with many Porticoes and Walks, planted here and there, for the necessary works of the Animal Function: From these Marrows, the Nerves arising, are carried to the several parts of the whole Body, as it were so many distinct paths; then from these many other small Shoots or nervous Fibres, being on every side sent forth, as it were so many smaller or lesser Paths, are almost innumerable; at the ends of which, others secondary Fibres, Membranaceous and Musculous, are disposed, though thick Series, as it were so many martial Fields, in every one of which is placed a Maniple or Band of Spirits. 
Both Membranaceous and Muscular.  In this most ample and highly intricate Labyrinth of Cloisters, and Animal passages, the Medullar or Nervous Processes, how small soever, being most thickly set, variously implicating one another, and ordinarily cutting cross one another, yet all of them distinct, and designed to certain offices, always agree mutually between themselves, and intimately conspire together; So that every Impulse or Instinct, is carried from one end to another presently, yea, from every part to all the rest, 
A most quick Communication between all these Parts.  sooner than in the twink of an eye. Further, from the effects it is demonstrated, that within these several tracts, some subtle particles do flow, and cause Animality or Life in all; which though they be most thin, invisible, and nimble, we rightly call the Animal Spirits, and the Constitutive parts of the sensitive Soul.  
Although it appears plain, that such like Spirits are the Authors of the Animal Function, and do constitute the Hypostasis of the Soul itself; 
What the Animal Spirits are.  yet what they are according to their proper essence, seems hard to be unfolded; because we can hardly meet with any thing in Nature, 
They are not well compared to spirits of Wine, Hartshorn, Turpentine, etc.  to which they may be compared in all things.  
The comparing of these, with the Spirits of Wine, Turpentine, and Hartshorn, and such like, does not quadrate or agree. For besides, that those Chemical Liquors, neither represent the Images of their Objects, nor are endued with any Elastic Virtue, as the Animal Spirits; those also are less Subtle than these, and less Volatile, for as much as they may be poured forth out of one Vessel into another, or may be distilled; but the Animal Spirits presently vanishing, after life is extinct, leave no Footsteps of themselves. Wherefore, 
Better to the Rays of Light interwoven with the Air, or the Element.  it is better, according to our Hypothesis, that we liken these Spirits sent from the Flame of the Blood, to the Rays of Light, at least to them interwoven with the Element and the Air. For as Light figures the Impressions of all visible things, and the Air of all audible things; So the Animal Spirits, receive the impressed Images of those, and also of Odours, and tangible qualities, and stay them at the first Sensory. But the Air, or Aerial particles, whilst free and unmixed, create nothing of force or tumult, yet they being more strictly pressed together, shut up in Clouds or Instruments, or imbued with Sulphureous, and other Elastic Bodies, being become presently raging, they often break forth into Meteors, viz. Winds, Hurricanes, and horrid Thunder. After the same manner, the Animal Spirits, whilst pure, are carried in the open spaces of the Head, and its Appendices remain quiet enough; but they being shut up within the Muscles, and there being mixed with Sulphureous Particles from the Blood, and sometimes in other places, with an heterogeneous matter, become very impetuous, to wit, Elastic, or Spasmodick or Causing Cramps, as we have declared formerly at large.  

The Animal Spirits abound both in an Objective and an Active Virtue.  Therefore the Animal Spirits, according to this Analogy, (to wit, which thing of them happens chiefly and almost only with other things) we say are most subtle Bodies, and highly active, instilled from the enkindled Blood into the Brain, and its Appendix, which partly of their own nature, for as much as they are lucid and aerial, and partly from the agreeable furniture of the Organs, for that they are shut up within Passages, as it were Pipes and other Machine's, abound with both an objective Virtue, by which many rays of Light promptly meet together in the Images of all sensible things, and effect the sension of every Kind, and also, an Active, by which the loco-motive powers, and also the acts of the Spasmodic Affections, are performed, beyond the forces or Instincts of wind, or any blast shut up in machine's.  
In Mechanical things, Fire, Air, and Light, are chiefly Energetical, which humane Industry is always wont to use, 
As Fire and Light in Mechanical things so in Animals, they are chiefly Energetical.  for the greatly stupendious, and no less necessary works. This the Furnaces of Smiths, Chemists, and Glass-men, and of other boilers of several Kind's, Dioptrick Glasses, Musical, Warlike, Mathematical Instruments, with many other Machine's, never enough to be admired, do testify. In like manner we may believe, that the Great Workman, to wit, the Chief Creator, from the Beginning, did make the greatly active, and also the most subtle Souls of Living Creatures, out of their Particles, as the most active; to which he gave also a greater, and as it were a supernatural Virtue and Efficacy; from the Excellent structure of the Organs, most Exquisitely laboured, beyond the Workmanship and artificialness of any other Machine.  

A twofold Action of the spirits in the Brain and its Appendix, 1. Of begetting and dispensation, 2. Of Exercise and Government.  We have described these Parts formerly in Plates, so that we need not here repeat their Anatomy, but only add a few things that were omitted. In the Animal Government, although the Spirits are disposed, as it were an Army spread abroad thorough the whole Field, yet we say, that they obtain Orders and Offices, one thing in this part, and something different in that. In every one of these we have noted, as it were a double Aspect or Gesture, in the Provinces in the Medullary shanks of the Head, in the Nerves and also nervous Fibres, to wit, one of Begetting and Dispensing, and another of Exercise and Government.  
As to the first, we have shown, that the animal spirits being procreated wholly in the Cortical or Barky substances of the Brain and Cerebel, 
The reason and manner of the former.  do descend by and by into the middle or marrowy parts, and there are kept in great plenty, for the businesses of the Superior Soul; in the mean time, a sufficient stock of these, gently flowing from this highest Province into the oblong and Spinal Marrow, and thence into the Nerves & Nervous Shoots, actuates all these passages, and blows them up into a certain Tensity. Lastly, a sufficient plenty of Spirits, distilling forth from the ends of the Nerves, enter into the nervous Fibres, planted in the Muscles, Membranes, and Viscera, and so constitute them, the proper and immediate Organs of the Sense and Motion. After this manner, the Region of the whole Sensitive Soul being viewed, if we would describe its Idea or Image, we must altogether represent the same Figure and Dimension, and the whole Head with its System and Appendix; so that as we may behold all these parts, shadowed in the same Image, we ought to frame at once, the Hypostasis of this Soul, adequate and Co-extended to them.  
As to the several sorts of Offices and Exercises of the Spirits, so planted in distinct Provinces, 
The distinct Offices of the spirits in various Provinces.  First, we deservedly attribute to them a twofold Aspect, to wit, inward for Sense, and outward for Motion: But more particularly, we may conceive the middle or Marrow part of the Brain, as it were the inferior Chamber of the Soul, glazed with dioptric Looking-Glasses; 
The perception of Sensions in the streaked Bodies.  in the Penetralia or inmost parts of which, the Images or Pictures of all sensible things, being sent or intromitted by the Passages of the Nerves, as it were by Pipes or straight holes, pass first of all thorough the streaked Bodies, as it were an objective Glass, and then they are represented upon the Callous Body, as it were upon a white Wall; and so induce a Perception, and a certain Imagination of the thing felt: Which Images or Pictures there expressed, 
The Imagination, Fantasy, and Appetite, in the Callous Body.  as often as they import nothing besides the mere Knowledge of the Object, then by and by further progressing, as it were by another waving, from the Callous Body towards the Cortix or shell of the Brain, and entering into its folds, the fantasy vanishing, they Constitute the memory or remembrance of a Thing: But if the sensible species being impressed on the Imagination, promises any thing of Good or Evil, 
The memory and remembrance of a thing or reminiscency within the folds of the Brain.  presently the spirits being Excited, respect or look back upon the Object, by whose appulse they were moved, and for the sake of embracing or removing it away, by other spirits flowing within the Passages of the Nerves, and successively by others implanted in the Members and moving Parts, they swiftly give their Commands of performing the respective motions. So the Sense brings in the Imagination; this the Memory or the Appetite, 
The series and order of their powers.  or both at once, and at length the app●●it● stirs up local motions, performing the prosecution or driving away of the appearing Good or Evil. For the several Kind's of these sort of Animal Functions, yea for the Various Acts of either Kind to be performed, the Animal Spirits, who are the immediate Instruments of them all, obtain peculiar and distinct tracts or paths; within which, if there be any let or bar to hinder, presently some function is hindered, or some member of the sensitive Soul, being as it were cut off, becomes impotent.  
Who can sufficiently admire the innumerable series of nervous Fibres, 
The tracts or paths of the Spirits, are distinct within the head itself, even as within its nervous Appendix.  distributed in a most wonderful order thorough the several parts of the whole Body; in which the animal spirits, like Soldiers sent abroad, perpetually running up and down, on this side and on that, perform the offices of Sense and Motion. Further, those who dwell within the Head itself, the superior Legion of the sensitive Soul, although more freely ranging, yet lie not disorderly or loosely, but its numerous Company, being limited with certain Bounds and Cloisters, as it were within the narrow space of One Chamber, perform infinite Variety of Actions and Passions.  
Concerning these, discoursing formerly more fully in our description of the Brain and Nerves, we did distinguish the Seats of all the Faculties, yea we did show the Commands of the Animal Function voluntary and involuntary, to be divers in themselves, also to belong to divers Governments of the Brain and Cerebel, with their respective appendices of the Nerves. 
Every where the various Medullary tracts, are distinct from the Cortical.  Further, we showed that those Spirits, the Authors of either function, not only within the narrow Channels of the Nerves, but also in the large meeting places or Emporiums of the Head, have peculiar paths, to wit, the medullary tracts, as it were intrinsic Nerves, most curiously stretched forth here and there. But indeed, because it is objected, that I have not described all, and perhaps not exactly enough; therefore, that those medullary Passages may be the better beheld, we have lately instituted another more accurate anatomy of the Brain; 
A more exact Anatomy of the Brain, through its Cortication or Shelly part.  to wit, by gently scraping with the point of a Penknife its parts, we removed every where the softer and brownish substance, akin to the Cortex of the Brain, the whiter and more hard being left; by which means, in several places of the Brain and the Oblong Marrow, many Medullary Chords or Strings, as it were distinct Nerves, wonderfully Communicating among themselves, and with other white or medullary Bodies, were brought into sight. For as much as this Anatomical Administration, 
The Common passages, and the private paths of the Spirits.  rendered the more secret passages of the Spirits, and the motions belonging to the Arcana's of the animal Government, very Conspicuous; we shall here show a new Figure or two of the Brain rolled forth, and the flesh when taken off in the chief places; in which are plainly beheld, both the Common Passages, and the Private paths of the Spirits, and which carry them backward and forward, immediately thorough the beaten way of the medullary tail, and which lead thorough the by-paths of the Prominences, into the streaked Bodies.  
Therefore, in the Brain taken out, and rolled abroad according to our Method, let there be a dissection so made, 
To wit, which thorough the orbicular prominences, are the Testes and Nates.  between the Orbicular Prominences, to wit, between the Testes or Testicles, Nates or Buttocks, that when they being whole, and divided in the middle of the Pinal Glandula, the parts are laid by themselves, the streaked Cavity of either may be laid open. (As in the 6 th' Table, Fig. 1. A. b, E. A. b. c. c. D.) Then it it will easily appear, that the said Prominencies, called the Testes, are marrowy Epiphyses (or additions) of the oblong marrow, which sticking to the tails of the Cerebel, from thence look towards the Brain, and a Commerce is seen to be maintained between this and that.  
This last Ephiphysis, passes from the parts of the Brain, into the next natiform (or of the form of a Buttock) B. which is an adjunct, or some Augmentation of that: To this Medullar a.a. in a Sheep, Ox, and many fourfooted Beasts, grows a Cortical substance B.B. But otherways in a Man, Dog, Fox, and other more sagacious Creatures, it is marrowy thorough the whole; the reason of the difference, I have showed in another place.  

The description and use of them.  This medullary Epiphysis reaching above the Testes and Nates, and going under the Pineal Kernel, tends towards the Chambers of the Optic Nerves; approaching which (F.) by and by it is cleft into two Branches, as it were Nervous, one of which G, is carried to the Cone of the streaked Body, and the other H. towards its Basis, and in its oblique passage, sends a shoot into the midst of the Border of the streaked Body: this Branch going to the basis of the streaked Body, behind the root of the Fornix, is inserted into an Angle of the streaked Body.  
As to the Use of these Parts, we have proposed our Conjectures in our Tract of the Brain; 
From these; Medullary tracts into the streaked Bodies.  and truly nothing seems more probable, than that by this side-path of the Prominences, and by the Passage of the Medullary Passages, there are Commerces held between the Brain and the Cerebel; for as often as it happens, that Impressions or Instincts merely natural, follow spontaneous Affections and Motions, or are joined to them, all that, within those private Tracts, is occupied. See our Anat. of the Brain, p. 176. Further, 
And wherefore.  whereby every such Impression from the Viscera or Precordia, by the mediation of the Cerebel, are carried from them in the same way forward and backward, into the streaked Bodies, and on the contrary every force and perturbation; The Medullary passage, which is for their commerce, enters in three places, viz. In the middle, and at either end, into the streaked Bodies.  

To the orbicular Prominences, succeed the Chambers of the Optic Nerves.  To the Prominences which are called Nates and Testes succeed the Chambers of the Optic Nerves E. E. as also above the Medullary Trunk, certain Epiphyses or Additions, serve for a private office viz. only for the visive Function. For as the sight is a most noble faculty, and as the Organ of the eye is highly curious, so it obtains a very spacious Furniture or Porch, and also a very strait, to the common Sensory, viz. the streaked Bodies: Because the Optive Nerves coming together, under the Trunk of the oblony Marrow, and being by and by disjoined, they climb up his sides, where going under the appropriate Protuberances, they go into a numerous company of hairy threads, which are every where interwoven with the cortical Substance. 
The description of them.  Fig. 2. Tab. 6. These Medullary or Nervous structures or bindings, which without doubt the visible Species pass thorough, are all parallels, which being stretched forth Straight, are brought to the streaked Bodies, every where, through their whole Compass. Fig. 2. Hence it is probable, the causes of the Sandy drops or Spots, 
The use.  yea, and of the sight otherways depraved or lost, do lie hid, not only in the Eye and Optic Nerve, but sometimes in these parts; for as much as those Filaments or Nervous threads, being obstructed or bound together, the visible Species are not able to beam themselves to the streaked Bodies. I knew one, being affected, by his Imagination and Memory being grievously hurt, that those diseases vanishing, fell into blindness: The reason of which accident seems to be, that the morbific matter occupying at first the superior frame of the Brain, being slid thence lower by the Cortix, 
The Mamillary Processes, are carried by a private passage, to the streaked Bodies.  at length entered into the Optic Chambers.  
There remains yet a private passage of another sense, to wit, of the smelling, to the common Sensory, viz. the streaked Bodies; The mamillary Processes being entered into the Prominences of the Inferior Brain, go under its Basis till they come to the border of the streaked Body on both sides, then being a little bend inwards: they proceed by an oblique passage towards its Basis, where they are inserted. Fig. 1 Tab. 6.  

The common passage of the Spirits, to the streaked Bodies, is made by the shanks of the oblong Marrow.  As to the Impressions of the other Senses, and to the force and Instinct of every Spontaneous motion, carried up and down, there is a necessity, that all these Kind's of Commerces, between the streaked Bodies and the Nervous Appendix, should be made by the Shanks of the longish Marrow: The tops of these being large and broad, Stick to the hindermost borders of those, so that from these into those, and so on the Contrary, a going and returning is easily performed. Further, that the many and divers motive and Sensible Forces and Impressions together, may be carried without confusion, by this beaten and common way, the whole frame of the Medullary Shanks, appears thorough the whole to be made with Nerves or Medullary strings compacted together; as if they were so many distinct paths, in this common passage of the Animal Spirits, for the inculcating the Various acts of the Senses and of Motions. The Sixth Table represents these parts to the Life.  
As to the Offices and Uses of the streaked Bodies, 
The use or Offices of the streaked Bodies.  though we can discern nothing with our eyes, or handle with our hands, of these things that are done within the secret Conclave or Closet of the Brain; yet, by the effects, and by comparing rationally the Faculties, and Acts, with the Workmanship of the Machine, we may at least conjecture, what sort of works of the Animal Function, are performed in these or those, or within some other parts of the Head; especially because it plainly appears, that the Offices of the Interior Motions, and Senses, as well as the Exterior, are acted by the help of the Animal Spirits, ordained within certain and distinct Paths, or as it were small little Pipes.  
As therefore it appears from what we have said, 
They receive the Impressions of sensible things: and convey the Instincts of Motions.  that the chamfered or streaked Bodies are so placed, between the Brain and Cerebel, and the whole nervous Appendix, that nothing can be carried from these into that, or on the contrary be brought back hither, but it must pass thorough these Bodies; and as peculiar passages lead into these most ample Diversories, from the several Organs of Motions, Sense, and the other Functions; and further, as Passages lie open from these into the Callous Body, and into all the Marrowy Tracts of the Brain, nothing seems more probable, than that these parts are that common Sensory, that receives and distinguishes the Species, and all Impressions, transfers them, being ordained into fit Series, to the Callous Body, and represents them to the Imagination there presiding; that also transmitts the Force and Instincts of all spontaneous motions, begun in the Brain, to the Nervous Appendix, to be performed by the motive Organs. By reason of these manifold and divers offices, so many Marrowy streaks or internal Nerves are produced within the streaked Bodies, for the Various Tendences and Beaming forth of the Animal Spirits, it may very well be concluded that the Sensitive Soul, as to all its Powers and Exercises of them, is truly within the Head, as well as in the nervous System, merely Organical, and so extended, and after a manner Corporeal.  

The Explanation of the Figures.  

The Fifth Table,  
Shows the Figure of the Brain of a Sheep roled forth, and derased, and as it were made bare of the Flesh, in many places, that the Marrowy Tracts may be seen.  

A. A. The Medullary Protuberances called Testes, which being certain Epiphyses or excrescences of the oblong Marrow, and joined to the Trunks of the Cerebel look thence towards the Brain.  
B. B. The Natiform Protuberances, the Substance of which in a Sheep, a Goat, and many others, is partly Cortical, a. a. partly Marrowy, b. b. in a Man, Dog, Fox, and others it is wholly Marrowy.  
C. The Cavity or Ventricle, lying under the Prominences, which is laid open, these being dissected and opened.  
D. D. Two Marrowy Chords or strings of the Medullary Trunk, going straight to the streaked Bodies.  
E. E. The Chambers of the Optic Nerves.  
e. e. The parts of the pineal Kernel, cut thorough the midst, and laid apart.  
F. F. The Medullar or nervous passage proceeding from the Prominences, which presently becoming forked, sends forth one branch G. to the Cone of the streaked Body, and the other H. to its Basis.  
I. A shoot from the medullary Branch, going towards the Basis of the streaked Body, reaching into the midst of its Border.  
K. The latter border of the streaked Body, receiving the nervous passages, and under the root of the Fornix, united to its like Border of the other side.  
L. The whole streaked Body with its Vessels creeping thorough its Cortex or shell.  
M. The other streaked Body, with the shell scraped off, that the Nerves or marrowy Tracts may appear.  
N. N. The foremost border of both the streaked Bodies, Conjoined to the Callous Body.  
O. The Basis of the Fornix.  
P. The Trunk of the Fornix Cut off, and with the Brain rolled out, removed at a distance.  
Q. Q. The two roots of the Fornix.  
R. R. The interior superficies of the Callous Body, noted with transverse medullary streaks.  
S. A medullary hedge or mound, dividing the streaks of one side, from those of the other.  
T. T. Portions of the Brain Cut off and rolled forth, which (as also its whole Frame) appears with a marrowy, and a Cortical substance intermixed.  
V. V. Portions of the divided Cerebel laid apart.  
W. The Portion of the Oblong Marrow situated beyond the Cerebel.    

The Sixth Table,  
Shows the Basis of a Sheep's Head, in certain parts of which Derased, and in others Exposed naked, the Streaks or Medullary Tracts, as so many Nerves, appear.  

A. A. The Mamillary Processes carried to the Basis of either Streaked Body, and inserted into them.  
B. B. Some remaining portions of the Brain cut off from it greater bulk.  
C. C. The streaked Bodies derased, and as it were made bare of flesh, that the Medullary streaks may appear also in its lower parts.  
D. D. The Chambers of the Optic Nerves, in which the straight and thick-set Medullary streaks, are reached forth, towards the streaked Bodies.  
E. A Tract leading to the Tunnel of the Brain.  
F. A Kernel placed behind the Tunnel, which is twofold in man.  
G. G. The Trunks of the Optic Nerves divided, and removed, from their joining together before the Tunnel.  
H, H. f.f. The Shanks of the oblong Marrow lying under the Orbicular Prominences, in which straight and most thick streaks are also stretched forth towards the chamfered Bodies.  
I. I. I. Transverse Medullary Tracts distinguishing the regions of the oblong Marrow.  
K. K. Ringy Processes compassing about the oblong Marrow, nigh the Cerebel.  
L. The extremity of the oblong Marrow going into the Spinal.  
M. The Top of the Spinal Marrow.    

The Seventh Table,  
Shows the orbicular Prominences, and the Optic Chambers Erased, and as it were made bare of Flesh that their inward Frames may be beheld.  

A. A. The Testes, which thorough the whole being Medullar, are marked with straight Fibres.  
B. The Nates, one of them being Derased, in which the straight and thickest Medullary streaks, are stretched forth towards the Brain.  
C. The Medullary Hedge or Mound, dividing the Natiform Prominences from the Optic Chambers, and from which, one Medullary Process is carried into the Basis of the streaked Body, and the other into its Cone.  
D. One Optic Chamber scraped, that its strait and most thick-set streaks, stretched forth towards the streaked Body, may appear.  
E. The hinder Border of the streaked Body, receiving the Optic Medullar streaks, and other Medullary Processes.  
F. The streaked Body decreased, whose little Medullary Nerves and Passages, are explained in the 5th. Table.  
G. The foremost border of the streaked Body.  
H. The Bosom, leading from the Mamillary Process into the Ventricle of the forepart of the Brain.  
I.I. The Hemisphere of the Brain opened and separated by itself.   
The rest here described are explained in the former Figures.     

CHAP. V.  
The Beginnings and Increase of the whole Corporeal Soul; also some Innate Habits and Inclinations of it are noted.  
FRom what has been said, concerning the Hypostasis and Members of the Corporeal Soul, or of the more perfect Brutes (which is also the inferior Soul of Man) it will be easier to trace out the Original, and the Increase of the whole. From hence also we may collect its figure and dimensions, as also the proportion, habits, and inclinations of its parts, in respect of itself, and the members of the Body, together with its Various ways of acting and suffering.  
As to the first beginnings or original of the Corporeal Soul; this, (like as a Shellfish forms and fits its shell to its self) exists something a little sooner, 
The beginning of the Brutal Soul.  and so more nobler than the organical Body; Because a certain heap of animal Spirits, or most subtle Atoms, or a little Soul not yet enkindled, lies hid in the Seminal humour; which having gotten a fit cherishing or Fire-place, and at length being enkindled from the Soul of the Parent acting, or endeavouring, or leaning to it, as a flame from a flame, begins to shine forth, and to unfold itself, a little before the Foundations, or first groundwork of the body is laid: 
Frames itself before the Body.  This orders the web of the conception, agitates and inkindles the applied matter, disposes, and by degrees forms the Figure, designed by the Archetypal Law of Creation. In this stupendious Fabric, together with its bodily bulk, being daily increased, and Imaged into the due Species of each animal, the Soul also takes its increase, and still renders itself like to the Body, which it forms. For when as the more thick particles, 
And increases likewise with it.  from matter continually put together, are bestowed in the Corporeal Organs; in the mean time, the more subtle and spirituous being loosened, and more rarefied, by the burning of the others, they dilate the Hypostasis of the Soul, and together with the Body unfold, and equally extend it. But that after this manner, the Seeds of the Soul being laid, from the beginning, together with those of the Body, do rise up to a due figure and bulk in either, it ought not to be attributed to the fortuitous concourse of Atoms, nor to the proper Energy of the Soul itself; but the beginning of all things, proceeds wholly from divine Providence, directing Generations, to the Ends and Ideas of Forms, according to the original Types primitively ordained by the same.  
Secondly, As the Increase of the animated Body, and the first marrying together of the Elements proceed from this Soul, 
The duration also of the Body depends upon the Soul.  informing and disposing the matter; so the duration and subsistence of the same Soul, is the Bond of its Mixture o● Concretion. For the flame of the Soul being extinct, or the enkindling and motion of the subtle particles ceasing, presently the frame of the Body itself begins to be dissolved and loosened, so that in a short time, the Elements being loosened and laxed one from another, fly away, and by degrees break their Concretion: wherefore this Soul, as it were salt or pickle preserves the fleshy bulk of the Body from putrefaction; yea, the ●ame is almost in an animated Body, as the Flower or Spirit in Wine, which indeed being present, and unfolding its spirituous Particles thorough the whole, the Liquor continues still generous and flourishing; but as soon as this Spirit of the Wine flies away, forthwith the remaining water or liquor degenerates into an insipid and dead thing.  
Thirdly, So long as this Soul subsists in the Body, according to an ancient saying of Hypocrates, 
The Soul always Born.  It is always Born, even till Death; In which respect also, it seems to be most like flame, or rather the same thing, which is continually renewed almost every moment: Some parts of either's subsistence, in like manner are consumed by burning, and fly away, and others in the mean time are laid up anew, from the Food continually laid in: For as the more Crass or thick Particles of the nourishing juice, wrought in the Viscera, fill up the losses of the Corporeal bulk, so the more subtle make up the layings forth or wastings of this Soul; which, as they come to the blood, are as it were Oil to a Lamp, and being perpetually enkindled within its bosom, restore to the Soul both Flame and Light, 
The Offices of the Organs and Faculties, are reciprocal towards one another.  which would otherways perish. For whilst the purer part of the nourishing Liquor, cherishes the flame of the Blood, and sustains it, the most spirituous Particles falling off by its burning, are instilled into the concavity of the Head, which there propagate and nourish the other part of the Soul, to wit the Sensitive: So the making of Blood, is owing very much to Chylification, or the making of the Chyle, and Animality or like to this; notwithstanding which offices, the Animal Function pays back to the Vital, and both to the Organs of Chylification; for as much as the Animal Spirits, bestow a pulsifick force to the Heart and Arteries, whereby the Blood may be agitated and carried about, to the places of accensions or inkindling: yea, the Viscera of Concoction, receive heat which they want, from the flame of the Blood, and a motive and sensitive virtue, which they have need of, for their Offices, from a Constant afflux or flowing in of the Animal Spirits; so the Brain is indebted to the Heart, and both of them to the Stomach, yea, and on the other side, this Region to that, and both to the third. To the end that the Hypostasis of the whole Soul might the longer continue, the Tributes of all the Parts are Compensed with mutual Offices one to another, and so at once the members both of the Body and of the Soul being conjoined, by a Circular necessity, they desire and show their mutual Labour.  

It is natural to the Soul to defend itself, and to propagate its species.  Fourthly, The Soul of the Brute, as it is Fire, according to Philosophy, has these two innate Dispositions by the Law of Creation, to wit, that it should defend itself, or delay its proper enkindling long, for whose sake it is still careful of taking of food; and also, that it might propagate its Species, or produce other Souls; for which end, it Continually lays up from its provision, an incentive matter, and Continually desires to expose it to an enkindling.  

Hence the young one as soon as it is born, seeks for food.  It is natural for every Animal, without guide or example, to take its proper food, and to Swallow it down, both that the web of the Body being daily increased, might grow to its due magnitude, and also that the Soul, as it were its woof, being daily supplied with new plenty of Spirits, may be able to be Coextended or stretched forth equally with the Body, and able to perform lively the Acts of its Functions. Then assoon as the Lineaments, both of the Body and the Soul, being sufficiently drawn forth, and the Compass and Bulk of each Completed, 
When the In divid●●● is made the genital humour, for the propagating the Species, is laid up.  some Animal Spirits, superfluous from the individual work, begin to abound, and so separate into the genital parts, with a Subtle humour, picked from the whole Body, as it were into a Storehouse, destinated for the propagating the Species, and there being laid up, form the Idea of the Animal, which afterwards is transferred into a fit Matrix, for to be perfectly form.  
The genital Humour, is not, as Hypocrates formerly taught, and as now commonly believed, 
The Genital Humour, not from the Brain, but from the Blood.  carried from the Brain into the Spermatick Vessels; for no peculiar passages lie between that, and these Bodies far remote; but without doubt, the bloody mass itself, sends its most noble part into the Genitals, as well as into the Brain. Wherefore, when as there are no Nerves that reach to the Testicles, and that there are noted Arteries sent, and admirably made thorough wandering Passages and frequent engrafting of the Veins; to wit for that End, that they may carry the most pure flower of the Blood, as it were thorough the winding Channels of an Alembick, distilled by a long passage, and so wrought and made most highly subtle, into those parts: what is superfluous of this or less clarified, the Veins do not only receive and carry back, but also because from the much Spirit, a great quantity of Serous water (which serves always for its Vehicle) abounds, therefore the Water-carryers' are produced in these parts abundantly more than in any others.  

why the loss of seed disturbs the Brain and Nerves.  But that a great loss of the genital Humour doth hurt very much the Brain and the Nerves, and bring to them a notable debility; the reason is, because the blood as it makes up the losses of the seed, destinated for the propagating its Species, carries thither and bestows whatsoever is most precious of its own; in the mean time, as the Brain is defrauded of its due provision, by the great plenty of Spirits being carried into the Spermatic Bodies: yea as the blood is not able sufficiently to impart to the Genitals, out of its proper store, it remands or snatches its Tribute from the Brain and other parts, that it might be there bestowed; so that not seldom the strength of the whole Soul and Body is consumed, on the mad insatiate fulfilling of Lust or Venus; and in these desires, everyone, or the unskilful, complains of Flames, and feels the blood not only to flame forth, but a greater fire increasing, to make hot the marrow, yea oftentimes it is known to burn up the Flesh, Inwards, and Bones, and to reduce them to a rottenness.  
As to that most quick and Intimate Commerce of the brain, 
From whence is this Wonderful Commerce of the Brain, with the Genital Members.  with the genital Members, for as much as the Venerean imagination Causes presently an insurrection in these parts, and on the other side a swelling up of the seminal humour, stirs up the Venerial Imagination, the Cause is, not an Instinct thorough the private passages of the Nerves, (which are wholly wanting) reciprocated from this to that; but, because for the Act of Generation, greatly necessary, and performed with a most vehement Affection, one part of the soul by itself, or one part after another is not moved, but the whole Hypostasis, together, and on a sudden, and is inclined or snatched towards the Genitals; hence every most light incentives of Lust, are most swiftly poured forth thorough the universal parts of the Soul, 
The Soul, like Flame, has in equalities Trepidations etc.  fiery of themselves, and Extremely perclive or apt for such fires.  
Whilst this Corporeal Soul, being enkindled like flame, in the animated Body, on every side diffuseth Heat and Light, we may take notice of its various tremble, shakings, inequalities, and irregular Commotions; these sorts of Irregularities, to be observed, concerning the phasis or appearance of this Soul, of which we treat, though they are more perspicuous in Man than in Brute Animals, yet they altogether respect the inferior Soul of Man, which is Common to him with the Brute Animals. But that we may briefly handle some of these Affections of the Corporeal Soul, first it is to be noted, that its flame does not always flame forth equally: For besides that its food is sometimes afforded more plentifully, and too sulphureous, sometimes more thinly and less inflameable, so that the Flame is enlarged or Contracted, 
The Flame of the Soul is sometimes enlarged by passions.  its accension also, in the praecordia, though of itself moderate and equal, is wont to be variously shaken, by the fanning of Passions, so that it is carried forth sometimes into an Excessive burning, as from Anger and Indignation; sometimes this vital flame is in danger to be always blown out, as by sudden Joy, and another time almost suffocated, as by sudden fear or sadness; In like manner the Systasis or Constitution of the Soul, from the rest of the Affections, being exposed as flame to the winds, is diversely changed in its appearance, as will more clearly appear, when we shall speak particularly of its Affections. 
Sometimes Contracted   
Nor do these sorts of Inordinations only proceed from the sudden impulses of Passions, but sometimes, the Vital flame, habitually becomes decayed, weak, and as it is were half exstinct, 
The same habitually is now decayed.  as by intemperate Cold, and also as is observed in the phlegmatic disease, the dropsy, longing of maids, and other diseases; in whom the Blood being too watery, like moist and green wood, sends forth but a small and inconstant flame and almost overwhelmed with fume and vapour: But sometimes the bloody Liquor being more sulphureous than it ought, 
Now intense or strong.  is almost wholly enkindled, as happens in a Choleric Complexion, and in an intemperate Favour: According to either of these heights, as the enkindling of the vital flame is altered, so the lucid particles, which flow from it, to wit the beamy texture of the Animal spirits, 
Also the lucid part of the Soul shines diversely.  diversely shines, and breaths forths from the decayed or bound up enkindling of the Blood, the sphere of the sensitive soul is seen to be straitened, and to be drawn in, within the limit of the Body, and to be immerged or sunk down so that it doth not sufficiently actuate or illustrate the whole frame of the Brain, and its Appendix: On the Contrary, when the Vital Fire is very strong (so it doth not burn forth too much and feavourishly) the Constitution of the Animal Spirits being made greater in itself, is much enlarged forth far beyond the Compass of the Body, 
And is altered on the part of the Fame.  so that any one exulting for Joy, or blown up with pride, is seen to grow very great, and not be able to be contained within its proper Dimension.  
Besides these Kind of Alterations, which the Soul properly sensitive, or the lucid part, receives, 
Also from the Various affection of the Brain and Nervous stock.  from the Vital and flamie, variously changed; many other things happen, which disturb its Systasis or Constitution, and its wont manner of Order, immediately both from a certain affection of the Brain, and Nervous stock, and also from external Objects because in the night, the Brain itself, from a too great infusion of the nutricious Juce, or from the black darkness, or vapours, is filled, so that the lucid part of the Soul in sleep, is wholly obscured, as it were with darkness; not seldom from a morbific matter somewhere gathered together, and as it were obstructing the Spirits, or the ways of their Beams, there arises an Eclipse of some or more of their faculties; sometimes the Animal Spirits themselves are not light or airy enough, but are infected with heterogeneous effluvias, to wit, either Saline, Vitriolic, Nitrous, or otherwise Cloudy, which deform the sensible species, change them into some affrightful thing, and excite inordinate Motions: Hence it comes sometimes that the whole Soul suffers various Metamorphoses or Changes, and puts on strange species'; as often happens in Melancholy disease's, or to mad men.  
As to the various gestures of the Soul, 
Also from the various incursions of sensible things.  by which for the variety of sensible objects it expresses now Joy and Pleasure, by and by loathing and trouble, it is observed, that sometimes it is alured more outwardly by the Organ of this or that sense, and as occasion serves almost wholly to wander into the Eye or Ear, Palate or any Sensory meeting with something pleasant; sometimes on the Contrary, for the sake shunning or flying away from some approaching evil, that she retires inwardly, and leaving her watch, hides her head; so that we think or Imagine nothing without being touched, but that the whole Soul almost is moved, and trembles at every apprehension of the sensible object, and its Systasis is variously agitated, as it were the leaves of a Tree, exposed to the blasts of Winds. 
Alterations of the Flamy part of the Soul impressed by the Lucid.   
Nor do these sensible Impressions induce Metamorphoses only to the sensitive soul, or the beamy Texture of the Animal spirits; but undulations or waver being brought to it, presently they go forward, an impress alterations on the vital Soul, lying in the blood, and move about its flame, as ● were with blasts, driving it hither and thither, and unequally enkindling it. For as we mentioned before, the same moment, in which an object carried from the sense or memory, stops at the Imagination, as that Comes under the show of good or evil, it affects the Animal Spirits destinated to the Motion of the Precordia, and causes the Precordia, by the influx of them, to be variously Contracted or dilated, and for that Cause it is, that the inordinate motions, and enkindling of the Blood, are so performed. But of these there will be a more opportune place of treating, when we shall speak especially of the Affections of the Soul.   

CHAP. VI  
Of the Science or Knowledge of Brutes.  
WE have hitherto spoken of the Original Nature and manner of the Soul of the Brutes, subsisting in the Body, as also of its various degrees or species, and as it hath in the more perfect Living Creatures Parts or Constitutive Members. Further, the Hypostasis figure; and dimensions of the same Soul, being rightly delineated, we have Considered, how that she is capable of Impressions from outward Objects, also to what passions and alterations besides she is obnoxious: yet from all this furniture of the Corporeal Soul, and of its powers being put together, it doth not plainly appear, what the same is able to do beyond the Virtue or force of any other machine, and to perform by its own proper Virtue or strength. 
The Soul of the Brute is strong in sense and motion as a Machine.  For although an Impression of an Object driving the Animal spirits inwards, and harmonizing them by a certain peculiar manner, causes sensation; and the same spirits, for as much as they leap back from within outwardly, as it were by a reflected undulation or waving, stir up local motions; yet it is not declared how this Soul, or any part of it, perceives itself to feel, and is driven according to that perception into divers Passions and Actions, directed to the Appetite or desire of this or that Action; and sometimes, as we have generally observed in some Beasts, for the prosecution of the desired thing doth pick out and choose Acts, which seem to flow from Council, or a certain Deliberation. In Man indeed it is obvious to be understood, that the Rational Soul, as it were presiding, beholds the Images and Impressions represented by the sensitive Soul, as in a looking Glass, 
But wonderful how by perception.  and according to the Conceptions and notions drawn from thence, exercises the Acts of Reason, Judgement, and Will. Yet after what manner in Brutes, Perception, a discerning or discrimination of Objects, Appetite, Memory, and other species or Kind's of Inferior Reasons as one may say, are performed, seems very hard to be unfolded; therefore, when some could not solve this Knot or difficulty, they attributed to Brutus' Immaterial Souls, and subsisting after their Bodies. Which if that were true I Know not why Four footed Beasts should not be endued with reasoning and understanding as well as man, yea and might learn Sciences and Arts; for as much as in either, besides their immaterial souls alike, there is altogether the same Conformation of the Animal Organs; upon which indeed it appears, that the Rational Soul whilst in the Body, 
If the Soul of the Brutes be immaterial, it is also rational.  hangs or depends as to its acts and habits, because the Organs being hurt, or hindered, a privation or an Eclipse of these succeeds: wherefore that the Soul of the Brute using the same Organs as man, can Know nothing clearly, nor rise above the Acts and material Objects, it planly follows, that she is different from the Rational Soul and also that she is much inferior and Material.  
But that it is objected, that all matter whatsoever is not only insensible and sluggish, but also merely passive, therefore incapable of sense and animal activity, omitting here many instances of aequivocal productions, the Epicureans affirm to be equally stupendious and inexplicable, of which we shall discourse anon; we shall propose as to the former, this one thing, as very Consentaneous to our Hypothesis; to wit, that there is not much more difference between an insensible and a sensible Body, than between a thing uninkindled, and a thing kindled; and yet we ordinarily see, this to be made from that; why therefore in like manner, may we not judge a sensible thing, or Body to be made out of an insensible? 
A sensible thing or Body, is produced from an insensible, as an enkindled Body from one not kindled.  Every matter, as it is not Burnt, so not animated; but being disposed, by either of the active Elements, it behoveth it to be endued with Spirit chiefly, with Sulphur and Salt: Combustible things, as Oil, Rosin, Wood, and the like, of themselves torpid and sluggish, lie unmoved without fire, heat, or some agitation of the parts or particles: But as soon as they have taken flame, from some incentive being put to it, by and by their Particles being rapidly moved, and as it were animated, produce a shining with Heat and Light; and not only make light all about them, but Create innumerable Images, of all things that are seated near them, and thickly object them on every side: In like manner, the Vital humour in an Egg, remains torpid and sluggish in the beginning, and like to unkindled matter; but as soon as it is actuated, from the Soul being raised up, presently like an enkindled fire, it excites Life with Motion and Sense, and in the more perfect Creatures with heat. Further, the Animal Spirits as Rays of Light, proceeding from this Fire, are Configured according to the Impressions of every of their Objects, and what is more, as it were meeting together with reflected irradiations, cause divers manner of motions.  
Then what is vulgarly delivered, 
That matter is not merely passive.  that Matter, out of which Natural things are made, is merely passive, and cannot be moved, unless it be moved by another thing, is not true; but rather on the contrary, Atoms, which are the matter of sublunary things, are so very active and selfmoving, that they never stay long, but ordinarily stray out of one subject into another; or being shut up in the same, they cut forth for themselves Pores and Passages, into which they are Expatiated.  
Yet it may be argued, 
But sometimes too active.  That if the Soul of the Brute be Composed out of these, whilst the same is Extended and is Corporeal, it cannot perceive. For it admits the Species of the Object into its whole self, or into some part of itself, not the first, because then neither the Senses would be distinguished one from another, nor any of them by a perception or common sensation of these: But if (as indeed it is) it shall be said, that all the sensible Species being received by appropriated Sensories, 
The common Sensorie is not the whole Soul, but a certain part of it.  to a certain part of the Soul, to wit, the first or common Sensory, where they are perceived: Then it may be again objected, That so manifold and divers Species or Images of sensible things, which at once are Conceived, from Objects, cannot be painted forth in a certain small part of the Brain, but that some should obliterate or blot out, or at least Confound others: I say none ought to wonder, who hath beheld the Objects of the whole Hemisphere, admitted thorough an hole into a dark Chamber, and there on a sudden upon Paper exactly drawn forth, as if done by the Pencil of an Artist: 
This receives all species without Confusion.  Why then, may not also the Spirits, even as the Rays of light, frame by a swift Configuration, the Images or Forms of things, and exhibit them without any Confusion or Obscuring of the Species?  
But yet, 
How this perceives that herself feels or knows.  though it be granted, That the Images of sensible things are represented in a certain part of the Soul, to wit, actuating the Brain itself; to which there happens a most speedy Communication, with the whole, and also with the several Parts: however, we are yet to inquire of what Kind of power that is, which sees and knows such like Images there delineated, and also according to those Impressions there received, chooseth Appetites, and the respective Acts of the other Faculties.  
That we may go on to Philosophise concerning this matter, I profess indeed, whilst I consider the Soul and the Body, to wit, either of them by itself and distinct, I cannot readily detect, in this, or in that, or in any material subject, any thing, to which may be attributed such a Power, with a selfmoving energy: But indeed, when I consider the animated Body, made by an Excellent and truly Divine Workmanship, for certain Ends and Uses, nothing hinders me from saying, That it is so framed by the Law of Creation, or by the Institution of the most Great God, that from the Soul and Body mixed together, the same Kind of Confluence of the Faculties doth result, by which it is needful for every Animal, to the Ends and Uses destinated to it.  
In most Mechanical things, or those made by humane Art, the Workmanship Excels the matter: 
As in mechanical things, so much more in an animated body the work is more excellent than the matter.  who would think there could be an Instrument made out of Iron or Brass, being most fixed and sluggish Metals, whose Orbs like to those of the Celestial, without any external Mover, should observe almost continual motions, the Periods of which being renewed at a constant turn or change, should certainly show the spaces of Time? No Body admires that a rude and simple sound is given by wind, blown into a Pipe; but indeed, by Wind sent into musical Organs, and that being carried variously thorough manifold openings of Doors, into these or those pipes, that it should create a most grateful Harmony, and Composed Measures of every Kind; this I say deservedly amazes us, and we acknowledge this Effect, far to Excel both the matter of the Instrument, and of the hand of the Musician striking it. Further, although the Musical Organ very much requires the labour of him playing on it, by whose direction, the spirit or wind being admitted, now into these, anon into those, and into other Pipes, causes the manifold harmony, and almost infinite Varieties of Tunes; yet sometimes I have seen such an Instrument so prepared, that without any Musician directing, the little doors being shut up, 
A self moving musical Organ.  by a certain law and order, by the mere Course of a Water, almost the same harmony is made, and the same tunes, equal with those Composed by Art. And indeed Man, seems like to the former, in which the rational Soul, sustains the part of the Musician playing on it, which governing and directing the animal spirits, disposes and orders at its pleasure, the Faculties of the Inferior Soul: But the Soul of the Brute, being scarce moderatrix of its self, 
To which the soul of the Brute is like.  or of its Faculties, Institutes, for Ends necessary for itself, many series of Actions, but those (as it were tunes of harmony produced by a water Organ, of another Kind) regularly prescribed by a certain Rule or Law, and almost always determinated to the same thing.  
This indeed holds good, concerning the more imperfect Brutes, in whose Souls or Natures are inscribed the types or ways of the Actions to be performed by them, which they rarely or never transgress or go beyond; and that according to the vulgar saying in the Schools, They do not so much act, as are acted: yet in some more perfect Brutes, whose Actions are ordained to many and more noble Uses, there are far more Original Types, and to their Souls there ought to be attributed a certain faculty of Varying their Types, and of Composing them in themselves; for the Brutal Soul itself, being so gifted naturally, as she is Knowing and Active, concerning some things necessary for it; she is taught through Various Accidents, by which she is wont to be daily affected, to know afterwards other things, 
The more perfect Brutes are endued with knowledge.  and to perform many other, and more intricate Actions: But how all this may be done, (without calling an immaterial Soul into play) to wit, by what helps, whether innate or adventitious, or acquired, the Science of the Brutes is gotten or polished, will be worth our Labour to show a little more fully: that it may appear at length, what is the utmost thing that living Brutes can know or do, and how far that is below the power of the Rational Soul.  
Therefore, that we may seek out as it were the several footsteps, by which all brute Animals are imbued with the Knowledge of things; we ought first to distinguish here, that some of their Knowledge is born with them, as we but now hinted, to wit, for some Uses needful for the lengthening of Life, 
That is either inbred.  being infused by the most high Creator, and impressed like a Character, from their first formation, on the beginnings, or on their very Natures themselves, which is wont commonly to be called Natural Instinct: But others acquired, to wit, which by degrees is learned, by the incursion of sensible things, Imitation, 
Or acquired.  humane Institution, and other ways, and is carried to a greater degree of Perfection in some than in others; yet in some, this acquired Knowledge, as also Cuning, depend wholly on the natural Instinct, and being polished by frequent use and habit, and Carried a little further, seem to be certain additions only.  

What natural instinct is.  First, As to what regards natural Instincts, it is a great and most ancient Notion, That there is in all Living Creatures, an innate Conservation of themselves, to wit, that every Individual might preserve itself as long as it can: This is a Law of Divine Providence, inbred in all Creatures, which gathers together the Principles of Life like a Bond, otherways apt to be dissipated and to depart one from another, and on which, as the Basis, the Duration or Continuance of the whole World stands.  

What it brings to the Brutes.  This being supposed, it necessarily follows, that all Animals ordained for this end, are furnished also with certain fit means, for following the same, wherefore they ought to know by Natural Instinct, whatsoever things are Congruous and benign, and what are incongruous or hurtful to them, and that they should follow these with hatred and aversion; and those with Love and delight. Hence it is, that every one of them are able to choose Food proper for themselves, and to seek it being absent, and remote from their Eyes; And from an implanted disposition of their Nature, are skilful to know and oppose Enemies, to love their Friends, to get a female fit for themselves, and to make ready whatever may conduce to the Procreating and Cherishing their Young; besides many other Kind's of powers and habits, granted to us not without Learning and Study, are originally fixed on the Praecordia of the Beast.  
And truly, if we look upon the Ingenuity and Proprieties of all Animals, we shall find these Kind of Effects after a manner in all: 
Some examples and instances of it.  For many of them are no sooner brought to light, but they seek and greedily embrace remedies against hunger and Cold, without any guide or shower; then being somewhat grown up, though Carefully Kept from all their Companions, yet without any one to show them, or any example, they of their own accord perform the peculiar Actions of their Kind. A Lamb just brought forth, and scarcely out of the afterbirth, presently snatches at and sucks the Duggs of its Dam. A Chicken, as soon as out of the shell, will pick up grains of Corn, hides itself under the wings of the Hen, and flies from the approach of the Kite. cattle feeding in the Pastures, are more Skilful than Men, about the Virtues of Herbs; 
Natural Instinct dictates to Brutes, what is wholesome and what unwholesome.  for they easily discern at the first taste, what are for food; what for Medicine, yea, what is to be shunned, being imbued with poison and death; when we in the mean time, unless taught by experience, are wholly ignorant of their Virtues or poisonous force: so that Pliny Complained, that it was a shame, that all Animals Knew what was healthful for themselves, besides Man.  
Neither does what some object otherways determinate this matter, that the means of these Kind of effects, depend only upon the similitude or the dissimilitude of Patricles, which are in the sensible and the Sensory, without any intention of the Beasts, or End of their Acting; because we have observed, that Brute living Creatures, by the Virtue of natural Instinct, perform not only simple actions, stirred up by one Impression of the External agent, as when the heat of the Sun invites to take the Cool of that shade, but they perform and do manifold works, and Continued by a long Series. Birds by reason of the Influence of the Spring, being instigated to the begetting others apply themselves to that business, 
Leads not only to simple Actions but also to very Complicate Actions.  without any other provoker or director, as it were Consultingly and premeditated; for they enter into wedlock, as it were by a solemn manner of Espousals, they choose a fit place for the building their nest or habitation, where they make it most artificially beyond the skill of humane Architecture; then they lay Eggs, and by sitting on them bring forth young ones, and then carefully nourish them with food which they get for them. We might here also take notice of the most admirable Republics of Bees and Ants, in which, without any written Laws or promulged Right, the most perfect ways of Government are exercised. But as in all these without any Variety, one thing is always and wholly after the same manner administered, it is a sign, that these Kind of principles or beginnings of the Brutes, are nor stirred up either by external objects, whose Impulse is still various and divers, nor from an internal proposition of the Mind, which is more mutable than the wind; But excited from a more fixed and Certain principle, determinate always to one thing, which can be only Natural Instincts: The World is full of Examples of this sort, 
But yet those always, and in all, of one Kind only.  which testify the native endowments and implanted Ingeny of Brutes: For in all Animals, there are by Nature a Certain Ingeny and habit born with them, by which they are instigated through a secret impulse and blind power to the performing of Actions, which respect both the Conservation of themselves, and the propagation of their Kind; and these Gifts being originally granted, constitute as it were the first lineaments or groundwork of practical Knowledge, with which the Soul of Brutes are wont to be imbued: then an acquired Cognition being superadded to those rudiments, fills up the vacuities of those things drawn forth, and adds a perfection to the former foundation.  
For Secondly, 
2 Brutes, in some things, are taught by the Impressions of sensible things.  besides the natural Instincts, living Brutes are wont to be taught by sensible species, to wit, to profit in the Knowledge of several things, and to acquire certain habits of practice: But this happens not equally to all nor at all times. For in many Animals newly brought forth, natural Instinct is of some force, but then the Impressions of sensible things little or nothing affect the sensitive soul: Because, although the flamy part of the Soul is enough enkindled in the Brain, yet because the Brain and its Appendix, abounds with much humidity, therefore the Spirituous Effluvias, or the lucid part of the Soul which ought to irradiate these Bodies, is very much obscured, as the beam of the Sun passing thorough a thick Cloud: Wherefore at this time, the strokes of sensible things, being not deeply fixed, are presently obliterated, and in them local motions hardly follow: yea in some Beasts, in whom the Blood being continually and habitually thick, and who have a less Clear Brain, though through their whole Life some acts of the Exterior Senses and Motions are performed, yet few Characters are left, of any interior Knowledge. Wherefore, we shall here inquire only concerning Brutes, that are more docil, to wit, in whom are besides local motions, and the five Exterior Senses, Memory, and Imagination; and in these we may conceive this kind of Introduction, or Method of Institution, concerning the Exquisite Knowledge, by the sense with which they are wont to be imbued.  
Therefore, 
The direct sensible Species creates in them the Fantasy and the Memory.  as soon as the Brain in the more perfect Brutus' grows Clear, and the Constitution of the Animal Spirits becomes sufficiently lucid and defecated, the exterior Objects being brought to the Organs of the Senses, make Impressions, which being from thence transmitted, for the continuing the Series or Orders of the Animal Spirits inwards, towards the streaked Bodies, affect the Common Sensory; and when as a sensible Impulse of the same, like a waving of Waters, is carried further into the Callous Body, and thence into the Cortex or shelly substance of the Brain, a Perception is brought in, concerning the Species of the thing admitted, by the Sense, to which presently succeeds the Imagination, 
The reflected be Appetite.  and marks or prints of its Type being left, constitutes the Memory; But in the mean time, whilst the sensible Impression being brought to the common Sensory, effects there the Perception of the thing felt; as some direct Species of it, tending further creates the Imagination and Memory; so other reflected Species of the same Object, as they appear either Congruous or Incongruous, produce the Appetite, and local motions its Executors; that is, the Animal Spirits looking inwards, for the Act of Sension, being struck back, leap towards the streaked Bodies; and when as these Spirits presently possessing the Beginnings of the Nerves, irritate others, they make a desire of flying from the thing felt, and a motion of this or that member or part, to be stirred up: Then, because this Kind, 
The Appetite stirs up local Motion.  or that Kind of Motion succeeds once or twice, to this or to that Sension, afterwards, for the most part, this Motion follows that Sension as the Effect follows the Cause: and according to this manner, by the admitting the Ideas of sensible things, both the Knowledge of several things, and the habits of things to be done, or of local Motions, are by little and little produced: For indeed, from the beginning, almost every Motion of the animated Body is stirred up by the Contact of the outward Object; to wit, the Animal Spirits residing within the Organ, are driven inward, being strucken by the Object, and so (as we have said) constitute Sension or Feeling; then, like as a Flood sliding along the Banks of the shore, is at last beaten back, so, because this waving or inward turning down of the Animal Spirits, being partly reflected from the Common Sensory, is at last directed outwards, and is partly stretched forth even into the inmost part of the Brain, presently local Motion succeeds the Sension; and at the same time, a Character being affixed on the Brain, by the sense of the thing perceived, it impresses there, Marks or Vestigia of the same, for the Fantasy and the Memory then affected, and afterwards to be affected; but afterwards, when as the Prints or Marks of very many Acts of this Kind of Sensation and Imagination, as so many Tracts or Ways, 
Which being often stirred up produce an habit of Acting.  are engraven in the Brain, the Animal Spirits, oftentimes of their own accord, without any other forewarning, and without the presence of an Exterior Object, being stirred up into Motion, for as much, as the Fall into the footsteps before made, represent the Image of the former thing; with which, when the Appetite is affected, it desiring the thing objected to the Imagination, causes spontaneous Actions, and as it were drawn forth from an inward Principle. As for Examples sake, The Stomach of an Horse, feeding in a barren Ground or fallow Land, being incited by hunger, stirs up and variously agitates the Animal Spirits flowing within the Brain; the Spirits being thus moved by accident, because they run into the footsteps formerly made, they call to mind the former more plentiful Pasture fed on by the Horse, and the Meadows at a great distance, than the Imagination of this desirable thing, (which then is cast before it, by no outward Sense, but only from the Memory,) stops at the Appetite: that is, the Spirits implanted in the streaked Bodies, are affected by that Motion of the spirits flowing within the middle part or Marrow of the Brain; who from thence presently after their former accustomed manner, enter the origines of the Nerves, and actuating the Nervous System after their wont▪ manner by the same Series, produce local Motions, by which the hungry Horse is carried from place to place, till he has found out the Imagined Pasture, and indeed enjoys that good the Image of which was painted in his Brain.  
After this manner, the sensible Species being intromitted, by the benefit of the Exterior Organs, in the more perfect Brutes, for that they affix their Characters on the Brain, and there leave them, they constitute the Faculties of Fantasy and Memory, as it were Storehouses full of Notions; further, stirring up the Appetite into local Motions, agreeable to the Sensions frequently, they produce an habit of Acting; so that some Beasts being Taught or Instructed for a long time, by the assiduous Incursion of the Objects, are able to know and remember many things, and further learn manifold works; to wit, to perform them by a Complicated and Continued series and succession of very many Actions. Moreover, this Kind of acquired Knowledge of the Brutes, and the Practical habits introduced through the Acts of the Senses, 
3 Brutes are also taught by experience.  are wont to be promoted by some other means, to a greater degree of perfection.  
For in the third place, it happens to these by often Experience that the Beasts are not only made more certain of simple things, but it teaches them to form certain Propositions, and from thence to draw certain Conclusions. Because, draught Beasts, having sometimes found water to be Cooling, they seek it far as a remedy of too much heat; wherefore, when their Precordia grow hot, running to the River they drink of it, and if they are hot in their whole Body they fearlessly lie down in the same. In truth, many Actions which appear admirable in Brutes came to them at first by some accident, which being often repeated by Experience, pass into Habits, which seem to show very much of Cunning and Sagacity; because, the sensitive soul is easily accustomed to every Institution or Performance, and its Actions begun by Chance, and often repeated, pass into a Manner and Custom. So it happens sometimes by Chance, among Hounds, that one had caught the prey, not exactly but by following a Shorter way; this Dog afterwards, as if he were much more Cunning than the rest, leaves the Hare making her turnings and windings, and runs directly to meet her another way.  
Living Brutes are taught by Example, 
4 By Example, Imitation, and Institution also  by the Imitation and Institution of others of the same or of a divers Kind, to perform certain more excellent Actions. Hence it is that the Ape so plainly imitates Man, that by some, it is thought a more imperfect Species of him. For this Animal being extremely mimical, as it is endued with a most Capacious and hot Brain, it imitates to an hair, almost all the Gestures that it happens to see, presently with a ready and expeditious Composing of its Members, and is furnished with a notable Memory, and retains all its tricks which it has once acted very firmly afterwards, and is wont to repeat them at its pleasure. They are very admirable habits, which Horses, Dogs, and Birds get, being carefully instructed by the Discipline of Man; and not only from Men but being taught first by their Companions, they imbibe altogether new and more Excellent Customs: so one Dog ordinarily teaches another to hunt, and one Bird another to compose harmonious notes and various tunes. It were an Easy matter to bring very many Instances of this Kind. But we shall hasten to other things.  
Having thus enumerated the Chief Helps from Nature and Art, by which living Brutes do profit in the Knowledge of things, 
How far it is that Brutes are able to Know-worth  and are instructed by the Habits of Acting, we shall now inquire, to what height most of them or all of them put together, can arrive.  
First, from what we have said 'tis clear, that Living Brutes are directed to all things which belong to the Defence and Conservation of the Individuum, and that are to be done for the propagation of their Kind, by a natural Instinct, as it were a Law or Rule fixed in their Hearts: when as therefore we behold for these ends, ordained by Divine Providence, Brutes to order their matters wisely, and as it were by Council, no man Esteems this the work of Reason, or of any liberal faculty; yea they are led into these enterprises, by a certain Praedestination, rather than by any proper Virtue or Intention.  
Secondly, 
How natural Instinct i● wont to be Compared with acquired Notions.  The Natural Instinct of Brutes, happens, not rarely, with notions acquired by the sense, and being Complicated with them conduces to the Propositions or Assumptions to be done, Concerning many things, and the Deductions to be drawn from thence. A Dog being by a staff struck, or by the flinging of a stone, perceives the hurt received by the senses, and easily retains the Idea in his Memory, but the Instinct dictates to him that the like stroke may be shunned afterwards, 
With the Impressions of sensible things.  wherefore, when he sees a staff held out before his eyes, or a stone taken up, fearing thence the like hurt, he hastily flies away.  
Thirdly, 
With Habits learned from Example or Institution.  sometimes Instincts, and also all other acquired Knowledges, are mixed together, either with the Example of Habits, or with the general Institution of things learned: And when as notions so arising from one faculty or power, answer to Actions drawn from another, from thence is produced a certain Kind of Discourse or Ratiocination, and often times it is continued by a certain Series or third of Argumentation. Many admirable Histories are reported, concerning the Subtleties and Craft of the Fox, which he is wont to perform for the getting of his living. This Creature, that he might allure the Hens within the Compass of his Chain, with which he was tied, lying all along, his legs stretched forth, feigns as if he were dead, than they coming near him, he readily leaps upon them. Moreover, I have heard it told, that a wild Fox, that he might get into his clutches a Turkey Cock roosting in a Tree, running round the Body of the Tree, with a swift Motion, continually beheld the Bird with an intentive Eye, by which Means, as the Turkey still followed the Fox thus running Round with his eye, carrying his head about till being infected with a giddiness, he fell down from the top of the Tree, into the mouth of his Enemy: I say, it was natural to the Fox, that he should desire domestic Fowl, as his prey; but that he should frame these Kind of Snares for them, this he must have by former acquired Knowledges, from Sense, Experience, and Imitation, and complicated with natural Instinct. It is very likely that the Fox had learned by former Experience, 
With notions learned from Experience and Imitation.  that the Hens did not fear him lying as dead, which might happen by Chance, when being wearied, or to sleep, he had laid himself on the ground: In like manner, perhaps, when he had run about the Tree, seeking some way to get up into it, the Prey might fall down into his mouth; Wherefore afterwards when he would take his prey, he repeated the Series of the same Actions; because, what he had known to be done before, he presumed might be done again. In both Cases, and in others like them, the reason of the whole thing done, or the Endeavour, is resolved into these Propositions; The Fox thinking, now to take the Prey, that is before his eyes, after what manner he may, remembers how he had taken the same formerly, by these or those sort of Cunning ways or Crafts, 
The Syllogisms of Beasts.  found out by some chance; These are the Premises, the former of which is suggested from Nature, and the second from Sense and Experience, from whence a Conclusion follows, Therefore Foxes for the taking of their Prey, use again the same Wiles. According to this sort of Analyzing, the most Intricate Actions of Brutes, which seem to contain Ratiocination, may be explained, and reduced into Competent notions of the sensitive Soul.   

CHAP. VII.  
The Corporeal Soul, or that of the Brutes, is Compared with the Rational Soul.  
FRom what we have said is to be understood, how much it is that Brute Animals are wont to do with the whole furniture of the Corporeal Soul, and to obtain towards the use of Reason: But now we shall endeavour to show, how far they are below it, 
Three heads of this Discourse viz. 1. It is shown that the Rational Soul far excels the Brutal.  and how much less they are able to do than Man, endued with a Rational Soul. The means of observing the difference between these Souls are commonly to be had, being noted by divers Authors both Ancient and Modern and both Philosophers and Theologists, till it is almost worn threadbare, yet we will take leave to show you only some few select things, which for Methods sake, we shall reduce to these three Heads: viz. 1st. It is shown, That man using expeditiously and freely the Powers of the Superior Soul, of the Intellect, Judgement, Discourse, and other Acts of Reason, shows them far excelling any Faculty or Science of the Brute, 
2 How both Souls are joined in Man, and  and the whole power of the Corporeal Soul. 2. By what Knitting the Corporeal Soul, and the Rational are joined together, in the Humane Body, by what means they agree in the same habitation; also what offices they perform each. 
3 How they frequently disagree among themselves.  3. Shall be declared, for what means, and for what occasions these Souls differ among themselves, yea sometimes are wont to descent and move more than Civil Wars.  

The Priority of the Rational Soul as to  The eminency of the Rational Soul above the Brutal or Corporeal, shines clearly by comparing either, both as to the Objects, and to the chief Acts or Modes of Knowing. As to the former, when as every Corporeal Faculty is limited to sensible things, and every one of these to certain Kind's of things, 
1 The Objects which are Every Ens.  the object of the humane Mind is every Ens, whether it be above, or sublunary, or below the Moon, Material or Immaterial, true or fictitious, real or Intentional; wherefore Aristotle, who seemed to hesitate something about the Nature of the Rational Soul, hinting its acting Intellect as if it were Immaterial and Immortal, doth pronounce it not only separable and without Passion, but also unmixed because it understands all things. Lib. de Animâ 3. Cap. 4.  

2 The Acts of Knowing. The first Act of either Soul is simple Apprehension.  Secondly, The Acts or degrees of Knowledge, Common to either Soul, are Vulgarly accounted these three. To wit, simple Apprehension, Enunciation, and Discourse; how much the Power of the Rational, excels the other Corporeal in each, we shall consider:  

The power of this in Brutus' is Phantasie or Imagination.  First, The Knowing Faculty of the Corporeal Soul is Phantasie or Imagination, which being planted in the middle part of the Brain, receives the Sensible Species, first only impressed on the Organs of sense, and from thence by a most quick Irradiation of the spirits delivered inwards, and so apprehends all the several corporeal things, according to their Exterior Appearances; 
Which is often deceived.  which notwithstanding, as they are perceived only by the sense (which i● often deceived) they are admitted under an appearing, and not always under a true Image or Species. For so we Imagine the Sun no bigger than a Bushel, the Horizon of the Heaven and the Sea to meet, and then the Stars not to be far distant from us in the Horizon, and that in respect of us, there are no Antipodes; further we may think the Image in the Glass, or in a Fountain delineates itself, that the Echo itself is a Voice coming from some other place, that the shore moves being on the water, yea and many other things, being received by the Sensories, whilst Phantasie is the only guide seem far otherways than indeed they are: 
In man it is the Intellect presiding o'er the Imagination.  But indeed, the Intellect presiding o'er the Imagination, beholds all the Species deposited in itself, discerns and corrects their obliquities or hypocrisies the Fantasy there drawn forth sublimes, and divesting it from matter forms universal things from singulars; 
Which discerns the errors of this.  moreover, it frames out of these some other more sublime Thoughts, not Competent for the Corporeal Soul: so it speculates or Considers both the nature of every substance, and abstracted from the Individuals of Accident, 
Sublimates its notions, & divests them from Matter.  viz: Humanity, Ratiotinality, Temperance, Fortitude, Corporeity, spirituality, Whiteness, and the like; besides, being carried higher, it Contemplates God, Angels, Itself, Infinity, Eternity, and many other notions, far remote from Sense and Imagination. And so as our Intellect, in these kind of Metaphysical Conceptions, makes things almost wholly naked of matter, or carrying itself beyond every sensible Species, consider or beholds them wholly immaterial, this argues certainly, that the Substance or Nature of the Rational Soul is Immaterial and Immortal: 
Contemplates immaterial Substances.  Because, if this Aptness or Disposition were Corporeal, as it can conceive nothing Incorporeal by Sense, it should suspect there were no such thing in the World.  
Secondly, 
The Second Act of either Soul is Enunciation.  It appears clearly, from what was said before, that Fantasy, or the Knowing faculty of the Corporeal Soul, doth not only apprehend simple things, but also Compose or Divide many things at once, and from thence to make enuntiations: Because living Brutes, in various objects together, which are for food, discern things Convenient from others Inconvenient or unfit; moreover, they choose out of these, things grateful before others less grateful, and get them sometimes by Force, sometimes by Cunning, and as it were by stealth. A Dog knows a Man at a great distance; if he be a Friend, he runs to him and fawns on him; If an Enemy and fearful, he barks at him or flies at him, but if armed or threatening him, he flies away from him. These kind of Propositions the Brutes easily conceive, 
What and how slender this is in Brutes.  for as much as some Species of the sensible thing being newly admitted, meets with Species of one thing or other before laid up in the memory, or being suggested by a Natural Instinct, associates with them or repulses them. But indeed, how little is this, in respect of the humane Intellect? which not only beholds all enunciations conceived by the fantasy, but judges them, whether they be true or false, Congruous or Incongruous; orders and disposes them into Series of Notions, accommodated to speculation or practice: Moreover, it restrains the fantasy itself, being too instable and apt to wander through various fantasies; it calls it away from these or those Conceptions, 
The rational judges, discerns, and directs the propositions of the Fantasy.  and directs it to others, yea it keeps it within certain limits at its pleasure, lest it Should expatiate or divert too much from the thing proposed: Which out of doubt is a sign that there is a Superior Soul in Man, that moderates and governs all the faculties and Acts of the Corporeal. But the Intellect, not only eminently Contains every Virtue of the fantasy; 
It deduces from these others more sublime thoughts.  but from the Species perceived in it, deduces many other thoughts altogether unknown to the sense, and which the Fantasy of itself could no way Imagine. For Besides, that it conceives the formal notions of Corporeal things, abstracted from all matter, and attributes to them predicates merely Intentional yea and understands axioms or first principles alone, and as it were by a proper Instinct, 
It beholds itself by a reflected Action.  without recourse to Corporeal Species; the humane mind also beholds itself, by a reflected Action, it supposes itself to think, and thence Knowing a proper existency, not to be perceived neither by Sense nor by Fantasy; when in the mean time, neither Sense nor Imagination (of which no Images are extant) do perceive itself to know or imagine: 
And Contemplates other things remote from sense, as God etc.  Besides these, the Rational Soul comprehends, as it were by its own proper light, God to be Infinite and Eternal, that he ought to be Worshipped, that Angels or Spirits do inhabit the World, Heaven, and places beneath the Earth, that there are places of Beatitude, and Punishment, and many other notions merely Spiritual, by no means to be learned from Sense or Fantasy.  
3. The prerogatives of the Rational Soul, 
The Ratiocination of the Brute, what and how vile.  and the differences from the other Sensitive or Corporeal, may be yet further noted, by Comparing the Acts of Judgement and Discourse, or Ratiocination, which it puts forth more perfectly, and often time demonstratively, when these Kind of Acts, from this power in the Brutes, are drawn forth imperfectly, and only analogically, we have already declared the utmost that Brutes can do, and how far they can go towards the exercise of Reasoning and Deliberation, through innate faculties, 
The humane Mind immensly more excellent.  and acquired habits; which truly, if the whole be compared with the functions of the humane Intellect, and its Scientifick Habits, it will hardly seem greater than the drop of a Bucket, to the Sea. For to say nothing of that natural Logic, by which any one endoved with a free and perspicacious mind, 
Is imbued with a natural Logic.  probably and sometimes most certainly concludes, Concerning all doubtful things, or things sought after, if that we mind how much the humane mind being adorned by Learning, and having learned the Sciences and liberal Arts, is able to work, understand, and search out; it would be thought, though in an Humane Body, to be rather living with Gods or Angels. For indeed here may be Considered, the whole Encyclopaedia or Circle of Arts and Sciences, which excepting Divinity) hath been the Product or Creature of the Humane Mind, and indeed argues the Workman if not divine, 
It hath Created all Arts & Sciences (except Theologie)  at least to be a particle of Divine Breath, to wit, a Spiritual Substance, wonderfully Intelligent, Immaterial, and which therefore for the future is Immortal. It would be tedious here to rehearse the Subtle Wiles of Logic, and the extremely curious web of Notions, 
Logic.  or of the Reason of Essences, or Being's, where the things of Natural Philosophy being unfolded by their Causes, 
Physic.  are dissected as it were to the Life; the most pleasant Speculations, the profound Theorems or rather Celestial, of the Metaphysics or supernatural things; 
Metaphysics.  yea and the grand Mysteries of other learning first found out by humane Industry. But above the rest, is it not truly amazing to see the most certain Demonstrations of the Mathematics, 
Mathematics.  and therefore akin and greatly alluding to the Humane Mind, its Problems and Riddles how difficult soever to be extricated, with no labour, yea and many things of it attained, and most glorious Inventions. 
Algebra.  What is it below a Prodigy, that Algebra from one Number or Dimension, which at first was uncertain and unknown, being placed, should find out the quantity of another altogether unknown? What shall I say concerning the Proportions of a Circle, a Triangle, a Quadrangle, and other Figures, and of their Sides or Angles variously measurable among themselves, being most exactly computed? what besides, that the Humane Intellect having learned the Precepts of Geometry and Astronomy, takes the spaces of inaccessible places, 
Admirable things of Geometry and Astronomy.  and their heights, the floor or breadth of any superficies, and the contents of solids, yea the dimensions of the whole Earthly Globe: measures exactly the spaces of hours and days, the times of the year, the Tropics, by the progress only of a shadow? yea it measures the Orbs, Magnitudes, and Distances of the Sun and Stars, for a long time to come, Calculates, and exactly Foretells, their risings and settings, motions, declinations, and Aspects one to another; we should want time, should we go about to enumerate the several portentous things, either of the practice or speculation in the Mathematics. 
The humane Mind does wonders in mechanical Things.  Then, if passing over to Mechanical things, We shall consider the several Works and Inventions of Workmen, and the artificial Smiths-Works wonderfully made, there will be no place for doubting, but that the humane Soul, which can so famously understand, invent, and find out, and effect, I had almost said, Create things so stupendious, must needs be far above the Brutal, Immaterial and Immortal; especially because Living Brutes obtain only a few and more simple Notions and Intentions of Acting, yea and those always of the same Kind, and not determinated but to one Thing, altogether ignorant of the Causes of things, and know not Rights or Laws of political Society: further, they make no Fires or Houses, nor find out any mechanical Arts, they put not on clothes, nor dress their food, yea unless taught by Imitation, they know not how to number Three. 
In respect of Man, how little is it that the Soul of a Brute Can do?  When therefore we have plainly detected in Man, besides the Corporeal Soul, such as is Common with Brutes, the prints of another superior, merely spiritual, we shall next seek out by what bond, and by what necessitude, these twins are conjoined, and intimately come together, in the same Body.  
Some of those, who have showed the difference, between the Souls of the Brute and of Man, affirming the Irrational or Corporeal peculiar to them, would have the Rational Soul of Man, to perform not only the Offices of the Intellect and Discourse, but also the other Offices of Sense and Life, yea to do and administer the whole Oeconomy of Nature: To which opinion (however it may have prevailed in our Schools) the opinions of most learned men of every Age has been clearly opposite. 
That there are two distinct Souls in Man besides many other of latter Time there are for Authors  That I may not be tedious, in rehearsing of many, I shall cite only two Authors (but either of which is worth a Multitude) in the Confutation of this Assertion. One is, that famous Philosopher, Peter Gassendus, who Physic. Sect. 3. lib. 9 Cap. 11. differencing the Mind of Man, as much as he could, from that other Sensitive Power of his, by many and very remarkable notes of discrimination, yea (as 'tis said in the Schools) by Specific Differences, 
Gassendus  he has (as they say) divided the whole Heaven between: Because when he had showed this to be Corporeal, Extensive, and also Nascible or that may be born, and Corruptible, he saith that the other was an Incorporeal Substance, and therefore Immortal, which is Created mediately by God, and infused into the Body; which opinion he shows Pythagoras, Plato, Aristotle, and many ancient Philosophers, besides Epicurus, very much to have favoured; excepting however, that they, for as much as they not knowing the beginning of the Soul they judged Immortal, affirmed it, taken from the Soul of the world, to slide into the humane Body, and it to be refunded again either immediately into that Soul of the World, or mediately at length, after a Transmigration thorough other Bodies. The other suffrage concerning this matter is, of the most Learned Divine, our Dr Hammond, who unfolding that Text of St Paul to the Thessalonians, 
And Hammond.  1 chap. 5. v. 23. The whole Body Soul and Spirit: says, that man is divided into three parts, to wit, First into the body, which is the Flesh and Members: Secondly, Into an Animal Life, which also being Animal and Sensitive, is common to Man with the Brutes; And Thirdly, into Spirit, by which is signified the rational Soul, at first Created by God, which being also Immortal, returns to God, Lib. Annot. on the New Testament, p. 711. He Confirms this his Exposition, by Testimonies taken from Ethnic Authors, also from the Fathers. And truly it is most evidently plain, from what hath been said, That Man is made, as it were an Amphibious Animal, or of a middle Nature and Order, between Angels and Brutes, and doth Communicate with both, with these by the Corporeal Soul, from the Vital Blood, and heap of Animal Spirits, and with those by an intelligent, 
This also Reason dictates.  immaterial, and immortal Soul. And indeed, Reason persuades us plainly that 'tis so, to wit, for as much as we find in ourselves, as by and by shall be more fully shown, the Strifes and Dissensions of one Soul with another, sometimes this, 
The Rational Soul does not exercise the Animal Faculties.  and sometimes that getting the Rule, or being in Subjection. But as it is said, That the Rational Soul doth exercise of itself all the Animal Faculties, is most improbable; because the Acts and Passions of all the Senses, and Animal Motions are Corporeal, being divided and extended to various Parts; to the performing which immediately, the incorporeal and indivisible Soul seems unable, so that it would be finite. Then as to what respects that Vulgar Opinion, that the Sensitive Soul is subordinate to the Rational, and is as it were swallowed up of it, as that which in Brutus' is the Soul, is mere Power in Man; 

Obliterates not the Sensitive Soul by its Coming.  
Nor transmutes it into a mere Power.   these are trifles of the Schools. For how should the Sensitive Soul of Man, which subsisting at first in Act, was material and extended, foregoing its Essence at the coming of the Rational Soul, degenerate into a mere Quality? if that it should be asserted, That the Rational Soul by its coming, doth introduce also Life and Sensation, than Man doth not generate an animated Man, but only an inform Body, or a rude lump of Flesh.  
Therefore, 
By what Bond the Rational Soul is united to the Body.  supposing that the Rational Soul, doth come to the Body first animated by another Corporeal Soul, we shall inquire, by what Bond or Knitting, since it is pure Spirit, it can be united to it, for as much as it hath not Parts, by which it might be gathered to, or cohere with this whole, or any of its Parts. Concerning this, I think we may say, 
That the Corporeal Soul is the Subject of the Rational. Gass. Physic. Sect. 3. Memb. Post l. 9 c. 11.  with the most Learned Gassendus, That the Corporeal Soul is the immediate Subject of the Rational Soul, of which, as she is the Act, Perfection, Compliment, and Form by herself, the Rational Soul also effects the Form, and Acts of the humane Body. But for as much, as it seems not equal nor necessary, that the whole Corporeal Soul, should be employed by the whole Rational; therefore we may affirm, this purely Spiritual, to sit as in its Throne, in the principal Part or Faculty of it, to wit, in the Imagination, made out of an handful of Animal Spirits, most highly subtle, and seated in the Middle or Marrowie part of the Brain: Because, when as the Species, or every sensible Impression, of which we are any ways Knowing, being inflicted any where on the Humane Body, is carried to the Imagination or Fantasy, and there all the Appetites or Spontaneous Conceptions, or Intentions of things to be done, are excited, the Intellect or Humane Mind, presiding in this Imperial seat, easily performs the Government of the whole Man. 
Gassend. Ibid.  For (as Gassendus properly has it) As there is no necessity for a King, to be in his whole Kingdom, but only in his Palace, to which place, are carried whatever happens in the Kingdom; 
The Seat or Palace of the Humane Mind, is in the Fantasy.  so the Fantasy is the Kingly Palace of the Intellect, to which may be brought whatsoever are acted Spontaneously and to our Knowledge, in the whole Body. But as to what has relation to the Functions merely Natural, which being done by a constant manner of Oeconomy, as it were by a Law from the Creator, are performed unknown to the Animal, it were not fit, that the Imagination, much less the Intellect, should attend on these lower Offices: althô also, the faults of these, as often as they are amiss, lying hid to the Imagination, the Intellect most often finds them out, and procures them to be amended. 

The manner by which the Phantasms are behold by the Intellect, viz. Intuition, not Perculsion.  
The Rational Soul is inclined to the Body.   As to the Mode of the Intellect, by which the Phantasms of all sensible Things being drawn in the Imagination, is beheld, it may be said, That this is done not by perculsion from the Corporeal Species, (for this is repugnant to the Corporeal Faculty) but by an Intuition into itself, expressed in the Fantasy. But as the Rational Soul, will stay and preside in the Court of the Fantasy, there is no need that she should be shut out from thence, or bound by any Bond; because destinated to this by the most high Creator, to wit, that it should be the informing Form of Man; and also herself is very much inclined, to the Inhabiting this House; because, whilst in the Body, it depends very much, as to its Operation, on the Fantasy, without the help of which, it can know or understand nothing. 
The Intellect depends upon the Fantasy.  For it draws its first Species and fundamental Idaea's, by which it rears all its manner of Knowledge, from the Imagination; wherefore, that the Mind of one Man understands more, and reasoneth better, than that of another, it does not thence follow, that Rational Souls are inequal, but every disparity, concerning the Intellect, proceeds immediately from the Fantasy, but mediately and principally from the Brain, being variously disposed. For as this being affected, by an Intemperate or Evil Conformation, 
By reason of the various Constitution of this, and the Brain, Souls seem unequal.  the Spirits being made more dull, or hindered, cannot irradiate and actuate in their due manner; therefore the Phantasms are difficient or distorted, and the Faults or Vices of these infects the Intellect. Hence it very often happens, by reason of some hurt coming to the Brain, that the Faculties or Habits, or Ratiocination or Reasoning, howsoever strong, are diminished or taken away: Because, as the most Skilful Gassendus tell us, That the acquisition and loss of an habit, stands in the Power of the Brain and Fantasy, a subject purely Corporeal; but that the Intellect, as it wants Parts, cannot be wrought upon by Parts, but that it is from the beginning, and of its own Nature, a full and perfect power of understanding; which understands, not more by the coming of any Habit, but is rather itself an Habit, always ready to understand: wherefore he says, 
How the Habits of Reasoning are acquired and performed.  that Aristotle has hit the mark, when he says, that his Agent having its Intellect, as it were a Light, had it therefore as it were a certain Habit: to wit, when this Intellect, as it were a Light, is ever ready to illustrate; therefore it would have itself like to an Habit, in a Workman or Artist, to whom, when you give an Organ or Instrument, as an Harp to an Harper, he is presently ready to Play; by which it comes to pass, as he says, the Intellect also to come under such a Reason, like as Art comes under Reason, as to Matter: So we may say, As an Harper has in himself the Skill of Playing on the Harp, and if he shows not his Art, there is a defect, not of himself, but by reason of the absence or the depraved disposition of the Harp; 
Gassendus, Ib.  after the same manner, the Intellect is abundantly Instructed, in its own Nature, that it understands, and uses Fantasies, and if it may not do it, the cause is not in itself, but is either in the absence of the Phantasms, or their Imperfection. For indeed, as the same Author afterwards adds, The chief Function of the Humane Intellect seems to be like that of the Angels, that it is of its own Nature, merely Intelligent, that is, Knowing things by a simple Sight, not by Ratiocination; But that darkness is poured on it dwelling in the Body, that it doth not perceive all that it understands, simply, nakedly, and as it were through the means of Intuition; but attains it very much by reasoning, that is, successively, and proceeding as it were by degrees.  
From these we may probably Conclude, or at least Conjecture, after what manner the Rational Soul remains in the other Corporeal, and using as it were its Eyes, and other Powers, understands; yea, and this mediating or coming between, she is said to be united to the Body, and to be its informing Form. As to the first yoking of the one Soul with the other, though the Rational Soul itself, and this, is altogether ignorant of its Birth, we may affirm notwithstanding, 
That the Rational Soul is Created and poured in●o the form Body.  what is Consonant to Holy Faith, right Reason, and to the Authority of Divines, who were of the chiefest note; That this immaterial Soul, for as much as it cannot be born, as soon as all things are rightly disposed for its Reception, in the Humane formation of the Child in the Womb, it is Created immediately of God, and poured into it.  

Not propagated Ex traduce.  But that some have said, That the Rational Soul is propagated Ex traduce or of its Kind, for as much as oftentimes the Son, in respect of Wit, Temperament, Ingenuity, the Affections, and other Animal Faculties, is exactly like the Father, it follows not; because these Gifts and Offices proceed immediately from the Corporeal Soul, which we grant to be begotten by the Father, together with the Body, but not the Rational Soul. In what State this at last exists, being freed from the Body, and what Kind of Understanding and Knowledge it enjoys, is not easy to be determined; but since we shall be like the Angels, 
Separate States.  we may think, that the separated Soul doth see all Objects with a Simple sight, and by no Corporeal Species, and wants no Ratiocination, for the discovering any thing lying hid in them. But this Speculation being let alone, as too airy, we shall further Consider, other Gestures and Manners of the Rational Soul, whilst it lives in the Body; and as hitherto we have seen the Marrying together of it, with the Corporeal Soul, and the mutual Commerces and Friendships as to the Knowing Faculties of either, we will now consider the Disputes and Wranglings of these, 
A Plurality of Souls in Man, is manifest by their differences.  which in respect of their Powers, often happen: because the Intellect and Imagination, do not agree in so many things; but that it, and the Sensitive appetite, are wont to disagree in more: from which Strifes may further be argued, the distinct means of the aforesaid Souls, both as to their subsisting and working.  

In Man a twofold Knowing Power, and a twofold Appetite.  3. As there is said to be in Man a twofold Knowing Power, viz. The Intellect and the Imagination, so it is commonly affirmed, that there is a twofold Appetite, viz. The Will, which proceeding from the Intellect, is the Handmaid of the Rational Soul; and the Sensitive Appetite, which cleaving to the Imagination, is the Hand or Procuress of the Corporeal Soul. Which Opinion, though it be founded on the Sayings of the Ancient Philosophers; for that by Plato and Aristotle, The Will is attributed to the Rational Part, and to the Irrational Lust and Wrath; yet it ought not to be so taken, as if the Rational Soul, for that it is immaterial, and therefore esteemed without Affection, should be obnoxious to the Affections of desires or aversations, from every shaking approach of Good or Evil, 
The Rational Soul of itself without Affections; how it governs and order the Fantasy and Affections.  of that being turbulent; for this indeed is repugnant to its incorporeal Nature, and to its Dignity and Prerogative above other Powers. Without doubt, in the Contemplation of Truth and Goodness, and especially of that which is the sum of either, in the doing of good Works, in the Knowledge of things by their Causes, and in the Exercises of Habits, both Scientifick and Practical, great Complacency happens to this; and on the contrary a certain displeasure for the want of these. Moreover, the Love of God, of Virtue, and of all that is good, and the detestation of Vices, and of wicked Men; yea, and other pure Affections, and such as are Simple, coming without perturbation or trouble, belong to the Rational Soul: In the mean time, That she (according to Plato) like the top of Olympus, might enjoy a perpetual Serenity, hath the whole ●eap of Perturbations below itself, and in the irrational part, placed like Clouds, Winds, and Thunder, in an inferior Region, and under its feet. And truly, all the vehement Affections or Perturbations of the Mind, by which it is wont to be moved, and inclined hither and thither, for the Prosecuting the Good, or shunning Evil, belong wholly to the Corporeal Soul, and are seen to obtain the same seat with the Fantasy, within the middle or marrowy part of the Brain: (by what means the Passions also affect the Praecordia by consent, shall be declared afterwards) in the mean time, the Intellect, even as it beholds all the Phantasms, and Orders and Rules them at its pleasure; so it not only perceives, but whilst it is its self, governs and moderates, all Concupiscences, and Floods of Passions, that are wont to be moved also within the Fantasy; and so, as it approves these Affections, and rejects those, now excites others, now quiets them, or directs them to their right ends, the Rational Soul itself is said to exercise certain Acts of the Will or Power, by these kind of Dictates of hers, and that she herself wills or wills not, the same thing, which by her Permission or Command, the Sensitive Appetite desires or hates.  
But the Corporeal Soul does not so easily obey the Rational in all things, 

In things to be Known, the Corporeal Soul obeys the Rational, but not in things to be done.  
The Corporeal Soul inclining herself to the Flesh,   not so in things to be desired, as in things to be known: for indeed, she being nearer to the Body, and so bearing a more intimate Kindness or Affinity towards the Flesh, is tied wholly to look to its Profit and Conservation: to the Sedulous Care of which Office, it is very much alured, by various Complacences, exhibited through the Objects of every Sense: Hence she being busied about the Care of the Body, and apt by that pretext, its natural Inclination, and indulging Pleasures, most often grows deaf to Reason, persuading the contrary. Further, the lower Soul, growing weary of the yoke of the Other, if occasion serves, frees itself from its Bonds, affecting a Licence or Dominion; and then there may plainly be seen the Twins striving in the same Womb, or rather a Man clearly distracted or drawn several ways, by a double Army planted within himself; to wit, 
— Where Ensigns Ensigns meet, 
Fights against the Rational.   
And where with Arms, they one another threat;  This Kind of Intestine Strife, does not truly cease, till this or that Champion becoming Superior, leads the other away clearly Captive. Althô in the mean time, to the Establishing the Empire of the Rational Soul, also for the Vindicating of its Right and Principality, from the Usurpation of the Sensitive Soul, the Precepts of Philosophers, and Moral Institutes are framed; and when these can do little, Sacred Religion gives far more potent helps, whose Laws and Precepts being rightly observed, are able to carry Man, 
How it is reduced to Obedience.  not only beyond the Brutes, but himself, to wit, above his Natural State; for as much as they subject the Sensitive Soul to the Rational, and both to the most high God. But yet, such a Divine Polity is not erected in Man, without great Contention: Because, whilst Reason using its proper force, and also Institutes and Sacred Ethics, endeavours to draw the Faculties of the Corporeal Soul to its Party, she rising against it, adheres pertinaciously to the Flesh, and is hardly pulled away from its Blandishments; yea, 
It often seduces the Mind.  what is to be lamented, it seduces in us the Mind or Chief Soul, and snatches it away with itself, to role in the Mud of Sensual Pleasures: So that Man becomes like the Beast, or rather worse; to wit, for as much as Reason becoming Brutal, leads to all manner of Excess. But indeed, 'tis not always so with the Empire of the Mind, but that she returning at length, sometimes on her own accord, or awakened by some occasion, and knowing of its ●all, arises up against the Sensitive Soul, as against an Enemy or Traitor, 
Wars are moved between them.  casting her out of her Throne, commands her to Servitude; yea, sometimes by reason of some wickedness committed, it compels it to torment itself, and its Lover the Flesh, and so to expiate as much as it may, its faults, by inflicting on it proper Punishments. Indeed, 
Affections of Conscience nigh to Man.  these kind of Acts and Affections of Conscience, near to Man, plainly shows, that there is in him either two Souls subordinately, or at least the Parts of the same are far different; to wit, when one of which oppos●s the other, and either strives for the obtaining of Proselytes, it happens that Man is hurried into contrary Endeavours, and is acted little less than like a Daemoniack possessed with a Legion. But having proposed these things, concerning the Rational Soul, (which we have touched only by the by, as besides our purpose) we will return to the Corporeal, and as we have illustrated its Essence, Hypostasis, and Integral Parts, we shall now descend to the Explaining of its Affections, or Passions.  
But in the mean time, as we have shown, by comparing the Corporeal Soul of the Brute, with the Rational of Man, what vast difference there is between them, perhaps it might be to the purpose, to compare the Brains of either, and to observe their differences. But this Anatomy being elsewhere made, we have noted little or no difference, in the Head of either, as to the Figures and Exterior Conformations of the Parts, the Bulk only excepted; that from hence we concluded, the Soul Common to Man with the Brutes, to be only Corporeal, and immediately to use these Organs. But as we have shown the description of a Sheep's Brain, dissected within the Cortex, and as it were made bare of Flesh, whereby all the Interior Parts might appear, we shall here also, to Crown the work, give you the Figure of an Humane Brain; so as all the inward Parts may be laid open.  

The Eighth Table,  
Contains a new Anatomy of the Humane Brain, where, by a Dissection with an Instrument made thorough the Bill, the Callous Body, and the Fornix or Arch, and their Parts being taken away and separated; the streaked Bodies, also the Optic and Orbicular Prominences, one side erased, and the other whole and plain, are Exhibited.  

A. A. A. A. The Hemisphere of the Brain divided and separated by themselves.  
B. B. B. B. Portions of the Callous Body with the Fornix cut off, and removed apart.  
C. The Basis of the Fornix, with its Roots, which cohered with its Trunk Y Y; divided Portions of which, with Cuttings off of the Callous Body, are laid apart on the right and left hand.  
D. One streaked Body scraped or Erased, that the Medullary streaks or nervous Tracts may appear.  
E. The foremost border of this Body, sticking to the right Hemisphere of the Callous Body.  
F. G. The Basis and the Cone, of the same Body.  
H. The hinder Border of the same, in which the Optic streaks, yea and other Medullary Processes, are sent from the Orbicular Prominences.  
I. The streaked Body of the left-side plain, with the Vessels creeping thorough them; whose Borders and Ends are made after the same as in the right.  
K. The right Optic Chamber erased, whose Medullary streaks, being straight and thick set, K.K. are stretched forth, into the Border of the streaked Body.  
L. The right Nati-form Prominence in like manner erased, with streaks stretched forth into the Medullary Process M.  
M. The Medullary Process, which proceeding from the Testes, and compassing about the Nates, sends from thence other Medullary passages into the streaked Body, as more plainly appears in the left side being whole.  
N. The Pineal Kernel in its proper place.  
O. O. The Orbicular Prominences called Testes, Marrowy thorough the whole.  
P. The left Nati-form Prominence plain and whole, which is smaller in Man, and for the most part Marrowy.  
Q. A Medullary Process, Compassing the Nates, from which is sent one Medullary Pipe or passage R. towards the Cone of the streaked Body, and another S. towards its Basis; of which by and by a forked branch goes forth, one r. to the middle of the streaked Body, the other s. to the corner of its Basis.  
T. A Transvers shoot knitting together the aforesaid Branches.  
V. The hinder Borders of the streaked Bodies, joined together among themselves.  
W. The Gap or Chink leading to the Tunell.  
X. The Gap or Chink, leading into the Cavity, lying under the Orbicular Prominences.  
Y. A Medullary Process, leading from the Oblong Marrow, into the Cerebel, which seems to be the root of this.  
Z. Z. Separated Portions of the Cerebel cut off, that its Tracts both Marrowy, and Cortical or Barkie, may be seen.  
X. The Cavity or hollowness lying under the Cerebel.   

〈◊〉 44 Tabula VIII     

CHAP. VIII.  
Of the Passions of Affections of the Corporeal Soul in General.  
THe whole Corporeal Soul, 
A Twofold state of the Corporeal Soul: Tranquil or Quiet,  so long as she is quiet and undisturbed, she is fittted to her proper Body equally, as to a certain Chest or Cabinet, and waters all its Parts gently, both with little Rivulets of Blood Circulating, and actuates and inspires them every where with a gentle falling down of the Animal Spirits; But it sometimes happens, that the whole Constitution of this same Soul, is so shaken and moved, that both the Blood being interrupted in its equal Circule, 
And Disturbed.  is compelled into irregular Excursions, and Recursions, and various Fluctuations; and also, that the Animal Spirits being snatched hither and thither, 
In which either part of the Soul is moved.  inordinately perform the Acts of their Functions: yea, the Animal Spirits themselves, whilst being moved irregularly, do shake the Praecordia, and flow into them in an undue manner, cause the Course of the Blood more to be perverted. Further, from the Corporeal Soul being disturbed, not only the Animal Spirits, and Rivers of the Blood, are driven into disorders, but they induce alterations both to the other Humours, and to very many Parts and Members of the Body, and to the Rational Soul itself, in Man. As there are manifold Examples of these kind of Perturbations, by which, the Corporeal Soul being too much swelled up, or Contracted, or otherways distorted, it becomes as it were unequal, and not Conformable to the Body, the Chief of them may be referred to these two Heads. 
And is either too much enlarged,  To wit, First, Sometimes this Soul, as it were leaping forth, erects and stretches out itself beyond measure, and so dilating its Hypostasis, desires to reach itself beyond the bound of the Body: Hence the Animal Spirits, being respectively moved, in the Brain, enlarge the Sphere of their Irradiation, and as they so shake the Praecordia, by a more full inflowing, they Compel the Blood therefore to be snatched together, 
Or Contracted.  and to be poured forth more freely into all the Parts. Secondly, Sometimes on the contrary, this Soul being struck, is more narrowly Compressed within itself; so that being drawn inwardly, and sinking down within its wont Compass of Emanation, becomes less than the Body; wherefore, the Animal Faculties wonderfully flag, and their Acts are either sluggishly or perversely performed: Moreover, the Praecordia also being destitute of their due influx of Spirits, almost sink down, and suffer the Blood to stay too long there, and to stagnate oftentimes. There are besides some other Gestures of the aforesaid Soul, by which the same departing from its equal Expansion, becomes not Congruous to the Body; and in these kind of Cases, chiefly the Sensitive Power, according to the received Impressions, affects a new Species, and brings the Brain and Imagination into its Party: 
The Trouble of the Soul, impressed on the Sensitive Part, by and by is Communicated to the Blood.  Then by and by, by the passage of the Nerves, it affects the Praecordia, as it were with a certain stroke, and determinates them after her measure; so that according to the Idea received from the Imagination, the Motion of the Blood is Composed, as it were after the measures of a Dance: we shall add anon Instances and Examples of these, when we shall treat of the Passions particularly.  
In the mean time, that we may inquire into the Causes of the Passions in general, it plainly appears from what hath been said, that the Corporeal Soul is found under a twofold state, to wit, either of Quiet or Commotion: That she is like a Calm Sea, with a smooth Superficies, and squared altogether gentle and serene; or she becomes troubled, like water shaken into various Circles, and wavings by the blasts of the Winds, or by some solid things cast into it. The former state of the Soul is perceived, not only in Sleep, when the Spirits are bound up, or lie quiet of themselves; but often in Waking, to wit, 

The quiet of the Soul happens not only in sleep, but often waking, when pleasing or unhurtful things are met with. On the Contrary when from the Objects, Good or Evil is promised:  
Then first the Imagination afterwards the Appetite is m●●ed.   as often as objects or sensible things, being brought from without, or imaginary things conceived within, do import nothing of Good or Evil to us, and that we only know and apprehend them: for so, without any Trouble or Molestation, they pleasantly slide into the common Sensory and Imagination, and thence quickly pass away; but if the object is offered under the Species of Good or Evil, presently the Sensitive Soul prepares for the embracing or the avoiding it; and not only procures to its Endeavours the Animal Spirits, but also the Blood and Humours; yea, draws the solid Parts to help her. For as soon as the Imagination conceives any thing that is to be embraced or shuned, presently the Appetite is form by the Spirits inhabiting the Brain, ordered into a Series; then by an impression sent to the Praecordia, as they are either dilated or contracted, the Blood is carried into various Motions of Fluctuations, and then by an instinct of the Appetite transmitted to the proper Nerves, the respective Motions are drawn forth: And upon these kind of Furnitures and Affection of the Spirits and Humours, and of the solid Parts, the Affections or Passions of the Mind wholly depend, we have elsewhere showed, after what manner, and by what Trajection or Irradiation of the Spirits, within the Nervous Processes, such quick Commerces are made, between the Brain and the Praecordia, and between both these and other Motive Parts.  
But that we may yet more fully describe the Affections or Passions of the Corporeal Soul, as they are chiefly to be found in Man, it is here to be noted, That not every Species or Appearance of Good or Evil, does excite these Commotions of the Soul: because we behold undisturbed the prosperous or adverse things of others, not related to us: But further, 'tis requisite that the Goodness or the Malice of the Object belongs properly to a Man, althô what happens to our Friends or Relations, is as if it happened to ourselves. Also besides, 

The Reason of Good and of Evil, either concerns,  
The Corporeal Soul by itself. Or her united to the Body,  
Or her subjected to the Rational Soul.  
Hence Passions are called either Physical, Metaphysical, or Corporeal.   Good and Evil happen to the same Man after various ways, and under a divers reason, both in respect of the Object, and also in respect of the Subject. Concerning the former we shall speak anon: As to the other, Good or Evil being brought to Man, either respect the Corporeal Soul by itself, and as it were abstracted from any other Relation; or they respect her as conjoined to the Body, and intimately dear to her: Or lastly, they respect her, as subdued by the Rational Soul; so indeed, althô the Affection is continually poured into the Corporeal Soul, yet it respects Good or Evil, either of this, or that, or of another Subject, and is excited for the sake of that: And according to this threefold Relation of the Sensitive Soul, the Passions by which she is affected, are called either Physical, or Metaphysical, or Corporeal or Moral; we shall discourse singly, and a little more plainly of these.  
First, Therefore, as to the Passions merely Physical, we say, That the Sympathies and Antipathies of a divers Kind, which are as it were proper and intimate Affections, seem to belong to the Corporeal Soul by itself, and abstracted from all Relation: Besides, the highly attractive Species of Beauty and Fairness, 
Passions merely Physical, are Sympathies and Antipathies.  by the sight of which this Soul is wont to be ensnared, most certainly; so that neglecting the Care of the Body, and laying aside the dictates of Reason, cleaves most closely to her Lover: Also sometimes less fair things which every whole Man would forsake, snatches this Soul, drawn as it were by Witchcraft, and leads it Captive; as indeed, lost Lovers, though they see better things and approve them, yet follow the worse; the reason of which is, that the Sensitive Soul enters into Friendships, of which the Affections are not knowing, with certain things in Secret, and inseparably and firmly loves them. Concerning Antipathies we meet with many things to be admired, as some sensible Objects, innocent of themselves, yea and grateful enough to many Men, and sought with delight, become most horrid to some others, and more Killing than the Head of Medusa at the sight only: So some abhor the presence of a Cat, 
Some Instances of Passions merely Physical.  others an Eel, or Toad, and others this or that Dish of meat made ready. Nor do they only fly things by the sight, but also received by the smell, yea, when they lie hid, and are not at all suspected, they suffer Swoon and Fainting of their Spirits, by their secret Influence: These Kind of Affections without doubt, proceed from occult Enmities of the Sensitive Soul; for when it happens this Systasis or Disposition of the Animal Spirits, by the meeting of some Object, to be driven into Confusion, it ever after that abhors the coming of the same, or its Contact by its Effluvia's.  

Passions Metaphysical.  Secondly, Sometimes the Sensitive Soul receives the Superior Rational Passions, which we call Metaphysical; and solicitously busying itself concerning their Good and Evil, it either draws forth or shortens the Compass of its Expansion. For indeed, the Rational Soul relying on the help and familiarity of the Spirits dwelling in the Brain, aspires to Metaphysical Notions, which having more fully learned, it not only falls upon higher Speculations, but also exerts a certain Superior Appetite, to wit, the Will, and implicates it with certain Affections, as it were inspired of God; the exercise of which sort of Sacred Affections are not performed by the mere Conceptions of the Mind: 
By these first the Rational Soul.  But their Acts being delivered from the Rational Soul into the Sensitive, do first employ the Brain with the Fantasy, then being transmitted from the Brain into the Breast, there, for that they produce in the Heart and Blood variety of Motions, 
Then the Sensitive and Sanguineous part of the other are affected.  receive their Compliment or Perfection: Wherefore, in the Worship of God, Piety and Devotion are attributed very much to the Heart: Hence Repentance, the Love of God, and Hate of Sin, Hope of Salvation, Fear of Divine Vengeance, and many other acts of Religion, are wont to be ascribed to the work and endeavour of the Heart. The reason of which seems to be, for as much as the whole Corporeal Soul is Commanded by the Rational Power, that in Adoring God, she should very much bow herself before the Deity, and as it were lie prostrate on the Ground; therefore, presently both Parts of it, viz. both the Sensitive and Flamy, do repress themselves, and restrain their wont Emanations; hence plenty of Animal Spirits being drawn from the Fantasy, for the more full actuating the Organs of the Senses, they bestow the Operations of the Nerves on the Praecordia, which whilst they are more straight drawn together, and as it were constrained, cause the Blood to stay longer within the bosoms of the Heart; and so inhibit it, lest it should be too much enkindled within the Lungs, and lest being enkindled by the Heart, in the whole Body, and chiefly should be carried rapidly into the Brain. For indeed, the Blood containing Life as a most precious Jewel in itself, is not only heaped up more plentifully about the Praecordia, in all Fear and Danger, and is there laid up as it were for defence sake, 
Wherefore, and how the Praecordia are esteemed the seat of Holy Affections.  that it might better preserve its Flame: But further, in devout Affections, whilst the Rational Soul order the Spirits inhabiting the Brain into sacred Conceptions and Notions; by the Influence of the same Spirits, the Bosoms of the Heart are also so affected, that they cause the Blood to Centre, and to be more fully drawn into them, and there longer retain it, as it were an Holocaust to be offered to God: so as often as we Pray most earnestly, we endeavour nothing less, than that our Life with the Blood, be laid upon the Altar of the Heart. For truly, almost every body experiences in himself that in strong Prayer, the Blood is more and more heaped up in the Bosoms of the swelling Heart: wherefore, that the Vacuities of the Lungs might be supplied, we breathe deeply, and so the Air being more fully drawn in, the Muscles of the Breast, and the Diaphragma, are detained almost in a continual Systole, or more often iterated; to wit, for this end, that the Vital Blood, to be offered as it were a Sacrifice to God, should be there kept, nor suffered to go from thence, or to be enlarged, till as it were by a long immolation, together with Prayers, lief may be had from the Godhead. Yea, 'tis to be observed, that those religiously affected, are apt at all times to call back the Blood towards the Praecordia, and to repress it from a more plentiful Excursion, which may give a loose to Delights or Mirth: Because 'tis just, that this Vital Humour should be Conserved, even Holy and Pure for God; and as it is so restrained in the Praecordia, lest it should grow too luxurious, nor be carried towards the Brain with too impetuous a Rapture, the Conceptions also of the Mind, without much heat and distraction of thoughts concerning Divine things: 
What it is to have the Heart hardened.  Hence it is, that Drinking of Wine, Banqueting, and every Kind of Dissolute Life, because they render the Blood lawless, and not able to be restrained or bridled, are said to make hard the Heart, and to obstruct the Duties of Religion. Further, not only the devout Acts of Religion, and Pious Affections, are attributed to the Breast and Praecordia; but also the sober Counsels of Wise men, yea, and the Exercises of Virtues and Moral Habits, are ordinarily ascribed by Philosophers to this Seat or Subject: Hence Wise men are said to be Cordati, Hearty, or sage of Heart; but when one that is unwise or plainly foolish, doth a thing, it is said, That there is nothing leaps in the left part of his Breast: 
Wherefore the Praecordia are called also the seat of Prudence and Wisdom.  The reason of which seems to be, that when as the Animal Spirits (which are the immediate Instruments of thoughts) are procreated altogether from the Blood, not only their more excellent disposition, but their right and timely Dispensation, depends chiefly on the Praecordia. For to these are owing, that the Blood be enkindled in its due manner, and also Eventilated, that it may give to the Brain firm and stable Animal Spirits, which however Subtle and Active, yet may not be volatile beyond measure; and hence the Solidity of the Mind, and the sharpness of Judgement are produced: When on the contrary, by reason of the Blood more slowly passing thorough the Praecordia, or more swiftly than it should do, the Animal Spirits become too fixed, or volatile above measure, and therefore either a stupidity or lightness of Mind arises. But in truth, Wisdom is much rather ascribed to the Heart, for as much as from thence r●ins are put upon the Blood, apt for fiercenesses and Impetuosities, lest that rushing into the Brain, with an inordinate rapture, should not only disturb its serious Cogitations, but stir up enormous Motions of the Appetite, and mad Lusts. For truly, whilst the Spirits inhabiting the Brain, are disposed by the Intellect, from thence presiding within the Imagination, into Series and Orders of Notions, the Blood about to break forth from the Heart, ought very much to be restrained, lest that growing luxurious, it should confound all things by an importune evasion of the Brain, and should agitate the Spirits, called away from this work into Commotions, and various Fluctuations; wherefore, from the immoderate drinking of Wine, for as much as by it the Blood is made more headstrong, and will not be repressed or contained by the Heart, Men become not only unable for Exercising the Acts of Judgement and Reason; but are found very prone to all manner of Wickedness and most filthy Desires.  
As to the Moral Passions, 
Three Corporeal or Moral Passions.  or by us called Corporeal, we may observe, that the Sensitive Soul is more often and easilyer affected, by reason of Good or Evil, which is of its Subject, that is of its Body, which includes its good Habit. Although also, she hath her proper and occult Loves and Aversations, and is bound to show due obsequiousness to the Rational Soul; for as much as it is united to the Body, as it were by a Conjugal Compact; therefore, all other relations being laid aside, it minds only this; Concerning the Care of it 'tis mostly solicitous, and by reason of its prosperous or adverse Affairs, it is wont to be affected with Pleasure or Grief, and other Passions depending on either of these.  
For indeed (as we mentioned before) there are two Chief and Primary Gestures of the Sensitive Soul, as often as it is moved from its wont and Natural State or Condition; to wit, either she stretches forth herself into a greater Compass, by profuse Pleasure, as if it affected to be dilated beyond the bounds of the Body: or being overthrown by Sorrow or Grief, she is contracted more narrowly, and runs herself within the wont Sphere of her Emanations: from this twofold Affection of the Sensitive Soul, all the other Passions take their Origine. For truly Pleasure, or an Elation of the Soul, is its most pleasing Constitution, which desiring to gain for itself by any means, it follows all Objects promising it, with Love, Desire, Hope, Faithfulness, Boldness, and other means of getting it; 
The two Primary Gestures or Affections of the Soul, are Pleasure and Grief.  On the contrary, Sadness or a Contraction or Dejection of this Soul, is a Gesture most ungrateful to it; what things then soever threaten or induce it, we endeavour to remove away far, by Fear, Hatred, Anger, Desperation, Shame, Pusillanimity, and other motions of shuning it. In the first place therefore, we will speak briefly of Pleasure and Grief, which are according to Aristotle, as it were a forked measure of the Sensitive Appetite, for the double Ladder of Affections, flowing thence, by which she is carried to this or that.  
First, Pleasure and Grief, because they bend or incline the whole Corporeal Soul after a divers manner; therefore it's two roots, to wit, the Brain and Praecordia, are chiefly affected. 
They affect the two Roots of the Soul, to wit, the the Brain and the Praecordia.  When the Soul is stretched forth in Pleasure, and is drawn to its utmost Sphere of Irradiation, the Animal Spirits being carried within the Brain, stir up most pleasant and pleasing Imaginations; and further, they actuating lively the Nervous System, 'Cause the Eyes, Face, Hands, and all the Members to shine, and as it were leap forth; Further, then more fully shaking also the Praecordia, by the Influence of the Brain, delivered by means of the Nerves, they thrust forth the Blood more rapidly, and as a Flame more brightly enkindled, they pour it forth with strength thorough the whole Body. On the contrary in Grief, whilst the Soul sinks down, contracted into a more narrow space, the Spirits inhabiting the Brain, as it were struck down by flight, and troubled, put on only sad and fearful Imaginations, from whence the Countenance is cast down, the Limbs grow feeble, and the Praecordia being contracted or bound together, by reason of the Nerves carrying the same affection from the Brain, restrain the Blood from its due Excursion, which being therefore heaped up in the same place, with a weight, brings in a troublesome oppression of the Heart, and in the mean time, the Exterior Parts being deprived of its wont afflux, languish and Contract a paleness.  

Grief and Pleasure first of all arise from the Sense.  The aforesaid Affections of Pleasure and Sadness, which is wont, the Imagination being employed, to be poured from thence on the Praecordia, and by and by from that double Root into the whole Corporeal Soul; as to their first Originals, wholly depend upon the Sense. For from the beginning, Sensible Objects affect the Sensory with a certain sweetness or asperity, and there bring to the Spirits a certain Ovation or Triumph, or Confusion: from whence presently the Impression, like a waving of Waters, being Communicated to the Brain, excites the Spirits inhabiting it, into a consent either of the delight or trouble; and this Affection, being delivered from the Sensory to the Imagination, if it be short, there ends, and is not carried to the Praecordia: but if the stroke, being carried from the Sensible Object, is, like a more strong waving of Waters, impressed more vehemently, it reaches from the Sensory to the Brain, and presently thence to the Breast, that the Motions of the Heart and Blood, are entangled together with the disorder of the Animal Spirits, so as to the first Conceptions of the Affections, as well as Notions, there is nothing in the Imagination, or I may rather say, there is nothing in the Brain or Heart, 
Afterwards, both from this, and also from the Fantasy, and Memory.  that was not first in the Sense: But afterwards, when many Ideas of Pleasures and Griefs, are impressed on the Fantasy and Memory; then very often without any previous Sense, or feeling of Pleasure or Sadness, the Imagination being repeated, is wont to excite a Passion of the pleasant or troublesome thing; for when at any time we conceive in our Mind Good or Evil things belonging to us, not only present, but also past, or to come, that Conception employs the Fantasy, and not rarely very much exercises it: Further, being thence transmitted to the Breast, it inordinately either Contracts or Dilates the Breast, and so pours forth the Affection, together with the disturbed Blood, on the whole Body. A Wise and Strong man easily moderates the passions of Pleasure or Grief, lest these being brought, either from the Sensories, or suggested from the Memory, should affect the Fantasy and the Praecordia, by too great a waving; For the Brain and Heart, 
Some are more Pathetical, or moved than others.  which are the supports of the Soul, ought not to be moved much, by the more light Objects of the Senses; nor are these principal Powers, at leisure to be present at every small thing: Hence some have born the torture of the Body, or the cutting off a Member, beyond Stoical Patience, undisturbed; whilst others (in whom the sensible Species, being above measure increased, vehemently shakes the Praecordia) the Skin scarce wounded, swoon away, or fall into fainting Fits. In like manner it is observed, that some are carried away by a most light Pleasure of the Senses into softness and Luxury, in the mean time others are scarce moved with any Pomp of Delights, or Exquisite Blandishments of Pleasures. It is observed in the fruition of a pleasing Object (which also holds of the appulse of a pleasant, or a painful sensible thing) there happens a certain reciprocation, between the Spirits of the Brain, and the Inhabitants of the Sensory. We imagine the Drinking of excellent Wine, with a certain Pleasure, than we indulge it; the Imagination of its Pleasure is again sharpened by the taste, and then by a reflected Appetite drinking is repeated: So as it were in a Circle, the Throat or Appetite provokes the Sension, and the Sension causes the Appetite to be sharpened, and iterated; this Kind of mutual reciprocation of the Animal Spirits from the Brain to the Sensory, 
How the Affections are wont to be iterated, also how allayed or obliterated.  and on the contrary, persists for some time, till the same, like ●waving of Water, either leisurely vanishes, or is obliterated, by the exciting of a new waving: So indeed, Passions and Desires wear out themselves, or are consumed by time, or they are blotted out by the coming of some other Passion. When the Animal Spirits, desiring too much a sensible Delight, do often, and for a long time iterate and intend the Appetite, and Act of the pleasurable Sension, there is need of Reason to come between, whereby they being changed into Sacred and Moral Meditations, may be called away from their Carnal Genius; which Avocation however, they obey not but difficultly and unwillingly; for as much as to be expanded, and to enjoy pleasing Objects, is the Recreation and Food of the Spirits; and to be restrained or kept in, and very much to be employed about the works of the Mind, is to them a Labour, and a difficult task.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of the Passions Particularly.  
COncerning the Number of the Passions, 
The Number of the Passions uncertain.  as it hath been variously disputed among Philosophers, so in famous Schools, this Division into Eleven Passions, long since grew of use; to wit, the Sensitive Appetite is distinguished into Concupiscible and Irascible, to the first, are counted commonly six Passions viz. Pleasure and Grief, Desire and Aversion, Love and Hatred; but to the latter five, viz. Anger, Boldness, Fear, Hope, and Desperation, are wont to be attributed: But this distribution of the Affections is not only incongruous, for that Hope is but ill referred to the Irascible Appetite, and Hatred and Aversion, seem rather to belong to this, than to the Concupiscible: But it is also very insufficient, because some more noted Affections, as Shame, Pity, Emulation, Envy, and many others, are wholly omitted: Wherefore, the Ancient Philosophers did determinate the Primary to a certain Number, than they placed under their several Kind's, very many indefinite Species. Truly the Sensitive Soul, like a Proteus, is wont to be so diversely disturbed and altered, into manifold Kind's, with the various Fluctuation, and divers sorts of Inclination of the Animal Spirits, Blood, and other Humours, that a cense or view of all the Passions, 
Pleasure and what Affections are subordinate to it. Love, Hope, Boldness, etc.  can scarce be had; But however, that these, if not all, at least the chief of them, may be in some measure discovered; we will here ordain Pleasure and Grief for the extremes, or the opposite bounds of the Inclinations of the Corporeal Soul, than we will consider, after what manner, the Objects belonging to either, by what means soever may be applied, and what sorts of Impressions they are wont to fix on the Spirits, Blood, and solid Parts. The Corporeal Soul therefore, affecting Pleasure as the greatest height of its felicity, in which it would acquiesce, is moved at the appearance of any Good: if it be to come, and contrary to opinion, by and by for the getting it, Desire or Love arises; if with Opinion, Hope and Boldness; if Opinion esteems Fruition hopeless, Desperation is raised up; if this Good be past, or should be lost by our default, Shamefacedness or Repentance is brought in; if it be possessed by others, Emulation, and Envy; Love is busied about it being taken absolute, without respect to time or possession. Besides also there are other respects and habitudes of appearing Good, able to excite many other Affections with ease. 
Grief with the Affections subordinate to it.  In like manner on the contrary side, Grief or Trouble, is a Sickness of the Sensitive Soul, and a Disposition very much ingrateful to it; wherefore, at all the Objects apparently threatening its Induction, the Soul variously Contracts herself, and is inclined hither and thither, that she might shun the approaches of the threatening Evils: wherefore there are so many Affections respecting Grief, and Subordinate to it, as there are means by which the Sensitive Soul, or the Disposition of the Spirits, composes herself for the shaking off or the shunning of any Evil. 
Hatred, Aversion, Fear, etc.  Hatred is busied about Evil taken absolutely; that being absent, we prosecute with Aversion, by and by about to come with Fear; and unworthily brought, with Anger; falling upon ourselves, we sustain it with sadness; inflicted on our Friends, with Pity. There are besides, many other Appearances of approaching Evil; for the shuning of which, the Soul is compelled into many Metamorphoses, and at the same time draws into the like Gestures, as it were Mimical, the Humours and Members of the Body, and oftentimes the Rational Soul itself: As it would be a business very tedious, and of immense Labour, to rehearse all the Kind's of Passions, and to unfold them, we have designed therefore to speak only of the Chief Species of the Passions, with their manner of affecting, in respect both of the Body, and also of the Superior Soul.  

Next to Pleasure and Grief, are Love and Hatred.  Love and Hate follow next, and as it were at the back of Pleasure and Grief: because the Sensitive Soul, being greatly prone, as hath been said, to Pleasure, Prosecutes all things apparently Good, without respect to Circumstances, with an Universal and most ample Affection of Love; in like manner, shunning Grief or Trouble; it hates and detests all things apparently Evil, which may seem to induce Evil by any manner of way.  
The Good exciting Love, is objected after a twofold manner; to wit, either to the Sense, 
The Objects of these, are Sensible or Imaginary things.  or the Opinion: As to the first, Objects which consist of Particles Congruous and Curiously fitted to the Sensory, so that they struck gently the Spirits there flowing, and cause them to run and to rejoice together, these bring forth a desirable Sension, whose Impression being transmitted, by the passage of the Nervous Processes to the Brain, by pleasing there in like manner the Spirits, stirs them up into a pleasant apprehension of the sensible thing, and a desire of it: Hence these Spirits inhabiting the Brain, for the fruition of this Object, try several or manifold Endeavours, viz. Some being reflected towards the Sensory, desire to cleave more closely, and to be united to this Good: in the mean time, others flowing towards the Breast, sometimes dilate and open the Bosoms of the Heart, that they may more plentifully receive the Blood, imbued with a certain Virtue of the Object, 
By what means desirable things affect the Spirits, and the Blood.  and enjoy it; and sometimes the Spirits draw together these receptacles of the Heart, and drive outwardly the Blood, as if about to seek something more largely of Good, from the Object, with which being filled at last, it is received by the heart, by and by dilated. Further, in this Affection of Love, concerning the sensible Object, if that it be very strong, the whole Sensitive Soul, or the whole Systasis of the Spirits is inclined towards the beloved thing, lifts up to it the whole Nervous System, and together with the solid Parts, draws, and leads the Humours; so, when we are indulged with a fair Aspect or Melody, 
A Pleasant Sensation is described.  the whole Soul seems to go out at the Eye or the Ear, and neglecting the other Sensories, Conspire with their proper Offices into those Acts of Sension.  

Love is excited by Opinion.  It is somewhat otherways in Love excited through Opinion, because in this, the Species of the Object being represented by the Imagination, is erected as an Idol in the Brain; about this many Spirits being employed, at first they weigh the noted Beauty, and its various Ornaments, than they worship it; for whatsoever we love, we imagine it fair, profitable, pleasant, and far above what in truth it is; then by reason of these kind of feigned Attributes, we more earnestly fall in love with the thing beloved; Further, the Spirits inhabiting the Brain, 
The Object of this, is set up, like an Idol, in the Fantasy,  invite all the rest, flowing in the whole Nervous stock, to the worship of the Idol erected by themselves: wherefore the Inhabitants of every Sensory, watching for the works of the Senses, look hither; here also they wait for the Motions, Executors of the Limbs and Members; but they chiefly inspire the Praecordia with the Love of this Imaginary Good; 
And Worshipped.  wherefore, these being variously dilated, and thrust together, greedily receive, sometimes the Blood imbued as it were with the Character of the thing loved, and as it were imbibe its Influence, sometimes they cast forth that Humour from themselves, towards the Brain, as it were to pick out something from the Image of the Good: This Kind of Image exciting Love, is impressed on the Imagination, either from the Intellect, or from the Memory and Phantasie, to wit, one of them only, or both together; and from thence a Passion of Love is brought in, either Metaphysical, or merely Sensitive, or mixed.  

Hatred excited, by the Sensible or Imaginary Species.  Much after the same manner as we have said of Love, the evil Appearances also, which excite Hatred or the Aversation of the Soul, are objected to the Sense or Imagination: As to the former, when any incongruous and improportionate Object, is brought to any Sensory, that distracts and drives the Animal Spirits into a certain Confusion; therefore afterwards, when such an Object comes again to the same Sensory, the Spirits mindful of their former hurt, abhor the Contact and approach of this Evil, Contract as much as they can the Organ, and shut up the Passages and Doors; if they are strong they endeavour to remove the Enemy from themselves, 
How the first of these Affects the Spirits and Blood.  by sudden and iterated Excursions; but if they are not able for such Assaults, they convey and hide themselves within, and reject the embraces of the hateful thing, by every manner of way. A rejection of the sensible Object happens, when stinking Odours of very unsavoury Meat strike the Palate, or Nostrils; and the like when incongruous things are offered to the sight, or hearing: But especially, when the breaking of the Unity happens to be inflicted by Fire, or a Sword, on the Skin or Flesh. Concerning these repulses of the approaching Object, not only the Spirits flowing in the Sensory, but oftentimes also by the consent of these; others inhabiting the Brain, are irritated into Fury; so that the Imagination conceives a detestation of the thing; and the Praecordia being therefore disturbed, sometimes draws back the Blood, sometimes drives it outward towards the driving away the Evil, and stirs it up to its Expulsion.  
When an Object apparently Evil, appears therefore hateful to the Imagination, presently the Fantasy fixes on it a Monstrous and very deformed Image; 
The Imaginary Evil affects both the Blood, and Spirits.  then stirs up all the Spirits, implanted both in the Brain and the Nervous Appendix, into a Detestation of this Imaginary Spectre, from hence the Brows are contracted, the Teeth gnash together, and the Face is writhed; but especially the Praecordia, variously open and shut themselves, that they might Eventilate the Blood, by driving in up and down, and Conserve it free from every Influence or Tincture of this Object.  
After this manner, the Passions of Love and Hatred are employed about Good and Evil, taken absolutely, and almost Indifferently; or rather about their Ideas: to wit, the Sensitive Soul, beholding the Image of appearing Good, received from the Sense or the Imagination, and admitting it into itself, presently she embraces it with a certain strictness, as it were with open and enfolded Arms, and endeavours to be intimately united to it: 
Love and Hate, are transitory Passions.  But it rests not long in this fruition; for if this Image of Good be only Imaginary, and being embraced, vanishes like a Cloud, taken for juno, the Soul, sensible of her Error, quickly le's go her empty Embraces: yea, if that Good were solid, after some time, its fruition brings forth a loathing, and the Complacency of the Object at first amiable, grows cold, by the enjoyment; and it is esteemed troublesome. For indeed it is so ordered, that we esteem nothing long in this Life, but being always wanting, whatsoever is obtained, we esteem less, seeking after new things; wherefore, we are perpetually incited to the desiring of absent Good, and to the flying from Evils hanging over us. 
Quickly changed into Desire▪ and Aversion.  Love or lasting Charity, is a Divine Passion, almost proper only to Heaven, as Hatred, standing and endless, is an Affection merely Diabolical, and aught to be esteemed peculiar to Hell. But in most Mortals, these are presently changed into Desires or Aversions; because the desire of any absent Good, which we seem to want, or the declining of any approaching Evil, obliterate the Idea of any Good or Evil before affixed to the Sensitive Soul, and adhering to it; even as the following waves sup up the former.  
In truth the Sensitive Soul is chiefly employed with Desires and Aversions; 
The Soul is chiefly employed by these.  these are perpetually suggested by heaps from our wants, either true or imaginary, and a very infinite Company or Succession of them exist. Concerning our Indigencies, from which these Passions are drawn, it is to be observed, that they proceed either from the Sense, or from the Opinion, 
Both proceed, either from the Sense, or Opinion.  and so peculiar Desires or Aversions are excited: As to the former, the Animal Spirits in every Sensory, watch as so many hungry Guests expecting the Approach of an Object congruous to them, as it were food; to the meeting and snatching of which, they are often wont to go as it were to meet it, and be carried quite beyond the Confines of their Subject. 
The desire of a sensible thing, is excited, either from Natural Instinct, or from Custom.  But that the Spirits residing in the Organ of every of the Senses, do greedily Covet after this manner the sensible Object, as their Prey, happens by the mere Instinct of Nature, or is procured by Custom: The former is discerned, when hunger or thirst require the Supplies of Meat and Drink, and when the Coldness of a naked Body requires Clothing: These sort of Desires, which Necessity puts upon Nature, are easily satisfied, and what are sufficient for the maintaining of Life, and obtained after this manner; 
The former is moderate, and easily satisfied.  to wit, the Animal Spirits labouring under a defect, in this or that part, do variously Contract, and so affect with a sense of trouble the Nervous Bodies, in which they flow, which Impression being presently Communicated to the Brain, it stirs up the Spirits inhabiting it into an Appetite or Desire, and then an inflowing being made into the appropriate Nerves; into a Prosecution of the desired thing; all this is performed without the Image of the Object, increased by the Imagination, also without any Perturbation known in the Praecordia, or the Blood.  

Desire got through Custom, despising moderate things aspires to new things.  It is much otherwise concerning sensible Desires got by Custom; for when as a Fruition once happens to the Spirits inhabiting this or that Sensory, of a more pleasant Object, having moderate things in Contempt, afterwards desire the same, and being not long Content therewith, still aspire to others more pleasant; so the Palate being accustomed to more delicate Victuals, loathes every thing unless spiced Aliments, and prepared with most exquisite Sauce: In like manner may be observed, concerning the Smelling, Sight, Hearing, and other Sensitive Functions; to wit, that the Appetite, proper to any of them, (for as much as it once exceeded what sufficed Nature) is always carried to more excellent Objects, and they for the most part only fresh; the reason of this seems to be, that the chief Pleasure of the Sensitive Soul, consists in a more lively Motion, and larger Expansion of the Spirits implanted in every part; but such a Motion of them, depends very much upon the Excellency, also the Variety, and Change of the Objects. For whatsoever moderate or too familiar thing happens to the Spirits, 
The reason declared, Because the Agent and Patient, aught to be unlike.  it little affects them; for every motion supposes a Superior, and a Virtue of the Object, somewhat unlike to the Agent; wherefore, when any Object by daily use obtains a Similitude, or Equality with the Spirits, that is less apt to move them: therefore that the Activity, or the lively unfolding of the Spirits (which is the Effectress of Pleasure) may be continued a long time, leaving the Fruition of every old and worn-out Good, it always tends to new and more high things: After this manner, though every Organ of Sense puts forth Desires, peculiar and proper to themselves, it reiterates them with a perpetual change; but for as much as Objects applied through Corporeal Contact, rather than by Effluvia, affect more vehemently the Sensory; therefore the greatest Company of Desires, arising from the Sense, are wont to be referred to Luxury, or Lust. The Desires of the Spirits dwelling in the other Sensories, 
The Desires of sensible things, tend chiefly to Luxury or Lust.  for as much as they take only the Species, or the little Bodies, falling off from sensible things, and less thick Embraces; therefore they are more temperate, and are often directed to better uses.  

Fantastic Desires are immense.  But our wants are chiefly Imaginary, and proceed from Opinion, and from hence a most plentiful Crop of Desires grows up. For indeed, every Man breathes after Felicity, or after a certain Divine State; wherefore, it seeks very much things apparently Good, which are said to Conduce to this State, and endeavours to obtain them; But having followed certain Goods, it finds not the desired Satisfaction in them; therefore it seems to want others, and then again others. So, for as much as Men always tend to the highest Good, or last end, and that he attains it not in his life-time, there is a Necessity of infinite Wishes, and Desires concerning the intermediate Goods: Hence it is, that whatsoever another has, yea, whatsoever of Good the Fantasy can conceive or feign, presently we believe we have need of it, and therefore we desire it, and wish for it. So, though there is an immense Company of Concupiscible things, 
But are chiefly carried to Riches or Honours.  yet as most Men place their felicity in Riches or Honours, hence the Chief Species of Desires arising from Opinion; and therefore not to be satisfied, are Covetousness and Ambition.  

Aversion is excited either from the Sense, or from Opinion.  As to Aversion, this Passion seems only to be the former inversed, and in like manner, to take its Original, either from a certain Defect, perceived by the Sense, or taken from Opinion; for a Sense or Opinion of want, calls to either, a declination of the same manner of State: Wherefore, when the Animal Spirits in the Sensories, are deprived of the Enjoyment of a necessary Good, or of what they were before accustomed to, they either conceive, or set before them the approach of its Contrary, and these being very unquiet, let go the Embraces of every present Object, and set themselves to perform, or enter into a new Confederation; until either the Sense or the Opinion, shall detect some apparent Good, to the desire and following of which, the same Spirits are busied; 
This Passion being frail, is soon changed into Desire.  And so Aversion, being for the most part a Passion of itself Vain, and quickly perishable, terminates in the desire of Good, that may supply the Defect so Carefully shunned.  
Having shown after this manner for what Causes, and upon what Preparations or fore Occasions, the Sensitive Soul enters into Passions of Desire and Aversion: Let us now see after what manner or ways of Gesticulations or Gestures, she is Composed in either Affection. 
Sensible Desire affects both the Spirits and the Blood.  As to Desires begun from the Organs of the Senses, it is observed, that whilst the Spirits there implanted, are carried towards the absent Object, all fruition being left, they, as it were naked and destitute of all helps, like Beggars ask an Alms, which as they most greedily desire, as it were about to take by force that Good, they exceed the limits of their Subject; and oftentimes, when the Desire is vehement, almost the whole Soul is drawn into Parties, and by a certain going out from the Body, wanders towards the desired thing, or at least emits a Portion of itself. That it is so, it plainly appears, in that mad affection of Lust, in which the genital Humour, containing Fragments picked from the whole Soul is poured forth. In like manner, in a pleasant Sight, Sweet Odour, and most pleasing Harmony, the Animal Spirits, as it were lifted up, role together out of the Sensories towards their Objects: but on the contrary in Aversion, they betake themselves inward, and sometimes forsake the Sensories themselves.  
As to desires excited by reason of the Opinion of want, 
What Alterations Imaginary Desire brings upon them.  the Sensitive Soul being impatient of a Lot so poor, becomes very instable and unquiet, all the acquired Goods of its Body, it neglects and disesteems, also refuses to hearken to the dictates of Reason; yea being altogether precipitate in desires, she always looks outward, and as it were with wings is ready to fly to this or that apparent Good; hence, by the disorder of the Spirits, flying hither and thither the Nervous Parts are variously distracted, and Men betray their desires by their Countenance, and going; also the Breast and the Praecordia being moved together, the Blood, like the Sea working with the winds, is compelled into various Fluctuations, that those affected sometimes grow Pale, and sometimes are overspread with redness; also, from the same Blood, entering inequally and impetuously the Confines of the Brain, 
The Fluctuation of the Mind.  succeed inconstancy of Judgement, and frequent Changes of a thing proposed; as sometimes they will do this, anon that, as if ten Minds were together by the Ears in one Man. 
Pla●t. Hope and Fear.   
According to the aforesaid Characters or Schemes, the Sensitive Soul is composed, about absent Good and Evil, and not quickly about to come; but when these seem to be at the Doors, the Soul altars her Position, and is respectively urged with Hope or Fear: Concerning which, First it is observed, that these Passions do not as the forementioned proceed equally from the Sense and the Imagination, but are founded only on Opinion; from whence, after entering into the desire of any thing, the Spirits being Solicitous concerning the following of it, and as it were depressed, when they upon some other Occasion, as the Drinking of Wine, are a little elevated with the fruition of another pleasing Object, and they begin to strengthen Opinion, forthwith doubtful desire is changed into a certain Confidence, that we hope shortly to possess the desired Good: In like manner, when as Aversion beholds the absent Evil a long way off, the depression of the Spirits places it near, 
Succeed to Desire, and Aversion.  and by and by Causes a fear of its being about to come upon them. Indeed, Hope and Fear, are very near of Kin to Desire and Aversion, and either of these Symbolical Affections, denote only the more near, or more remote approach of the same Object.  
As to what appertains to the Provision and Exercise of Hope, 
The Provision of Hope.  when we desire greatly any absent Good, and that an Opinion arises, that we shall shortly obtain it, presently the Animal Spirits, who first like Soldiers sent before, carefully seek after, and observe the willed thing, forthwith returning towards the Soul, bring News of the Coming of its Guest, and prepare a Reception for it; wherefore the whole Soul is presently brought into an Expectation of its coming; all the Doors of the Senses are opened, that this Good, 
It's Ob●ect, both the Sense, and the Imagination.  with all its Train, might enter thorough open Gates: In the mean time, the Spirits inhabiting every Sensory, are prepared to go forth to salute this approaching; the Imagination doth forestall its Entrance; to wit, this frames an Idea of the wished for and coming Good, which it places within its Borders, as in a Throne, and confers on it Adornments and Splendour, borrowed from the Fantasy. Moreover, the Praecordia are Careful for a part of its Reception; for they being actuated with a more full Influx of Spirits, send forth the Blood more lively into the Exterior Parts, as it were for the meeting of this new Guest; hence, any one being full of Hope, feels in his whole Body, a certain Inflation, 
Affects both the Spirits and the Blood.  with the Spirit and Heat plentifully poured forth: Then, if by any accident, an occasion of fear or doubting is brought in, presently a sudden girding together in the whole, with a certain putting down of the Spirits, and a sinking of the whole Soul, ensues.  
For in the Passion of Fear, 
A Character of Fear.  the Sensitive Soul being first stretched out, being struck by the nearness of the approaching Evil, and being as it were pricked on every side, for as much as she conceiving herself taken by the Enemy, cannot fly away into this or that Part, she enters into herself, and that the Animal Spirits may be pressed together, she is Contracted most strictly; if the Affection be vehement, whilst the Animal Spirits suddenly go back, from the Superficies of the Body, they greatly bind up at the same time the Pores and Passages, as it were fastening the Doors, to shut out the Enemy: from this Constriction, 
How it Affects the Spirits, and all the Faculties.  the Pores of the Skin being drawn inward, oftentimes succeeds an erection of the hairs, or the hair standing an end; then the same Spirits being acted into Confusion, they are inhihited from performing the wont Offices of their Functions, and not only want the helps of Reason; but sometimes the Locomotive Faculties fail, yea by a resolution or loos'ning of the Nerves, made in the Bowels, oftentimes the Excrements involuntarily flow out. Further, when the Animal Faculty languishes so much, the Motion of the Praecordia is tired; 
How the Blood▪  hence the Blood stagnating within the Bosoms of the Heart, oftentimes a swonning follows: and when therefore it is not carried lively enough into the outward Parts, a Coldness and Paleness succeeds in them. In a sudden fear, we feel a certain stiffness, whence 'tis commonly said, that the Blood is curdled in the Body; but this happens, because, whilst the Nervous Parts compassing about the Blood-carrying Vessels, are suddenly bound together, they at the same time repress the Blood from its Excursion, and so stop or plainly invert its Circulation.  

It often passes into Desperation.  In the midst of fear, lest the Spirits being driven too much into flight, the Sensitive Soul should be wholly loosened, Reason is wont to interpose something of Hope, and so by degrees to lift up the dejected Spirits, and to animate them to stay, so that this Passion being alleviated by such a remedy, may more easily pass over; but if by the strong Evil falling on one, all means of Hope be cut off, than a greater Affection, to wit, Desperation, comes in the place of Fear, in which for the most part, this Soul yielding herself overcome, wholly sinks down, and being half dead, is drowned in her proper Body, as in a Sepulchre, of if she retains any strength, presently being carried into Confusion, all things being turned upside down, she Contracts, Melancholy, or Madness.  

In like manner Hope into Audaciousness.  As Desperation follows Fear, all helps being cut off; so Hope, when it is joined to more, and more certain, of the same, passes in Audaciousness: And in this Affection, the Sensitive Soul swells up, and opposes herself dauntless to any ensuing Evil; wherefore, the Spirits Guardian, by a more strong Connexion of themselves, every where extend the Muscles, and strengthen them, by a more full Inspiration, to the bearing or resisting any thing; hence the Breast being enlarged, and then strongly bound together, a bigger Voice is sent forth; the Fists being Contracted, the Arms lifted up, the Head erected, the Face grim and threatening, the Neck swollen, and the rising up, or the stretchings forth of other Parts, show the Animal Spirits in the whole Body, unfolded and prepared for Battle, as if about to enter into Conflict: In the mean time, the Praecordia being moved most strongly, by a more full influx of the same Spirits, notably rarify the Blood, and like Lightning, send it forth impetuously, and drive it into the outward Parts.  

To which Anger is of Kin.  Anger is of some Kin to Boldness, in which the Sensitive Soul, by reason of the Evil unworthily brought to it, at the same time is made sad, and grows hot; wherefore, as she Contracts herself by reason of Sadness, so presently girding herself for Revenge, she is dilated; therefore, as here divers Contractions come together, this Passion is performed with a mighty Perturbation of Spirits, and of the Blood: for those affected, at the beginning wax Pale, 
The Character of Anger.  by and by they are overspread with Red; the Forehead is wrinkled, the Lips quiver, the Tongue murmurs, the Countenance is sometimes cast down, sometimes lifted up, and threatening, but the Praecordia are especially agitated, with a notable heat and boiling up of the Blood: which kind of Various, and sometimes Contrary Symptoms, may easily be resolved; to wit, that the Soul at once conceiving Sadness and Indignation, like the Sea working with opposite winds, has Floods excited from every Coast, and striking one against another among themselves.  

There are more than Eleven Affections.  Besides the Eleven Affections even now recited and unfolded, according to the Vulgar Opinion, there remains some others, excited according to the other manifold Affections and Gestures of the Corporeal Soul; the chief of which are Pity and Envy, Glory or Boasting, and Shame; which however are very near related to the afore recited, or are Composed out of them. 
Pity, Envy, Boasting,  For Pity is made out of Love and Sadness, by reason of the Evils of a Friend: On the contrary, Envy out of Hatred and Sorrow, by reason of the Good things of an Enemy: Glory or Boasting, is a certain kind of Joy and Exultation, 
Shame, etc.  conceived by reason of an Opinion of our Good, had from others; and Shame is a certain Sadness and Consternation of the Soul, by reason of an Opinion of our ills conceived by others. 
A Character of Shame.  Further, Concerning this Passion 'tis observable, that when the Corporeal Soul being abashed, is enforced to repress its Compass, she notwithstanding being desirous, as it were to hide this Affection, drives forth outwardly the Blood, and stirs up a redness in the Cheeks, to wit, the Sensitive part of the Soul, as it were hiding its head, puts before herself a Portion of the Vital or the Bloody Soul, under whose wings somewhat stretched forth, the Confusion might be hid.  
Besides we take notice, that the Corporeal Soul is not only affected by Objects, and their Impressions, and compelled into various Gestures, and the aforesaid Passions; but besides, she hath certain innate Dispositions, by reason of which, by the mere instinct of Nature, without any Influence of the Object, she puts forth herself, and is excited into certain Emanations or Spontaneous forces: 
Innate Affections.  Of which sort are first an amplification or enlarging the Individual Person, and then a Propagation of its Kind. It is Natural for every Animal without example or teaching, to seek for, and swallow down its food, both that the Body may be daily increased to its due Magnitude, and also that the Soul, being daily supplied with a new Score of Spirits, 
Viz. An Enlargement of the Individual,  may be co-extended to the Body, and be able lively to perform the Acts of her Functions. Then, as soon as the Lineaments both of the Body and Soul being sufficiently drawn forth, and the Bulk and Compass of either are Completed; 
A begetting of its Kind.  some Animal Spirits flowing over from the work of the Individual, begin to abound, and then being separated into the Genital Parts, with a subtle Humour picked from the whole Body, destinated for the Propagating the Species, as it were in a Storehouse, and there laid up, they form there the Idea of a new Animal; which afterward is transferred into a convenient Womb, to be perfectly form. When the Seeds of a new Animal are so laid, the whole Corporeal Soul is drawn with all its Powers into this work of Propagating the Species, more than of the Conserving of the Individual: wherefore the Blood supplies the Testicles, no less than the Brain, with a most subtle and noble Matter for the store of Animal Spirits: and when after too great Expense, the Spirits are deficient in them, that presently the loss may be made up, oftentimes the Brain and Nerves are defrauded of their due Pension, and are suffered to languish, that in the mean time the Blood may pour forth more plentifully spirituous Particles into the Spermatic Vessels. 
Venus' an Enemy to the Brain and Nerves.  Yea it is thought, that it doth sometimes snatch the Animal Spirits from the Brain itself, which it bestows on the Genitals, in the Act of Venery: For it appears so, when by immoderate Venery, the Brain presently labours with a want of Spirits; for as much as from thence there is no passage for them, to the Spermatick Vessels, but by the Blood; if that the Animal Spirits superabound with a Prolific Humour, Swelling up within the Genital Parts, presently the whole Corporeal Soul, as it were incited, to the begetting of a young one, is inclined to Concupiscence or Lust: 
The madness or fiery of Lust.  The Incentives of Lust, even against the Mind, are sought for, and they are laid hold on, however brought by any Sense; the Blood boils up, the Marrow in the Back grows hot, the Eyes are inflamed, the Genitals are inflated, so that there wants little (unless Reason coming between recalls her, and Prohibits her from the Beastliness of it) but that the whole Corporeal Soul, on every occasion, should be dissolved in Lust. In these kind of Affections of Concupiscence, may be most clearly discerned the distinct Strive, and contrary Endeavours of two Souls: because, whilst the Corporeal Soul being incited to Lust, inclines herself wholly towards the Genital Members, and Compels thither greater floods of the Blood, and greater store of the Animal Spirits, the Heart and Brain being left wanting of Provision; 
Reason suppresses its flowing.  on the contrary, the Superior Mind, rising up, and showing the Commands of Reason and Religion, shows a receipt to the other, and Commands that the Animal Spirits return to their tasks, to be performed within the Brain, and also that the raging Blood should be recalled towards the Praecordia, and being there suppressed, might be restrained from disorderly Excursions; Hence, the flame of Lust being re-extinct for a time, and the Powers of the Inferior Soul being reduced into Order, the Acts of Sobriety, Prudence, and of other Science, and Discipline may be exercised; but if the reins of Reason be let loose, or new incentives of Lust are brought, the Corporeal Soul, shaking off the yoke, snatches herself again to the like Enormities.  
There remain yet some other Affections of the Corporeal Soul, as Sleep and Watching, Grief and Pleasure, excited in private Members; which, for as much as they respect not the whole Soul at once, but this or that Portion of the Body, or Peculiar Powers of it, and chiefly the Sensitive or Locomotive; therefore we shall handle these anon, and shall next proceed to the Sense and its Kind's.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Sense in General.  
THe Vital or Flamy part of the Corporeal Soul, 
The Blood is animated, but hardly sensible.  being rooted in the Blood, seems not much to know or perceive what things are offered outwardly to, or acted inwardly in the Body: So, alth● the Blood have life, yet 'tis scarce sensible or knowing, for this which ought to be always employed, with a perpetual Motion, and even enkindling, for the Offices for the sustaining of Life, cannot be at leisure to mind any smaller Matters, or outward Accidents. Indeed great Passions also in some measure disturb the Blood, and pervert and variously drive it from its wont Course, and like violent Blasts, shake not only the Leaves or Body of the Tree, but also sometimes pull up the Roots out of the Earth: So whatsoever mutations or alterations happen to the Blood, proceed either from the Complexion of its Liquor being changed, or from the impulse or incitation of the containing Bodies. 
The lucid part of the Soul, feels or perceives the impulse of all Objects, and is moved by them.  But the other Sensitive part of this Soul, which being diffused within the Brain and stock of Nerves, is Co-extended or equally stretched forth with the Organical Body, and almost with all its Parts, is affected with every Contact, or with the meeting of other Bodies, she perceives all Impressions either outwardly objected, or raised up within; and as she is moved by these, every where diversely inflicted, she endues according to the various impulse of the Objects, various Gestures and Species in herself, and also draws the Members and Parts of the Body itself, with her wholly into the same Figures and Motions. For indeed it is the Energy or the Act of the Soul itself, from which every Function of the animated Body primarily and chiefly arises. If at any time any Stroke or Impression be inflicted any where to the animated Body, presently a certain Fluctuation or waving is stirred up in the Hypostasis of the whole Soul, or of the struck Member; by which, some Animal Spirits or subtle Particles, shut up in the Organical Parts, as a blast of Wind in a Machine, being struck, run hither and thither, and so produce the Exercises of Sense and Motion in the whole Body, or respective Parts.  
Truly, among the various Gestures of the Corporeal Soul, by which, she altering her Species or Hypostasis, brings a change to the containing Body, the Sensitive and Locomotive Powers obtain the chief place; for as much as they are Common almost to all living Creatures, at least to the more perfect, to which also all the rest of the Faculties may easily be reduced. 
Sense and Motion, are the chief Advancers of the animated Body.  These are the chief Advancers of the animated Body, upon which all the other Wheels of this Selfmoving Divine Machine depend.  
But the Internal and next efficient Cause, both of Sense and Motion, are the Hypostasis of the Sensitive Soul, or the Animal Spirits, instilled from the enkindled Blood into the Brain, 
The efficient Cause of either, are the Animal Spirits.  and from thence diffused into the Nervous Stock▪ which being distributed from the Brain, as the Fountain thorough the Nerves to the whole Body, imbue, irradiate, and blow up all the Parts, and bring a certain Tensity or stretching forth to each; so that the passages of the Nervous Bodies, like Cords stretched forth straight on every side, from the Brain and its dependencies, reach forth into all the Exterior Parts, by which, so stretched forth, and actuated by a certain Continuity of the Soul, if one end be struck, presently the stroke is perceived through the whole, so that every Intention conceived within the Brain, presently performs the designed work, in every Member or Part; and on the other side, every impulse or stroke, which is inflicted from without to any Member, or to the Sensitive Body, is communicated instantly to all Parts within the Head. 
A most swift Communication of them, implanted within all the Parts.  If that an Impression or force tends from the Brain outwards, thorough the Nerves into the moving Parts, Motion is produced; but if they being made outwardly, are directed inwards towards the Brain, Sense arises. But whilst either of these are performed, it is not so to be understood, (as is commonly asserted) as if the same Spirits make haste, and leap back presently, as it were from one end of the Course or Circuit to the other; but as the Soul is stretched forth, thorough the whole, with a certain Continuity, its Particles, viz. the Spirits contiguous one with another are set like an Army in Array; for they after a Military fashion, whilst they move not from their station, and keep Order, perform their Offices; and whether they be set in Battle Array, or on the Watch, they perform the Commands carried outward from the Brain, themselves being almost immovable, and effect Motion, and deliver presently to the Brain the news of any sensible thing impressed, 
An opposite tendency of them, effect both Sense and Motion.  whereby Sensation is made. So indeed, the same Animal Spirits, though with an opposite and inverse tendency, and aspect of them, cause Motion and Sense: But both Faculties, as to the Exercises of their Acts, require something divers Organs; yea, the Animal Spirits planted within the same; for the performing the divers Offices of their Faculties, are ordered with a various Affection, and with a different manner of Orders. That each of these may be the more clearly illustrated, we shall first of all speak of the Sense, and of whatsoever belongs to it both in General and in Special, and then afterwards concerning Motion.  


What the Sense is.  
The approach of the sensible Object, is made either by Contact, or by Effluvia's sent forth, or by reflected and repercussed Particles of the Air, Breath, or Light.   The Sense, as it is taken in a more strict acceptation (viz. for the proper Function in animated Bodies, and by which they are distinguished from inanimates) is wont to be described after this manner; That it is the faculty of perceiving Sensible objects. Because, the Sensitive soul, as hath been said, being apt to be affected or moved by every Contact or Impulse of an exterior Body, forces its constitution to vary in the whole, or in part, according as it is struck: But exterior Bodies, because they consist of Particles, of a various Kind, and diversely figured, therefore, when some are applied to others, their approaches one among another, are not always made after one and the same manner, but after a manifold manner, and with notable variety; to wit, either by Corporeal Contacts, or by Effluvia's falling from them, or by Particles, of Air, Breath, or Light, reflected from them, issuing from them on every side like Darts. Further, and to every one of these Kind's, many Species are attributed: Because, not only Concretes, but also various little Bodies of the same Subject, show and impress manifold Types of their Contacts; several of which, as they are received and so known distinctly, by living Creatures, 
As these several are made manifold, they requi●e divers Sensories.  the Sensitive Soul using Corporeal Organs, hath many Sensories, fitted for such variety of Objects, and divers representations of things; in which several, both the Conformation of the Pores, as also the disposition of the Animal Spirits, are proportionated to the little Bodies, sent in from the Object, which are only of one Kind, fitly to be received. By this means sensible Impressions, at least that may be of use to any Animal, are perceived, and from this manifold way of Sension, proceeds the Knowledge of all things, 
All Knowledge from Sense.  according to that of the Philosopher, All Knowledge is made by the Sense; when on the contrary, if Bodies and their Particles, should strike the Systasis of the naked Soul, or part of it, always after one and the same manner, nothing at all would be known, because one thing or parts, from another, or these from those Members, would not be distinguished. Wherefore, that all the chief Objects and their Accidents, might be distinctly noted, it is so provided, that some Particles strike this Organ and not that; so that they affect their several respective Sensories only, the rest being untouched.  
From hence it is clear, 
In Perfect Animals, there ought to be many Senses.  that 'tis necessary that there should be many Sensories in perfect Animals; which may perform divers Actions, both for the preserving of Life, and propagating the Kind, and also for the knowing many things, and chiefly for the embracing of what things are Congruous to themselves, and for the shunning all incongruous things; for this things 'tis needful, that the Sensitive Soul should be affected by the Objects, after a various manner, and so perceive their manifold Influences. How vile their Condition is, and how hard their Lot, that are gifted with the only sense of the Touch, 
That one of the Touch or Feeling, suffices not.  appears from the Life and Operation of the more imperfect Animals, as Oysters and Lympins; then besides, how false is the Opinion of some, who say, That every Sense in all Animals is the feeling only; for althô every Affection is made by Contact, from the Object to the Soul; yet neither is the same thing still employed, nor received after the same manner; but how many types soever of sensible things are to be found, so many Counterfeits remain in the Sensories.  
Nevertheless it may here be rightly Quaeried, How it may be? for as much as the whole Hypostasis or Contexture of the Soul, is made up of most subtle and also most highly movable Particles, 
How the same Spirits receive sensible Species so very divers.  that every one of them wheresoever implanted, are not indifferently moved, by every sensible stroke; when especially the Interior frame of the Soul, which is Common to all the Sensories, receives this Affections of every one, and so is mediately affected by every sensible thing: I say, why the Spirits implanted in the Eye, do not equally perceive Sounds and Smells, as they do Colours? for as much as they inhabiting the streaked Bodies, discern both these, and all other sensible things.  
For the resolving of this Problem, 
Than this may be done are required,  these two things are to be supposed, to wit, first, That the Structure of every Sensory is so made, according to its Pores and Passages, that Particles only proportionate to them may be admitted in: wherefore as Light, and the Images of things, pass thorough Glass, and clear Bodies; not dark Bodies; so the same are received only by the Eyes, 
First, a Structure of the Organ▪ after a divers manner.  and not by the other Sensories: The same Reason holds of all the rest. For we may observe, when in the Circumambient Air, or in the Atmosphere, there are Bodies of a various Nature, and of a divers Configuration, that some things affect this, others that Sensory, and so the things which are of a several Kind affect the particular Organ of the Sense. As for Example, the Particles of most thin Air or Light, which seem to be of a Sulphureous Nature, being reflected from Bodies, Convey (as was said) their Images into the Organs of the Sight or Seeing; the little Bodies of Air which seem to be saline, being repercussed from Solids, shake the Drum of the Ear, by their leaping back; yea, and the same being made clammy by a sweet dew, or moistened, affect the taste; the Particles of the same Air, filled with sweet Exhalations, strike the Nostrils: And lastly, The same stuffed with warm or cold Effluvia's, move the Sense of Feeling: But in the mean time, the Particles of the same Air or Element, which are proportionate to one Sensory, are incommunicable to the rest.  
But Secondly, 
Secondly, a Various Constitution of the Animal Spirits.  the Animal Spirits themselves, which reside in the Organs of the Senses, and that are like Watchmen, are furnished for the respective meetings of the Objects, with a certain peculiar Provision, and an appropriate manner of Disposition: for when some Spirituous Particles, more pure than others, and more subtle exist, some more dull or blunt, others notably movable, these Naked, those smeared with Humour, and marked with many other Affections; it is so provided, that as the Naked Spirits, or those less gifted suffice for the Sense of Feeling, these without any farther endowment are disposed every where in the Membranes, and fibrous Flesh; but the most pure Spirits, and as it were Crystalline for the Sight, flow into the Eyes; those that are highly movable are fitted for the Hearing, and the more Viscous, which are fused with a requisite Humour, for the Taste, and Smell.  

After what manner Sension is made.  These things being thus premised, concerning the Multiplicity and Difference of the Senses, and the Organs, we will now inquire into Sension itself; by what means, and after what manner it is performed. Concerning these we thus say in general, that the Object being applied to the Sensory, (whether it be done immediately, or the Particles of the Air or Element coming between) doth impress its Idea or Character on the Spirits implanted in that place; and in the same instant, by a continued Series of the Animal Spirits, as it were an Irradiation, the Type of its Impression doth pass from the Sensory to the Head; and whilst the Spirits actuating the streaked Bodies, are in like manner affected by it, a perception of Sense, begun from the Organ, is form.  

All sensible Impressions do beam forth from all the Organs, into the streaked Bodies.  That Sight is so performed, Dioptrick Experiments do plainly show, by which, the same Species of any Body, by a Glass artificially placed, may be Carried or Reflected hither or thither, and may be figured and beheld at once in several places: why in like manner, may we not Conceive the Image of the Object represented in the Eye, as in a Glass, to propagate its likeness from thence further to the streaked Bodies? But as to the other Sensories the Business seems more hard to be unfolded, because the sensible Species, for as much as they are more Corporeal or thicker, cannot be conveyed to the Head with so quick a passage, and almost unperceiveable like Lightning; but as to these, it is to be understood, that althô the Smell, Touch, and Taste, require more near and more Corporeal approaches of the Object, than either the Sight or Hearing; yet the Animal Spirits, which as it were internuncii, are placed within every Organ, and the chief Sensory, equally and as easily transmit the stroke or impulse of every Kind: Because as the Spirits are diffused thorough the whole Nervous System, and thorough the Head itself, as it were with a continued beaming, every Impression by the stroke of the Eye gets sooner from one bound to the other; yet the Character of the Object, is conveyed by the like Motion of their Neighbours, and as it were by a certain waving, even to the streaked Bodies.  


In every Sension is required, First, That the Species be impressed on the Sensory.  
Secondly, That it be carried thence, by the passage of the Spirits to the Common Sensory.  
How the divers sensible Species are distinctly represented, in the same Common Sensory.   Hence it follows, that for the Act of Sension, these two things are required. First, That the sensible Species be expressed, so as it may be impressed on the Sensory: And Secondly, That the Idea of the same Impression, be carried thence, by a like Affection and Motion, by the Spirits flowing in the intermediate passages, to the Common Sensory; for otherwise Sension is not performed, as it appears, when being intent on other things, we take not any notice of any Objects, though they approach near to the Eyes, or the other Organs.  
But here we may have a Cause of Doubting, how the manifold Species of sensible things, for the receiving of which, many Organs, and those diversely framed, are required; do all come together within, and are discerned in the same Common Sensory; For it is a wonderful thing, that the same streaked Body, consisting of a make not much unlike, should admit, and know distinctly in itself, the universal Ideas of Objects. As to this we may say, that the Images of things to be perceived by the Sense, are not distinctly painted in the Common Sensory, as on a Table; but every Impression there shown, depends on the Motion, as it were by a certain waving, of some Spirits separate from others, and within these or those peculiar Tracts of them▪ Nor is it irrational to affirm, that some Spiritual Particles are moved within the Hypostasis of the Sensitive Soul, and her the same Portion of it, whilst others lie quiet, lying between them; for it plainly appears, and which afterwards is more largely shown, that within the Body of the Air, 
It is shown by an example of the Air, whose divers Particles have divers carryings forth.  the lucid Particles are agitated, whilst the rest lie at ease; yea also, that Sonorifick, yea and odorous little Bodies, and perhaps many others of another Kind, are moved by a distinct and peculiar Agitation apart by themselves, from the other texture of the Air; for both Images pass thorough, Sounds are poured out, Odours flow, warm or cold Effluvia's, and other little Bodies are variously carried; yet notwithstanding, others in the mean time are neither driven by force by some others, nor is the Consistency of the whole Air disturbed by some Singulars. Yea, various Impressions, not only pass thorough the Air unchanged, 
Also by the example of Water, in which, many wavings being at once made, are all distinct.  but also the Superficies of the Water; for we have observed in a River, or a Fishpond, when many wavings have been stirred up, by various and divers strokes together, that all of them, however they meet one another, pass thorough, or cut one another, continue still distinct, and inconfused; why then may we not suppose, that in the Airy Systasis of the Soul, (which is also is founded in a Watery Humour) there are Particles of a various and unlike make, and that manifold Species, by their passing thorough, may be at once brought to the Common Sensory, without Confusion? As for Example, 
The like is in the Airy Hyposiasis of the Corporeal Soul.  Suppose that for seeing most Subtle and as it were Aetherial Particles, others almost Saline and notably movable for the Hearing, and so for the other Senses, Spirits endowed after this or that manner, to be interwoven together, and every peculiar Sension to be produced, by a particular affection of them; to which it happens, that for the various passing thorough of the Spirits of so divers a Nature, divers Tracts or Paths are produced, both in the Organ itself, and in the Common Sensory: and so, 
For the divers Perceptions of which, together, in the Common Sensory, there are many and distinct Tracts produced.  when the Animal Spirits are affected, which are of this or that Nature apart from others, which are of another Nature, and as there are beamings forth of several kinds, as it were within various Inlets or Passages; 'tis no wonder, if in divers Organs▪ distinct Acts of Sensions are performed; and that all of them, however different in Kind, and coming together from many ways, are shown within the same Common Sensory, to wit, the streaked Bodies; because in this Marrowy Part, Spirits of every kind abound, and also passages of every sort of Conformation are found; therefore, every Impression impressed on any Organ from without, may be distinctly represented in this same Body. That it is so, it more clearly appears from hence, because both the streaked Bodies, and the way leading to these, consist of many white Ligatures, which seem as so many soft Nerves, or marrowy Tracts, for the divers ways of receiving the Impressions of sensible Species.  
When a sensible Impression is brought through the Animal Spirits, 
Sensible Impressions, as they are stronger weak stir up other Powers, either more or fewer.  being affected by a continued Series, from the Organ to the Common Sensory, if it be light it is there terminated, and the perception of the External Sense quickly vanishes, without any other Affection; but if (which more often happens) the impulse of the Object be stronger, the Sense excited from thence, like the vehement waving of waters in a Whirl-pool, both partly passes thorough the streaked Bodies, and going forward to the Callous Body, it oftentimes raises up two other Internal Senses, to wit, the Imagination and Memory, either one of both of them; and also is partly reflected from them, and from thence, by a declining of the Spirits, leaping into the Nerves, local Motions are made.  
For indeed Impressions of sensible things, 
All the other Powers of the Soul proceed at first from Sension.  from the beginning, furnish both the Imagination, with the Memory and Appetite, and induce the first attempts of local Motions. It is first effected, for as much as the sensible Impulse, is often propagated beyond the streaked Body, into the marrowy part of the Brain, or the Cortex, or the extreme Confines of it. But local Motions ordinarily succeed to Sension, for as much as the Animal Spirits being struck back from the bolt or stay of the streaked Bodies, spring up outwardly, and as they enter these or those Nerves, by a certain Consequence, or by chance, they excite fortuitous local Motions, or depending on the previous Sense; for in the reciprocal exercise of these Faculties, to wit, of Sense and local Motion, (before Animals are imbued with Fantasy and Memory) almost the whole Animal Function consists; because Brutes or Men, whilst they as yet know not things, want Spontaneous Appetite. So long therefore, they being destitute of the Internal Principle of Motion, move themselves or Members, only as they are excited from the impulse of the External Object, and so Sension preceding Motion, is in some manner the Cause of it.  
Therefore in every Sension, 
The Animal Spirits pass thorough the sensible Species; and not the Effluvia of the Object, penetrate even to the head.  the Animal Spirits are moved; and their Motion being excited, in the utmost Sensory, from the approach of the Object, and harmonised according to its Impression, turns inwards, and (as hath been said) is conveyed to the first or Common Sensory: wherefore it is not to be thought, that the little Body's sent from the Object, do penetrate deeply, and enter the inward parts of the Brain itself (as some have asserted); but it suffices, that they being cast forth like Darts from the sensible thing, do affect the Spirits placed in the forefront; and then, they from thence most swiftly pass thorough, by their Irradiation, the impressed Motion. As to the Parts, within which the Animal Spirits dwelling, do carry thorough, as it were by Pipes and Dioptrick Glasses, the impressed Species of sensible things; they are the Fibres, Nerves, and the Oblong Marrow, 
The bounds and passages, by 〈◊〉, and into which the Species pass thorough.  and chiefly the tops of it, to wit, the streaked Bodies. The Fibres being stretched forth in every Sensory, as it were Nets spread abroad, take the Particles of the Object, diffused and entering here and there, from which, whilst the Spirits implanted in those Fibres, are affected, and are marked with the type of shadow of the Objected thing, forthwith the same Character being expressed, by a continued Series of Spirits, passes forward, thorough the little Pipes of the Nerves, and the Medullary Trunk, into the streaked Bodies, and is there represented as upon a white well; But the Rational Soul, easily beholds the Image of the thing there painted; or perhaps carried forward beyond into the Callous Body, the Imagination and Fantasy being excited, But after what manner Brutes perceive themselves to feel, and by reason of that Sension, they either imprint it in their Memory, or draw forth the Acts of the Appetite, we have shown elsewhere.  

The Number of the Senses is well affirmed to be Five.  Concerning the number of the outward Senses, we shall not recede from the vulgar Opinion, affirming them to be Five; for althô in some imperfect Animals, perhaps one Sense or two are only found; and though it may seem, that the more perfect living Creatures may exercise many more than Five; because it is possible, that the Kind's of sensible things, far exceed that Number; yet it is seen, that those Five Organs of the Senses do abundantly enough supply the wants of all living Creatures: at least it seems good to the great Creator, not to grant to Man more than these, nor perhaps better than brute Beasts have obtained: 
So many, and not more, are requisite.  Hence we may argue, that whereas the first Notions of all Simple things, are acquired only by the showing of the Sense, and that Man, notwithstanding, is wont from thence to form Complicated Orations and Discourses, beyond what Brutes are able to do, that this is done by the Virtue and Operation of the Rational Soul in him, of which indeed Beasts are wholly destitute.  
As to the Order or Method, by which we should treat of the Senses, particularly to be considered, if their worth or dignity be respected, it is confessed by all, that Seeing, and then Hearing should by right have the Prerogative; but indeed, because Knowledge more easily, and always more happily, proceeds from more Known things, to things less Known; therefore, I think to begin with the Touch or Feeling, as the most Common Sense; also for that the formal Reason of which seems to be most easily unfolded.   

CHAP. XI.  
Of the Senses in Particular, and first of the touch or Feeling.  

The Sense of Feeling is more thick, but the most ample or large.  THe Touch or Feeling, though it seems a Faculty of a lower Order, and as it were of a more gross Nature, because it apprehends not the object, unless it be brought near, and as it were pressed with its Arms; yet in some respect, it is more excellent by far than the rest; because this Sense beyond all others, receives and knows the Impressions of many sensible things, and those inflicted with greater variety; and so obtains a most large, and as it were a general Province. For since that the Sensible Qualities so called, are manifold and divers, to wit, Heat and Cold, Moisture and Dryness, Hardness, and Softness, and other Modifications of Bodies, their Make, Motions, Influences and Types, or Figures of Appearance, which in Concretes result from the mixtures and divorces, or the various Transpositions of the Elements, the greatest part of them by much, are the proper Objects of Feeling, and are discerned only by its Judgement, and as it were by its Will. 
Exhibits Signs of judgement to the rest of the Senses.  Further 'tis observed, That the Touch or Feeling, gives notes of Judgement to all the other Senses concerning uncertain Objects: for when the Sight cannot distinguish a Ghost or Spectre, from a solid Body, by the trial of Feeling, presently the thing is put out of doubt; so likewise of the Smelling and Taste, which oftentimes put away sensible things brought to them, and fear their near Embrace, unless first tried by handling.  

It hath a mighty diffusive Sensory or Organ.  But this Power, as it enjoys great variety, as to its Objects, so it hath a most ample Sensory, and equally extended almost with the whole Body; That indeed few Parts, either within or without, but partake of this Sense. Further, this Faculty, for that 'tis of a general and common use, insinuates itself into the Organs of the other Senses, destinated to the private Office of every one: For both the Tongue and Nostrils, also the Eyes and Ears, perceive heat and cold, hardness and Softness, and other tangible qualities, no less than their proper Objects. If that we should further inquire, what the immediate Organ of Feeling is, in the several Members, or Parts? it may be said, that it is the Nervous Fibres, every where stuffed, and as it were distended with a Company of Animal Spirits; 
Which are the Nervous Fibres.  which as the Strings of a Lute, as often as they are struck by the strokes of Tangible things, propagate the Impulse every where received, by the passages of the Nerves, forthwith to the Common Sensory. For as much Fibres being thickly set, are interwoven in the Skin, the fleshly Pannicle, the Membranes, and Musculous Flesh, yea, and with some of the Inwards, so that the Approaches of outward Tangible things, are not only felt in the Palm of the Hand, or the Superficies of the Body, but as often as sharp Humours are brought within into the Bowels, 
In all the Parts, both External and Internal.  or that Preternatural Contents cause a pulling or hawling; a troublesome Sense of it is felt; wherefore the proper Organ of Feeling, is neither the Skin, nor the Flesh, nor the Membranes, as hath been asserted after this manner by some, and after that manner by others; but the Fibres are that Organ, implanted in the whole frame or make of these or those Parts.  
Althô many sensible Fibres are placed every where thorough the whole Body, also, though there are divers and manifold Tangible qualities; 
Which Fibres, though every where of the same Conformation;  yet it is not to be thought that these Fibres, that they may be the better fitted for those qualities, are of a different Kind or Conformation; for neither are there some Fibres, by which heat, or others▪ by which cold, or others different from either, by which other Tangible things are perceived; but the same Fibres, are every where alike, and receive and distinctly carry the approaches of every Object, for neither do the sensible Fibres, planted in divers places or parts, acquire a diversity of Office, so that one Member should be the Index of heat, another of cold, or another of a several Tangible thing, but every one indifferently feel almost all Tangible things, 
Yet Exhibit various Species, according to the various approaches of tangible things.  from every Fibrous Part. The reason of the difference is, because the Fibres, though of the same nature and frame, enter into divers ways of Contractions or wrinklings, from the various strokes of sensible things; even as the strings of an Harp, from the various strokes of the Musician, give forth different Sounds; so also, the Fibres, which are the Instruments of Touching, are affected after a different manner, by the various impulse of Tangible things. For it seems, that these are irritated or provoked one way, with heat, and another way with cold, and so from the rest of the Qualities, after a manifold manner; therefore, the Animal Spirits implanted in them, enter into a peculiar way of Gyration or turning round, or of undulation or waving, according to which, the Spirits being harmonized, which flow within the passage of the Nerve belonging to those Fibres, do propagate the same Figure or Type of their carrying forth, to the Medullary Stock, and by its means, to the Common Sensory.  
The Tangible Species being impressed after this manner, 
Tangible Species immediately carried either to the Cerebel, or to the streaked Bodies.  on the Nervous Fibres, or the outward Organ of the Touch, are not always carried from thence, or at least not immediately to the same Common Sensory; for we have showed elsewhere, that some Nerves spring from the Parts of the Brain, and others from those of the Cerebel; wherefore, when they direct the Impulse, happening outwardly immediately to the striated or streaked Bodies, these latter convey the Sension from the Fibres, which are planted somewhere more inwards about the Viscera to the Cerebel; from which (without Knowledge of the Animal) oftentimes involuntary Motions are retorted: as when Vomiting follows upon an Emetic Medicine, unknown, and against our Minds. If that this private Sension belonging to the Cerebel be a little stronger, and vehement passing thorough the same Cerebel, goes further even to the streaked Bodies; as when Medicines provoking the Stomach, more sharply, induce a Sension or trouble about the Heart, or otherways molestious, which they plainly give notice of.  
Further, 
And from thence goes forward, sometimes to the other Faculties, Viz. the Imagination, Memory, and Appetite.  when the Tangible Impression arrives first and immediately at the streaked Bodies, if the same be light, it is there terminated, and the sensible Species presently vanishes; but if the Impulse of the Object be somewhat stronger, it passes further to the Callous Body, and oftentimes to the Shell of the Brain; and therefore their Affections, Imagination, and sometimes Memory, gathered from the touch of the thing, succeed: and when, the sensible Species being also dilated to the Common Sensory, a divergency or bending down of the Spirits, from thence is reflected into the same Nerve, or others related to it, so it stirs up local Motions. These sort of Effects are sufficiently known by the Common Proverb, Where the Pain is, there the Finger will be: for it is implanted by Nature in every Animal, to rub or press the place with its finger or foot, where any sense of Trouble or Pain is.  
As to the Kind's and Differences of Feeling, 
The Kind's and Differences of Feeling, are either, In respect of the Object;  both are taken, either from the Objects, or from the various affection of the Sensory: the ways or means of the former, are so manifold, that they cannot easily be recounted; for hither aught to be referred (as we said but now) the universal Tangible Qualities; By Tangible Qualities we understand here, the various habitudes of Natural Bodies, which arise from the Crasis and Disposition of the Elements, of which they are made; as also from their Intestine Motion, or Effluvia's variously appearing in themselves; which kind of Modifications of Bodies, the Sense of Feeling chiefly finds out, and makes their knowledge or marks so certain, that when we do not believe the Scrutiny of the other Senses, we are wont to rest satisfied with the Examination of this.  
Concerning the Species of Feeling, 
In respect of the Sensory.  Constituted in respect of the Sensory, we showed even now, that the sensible Impression was immediately derived from the External Organ, either to the streaked Bodies, or to the Cerebel: Therefore, for that Reason, Sension is either manifest, 
And so it is either manifest or private.  and knows plainly every thing; or private of which the Animal is scarce knowing: but the Consequence declares this Kind of Sension to have been stirred up: for a Motion being made in any inward unseen, argues a previous sense of it to have been; as from the change of the Pulse, or a failure of Spirits, shows a certain Malignity to have affected the Praecordia, or the Cerebel.  

Pleasant or Sad.  In either of the aforesaid Kind's of Sension, to wit, whether the same be manifest or private, the Tangible Impression, either coming pleasantly to the Fibres, gathers together the Spirits implanted in them, and more nearly delights them, and strokes them with a soft and gentle rubbing, whence pleasure arises; or the Impulse of the same, pulling and wrinkling the Fibres, distracts and dissipates the Spirits one from another, and so Grief, Pain, or Trouble Succeeds: But concerning these Affections, viz. Grief and Pleasure, we shall have hereafter a more fit place to speak of them; so that it next remains, for us to proceed, from the Sense of Feeling, to its nearest Neighbour and Relation the Taste.   

CHAP. XII.  
Of the Taste.  

The Taste a Kin to Feeling.  THe Taste is so like to the Sense of Feeling, that it seems to be a certain Species of it; and certainly the Object, in either Organ, aught to be brought near, and laid upon it; yea in tasting, to be admitted more deeply within the Pores and its passages. Upon this Sense, 
The Sensory of the Taste discerns its Objects, and is delighted with those things that are Convenient.  depends chiefly both the Life and Vegetation of Animals; for this chooses and takes in Juice for nourishment convenient, and that by this Office it might be constantly and rightly performed, it is furnished with a faculty, or a certain implanted Judgement, whereby some wholesome and agreeable Aliments, fit for every Individual, are discerned from those that are disagreeable and hurtful; also further, as it were in reward of its work, it is delighted after a notable manner, with the Exercise of its Function; For unless convenient agreeable things, ●it to be Eaten, move spital, and as it were prickle them with a most grateful pleasantness of Taste, the appetite of desiring or taking of Food is quickly extinguished, 
Venus or Pleasure is necessary for the preserving of the Individual.  with oblivion or tediousness; so for the preserving the Individual, no less than the Species, Desire and Pleasure ought to be had.  
The Sensory of the Taste is not so diffusive, and almost Co-extended with the whole Body, as that of Feeling, but is limited to one part only: yea, and its Sensible is of one Kind only, to wit, a Savoury thing, nor does it include, as the Tangible Quality, the Subjects of many Catagorical things. Indeed the chief and almost only Organ of the Taste is the Tongue; to which, after a manner, but obscurely, do consent the Palate and the Upper part of the Throat; But in all of them, the Nervous Fibres are the immediate Instruments of Sension; 
The Organ of the Taste, is the Tongue, with the Palate, and Throat.  wherefore 'tis observed, that the Tongue is notedly more Fibrous than any other part, also consists of a very porous Contexture; for this end, that the savoury Particles of the thing, might be more plentifully, and more deeply admitted, into the passages of the Sensory, and so meeting at once with many Fibres, might excite a more acute Sension: yea, it may be suspected, that whilst the subtle Particles of the savoury Humour are imbibed so deeply by the Tongue, 
Eating is a certain Solution;  the Animal Spirits do in some measure snatch the same, for their nourishment, and convey them inwardly, by the passages of the Nerves, towards the Brain; for it plainly appears, that in great Fast or want of Food, and swooning or failure of Spirits, that a refreshment of them immediately follows, upon the first tasting of any noble Liquor.  
Eating is a certain Kind of Solution, whereby the savoury Particles may be the better taken in, 
Wherefore one savour, oftentimes excludes another.  from the Food by the Sensory: Because, whilst solid eatable things are reduced into bits, by Chawing, the Tongue, and other parts of the Mouth, and Throat, pour forth as it were a certain Menstruum, which washing and as it were Elixivating the savoury little Bodies, carries them into the Sensory, and insinuates them into the Pores of the Tongue: Further, The savoury Particles, because so impacted in the Sensory, do employ its passages, hence it comes to pass, that one savour not rarely excludes another; so sweet things being tasted, because they are clammy, and very obstructing, hinder or pervert the more exact taste of Wine; wherefore, that the hindered Faculty might be again restored, salt or sharp things are eaten, which may open the Pores of the Tongue, and clear away the sticking Viscousness.  
As to the Nerves, 
The Nerves sent to the Organs of the Taste, proceed partly from the Fifth pair.  which serve to the Fibres of the Tongue, thickly interwoven with it, and which carry the Impressions of Savours, to the chief Sensory, it seems, that they are of a double Kind: for as Nerves are inserted in the Tongue from both the Fifth, and the Ninth pair, and are every where distributed thorough its whole frame, with a most thick Series of shoots, it is very likely, that they are both Sensitive. Concerning the Nerves sent hither from the Fifth pair, the thing is out of doubt; and as from the same pair, other shoots are sent into the Nostrils, hence we may say, the reason is, of that Consent, which is between both these Sensories; but indeed, as to the Nerves bestowed also on the Tongue, from the Ninth pair, it may be something doubted, because it is commonly believed, that the Office of these serve to the Motion of the Tongue, and to Speech; 
Partly from the Ninth also, which serve for the Motions of the Tongue.  wherefore, from the same pair are sent certain branches into the Muscles of the Tongue, and of the Bone called Hyoides, which without doubt are destinated for their Motion: Nevertheless, th● it be granted, that the Nerves of the Tongue and its Appendix, inserted from the Ninth pair, do bestow on them the moving Power (which indeed is necessary to this Part, as well for Tastings as for speaking; to wit, as the Tongue is very versatile, it takes in with delight the Savours from every corner or recess of the Mouth) yet what hinders, 
It is in like manner observed of the Touch, that the same Nerves serve both for Sense, and Motion.  that however the same Nerves should not serve for both, to wit, Motion and Sense? For it appears, that many Nerves which serve for the Sense of Feeling, do in like manner serve for the performing of the Motions of those Parts to which they belong. Wherefore, as Tasting is a certain Species of Feeling, it is probable, that it enters in some measure through the moving Nerves of the Tongue itself; neither does it appear otherways, for what end Branches of the Nerves, derived from the Ninth pair into the Tongue, disperse such thick-set shoots into its whole frame, unless they should serve for the receiving of the Particles of Savours, coming from every Part. But for as much as after this manner, two Nerves of a distinct Original belong to the Tongue, 
Wherefore from the Taste of a pleasant thing, the Imagination and the Praecordia, are wont to be affected.  and one of them arises from the Parts of the Brain, and the other from the Cerebel: Hence a Sension being carried inwards by the same, it is stayed from either at the Common Sensory, and so according to the divers Nature of the Object, a pleasant and delectable fruition, or an ingrateful and sad Aversion, at once in either Government the Imagination and the Praecordia are affected.  
There is a sufficient indulgement to the Taste, for a reward of its necessary work, to wit, Eating; therefore its Objects are sought far and near, through the Regions of the whole World, yea and all the Elements are employed. Further, as to its Ministry, all the rest of the Senses serve to this, 
The rest of the Senses, wait upon the Taste.  for nothing pleases the Palate unless the Sight, and Hearing, Smell, and Touch approve it. 'Tis fit it should be so, for this Sensory, by which Food is conveyed for Humane Life, and that it might enjoy great variety, for the shunning of nauseous things; and use a guard upon the rest, for Discrimination; lest instead of Food, it might unawares take Poison.  
The Speculation of Savours, 
Savours the Object of Tasting. Simple or Compound: A Threefold Consideration of them, to wit, which are, 

1. Whose Original are natural.  
2. Artificial.  
3. The Alteration or Abolition of either.    (which are the next Object of Taste) contains in itself very many Pleasant, and no less Profitable things; wherefore I think it will not be from the Matter, to turn aside here a little into this Theory; and as we shall divide all Savours into Simple and Compound: First, we shall rehearse what Nature suggests of that Kind particularly, according to their several differences, both of themselves, and of the Subjects in which they are; Then secondly, we shall add the Parallels, by what means, and by what service of Art, the same Savours in Subjects are produced anew, in which they are not by Nature; Thirdly, After what manner Savours both Natural and Artificial, are any way altered and changed in their Subjects, or wholly perish. It will be worth our while to discourse briefly concerning these, and lastly, somewhat of Compounded Savours.  
Savours called Simple, 
Nine Simple Savours.  are commonly counted to be Nine, viz. Sharp, Bitter, Salt, Acid or Tart, Astringent or Biting, Sour, Sweet, Oily, insipid or without Taste.  
The first is sharp or biting Savour, 
Sharp Savour.  such as is felt in Pepper or Pellitory, being chewed; which probably arises, as often as the Particles of any Body are smooth, and sharpened, and after that manner figured, like the stings of Nettles, that they may prick and very much dig into the Sensory. In Subjects endued with a sharp biting Savour, a volatile Salt, or an Alchalisat, or suffering a Flux from Fire, very much exceeds other Elements.  
First, 
1 Which are sharp or biting of their own Nature.  Concretes, which have by Nature Particles, so figured, are accounted among Vegetables Hearts-ease, or Trinity-Herb, Pepper, Aron, Country-Mustard, Sea-Lettice, or Milk-thistle, Mustardseed, Pellitory, Ranunculus, etc. Of Minerals Arsneck, Sandarach, etc. Among Animals it is scarcely met with, nor among their Parts, a savour of this Kind, unless perhaps some Infects, as Cantharideses, etc.  
Secondly, 
2 Which are so produced by Art.  Sharp biting Bodies produced by the help of Art, are Mercury Sublimate, Butter of Antimony, Strong-Waters, and Caustics, the fixed Salts of Herbs, made by burning to Ashes, Calcined Vitriol, the Rust of Brass, etc. The oftener things suffer Calcination, and Fusion in the Fire, the more biting sharp they are made; because, by this means, the Pricks and Spears of the Particles are sharpened. An Example is in the fixed Salts of Herbs, calcined Vitriol, the Infernal Stone, etc. Bodies which are biting sharp, and Corrosives mixed together, and committed to the Fire, acquire a most sharp force of burning. An example is in Mercury Sublimate, and Stygian Waters, the reason of which is, because Salts of a like Kind, being mixed together, join their forces or edges, and are at the same time very much sharpened by the fire. It happens otherwise to Salts of a divers Kind, as are Spirits of Vitriol, and Salt of Tartar, mixed together; Sugar and Honey subjected to distillation, exhale a Caustick Water; also the Spirit of Wine highly rectified becomes biting sharp, and burning; because the Saline or Spirituous Particles, in both Substances being deprived of the sweetness of the others, put forth their Spears and Pricks.  

3 By what means the biting sharpness is wont to be taken away, or altered.  Thirdly, Which was the Third Proposition, the biting sharpness in Bodies, both Natural and Artificial is put away or altered after various ways. Mercury Sublimate highly Corrosive, if another quantity of live Mercury be added and sublimed, it takes away all acritude or biting sharpness, and it becomes insipid or without taste. The reason of which is, that when the Particles of the added Mercury, do grow to the little Spears of the Salts, they do thereby become more thick and obtuse. The Spirit of Vitriol and Salt of Tartar, being melted (which two are biting sharp and corrosive of themselves apart) if they be put together, lose all acritude; to wit, these Salts being of a divers Kind, viz. Fluid and Alchalisat; being put together, work mutually one upon another, by which means, the little Spears and Pricks of both are broken; even as if the edge of one Knife, should be rubbed against the edge of another. Plants and Herbs, which are naturally biting sharp, if they be macerated in White-wine, (or perhaps in any other Liquor) put away all their sharpness; and yet the Liquor becomes not at all sharp. In these sort of Concretes, all the acritude depends upon the volatile Salt, which being loosened, by the mixture, presently flies away. For the same Reason, these sort of Herbs, being subjected to distillation, exhale almost an insipid water, and the dregs of the Herbs remaining after distillation, is also insipid: Hence also some Herbs, which being green, abound with a sharp biting juice, being dried, lose very much of their acritude; as Scurvygrass, Water-cresses, and Brooklime, etc.  

2 Bitter Savour.  Secondly, The bitter Savour or Taste, such as is principally in Gall and Wormwood, seems to be made, for as much as the Particles of its Body are planted with forked Pricks, which digging into the Sensory, not deeply, but only on the Superficies, cause a sad or sorrowful Sense; just as if the sharppointed fruit of the Teasle, should be sharply handled with ones hands. In Subjects endued with a bitter Savour, Salt, associated with Sulphur, and suffering an Adustion with it, Predominates.  

1 Which are bitter of their own Nature.  First, Subjects which exhibit this kind of Savour naturally, among Vegetables, are Wormwood, Southernwood, Centaury, Colocynthida, Agaric, Fumitary, and almost all Herbs which grow in dry and mountany places; then G●mms, and Concrete juices, as Myrrh, Aloes, Opium, Ammoniac, etc. Among Minerals they are not easily met with. The Excrements of living Creatures, as the Gall, and Dung, the Liquor contained in the Bladder of the Gall; and so the Skins of some Birds are bitter.  

2 After what manner, the bitterness may be produced anew.  Secondly, As to the second, Things which draw bitterness anew, they are Compounded Liquors; if in Cooking they are burnt, or are made too thick by Evaporation; hence Soot is bitter, and whatever things suffer adustion or burning. Sugared Aliments and sweet things are most easily Corrupted in the Stomach, and degenerate into a most highly bitter Humour.  

3 By what means it is wont to be taken away, or altered.  Thirdly, As to the Third, a bitter Savour is most difficulty taken away, without the Destruction of the Subject, in which it is; as appears in Aloes, and Colocynthida, and Medicines prepared out of them. Yet New Beer, being something bitterish, by the boiling of Hops in it, grows sweet by clearing and a long fermentation: the reason of this we have showed elsewhere. Further, Liquors, which grow bitter by reason of their Contracting an Empyreuma or burning to, if they be exposed for a long while in a moist Air, or distilled over again, mixed with Calcined Salt, they will partly lose their Empyreuma, or smatch of Fire, and bitterness.  

3 Salt Savour.  3. Because Experience shows, that Salts for the most part do grow together, into many pointed, and diversely corner'd Figures, it is most likely, that the Salt savour is produced, when Particles of any Body, pointed with many Angles and Edges on all sides, do as it were cut into the Sensory, like as if little bits of broken Glass be strictly pressed in one's hand. In these Kind of Subjects, the Saline Principle excels the other Elements.  

Salt things naturally.  First, Bodies naturally Salt, are scarce met with in the family of Vegetables, althô Plants and Herbs, almost all, owe their rise and growth to Salt. It is seen however that Sea Scurvigrass, and Capers have something of a salt Savour. Salt obtains the chief place among Minerals, and salsitude or saltness is chiefly eminent in Sea-Salt, in Salt that is dug up, Nitre, and Sal Gemmae. The Excrements of Animals, to wit, the Dung, the Sweet, the Serum, are Salt; Blood also participates something of the Nature of Saltishness.  
Secondly, 
2 Things which are so made by Art.  Those Salts which are made by an artificial means, are the fixed Salts of Herbs, made by incineration or burning to Ashes: Compounded Salts, to wit, Borax, Sal Ammoniac. A volatile Salt is drawn forth of Amber, Bones, Horns, and also out of the Blood of Animals, by Sublimation,  
Thirdly, 
3 By what means saltness is want to be taken away or altered.  As to the Third, all natural Salts, if they be distilled often over again, pass into acetous or tart Liquors: The reason of which is, because these kind of Concretes suffer a divorce of the other Principles, by the fire, and so come more near to the Simple and Elementary Nature of Salt. Volatile Salts, at first white, if exposed to the Moisture of the Air, do melt into a reddish Liquor, not very Salt, and besides smelling like the stink of smoke or soot; because the mixture being loosened by the moist Air, the Saline Particles, for that they are volatile, many of them fly away, but in the mean time, the Sulphureous Particles, before subjugated, get the Dominion.  
Fourthly, 
4 The Acid or tart savour.  The Acid, or sour, or tart Savour or Taste, seems to be made, when the Particles of any Body are four pointed or corner'd (to wit, which appear with a smooth and acute point, and with a sharp Body, like a wedge made into a bigger bulk) so that which way soever applied to the Sensory, they prick it, and by pressing it, something bind it up; and therefore they leave in it larger Incisions than any other Savour. This Kind of Savour, for the most part depends upon a fixed Salt, carried forth into a Flux.  
First, 
1 Natural Acids.  Bodies naturally acid or sour, are among Vegetables, Pomecitrons, Oranges, Lemons, Berberries, Sorrel, Tamarinds, etc. Among Minerals scarce any to be met with, as I remember, nor is it easily to be found among Animals, unless perhaps the Melancholy Juice, the ferments of the Stomach, and Spleen, the Pancratic Juice, and also the fasting spittle of a Man, may be said to be something Acid.  
Secondly, 
2 Made Acids.  Made Acids, are Vinegar, and the Spirit of it, or the Liquor distilled: The Melanchollic Humour preternaturally begotten in the Body, which often like the Spirit of Vitriol, becomes Acid, and almost Corrosive. Vitriol, Salt, and Sulphur, being whole, and tasted in their solid substance, show no kind of acidity, if they be made subject to Chemical Operation, send forth a Liquor highly acid; the reason of which was showed but now.  
Thirdly, 
3 By what means an Acid savour is wont to be taken away, or altered.  As to the Third, Chemists say, that acetous Spirits, to wit, of Sulphur, Salt, Vitriol, etc. by a long Digestion and Circulation, do grow sweet. All acetous Mineral Spirits, also distilled Vinegar, and the juice of Vegetables; if they dissolve any Body, by knawing or corroding it, as Corals, Pearls, or any Precious Stones, put away their acidness; because the Particles of the fluid Salt, in the acid Stagma or Menstruum, are fixed to the Alchali Salt in the mixture. Moreover, these Kind's of Spirits, and acetous Liquors, if they are mixed, either with Oil of Tartar, or with the fixed Salts of Herbs, loosed by Deliquium, lose their acidity. The Spirit of Vinegar being poured upon Salt of Tartar, and drawn off by distillation, becomes insipid. Spirit of Vitriol poured upon Quicksilver, and drawn off by distillation, putting away its acidity, acquires a taste like Alum; and if we may believe Helmont, passes by Coagulation into true Alum. Distilled Vinegar impregnated with the solution of Minium, or red Lead, grows wonderfully sweet.  
5. The Sour, 
5 Austeres or sour Taste.  austere, or binding or astringent Savour, arises in Bodies, whose Particles are stuffed with very many little Spears and Hooks, which in chewing, being rolled upon the Sensory, are fixed to it, and greatly draw together, and pull its Fibres; not much unlike, as if a Comb, which Cards Wool, should be drawn up and down upon the hands. In substances endued with an austere savour, a fixed Salt, enwrapped with the Particles of the earthy Element, predominates.  
First, 
1 Naturally austere things.  Bodies naturally austere, among Vegetables, are the Fruit of the Medlar-Tree, of the Dog-Bryer, of the Cypress-Tree, Flowers of Pomegranate, Galls, Slows, Sumach, etc. Among Minerals Alum, Iron, Vitriol. Among living Creatures, or among their Parts, there is not as I remember, any austere savour to be met with.  
Secondly, 
2 Made austere savours.  Bodies Artificially produced, which have an austere, sour or rough savour, are all made Vitriols, to wit, the Vitriol of Silver, of Steel, of Tin, of Copper, etc. The reason of which is, because in these Minerals, the Saline Particles, are very much entangled with Terrene, and they continue in the same state, when they are drawn forth from their Substances, by the soluted Mixtion. Spirit of Vitriol being drawn from Mercury, by frequent Cohobations, acquires a Pontic or Aluminous Savour.  

3 By what means an austere or rough Taste, is wont to be taken away, or altered.  Thirdly, As to the Instances, by which an austere, sour, or rough taste, may be taken away out of all Substances, it is to be observed, that Vitriol of every Kind, by long distillation and circulation with the Spirit made of Wine, grows sweet, and loses its astringent force. If waters impregnated with Vitriol, be poured into Oil of Tartar, there will be precipitated a certain thickish Matter wonderfully sweet. Steel, Tin, or Led, being dissolved in Vinegar, and Coagulated by Evaporation, go into sweet Salts. Further, it is a common Experiment: If having before tasted Vitriol, you take the fume of Tobacco at your Mouth, the austere taste at first impressed on the Sense, is changed into a plainly honeyed sweetness; the reason of which is, because the Sea-salt Particles, such as are in Vitriol, being mingled with the Sulphureous, out of the burnt Tobacco, create a sweet Savour: from whence also we may Collect, that Sugar and Honey, are of a Sulphureous-saline Nature; which also clearly appears, by their distillation, for as much as they, like Salt Minerals, yield an Acid and very Corrosive Stagma.  

VI A sour Taste.  6. Of Kin to be the austere, is the acerb or sour taste, the Particles of whose subject, are endued with little Tenters or Hooks, or Claws, but which are more dull and blunt, and with which they strike the Sensory, and stop up its little Pores, and being once fixed, they are not easily removed; whence a stupor or numbness in the Teeth and palate is caused; not unlike burdock's, which being fixed to the Skin, become troublesome, and are not easily shaken off. In acerb or sour biting Bodies, a fluid Salt, implicated with an earthy Matter, excels.  

1 Bodies naturally acerb or sour.  First, Bodies naturally sour among Vegetables, are unripe Fruits; as Grapes, Pears, and Apples, and most of all Wildings, Crabs, or wild Apples, though kept till they are mellow: also sour Herbs: Among Minerals, or Animals, there is nothing easily to be met with, that has a sour Taste.  
Secondly, Bodies that are made sour anew, are chiefly Wine and Beer, degenerating into a deadness, 
2 Made sour things.  through Age or Thunder; also Leaven, or Bread too much leavened. Broths and Milk-meats, if they Contract a settlement and hoariness, become sour: because in all those Concretes disposed to Corruption, the Saline Particles being exalted, and tending towards a Flux, carry forth also earthy Particles involved with themselves.  
Thirdly, As to the taking away of this Taste, we have observed, That sour Fruits do grow sweet, 
3 By what means to sour Taste, is wont to be taken away, or altered.  either by the goodness of the Air, and Sun; in sour Fruits brought to maturity: or by the goodness of the Ground or Soil, as when wild Apples translated to a good Soil grow sweet; the reason of either is, because the Spirituous and Sulphureous Particles before subjugated, at length Predominate over the Saline. If Wine degenerated into deadness, is impregnated with new Lees of Tartar, it shall recover its Vigour: The like happens, if a Can of good Wine be poured into a Vessel of sour Beer or Ale. Wine growing dead, if it be distilled, often yields a sweet Spirits, and in no less quantity, that if the Wine had been in its full strength: because the Spirits before subjugated in that Mixture, recover their Dominion by distillation.  

VII The sweet savour.  Seventhly, The sweet savour seems to be made, for as much as the Particles of any Body are so figured, into soft prickles, that they tickle the Sensory, with a soft rubbing, and from thence stir up a delightful Sense of Pleasure; like as if feathers were applied to the Sides, or the Soles of the Feet. In these the Saline Principle seems to be associated, with Sulphureous and Spirituous, and when they are, in like manner are carried forth.  
First, Those which are naturally sweet, are among Vegetables, first Sugar, and Manna; then Cassia, 
1 What are naturally sweet.  ripe Fruits, Grapes, Raisins, some Roots, as Parsnips, etc. Among Animals, some ascribe Honey, but others more rightly, say that is sweat out of Plants, and gathered by Bees. Among Minerals nothing (that I know) hath naturally a sweet Savour.  
Secondly, The things which have a sweet Taste, and are made by Art, are the Sugar of Lead, 
2 Sweets prepared by Art.  Salt of Steel, Lythargites, yea, and out of many other Bodies, Vinegar extracts a sweet Salt. Tasting Vitriol beforehand (as was said) and then taking a Pipe of Tobacco, the smoke grows sweet like Honey. In this, and in the former instances, whilst the Saline little darts grow to the Sulphureous Particles, or Saline of another Kind, both of them become more blunt. An Alchalisat Spirit, and the fixed Salt of any Body, being mixed, and circulated by a long digestion, acquire a sweetness. Barley soaked in Water, when it begins to sprout, and dried with a gentle fire, grows exceeding sweet: And Wheat in like manner also, if being wet, it sprouts yields a wonderfully sweet Meal; the reason of which is, because by that Artifice, the Sulphureous and Spirituous Particles, overthrown by the Earthy, get their Liberty.  
Thirdly, 
3 By what means sweetness is taken away, or altered.  There are many Instances, by which sweetness is abolished; for all sweet things too much boiled, grow bitter. Sugar or Honey, by distillation, yield at first an insipid Phlegm, then sharp and burning Spirits; In the dead Head remaining after distillation, is a burning Salt, and an insipid Earth, and whatever is sweet perishes. Further, Sugar or Honey being mixed with a great quantity of Common Water, and distilled through a Bladder, yield a burning Water, like the Lees of Wine distilled after the same fashion. In both these, and in the following Instance, the additional sweetnesses are bruised, by the saline little darts, Sugar of Lead being fused by the fire, melts into mere Lead; if it be distilled in a Retort, if we may believe Beguinus, it will produce a burning and sweet smelling Spirit.  
8. The unctuous or oily savour, 
VIII An Oily Taste.  seems to be produced, when the Particles of any Body are very Spherical and round, which neither hawl, prick, nor tickle the Sensory, but only struck it with a gentle and soft coming to it. In these, the Sulphureous Principle predominates.  
First, 
1 In which it is by Nature.  Bodies naturally Unctuous or oily, among Vegetables, are ripe Olives, the Turpentine-Tree. The Larix, and some sweet smelling Gums naturally sweeting forth. Among Minerals, Asphaltum, Bitumen, Amber, Sperma Ceti, and some fat Earth's, and Ochers: Of Animals, and their Parts, the Suet, Marrow, and Fat.  
Secondly, 
2 In 〈◊〉 things it is wont to be produced by Art.  Unctuous things prepared by Art, are Butter, Cream, Oils, pressed out of Fruits and Seeds, as Oil of Nuts, of sweet Almonds, also Oils drawn out of Seeds, Woods, Gums, and Refines by distillation.  
Thirdly, 
3 How it is taken away or altered.  Althô unctuosity is most difficulty taken away from the Subjects, yet it is wont to be lessened: for so Unctuous Bodies, if they grow stale, or are too much boiled, or otherways grow hot by shaking, losing their smoothness, become rank, and prick and dig the Sensory. Further, Suet and Fat, if they be long exposed to a moist Air, contract a settlement, and become hoary, and then are resolved into Water, or a corrupt Earth. In this, and in the former instance, whilst the mixture of the Body is resolved, some Sulphureous Particles fly away, in the mean time the remaining lose their Dominion.  
9 An insipid Savour or Taste, 
IX An insipid Savour.  seems to be made, when the Particles of any Body, are endued with superficial little Darts, not at all sharp, but smooth and discharged; which enter not into the Pores of the Sensory, and no ways dig or hawl it. In these, the Principle either of Water, or Earth, predominate over the rest.  
First, 
1 In what things it is by Nature.  Bodies naturally insipid or tasteless, are Common Water, especially Rain Water, some cold Herbs, the raw white of an Egg, etc. Althô in the whole world, there is nothing insipid simply, yet Speech is wont to apply it to them things, in which some one of those Savours, are not eminently, which we have before recounted.  
Secondly, That Savory things may become Unsavoury, the more acute Particles ought wholly to fly away, 
2 How it is wont to be produced.  or be very much broken. Herbs long kept, also many more things, if they be distilled by a moderate heat, yield almost an insipid Liquor.  
Thirdly, 
3 By what means it is taken away.  Insipidness itself, sometimes is taken away; for insipid Water, if it stand long, that it putrify, acquires a stink and mouldy Savour: The white of an Egg boiled hard, has something a sharp taste. In these kind of Instances, some active Elements, being before subjugated, get strength.  
Besides these Kind's of simple Savours, which are as it were the Elements of the rest, there remain yet many Complications of these simple ones, 
Compounded Savours.  as the Savours rehearsed are conjoined one among another: And for as much as by the Wisdom of Nature, to satisfy all Palates, and by the Luxury of Art, that she might please the Throats of some, manifold mixtures of Savours have been produced, that almost nothing to be eaten, is found simple and without Sauce or Condiment. The several Compositions of these, is a thing almost impossible to enumerate; it shall suffice for the present, that we note some of the more noted Conjugations, and their Affections, as they are grateful or ingrateful to the Palate.  
The first Conjugation, 
Compositions of Savours, which are more or less grateful.  and that most grateful to the Palate, is of acid and sweet, of which sort are generous Wine, Confections prepared out of Citron, Woodsorrel, Berberries, etc. sugared things, and sharp things pickled, with Sugar. Secondly, Sweet and Astringent, as also sweet and sour, are well Consociated: as in Marmalade of Quinces, Candied Bulloes, Cider drunk with Sugar, etc. Thirdly, Sweet and oily yield a grateful Savour to the Palate, but that brings a nauseousness to the Stomach, as in Milk-meats, Sugar'd-meats, and Pasty-crust, etc. Fourthly, Sweet agrees not with biting, bitter, or salt Savour. Fifthly, nor doth a bitter Savour of itself, agree with any other: it is grateful to the Palate, well-tempered with the sweet. Sixthly, Salt-savour best agrees with the biting sharp, as in flesh seasoned with Salt and Pepper, it is an ingrateful Sauce with the oily. Seventhly, The Acid, Astringent and Sour, are well associated with the sweet, not with the rest.  
There are more Kind's of some other Compounded Savours, which we have no time now to recount. But there are in respect of the Taste, as the Compounded Tunes of Harmony in respect of Hearing, in both sensible not simple Species of one Kind, but are carried manifold, and variously Complicated to the Sensory. It now remains for us to pass from the Taste, the Object of which we have largely handled, to the other Species of the Senses.   

CHAP. XIII.  
Of the Sense of Smelling.  
IT seems that the Smell is a more Excellent, and a little more Sublime Faculty, than either Tasting, or Touching; to wit, because its Object is more subtle, and comes to the Sensory, with a thinner Consistency: for there is no need to put upon the Organ, the more thick substance of the mixture; but it suffices, that the Effluvia's or Breath, sent from odorous Bodies, though at something a remote distance, be inspired into the Nostrils, together with the Air.  
Living Creatures are furnished with the Sense of Smelling for this end, to wit, that agreeable and wholesome Aliments may be known, and discerned from disagreeable and hurtful; 
The use of the Smell, to discern Aliments at a distance.  for because it were an incongruous and dangerous thing, to take in presently into the Mouth, all things offered to be eaten, and to be examined by the Taste, lest perchance Venomous and Stinking things, carelessly taken in by the Palate, should bring loathing or hurt to it, the Smell examines first the thing at a distance, and refuses those rotten things, or guilty of any other very infestous quality, without receiving any hurt by the Contagion.  
This Kind of Primary use is seen more excellently in brute Animals, than in Man; for they by this Index only, 
This is more excellent in Brutes than in Man.  most certainly know the Virtues of Herbs, and of other Bodies, before unknown, yea hunt out, and easily find their absent Food, though hidden from them, by the Smell. But that the Noses of Men are less quick or sagacious, it ought not (as some would have it) to be ascribed to the abuse of the Faculty, but the Cause lies in the defect of the Organ itself; for this is not so accurately required for the distinction of Humane Food, where Reason and the Intellect are present: For that Reason the inferior Powers in Man, exist less perfect by Nature, that there might be a place left, for the exercise and dressing of the more superior.  

The Organ of the Smell described.  As to what belongs to the Organ of Smelling, we have largely enough unfolded it in our Discourse of the Nerves; to wit, we have showed, that within the Caverns of the Nostrils, are placed tubulated Membranes or like Pipes, which contain sensible Fibres, most thickly interwoven. Into these Membranes, very many small Nerves are sent from either Mamillary Process, passing thorough the holes of the Seive-like Bones; but those Mamillary Processes, as they are plainly soft Nerves, arise in the Medullary Trunk, nigh the streaked Bodies; wherefore, when the odorous steams, strike upon the Fibrous, and very sensible Membranes, forthwith an impression of the sensible thing, is carried by the passage of the Nerves into the Mamillary Processes, and from thence into the streaked Bodies.  
Further, We have formerly declared, why the Smelling Nerves, divided without the Skull are harder, but united within it are not only softer, but also tubulated or like Pipes, and for the most part in Brutes, filled with clear Water: There is no need to repeat it here again, nor what we have declared there, concerning other Nerves, coming from the Fifth pair, and inserted also into the Organ of Smelling: Of which certainly the Office is, to cause a certain Sympathy and consent of action, between the Smell and Taste, and something also between the Sight and it.  

Nerves of a several Kind, serve for Smelling.  I know some attribute the office of Smelling altogether to these Nerves, arising from the Fifth pair, denying it to the Mamillary Processes, and from hence they render a reason, not only of that consent, between the Nose and the Palate, from whence it comes to pass, that the same Objects are embraced or refused, but also, wherefore it happens, that one Sense being lost, that oftentimes the other perishes; to wit the Cause of this they say is nothing else, than that both Sensories do borrow the branches of their Nerves, from the same Trunk of the Fifth pair. But this Objection is easily overthrown, because the Nerves of a twofold Original, are bestowed not only on the Sensory of the Smell, but also of the Taste. For the Tongue receives more and greater Branches from the Ninth pair, than from the Maxillary Trunk of the Fifth pair: to wit, that if the Nerves of one Kind be obstructed, the Animal Function may be performed, by those of the other Kind. Concerning this than we may say, that the Principle Nerves serving to the Organ of Smelling, are derived from either Mamillary Process, also, that the Nerves on which the Sense of Tasting chiefly depends, are sent from the Ninth pair: Nevertheless, some secondary Nerves, or that are as it were taken in, are distributed to either Sensory, (as also to the Eye) far fetched from the Fifth pair: for this end, that there might be an affinity or mutual respect, between the Taste and the Smell, and between both and the Sight: hence therefore the Taste almost admits of no Object, unless that the Smell first approves of it: but both Faculties do require, that sensible things do first stand to the examination of the Eyes.  
But that the loss of one of them, 
Hence the reason is had, of that Consent, between the Smell and the Taste.  oftentimes brings in the defect of the other, as it is sometimes observed in a Pose, or Stopping of the Head, that losing the Smell, the Taste is lost also: the reason of it is, because either Sensory, being planted near, are both at once overthrown by the same serous Matter, poured forth from the Blood, and apt to be too much stopped: for both the tubulated Membranes of the Nose, and the frame or substance of the Tongue itself, are made of a very rare, and as it were spongy Texture: wherefore, 
Why one being wanting, the other for the most part is Defective.  the Pores and Passages of either Organ, are wont to be overflown by the serous flood, and the sensible Fibres in both, in like manner to be obstructed, which happens, because when as the Nostrils and Tongue ought to be moistened, with a continual Humour, either of them are punished more grievously than other Parts, by the shower of the Serum issuing forth, so both on every light Cause, become obnoxious to the same Evil.   

CHAP. XIV.  
Of the Sense of Hearing.  
AFter the Smell and Taste, 
The Excellency of Hearing, as to Use and Activity.  of which we have already treated, we shall next speak of Hearing; which as to the use, is far more Excellent than the other Senses; for as much as by its help chiefly, Sciences and Learning are acquired, also by whose instinct, the Passions are excited; yea, and are wont to be governed and allayed; further as to Activity, this Sense is much more Efficacious, because having got a larger Sphere, perceives its Objects at a great distance, and admits not the sensible Species, unless brought in a more thin consistency: For that it is the Interest of living Creatures, to know some remote things by Contact, and often placed out of Sight, because they may be timely prevented, if they should be inimical and disagreeable, but if thought amicable, that they may be come to, and apprehended; the Hearing serves for either Intention, and by its sign, the Marks and Symbols of approaching Bodies are received afar off.  
Because the Hearing is always performed at a distance, 
Is performed at a distance, by reason of the Activity of the Medium.  and a sound comes often farther than the Effluvia's of a sounding Body, can be admitted; therefore, this Sense is supposed to be made even as Sight, by reason of a certain activity of the Medium itself, or by a Motion, and as it were a certain waving of little Bodies, which flow in it; so as the sounding Body, moves by its Vibration or shaking the Particles diffused in the intermediate space, and they being moved, at length affect the Sensory; but they conceive a certain Figure of their carrying forth, according to the Particles first agitated, and they propagate the same in others, and then in others, or move forward, as it were by undulation, and so the sound, still retaining the Character or Type of the first Impression, is continued even to the Ear.  
Althô by the consent of all, 
The Medium carrying sounds in the Air, but not the whole frame of it.  the Air is said to be the Medium, that carries the sounds, yet this ought not to be understood of the whole Atmosphere of the Air, and Breathes; for neither is the audible Species poured forth, by the Motion of this most fluid Body, as it were by a waving of Waters; because this much sooner runs thorough, than the Body or Consistency of the whole Air is wont to be moved, and propagate its Fluctuation, as may be discerned plainly by the successive blowing of the Winds, and bending of Trees, and the tops of Corn, which happens, because any sound, whether great or small, whether it comes with or against the wind, is carried to a certain place, always with an equal time; which would be otherwise if it obeyed the waving of the whole Air, or should depend upon that: Further, That the whole frame of the Air doth not wave, by reason of the transmission of the sound, appears by this; because, if a Lamp be held in a little Bell, whilst many other Bells being struck together, yield a mighty sound, its flame will hardly shake, much less will it be moved up and down hither and thither, by the moved Air.  

The Sonorifick Particles seem to be Saline little Bodies, interwoven with the Air.  Hence it follows, that some Sonorifick Particles, or Causing sounds, are diffused thorough the Air, and as they are more subtle than the little Bodies of the Air, and are endued with a more rapid Motion, the Transmission or Propagation of the sound, depends upon the peculiar motion and waving of these, made apart from the inclination of the whole Air. We have elsewhere shown, in the texture of the Atoms of the Air, that there are contained Luminous or Nitrous Particles, by the enkindling, and by the most swift trajection, and reflection of these, Light, the appearances of Colours, and the Images of all things are produced. And besides these most thin and movable Bodies, which seem to be of a certain fiery Nature, and interwoven with the Air, and by the private waving of which, the visible Objects are carried to the Organ, it is likely, that certain other Particles of another Kind, and those perhaps Saline, are diffused thorough the rare and most fluid Constitution of the Air, by which, whilst they are strucken and swiftly moved, and apt to be figured, according to the Ideas of Sounds, the Organ of the Hearing is also affected, and by this means receives the Impressions of sensible things. For it seems, that the Sound-causing little Bodies swimming in the Air, and interwoven with a certain Continuity in its Pores, and thickly set in its passages, are placed after that manner, that when a Motion is impressed, in any Portion of them, by the striking against a solid Body, they being agitated according to the Character of the Impressed Motion, move or shake others planted round about, and they again others, which are next to them, and so, when the same Motion is propagated round on every side, by a successive affection of the same Particles, (as when a Stone being cast into a smooth water, many little Circles beginning after one another, and unfolding themselves, create an Impression of the first stroke in every part) lesser types of the sound, and almost innumerable, take the place one of another, or fill up the room of the first Prototype sound, excited according to the solid Body, and from thence on every side waved, according to the Symbolical Particles successively moved; even after the same manner, as when the rays of Light are reflected from an Opacous or shaddowy Body; 
The Prototype of a sound, by and by stirs up innumerable Ec●ypes.  for as much as they being sent at hand from every part of the Object, do meet together in a most thick Series of Cones, in every place, and so create infinite Images of the same thing, visible in all places: In like manner also, whilst the Sonorific Particles leap back from a solid Body, they cause the audible Species to be every where represented, according to the stroke there made upon them, in the whole Sphere of Vibration, whether by a like Contortion, or Gyration, or any other ways of Conformation in Motion, of the symbolar Particles.  
But althô there are found Sonorific little Bodies something like the luminous, they are differenced notwithstanding in many things; 
How the Sonorifick Particles, differ from the luminous.  for first of all, their Motion is much more slow than the luminous, which clearly appears from a Gun being discharged at a distance, for it is sometime after the flash reaches the Sight, that the report comes to the Ears. But the luminous Particles, though they easily pass thorough the more solid Diaphanous Bodies, yet not thorough thick shaddowy or Opacous Bodies, though they are made of a more thin or rare texture; or stick in the chinks: On the contrary the waving of a sound, 
These are carried only in strait-lines, those in all.  does not so easily pass thorough Glass, but the same is often heard within a Chamber, that is impervious of Light, or where Light cannot enter. Hence it may be conjectured, that the rays or beams of Light, how subtle and thin soever they be, are carried only in straight Lines; for whether they at first stream forth, or are broken in the altered Medium, or are reflected from an objected Body, they every where pass forward, and observe the Line or direction, and pass thorough the oblique and winding passages, not with a turning passage or going thorough; but the sounding Particles, being excited into Motion, insinuate themselves within the bending pores and blind holes, like the flowing of Waters; but these Kind of little Bodies, which are the Vehicles of sounds, 
Why they seem to be Saline.  I suspect to be of a Saline Nature, for this reason; because the Particles of this Element, are most of all Movable and Active, next to the fiery and Nitrous Sulphureous; for it is seen, that Glass, and Metallick Bodies, which abound with very much Salt, being struck, yield a sound excelling all others: Also it makes for it, for as much as in a great Winter Frost, when the Atmosphere of the Air abounds with Saline Particles, a sound becomes more clear, and is carried farther.  
So much concerning the Sonorifick Particles, as much as we are able to get by Conjecture; concerning their Nature, Subsistence, and ways of carrying forth, or of waving. As to these, what at first was propounded, concerning the Sense of Hearing itself, there remains yet to be unfolded, by what means, and for what occasions, these Particles interwoven with the aerial Body, are stirred up by a sounding Body into Act; then how the same being moved affect the Sensory.  
As to the former, 
By what mean Sonorifick Particles are stirred up into Act.  there are infinite ways, whereby the aforesaid Particles are stirred up into Act, or by which sounds are wont to be produced; whatsoever percussion of a solid Body, yea and almost every vehement Compulsion of the Air, when resisted, yields a sound. There are very many Varieties of these, but the Universal, or at least the chief Causes of sounds, may be not improperly reduced to two ways of being u●de●; to wit, either that a solid Body being struck, and so affected with a Vibration or shaking, drives together the Air, and with it the Sonorific Particles, and the ●●r●ke being most swiftly repeated, causes them to shake or to wave; Or secondly the Air, and with it the Sonorific Particles, being driven into a more narrow space, whilst they go forth by Compression, are struck against the solid Body, and are driven by it into a vibration or shaking. 
Or how sound is caused, and stopped.  By reason of the former way, all solid Bodies, struck by solids, yea and hollow Metallick Bodies, a Drum, the strings of an Harp, and other Musical Instruments, furnished with strings, when they are stroke, yield a sound; in all which, a vibration being excited from the stroke and shaking Body, and impressed on the Sonorific Particles, is the whole Cause of every produced sound, or of long Continuance, and also though but of a minute's durance or sounding. For both Metals, also Stones, and Wood, and other solids, being struck, make the Air to tremble and yield vibrations or shake, in some measure like Bells, and the strings of an Harp: Wherefore, when by the Finger or any soft Body being laid upon them, that shaking is stopped, presently the sound is intercepted. In the latter Rank, to wit, where the Air is compelled or strained, whilst it strives for liberty, striking against the solid Body, produces a sound, aught to be placed sounds, which are excited by speaking, wind Instruments, letting off of Guns, and the passage of winds thorough straight places.  
As it thus appears, 
The Motions▪ o● spreadings of an excited sound.  by what means the Sonorific Particles are stirred up into act, there remains a no less difficulty, concerning the way, whereby they affect the Organ of Hearing, that by it a Feeling or Sension is produced. We showed before, that by reason of the aforesaid Particles being interwoven with the Air, and successively moved with a continued Series, the Impression of a sound is diffused every where, into a Round or Orb; Further, we Note, that if their waving promotion meet with any stop, the same being thereby reflected, or forced by another thing, it in like manner affects other Particles, wherever met with, and so is still broken into more sounds, which are carried hither and thither into every part; which is the reason that sounds climb over Houses, being sent forth at hand, return back, enter into every hole and chink, and easily propagate themselves into secret places and recesses, where light cannot enter: In the mean time, all sounds, both direct and reflected, and which are diverted aside, and which become less and numerous, from greater refracted and divided sounds, and variously result, exactly bear the Character of the Prototype of the same sound: Hence it comes to pass. that the Hearing being planted in every place, it receives the same sound in specie, and oftentimes articulate.  
But as to the second Proposition, 
The Organ of 〈◊〉 Hearing described.  for the manner of doing, whereby by the Sense of Hearing is performed, we think that first of all, the Structure of the Organ itself ought to be considered; in which, that which being utmost receives the first strokes of the sound is the Ear: This part being largely spread, by degrees grows narrow, till the hole made more narrow, 
The Ear and its uses.  leads inward to the den of the Ear. The use of the Ear is to gather together the Sonorific Particles, coming to it spread abroad and dispersed, and so many; that the Impression may be made more sensible, to direct it inwards towards the Sensory. In imitation of this natural Instrument, are wont to be made the Artificial whispering Instruments, which like a Pipe or Trumpet, by introducing many Sonorifick Particles, supplies the defect of Hearing. The Ears in most Beasts are movable, that they might be turned every way, to any noise, and might receive a more certain notice of the sound, otherways uncertain; yea, it is probable, that men's Ears are movable by Nature, because they have hanging Muscles, but that by the continual use of the Head-bands, which they make use of in Infants, this faculty is taken from them.  
After the Ears, 
The Den of the Ear and its uses.  follows the Cave or Den of the Ear, leading obliquely towards the inward Parts. Whilst the Sonorifick Particles pass thorough the turning and winding passages of this, the same, by reason of the frequent strikings and refractions against the sides, increase the sensible Species; after the same manner, as is seen in Cornets, and wreathed Instruments, by which the sound is very much strengthened. Also this further appears, for that the Hollows or Cloisters in some Walls, are wont to be so artificially made, that a low Voice whispered, being transmitted by the same, may be heard at a great distance. Moreover, the aforesaid Den of the Ear ought to be oblique and turning, that its more inward parts might be defended from the easy meeting with of Injuries; and for this reason, there is there placed a bitter Wax, sweat forth from the little Arteries; so that if any little living Creatures, should by chance creep into the Ear, they might be there entangled, or at least driven away by the Bitterness, as Worms by Gall. This yellow stuff without doubt is of the same Nature with that which is destinated for the Bladder of the Gall.  

The Drum.  Nigh to the most intimate recess of this Den, a thin Membrane is placed, with a Circular Bone, fitted to the same, which wholly shuts up the Cavity of the Ear, and distinguishes the Interior Cloister from the Exterior; so that the Impulse of the sound, shaking this Membrane like a Drum, delivers the Impression to the Sonorifick Particles planted beyond, and they being moved, affect the Fibres, with the Auditory or Hearing Nerve.  


Three little Bones about the Drum, with the Muscle and Ligament.  
The Hammer.   About this Membrane, three little Bones, with a Muscle and Ligament, and some other Parts, are placed; from which being thoroughly viewed, and truly considered, the Use and Offices of the Drum, and its whole Appendix, are clearly learned. The first of these is a little smooth Bone, lying upon the more inward part of the Drum, and sticking to it, this is commonly called the Hammer, either from its figure, or rather because it is thought to strike and knock against the Drum; when indeed, this Bone affixed to the Boss or Shield of the Membrane, strikes not against it, but bends inward, and draws it with it. Also, besides this little Bone, is united with many other little Bodies, for the Tendon of the Muscle, which lifts it up, and bends it inward, is inserted into its sharp Process, and the other more blunt extremity of the Hammer, is engrafted with the Anvil, so that the Hammer may be able to move round about upon the Anvil. This Anvil is a Bone almost round, 
The Anvil.  which leaning into the Cavity, hath two proper Shanks, one whereof being fixed to the Cartilege, is fastened by the same to the stony Bone; but the other shank of the Anvil is joined by the Cartilege to a third Bone, called the Stirrup; so that the Anvil being joined by the Cartilege to the Stirrup, 
The Stirrup.  is also movable; and the two shanks of the Stirrup are affixed to the Ligament, and by it stick to the stony Bone. 
The Muscle.  As to the Muscle, which lifts up the Hammer, (althô at first sight only its Tendon appears) if it be farther searched, it is seen to be big enough and round, planted in its proper Cavity, the Tendon of which is inserted into the sharp process of the Hammer, and lifting it up, and drawing it inwards, bends and distends the Drum within; notwithstanding, 
The Ligament.  lest this Muscle (if it should happen to be pulled) should be brought too near to the Drum, a smooth a transverse Ligament, is placed before the acute process of the Hammer, which strictly leans on the Hammer, and binds it; and lest it should be drawn beyond measure, by the Muscle, contains it in its due site.  

The use of the Drum.  From these it is easily to be understood, what use these Parts are for, which we described: For it is seen, that the Drum is the Preliminary, and as it were Preparatory Instrument of Hearing, which receiving the first Impression of the sound, or sensible Species, directs them in due proportion, and apt conformity towards the Sensory, which is placed more inward: It performs the like office in respect of the Hearing, as the Coats of the Eye, constituting the Pupel or Apple, in respect of the Sight; either Membrane break and as it were soften the sensible Species, and deliver them to the Sensory in proportion, to which if they should come naked, they might hurt or destroy easily its more thin Constitution. Indeed the Drum does not hear, 
The Drum hears not.  but contributes to the better and safer hearing. If this Part should be destroyed, the Sense may be still continued for a while, though after a rude manner: because it appeared by an Experiment made in a Dog, that having boared both the Drums of his Ears, Hearing remained still for a time, which after three Months wholly ceased, to wit, after the Constitution or Crasis of the Sensory, suffering by outward Injuries, was overturned.  

The use of the little Bones, as also of the Muscle, and Ligament.  But that the Drum might truly perform this sort of office of a Porter about the Hearing, its stretching forth aught to be bound or loosened, as occasion serves, to wit, as the Pupil of the Eye is wont, as the matter requires, to be either contracted or dilated. Wherefore, certain Machine's or Braces, like to a Drum of War, are appointed for the Drum of the Ear, which render its Superficies sometimes more stiff, and sometimes more loose: For this, the three aforesaid little Bones, with the Muscle and Ligament, effect. The Muscle lifting up the Hammer, whilst it Contracts itself, the Drum is distended, when it remits its endeavour, that is suffered to be loosened; but the Ligament moderates the action of the Muscle, and hinders, lest the Hammer being too much drawn up, should distend the Drum till it break: But that the Rod or Beam (which is a part of the hammer) affixed to the Membrane, and drawing it to the Motion of the Muscle, is not one Bone, but three little Bones jointed in one another; the reason is, both that the drawing of the Membrane be not too hard and stiff, but with a certain ceasing and flexibility of the Beam, without which the Drum, for that it is a most thin little skin, would be in danger to be broken; also, that by so many jointings of the Beam, the motion of drawing might be determined, as occasion serves, into various parts, hither and thither: This part hath almost the same use as the Hyodes Bone, which is made of many little Bones jointed together.  
As to the Action of the Muscle lifting up the Hammer, 
The involuntary Action of this Muscle.  it seems that it is chiefly involuntary, and that 'tis acted by the instinct of Nature, according to the indigencies of the Bone; for when a sound too vehement strikes the Ears, this Muscle remits its endeavour, that the sensible thing might strike more strongly the soos●ed Drum; but if a smaller or duller sound enters, the Muscle being contracted, distends the Drum, that the Impression otherways obscure may become more sensible: If that many voices and confused sounds approach the Ears, it is probable, that the Drum disposes the Species brought to it, after a divers manner of Action, and as it were admits them in, with a certain Choice.  
Althô Hearing is not made by the Drum, 
Deafness sometimes proceeds from the looseness of the Drum.  as the proper Organ of Sense, yet this so much depends upon that, that oftentimes the Action of the Drum being hurt or hindered, a privation or a diminution of that Sense follows. For we meet with a certain kind of Deafness, in which those affected, seem wholly to want the Sense of Hearing, yet as soon as a great noise, as of great Guns, Bells, or Drums, is made near to the Ears, they distinctly understand the speeches of the bystanders, but this great noise ceasing, they presently grow deaf again. I heard from a Credible Person, that he once knew a Woman, though she were Deaf, yet so long as a Drum was beaten within her Chamber, she heard every word perfectly; wherefore her Husband kept a Drummer on purpose for his Servant, that by that means he might have some converse with his Wife. Also I was told of another Deaf Person, who living near a Ring of Bells, as often as they all rung out, he could easily hear any word, and not else. Without doubt the reason of these is, that the Drum of itself being continually loose, by the impulse of a more vehement sound, is compelled to its due tensity or stretching forth, by which it might in some measure be able to perform its office. But we will proceed in Order, to the other Parts of the auditory Organ.  
Behind the ●●um, 
The Cavern containing the Air, placed behind the Drum.  the Den or Cavity subsists, in which the Ancients placed the inplanted Air, which received the impressed sound from the Drum: which thing indeed is not unlikely; for, because the waving of the sound ought to be conveyed still further towards the Sensory, it seems that the Sonorifick Particles, which are their Vehicle, are contained within this Den; 
From this Den a Passage into the Palate.  and because it is needful, that the Sonorific Particles, included in this Den, should be in some measure consumed; therefore from this hidden place, there lies an open passage into the Palate; but yet after that manner, that little doors being placed in its upper part, it admits the Air fetched from ●he Palate, as often as there is need; but the same being admitted into the Den of the Ear, its passage out by the same way is hindered. By reason of this Channel, it is, that the sound becomes rather sensible to the Palate of some deaf People, than to their Ears; to wit, when the office of the Drum is spoiled, the sensible Impression is carried, in some measure, to the Sensory, by this other way.  
But from the aforesaid Den, 
Another Passage from this Den (called the Navel hole, or the Window) leading into the Shell.  placed behind the Drum, another passage leads towards that part, which is properly the Organ of Hearing; to wit, in the extreme side of that Cavern, beforementioned, there is a door, or certain round hole, covered with a thin Membrane, commonly called the Window, and beyond that hole, to wit, in the end or sharp process of the stony Bone, is the Shell contained: from whence we may think very well, that the impression of the sound brought through its next Chamber from the Drum, is from thence propagated, by an impulse made above the Window, into the Shell.  
But the Body of the Shell is an admirable Structure, 
The Description of the Shell.  which being framed in a peculiar recess of the stony Bone, is called by some the Labyrinth, by others the Shell; because its passage or hollowness, after the manner of a Snails shell, is carried about with a turning or spiral Convolution. There are two parts of this, or rather there are two Shells, the former being nigh the chief Oval hole, is lessened by degrees, from the Spire or more broad Capacity, and ends in a very little one, then from the end of this, another Shell, beginning with a very small spire, is enlarged by degrees, in its progress, and its extremity opens with a greater aperture, into another Den or Chamber, placed beyond, with an open mouth; this is without any Membrane covering it.  
As to the Shell, 
The Use of it.  the use of it seems to be, that the audible Species being brought thorough such turning and winding Labyrinths, and so receiving an augmentation by reflection, and manifold refraction, it may become more clear and sensible; then further, that every Impression, carried about by this winding and very narrow way, may come more distinct to the Sensory: because by this means, care is taken, that many confused Species together, may not be brought in. After the example and similitude of this Shell, artificial Caverns, and arched Meanders, are wont to be framed by Architects, for the increasing of sounds, and for the distinct propagating of them to a wonderful distance. Further, there is another use of the Shell, no less noted, to wit, that the audible Species may be impressed on the Fibres and the ends of the sensible Nerves, inserted in this place, not at once or at large, but by little and little, and as it were in a just proportion and dimension.  

The auditory Nerves.  We have elsewhere discoursed concerning the Hearing Nerves, which receive the sensible Species, and carry it towards the Common Sensory, and we showed, that the softer process of either of the seventh pair, is destinated to this office; wherefore the end of this Nerve is terminated in the nearest Chamber of the Shell, whence it is manifest, that the sensible Impression, being disposed from the Shell into this Chamber, is conveyed thence towards the Head, 
Two Processes of the softer auditory Nerve, one tends into the next Chamber of the Shell.  by the passage of this Nerve. But moreover (which we took not notice of before) it is observed, that this softer auditory process is cleft into two branches: one whereof is inserted after the manner we have here described, into the aforesaid Chamber; but the other, no less noted branch, is implanted in the Shell itself, about the midst of it, or nigh to the meeting of either Labyrinth; so that this branch seems to receive the Depositum of the foremost Shell, and the other aforesaid of the latter Shell.  

The other into the Shell itself.  The extremity of either auditory Nerve, which are implanted about the end of either Shell, ending in slender thirds, seems to cover over the places of Insertions, every where with Nervous Fibres spread abroad, as it were into a certain little Membrane; whence it follows, that towards the end of either shell, the proper Sensory of Hearing aught to be placed; for there is the Sense, where the Nerve receiving the Idea of Sension, is implanted; but as the Shell is twofold, and that in like manner there is a double insertion of the forked auditory Nerve, it follows, that in either Ear, there is a twofold Organ of Hearing: but for what use this is so made, does not plainly appear.  

For what Uses it is so made.  That we may give our Conjecture concerning these, perhaps there is need for the audible Species, to be carried toward the common Sensory, that its passage may be the more certain, and that the perception of the sensible thing, may be put out of doubt; but we rather think, that this Sensory is made double, that when oftentimes the Ideas of sounds ought to be heard and perceived together, some might pass this way, and others that way, without Confusion. For it is observed, that the Hearing, not only as the other Senses, receives many objects together; and by and by whether united or confused, comprehends them, by the same act of the Sense; but moreover, this faculty in the time of Hearing, so distinguishes things, often divers, admitted together at the Ears, that it seems to hear one after another: It ordinarily happened, that in a confused multitude of voices and sounds, that I have myself taken notice to have heard the peculiar voice of a certain Man, and then a little after, I have known that I have heard, at the same time, some other words o● another Man, that I did not perceive before; the reason of which is, that this sound, being received together with that, reached not at the same instant to the Common Sensory: wherefore, we may believe, that the sensible Species of the former sound, passing thorough only one Shell, is by and by conveyed, by the first branch of the auditory Nerve, sooner to the Sensory, but the other sensible Species, because it could not be carried with it together by the same Nerve; therefore it is carried by a winding about thorough the second Shell, and at length to the second branch of the auditory Nerve, and so coming later to the Common Sensory, is afterwards perceived.  

A rehearsal of the Parts, which serve for Hearing.  Thus much concerning the Instrument of Hearing, and its parts, both Preparitory, and chiefly Organical; of the first sort are the Ear, the outward Den, the Drum, and what belongs to it, the interior Den, and its two doors; to wit, one admitting inward thorough the door from the palate, the other emitting thorough the oval hole: Of the latter sort are, The twofold Shell, with both the Branches of the auditory or hearing Nerves. Both the Parts, for the most part, are of like make in all Animals; the greatest mark of difference is, as to their Ears, which are variously figured, partly for ornament sake, and partly for a divers use in respect of the inward Den, placed behind the Drum: for this is framed in a Calf, Sheep, and perhaps some other Animals, of spongy Bones, and long Caverns, having recesses in themselves; In Man, and in Dogs, and perhaps in many others, who are endued with a more acute Hearing, 
How they differ in Man, and in some fourfooted Beasts.  this Cavity is shut up with a round Bone, having a plain Superficies within, whence the sound is reflected more strongly into the Shell; but in a Calf, and Sheep, the sound seems to be much broken and debilitated, in these bony Caverns; wherefore, these Animals are said to have slow Ears; for it is not expedient, for such destinated for to be fatted for Food, to hear acutely, that they might be affrighted and provoked by every Noise.   

CHAP. XV.  
Of the Sight.  
IF there be any strife for Dignity among the Senses, 
The Sight is the most noble Sense.  the Palm is given, almost by the consent of all, to Seeing, as the most noble Power; because this faculty apprehends things at a great distance, under a most subtle Figure, by a most clear perception, and with great delight; so this Sense acts, that is next in virtue to the Eternal and Immaterial Soul: To wit, it views and measures both Heaven and Earth in a Moment, and brings within its embraces whatever Bodies are situated in either, and that are far remote from our touch.  
'Tis needful that Seeing should be so performed at a distance, 
It acts at a distance by reason of the Species of visible things diffused afar off.  that visible things might diffuse, and every where propagate themselves by their Images far and wide; so that wherever the Eye is stopped, the Images of some Bodies objected are met with. But after what manner this is done, and by what means the sensible Species is received by the Organ, ought a little more deeply to be inquired into.  
As to the first, 
Light, Colours, and Images, are the same substance.  althô Light, Colours, and Images, are wont to be moved from place to place, and by the help of Glasses to be transferred hither and thither, and indeed affect the Eye with their Motion, yet it is manifest, that they are not mere Qualities, but certain Bodies, or consist of most thin little Bodies. These three are very much of Kin among themselves, and differ little or nothing one from another, as to their Essence; for indeed, the same Effluvia's or little Bodies, for as much as they proceed from a lucid Body, are called Light, for that they are reflected from an opacous or shaddowy Body, under a certain placing and meeting together, cause the Image of the Object; and for as much as it happens, the same rays of Light, in their reflection, are broken or turned in, from a dark or opacous Body, after this or that manner, they cause the Appearance of this or that Colour to be represented.  
As to the Rays themselves, 
What the Rays are, which cause the visible Species.  or the passing thorough of little Bodies, the irradiation or beaming forth of which, shows the Representations either of Light, Colour, or Images, it is much disputed; whether they are only Effluvia's, darted from a lucid Body, and repercussed in their going forth, and reflected variously here and there, as is asserted by Gassendus, 
Whether they are Particles, streaming from a lucid Body.  and some others; or whether Particles being sent forth from a lucid Body, move other the like Particles, implanted in the Air, and as it were by enkindling them render them luminous, and these at length others, and so a diffusion on every side of Light, or Images, is propagated as it were by a certain waving.  
Against the former Opinion 'tis objected, that it seems impossible, that the Effluvia's of flame or fire, should be able to be unfolded so suddenly, and dilated or spread abroad to an immensity: for when a Candle being lighted, immediately the whole Chamber is illuminated, it can scarce be conceived, that the fiery little Bodies of that flame, should break forth so suddenly and so thick, that they should fill, in the twink of an Eye, so vast a space. 
Or rather, whether enkindled Particles of Nitro-sulphureous Air.  For indeed, the new Motions and Increase of an enkindled flame, are more slow and perceivable to the Sight itself; how therefore can we imagine, the motion or dilatation of Light, for that this is but only a thinner flame, to be so incredibly swift? Besides, when in the same instant, in which a Light placed in an eminent place is enkindled, it is beheld at many Miles distance, none can think, that these Particles sent forth from it, can be able to be carried so long a space, at least in so short a time; but truly, how should it be supposed, that these Effluvia's streaming from a small Light, should presently possess the whole Hemisphere? Because the light enkindled in the whole Region round about, meets with the Eye wherever placed. Besides, when from a Glow-worm, a certain kind of Light or fire shines in the dark, and is perceived at a distance, if this apparition should be made by reason of the fiery little Bodies streaming from this little Creature, whence I pray is so much fiery Tinder supplied? From these and some other Reasons, we are led to believe, that when the Medium is so soon enlightened, besides the Effluvia darted from the lucid Body, others also interwoven with, and implanted in the Air, being moved by those Effluvia's, and as it were enkindled, contribute to illumination.  
For the Explanation of this, 
Which Opinion, seems most likely.  hither aught to be referred what hath formerly been said concerning the Nature of fire and flame; to wit, we have showed, that with the Sulphureous Particles, breaking forth from an inflameable Body, others Nitrous do come from the Air, and are enkindled with them, and so do not constitute fire or flame, unless both are jointly enkindled. The like reason may be given of Light, and consequently of Images, and Colours, 
The differences of flame, and light.  most swiftly produced from Flame and Light: to wit, some Sulphureous Particles being carried beyond the compass of the Flame, join together with others Nitrous, and easily enkindled, and so produce a most thin Flame, viz. Light. For indeed, from an enkindled fire, many sulphureous Particles presently streaming forth thickly, lay hold on more, or at least the like Nitrous, and so constitute a more thick and almost dark Flame; this, for that it is fat and thick, passes not thorough the Pores of Glass, and though it is apt of its own Nature, to be carried in direct lines, yet it is wont to be bend hither and thither, and to be made crooked by the blasts of Wind, yea to be carried within Tubes or hollow Pipes very crooked. But Light is made of fewer and more subtle sulphureous Particles, which passing beyond the first enkindling, fly away round about far and wide, and so meeting every where with many Nitrous, constitute a most thin white Flame, and without heat; this easily passes thorough Glass, and all clear Bodies▪ Its beams, for as much as they consist of more Nitrous than Sulphureous little Bodies, are carried only in straight lines, so that though they are wont ordinarily to be broken or reflected, yet they cannot be made crooked.  

Lucid Bodies, are either Celestial,  Subjects emitting fiery and luciferous Particles, among the Coelestials are the Sun, and Stars; but among the Sublunaries, whatsoever are filled with Sulphur, are apt to flame forth. Concerning the Sun we note, that wherever it may be seen in the Earth, it diffuses a clear Light, so do not the fixed Stars, because they are at too great a distance from the Globe of the Earth. 
Or Sublunary; in the light of which, we observe three measures.  As to the Subluminary Lights, we shall observe, as it were three Stadia or measures, in which they have their Beams after a divers way; to wit, in the first place, the Flame consists within the compass of a lucid Body, which is both hot, and disperses heat every where round about, to what is near, not only by the open Air, but also by all Bodies, to wit, both diaphanous and dark, solid or rare. Secondly, In the extreme Border of the Flame succeeds the Sphere of Light, which being more illustrious near the Flame, is by degrees attenuated, till it ends in plain darkness. Beyond the bound of the Light, the lucid Body propagates its Image or likeness a great way; for a Candle being enkindled, is beheld for many Miles in the dark: The trajection of which seems to be made, by reason of the Impression made on the Nitrous Particles, diffused thorough the Air; wherefore when the accension ends, about the border of Light, yet from thence it at a long distance transmits' every way an Idea of the Flame or Light, by a most swift undulation or waving of them being moved.  

Wherefore light, either reflected, or refracted, goes forward only in straight lines.  The trajection or the passing thorough of the Rays of Light, whether the same be direct, or reflected, or broken, goes forward (as we hinted but now) only in straight lines, and not in oblique, or turning about: the reason of which is, because the fiery or light-carrying Particles, how subtle or active soever they be, most easily pass thorough, and without any impediment, the Pores and Passages of the Air, and follow not its Course or Torrent. Further, as the fiery Particles (as it seems) are only of a Spherical Figure, and of a very small bulk, their irradiation or beaming forth, is made only in direct or straight lines: to wit, because, when the little Globes breaking forth from any fire, stream thickly forth on every side, and that the former are joined to the latter, it is necessary, that they should be driven forward to the side, still without any declination: for as much as if Pricks be driven one from another, their progress create a straight line.  

Light can pass thorough a Chamber in the mean time, not to be perceived.  But hence it happens, that Light does not as a Sound or Odours, pass thorough winding chinks, or passages of holes; yea, neither do we perceive the Sun or Stars, nor the Beams of a Sublunary Light, unless the same meet the Eye direct, or reflected, or refracted; for it may be made, that an handful of the Beams of Light, may pass thorough a Chamber whole, that in the mean time the Eye, placed in it, may perceive nothing of brightness. For Example, Let there be bored in one end of the Chamber a small hole, and in the other opposite a greater, in the space then without the less hole; if a Light or Lamp be placed, it shall illuminate that space placed without the greater hole, in the mean time, the Chamber between which the Beams of the same Light passes thorough, shall be seen dark: The reason of which is, because the Beams, passing thorough, for that they neither unfold themselves abroad, nor are reflected, meet not the Eye placed without the line, and therefore create no appearance of Light: also, for that reason it is, that when we look up from the bottom of a Pit, at Noon day, it is as if it were quite night, and we behold clearly the Stars themselves, without any appearance of Light.  

Light Primary, or Secondary.  But althô Light is devolved into every Part round about, not by a waving fluctuation, but proceeds with only straight rays or strokes, yet these rays stream forth so thickly, and being reflected from Bodies after a manifold way, meet one another, mutually join, and are sent together, with so thick a Series, that not rarely almost the whole Pores or Passages of the Air, are possessed by them, either direct, or refracted, or reflected. Wherefore Light is wont to be distinguished, either that which is Primary, which proceeds immediately from Light; Or Secondary, which is reflected from Objects, which sort of reflection of it, is wont to be many time reiterated.  
Concerning the Primary Light we observe, 
The differences of these.  that its Beams, from whatever Light they proceed, either Celestial or Sublunary, are almost the same; hence it is, when many of a divers Original are mixed together, they are not easily known asunder, because the lesser Light is always obscured by the greater: But the Secondary Light, or Beams reflected from solid Bodies, that besides, by redoubling the illumination, they render the Medium more clear; also, according as they are variously modified from Objects, in their being reflected, they create the appearances of Images and Colours.  
Concerning the Nature of Colours and Images, 
The reasons of Colours and Images unfolded.  as the Philosophers of every Age, have disputed it, and that divers Opinions are delivered, by several Authors, none as I think has discoursed more ingeniously, or more like to Truth about this, than the famous Gassendus; wherefore, if it may be lawful to Blow with his Heifer, we will add the whole Matter in a short summary.  
Every visible thing or Body is lucid, 
According to Gassendus, Every Body is either lucid, or illustrated.  or illustrated from Light; That, is beheld by its proper Light, and by direct Rays; This by another, and by reflected Beams; but the Medium is not seen purely perspicuous, because it emits not proper Beams, nor reflects others, by reason of its thinness. Concerning a lucid Body we observe, that this shining clearly and without any Impediment, appears under a bright form; wherefore Light in a fountain, 

The Colour of a Light Body is white.  
Which is variously altered, by reason of interspersed Clouds.   is of a white shining Colour, but that it altars its Colour, it is nothing else than the intermixture made in its Beams, of shadows or darknesses; but this is made either by reason of little Bodies, being between in the Medium, which avert some Beams: So the Sun seems red in the Horizon, by reason of Vapours which intercept many Beams, or the whiteness of a lucid Body degenerates, by reason of Particles, not lucid, interspersed within its Body, and with the Beams themselves; so when Soot and Smoke stream forth with the enkindled Light, the Light becomes more red or darkish.  
As a lucid, ●o also an illustrated Body, appears not pure, but altered, under the form of whiteness; 
An illustrated Body, as it is either smooth or rough, reflects Beams variously, and therefore produces various Colours.  for because the Rays are not all reflected, but by reason of the inequallities of the Superficies, some are wholly immerged, and others averted, therefore not a pure whiteness, but another Colour is seen in it. Indeed, as an illustrated Body is more smooth and polite, that it may reflect many Beams, the more bright and shining it appears, as is manifest by a Looking-Glass; but the more rough and rugged the Superficies is, that it hides many Beams, or averts them, the more the form of whiteness degenerates.  
Concerning the unequal Superficies of illustrated Bodies, two as it were extreme dispositions are to be observed, by which the proper whiteness of reflected Light is very much altered; for either the Superficies of a Body is rendered unequal, by many Swellings up, as it were little hills or bubbles thick set, by which, though many Rays are turned aside, yet by the divers faces of the little hills or risings, Beams are reflected in a more thick heap, than from a smoothed plane, therefore there is made a white Colour, coming near to the whiteness itself of Light. Or Secondly, The Superficies of an illustrated Body, gapes with very many Ditches or Pits, as it were Dens, in which the Rays entering, are wholly drowned, and are not reflected at all, from whence comes the black Colour, or a privation of white: after this manner, the two extreme kinds of Colours, to wit, white and black, seem to be produced.  
But as to the other intermediate Colours, 
The variety of Colours also depends, upon the refraction of Beams.  besides the Light, being reflected with little shadows, and variously intermixed with darkness, we ought to suppose, the divers manner of refraction of its Beams, to be partly also the Cause; of which there is a certain sign, for that in a Triangular Glass called the Prism, the Beams being refracted diversely, falling upon this or that Angle, are wont to show Green, or Purple, or Yellow, or a Colour of some other Kind: In like manner we may believe, that also the Rays of Light being variously broken and turned inwards, in their reflection from an illustrated Body, and so cut and mixed together among themselves, do produce all manner of differences of Colours. This is not a place here to treat of the particular Splendour of every Colour, and the manner of their Production, but it may suffice, that we have mentioned in general the reason of their appearances.  
But these things concerning the Nature of a visible Object▪ 
A Burning-glass placed before a dark Chamber, declares how Sight is made.  and the manner of its trajection, being thus premised, it behoves us next to show, after what way Sight or Seeing performed, by reason of the sensible Species being so sent from the Object, and received by the Organ. This commonly, and not improperly, is wont to be declared by the example of a Burning-Glass, which like a little Window is fixed before an hole made in the Wall of a shut up and dark Chamber; Because, from the Bodies every where brought before that hole, the Rays of Light being reflected, meet together in the Glass, and in that passage cutting one another, spread themselves at last within the Chamber, and so upon a white Wall within, represent a Landschap of the whole visible Hemisphere. The Conformation of the Eye itself is much after the same manner, for in it may be discovered, both the shut up Chamber, and humours as it were Dioptric Glasses, which gather together the Beams, and break them after a manifold way, all artificially disposed; and lastly, as it were a whited wall, viz. the Retine Coat, or the Membrane of the Eye, on which the Images of visible things are Impressed.  

The Organs of the Sight, are the Eyes, and the Optic Nerves.  Indeed the Eyes, and Optic Nerves belonging to them, perform the whole Act of Seeing; within the Cloisters of these, the Images of all visible things are formally painted, and by the passage of these, to wit, the Nerves, the perception of the Images there drawn is conveyed to the common Sensory: It now remains, that we consider both the Fabric in either Organ, and the particular uses of the several Parts.  

How the frame of the Eye, is fitted for Seeing.  As to the Frame and offices of the Eye, for the performing of which its Fabric seems to be made, we shall take notice chiefly of three things to be done by it. To wit, In the first place, That the visible Species, or Rays of Light, sent from a lucid or from an illustrated Body, are intromitted by the Pupil, as it were thorough an hole. Secondly, The Rays so admitted being refracted, and artificially collected, through a fit Medium, are disposed according to the best Dioptrick Rules. Thirdly, That the Images of things, resulting from the due refraction and Coalition of the Beams, may be aptly represented, the interior Den of the Eye is form, like a black Chamber with a white Wall, susceptible of the Images.  

The Anatomy of the Eye, necessary for the Explication of Seeing.  If it should be further demanded, what kind of Fabric it is of the Eye itself, and after what manner its parts are disposed, by which all its offices are performed, it will not be from the Matter, to show here a perfect description of the Eye and its Appendix, together with the offices and uses of its parts, truly laid down. For truly, if any part of the whole Animal Body deserves a peculiar Anatomy, it is chiefly due to the Eye, which though made of a very small bulk, contains in its Structure many admirable things, and is of most noble use.  
But in delivering the Anatomy of this Member, many Authors, both Physicians and Mathematicians have already laboured so exactly, that hardly any thing can be added in this business: but because, through the frequent Observations from others, made of the same thing, and then again from others, an easier apprehension, and more of certainty, yea, and a more accurate Knowledge is wont to be made; therefore it may be lawful for us, to subjoin here our description of the Eye, not taken from the Writings of others, but by our own ocular Inspection, and observation of the Eye and its parts.  

Why the Eyes are two.  We need not here mention that the Eyes are two, that there may be an help provided by one, against the loss of the other; also that the impression of the Object may be made more strong, and the more certain, which notwithstanding does not become double, being prevented by the Coalition of the Optic Nerves, before they are carried to the Common Sensory: nor is it behoveful to play the Rhetorician, by telling that the Eyes are placed like Watchmen, in an high place, and well fortified, from whence they may be able to move themselves hither and thither, with notable volubility, for the receiving from every part the met with Species, 
The Parts of the Eye are either Exterior.  and to direct its Sight every where about: But that we may go about to describe the Fabric of the Eye, without any Circumlocution; The Parts which belong to it are either Exterior, and as an Orchyard, which serve for Ornament, 
The Bone, Eyelids, Hairs of the Eyelids, Eyebrows, etc.  Defence, or Commodity of Action; of which sort, besides the round Bone, are the Eyelids, with the hairs of the Eyelids, and the Eyebrows, also the Glandulae or Kirnels, with the Vessels, and Excretory passages; or its parts are Intrinsic, to wit, constituting the Globe itself of the Eye; which are again disposed, either about its Compass, 
Or Interior, the Muscles, Vessels, Coats, Humours, etc.  as are the Muscles, and Vessels, with the fat lying between; or more intimate, which make up its Penetralia or inmost parts, to wit, the Coats, and Humours: In each of these, we shall note what is chiefly worth noting.  
Among the outward parts of the Eye, first is mentioned the Eyelids, which are like a Membranous Veil or Covering, 
For what use the Eyelids serve.  and cover or expose the Eye as there is occasion: as often as any injury is coming, these most swiftly hiding their Tenants, defend them; also when a relaxation is required from work, and that rest indulges the Animal Spirits, presently the Eyelids shut their Windows, like an officious Servant; but when the Spirits are called back to watching, these Vails being again opened, the Impressions of visible things are admitted.  

They are two in Number.  The Eyelids are two, to wit, the Upper and the Lower; the motion of this is either none, or very obscure; yea, it is as it were fixed to the mound Bone, with which the other Upper Eyelid meeting, causes the shutting of the Eye to be more firm. The Upper Eyelid, 
There are two Muscles of the Upper.  for the double Motion of opening and shutting, is furnished with two Muscles, to wit, one straight, which arising near the Optic Nerve, with a broad and very thin Tendon, is inserted into the Margin of the Upper Eyelid; this Muscle with its contracted Fibres, lifts up the Eyelid: The other Muscle is Circular, which arising about the greater corner of the Eye, and from thence encompassing the lower Eyelid, reaches to the Upper Eyelid, nigh the other corner of the Eye, and coming under it, returns towards its beginning, this Muscle thus brought about, as it were into an Orb, draws down the Eyelid, and so shuts up the Eye.  
As to the Nerves which are inserted into the Muscles of the Eyelids, 
With what Nerves they are furnished.  we have shown elsewhere, that they are of a twofold Kind, to wit, some arising from the fifth Pair, others from the seventh; by virtue of these it comes to pass, that the motion of the Eyelids accords with the Soul, and fitly answers to all the Passions; and that not only in opening and shutting the Eyes, for Sleeping and Waking, but in variously turning about, and composing the Eyelids themselves, as is to be seen in Weeping, Anger, Joy, Sadness, Shame, and other Perturbations; which Kind of Pathetic motions of the Eyelids, are for the most part involuntary, or are performed at least unthought of.  
By reason of the Nerves of the seventh Pair inserted also into the Eyelids, it may be known, wherefore we suddenly shut, or open, or any other way role about our Eyelids, at any unaccustomed Sound, coming suddenly to the Ears. It is showed elsewhere, why the Eyelids being affected at the approach of Sleep, with a kind of heaviness or weight, desire to be closed whether we will or no, or though we strive against it; where we treat particularly of Sleeping and Waking.  
There is nothing to be observed but what is Common, 
The hairs of the Eyelids and the Eyebrows.  concerning the Hairs of the Eyelids, and Eyebrows; to wit, these hairy Walls or Mounds, like Ramparts, are constituted with a double Series or row of noted Pallizadoes, for the defence of the Eyes, by which care is taken beforehand, lest any troublesome things should unawares fall into the Eyes, or lest that any thing should slide into them from the Head.  
We will pass from the Eyelids to the Glandula's or Kirnels of the Eye, 
The Kirnels are two.  which indeed stick to their Back, and put forth the Humour belonging to the Eye, thorough proper Passages, which lie open within the interior Superficies of the Eyelids; if that a superabounding serous Humour is poured forth, more than it ought into the Eye, that falling down into a Cavity like a Basin, nigh the greater corner, enters there two little holes, from which going out into a singular passage, is carried even to the end of the Nose, where it is sent forth of Doors at an open passage; besides, the serous Humour in a Man, being plentifully heaped up, nigh to the Opthalmick Kirnels, drops forth in Tears.  
Indeed, 
Their Use.  the Eye leans on these two Kirnels, as it were soft stays laid under its round Cushion; one of these sited nigh the greater corner of the Eye, is wont to be called commonly the Lachrymal Kernel, 
The Lachrymal Kernel is described with the excretory Passages.  though the other better deserves the Name; To this belong Arteries, Veins, and Nerves, also excretory Vessels, which are of two sorts, to wit, out of this Kernel, open two or three water-carriers; into the inward Superficies of the Eyelid; out of which the watery Humour drops forth upon the Ball of the Eye; besides, two passages also open into the Ditch of the inner Corner, which carry not thither the Water as some think, but sends forth what is there deposited, and superfluous, from the excretory Vessels, and received by them, and then it is carried forth of Doors by one Channel, 
It's use is ●inted at.  which going thorough the Bone of the Nose, passes thorough its passage. This Channel was first found out by Nicholas Stenon, who has ingeniously described its make and Use.  
This little Channel, stretched forth from the Kirnels of the Eye, thorough the passage of the Nostril, even to its end, is like a Sink, which sends forth of doors the serous filth, apt to be too much poured forth on the Eye, by a secret passage: Hence is to be noted, that not only in Weeping, excited thorough Grief, but as often as Tears are pressed forth from the Eyes, by any thing bitingly pulling them, an humidity distils from the Nose. 
The Lachrymal Vessels.  But as to the Vessels, which are properly Lachrymal, it is observed, that three or four Lymphducts or water-carriers, reaching from this Kernel into the Eyelid, one of them opens into the Margin of the Upper Eyelid, another into the Margin of the Lower Eyelid, with a little Dam raised in either, and send forth the water in Tears or Weeping between the hairs of the Eyelids themselves. I have sometimes seen in an Ulcerous disposition of this Kernel, a filthy Matter to have dropped forth, by Compression, from those two Lachrymal Puncts.  
The other Kernel of the Eye, 
A nameless Kernel rather to be called the Lachrymal.  (commonly nameless, but deserves chiefly to be called Lachrymal) beginning at the lesser corner of the Eye, leaning on the back of the Eye, under the Upper Eyelid, is carried forward, almost to the inner corner. As to its Figure, it is cleft into many Lobes, distinguished by various distances between; from every one of which, water-pipes ascend into the Eyelids, and opening thorough the Lachrymal Puncts, within its inward Superficies, pour forth water requisite for the watering the Eye, both for its Motion, and for Weeping: The most Learned Doctor Stenon, has clearly and sufficiently described this Kernel also, with the Lachrymal Vessels, and expressed them with apt Figures; whatsoever of superfluous Serum sweats forth through the Lachrymal Vessels of this Kernel, slides into the greater corner, for that it is seated in a sleep place, and from thence is sent away, through the same excretory Vessels of the other Kernel, as it were by a common Sink.  

The Vessels of the Kirnels.  Besides these Vessels, carrying the water from the Kirnels into the Eye, and the excretory of its superfluous Humour through the Nose; there belong to the Kirnels of the Eye some others designed for other uses, to wit, Arteries, Veins, and Nerves. From the Carotid Artery, gotten within the Skull, and about to ascend towards the Brain, a noted branch being sent into the Compass of the Eye, imparts shoots to either Kernel, carrying Blood to them plentifully: To this Artery (which besides the Kirnels of the Eye, respects also the chief parts of the upper Jaw) is adjoined a Vein, which reduces the Blood from them; yea, and to both these a Nerve is added for a Companion, to wit, the Ophthalmick Arm of the fifth Pair, which variously binds about and knits the sanguiferous Vessels, with many shoots, sent forth in its whole Progress, and also distributes many little shoots into the Kirnels themselves.  

The Matter of Tears.  From these we may easily gather, that from the Blood carried thorough the Arteries to either Glandula or Kernel, a watery Humour, requisite both for the perpetual watering of the Eye, and also occasionally for the matter of Tears, is sifted forth, and there heaped up, for the aforesaid uses. As to the former, these Kirnels, even as others implanted elsewhere, imbibe the Serum carried to them for constant food; to wit, because the Arteries carry the Blood thither more copiously, than the Reins are presently able to sup back; wherefore what is watery is imbibed by the substance of the Kernel, as it were a Sponge, the bloody Humour being sent away by the Veins. For this reason, because the Nerves bind these Vessels, therefore as often as the Serum abounds too much in the Blood, destinated for the Brain, these Arteries being provoked by the Nerves, and bound together, it is separated or bolted forth, and carried more plentifully than it was wont, towards these Kirnels.  

The Causes of Weeping, and the manner of its being made described.  But as to Tears, oftentimes poured forth in great plenty from these Kirnels of the Eye, that it may the better appear, by what means, and for what Causes this is done, it seems very opportune, to discourse concerning Weeping and Crying, and of the Causes and manner of its being made, which yet shall be done briefly and succinctly, because the more full Consideration of these, properly belong to the Doctrine of the Passions. In the first place therefore, concerning Weep, we observe that it doth chiefly and almost only follow upon great Passions of the Mind, to wit, great Grief, Sadness, Pity, sudden Joy, and the like; to wit, whensoever the sensitive Soul, being struck by either a disagreeable or unaccustomed Object, is as it were compelled inwardly to shake, or to contract more near together its Systasis, or Constitution; so care is taken, that a greater company of Spirits, yea and a more plentiful flux of Blood, are compelled to the principal Parts, viz. The Heart and Brain, as it were the stays of Life: The Animal Spirits of their own accord leap forward to these places, as to the two fountains of Life, yea and the Blood is more fully heaped up in either; for as much as the blood-carrying Vessels, being bound together straight by the Tract of the Nerves, drive forward swiftly to these places its Latex, and take it away, more sparingly from thence; therefore, whilst an occasion is offered of Weeping, presently the Bosoms of the Heart, with the whole Neighbourhood, swell up and are hugely inflated, by the Blood there heaped together, and (for as much as it is suffused with abundance of Serum) very much boiling; hence, both the Lungs are stuffed up that they can yield but a sobbing respiration; and the Diaphragma, that it might give place to their swelling, is depressed lower, with a stronger and more often repeated Systole, which is the Cause of Sobbing; in the mean time, for as much as the Air is hardly blown into the Windpipe, the Lungs and the Diaphragma being so distended, and at last hardly returned, that mournful sound in Crying or Lamenting is effected. The parts of the Face and Mouth, composed into a mournful Aspect, aptly answer to this Affection of the Praecordia; the reason of which we have showed elsewhere; because the Nerves which Contract the Praecordia, are intimate Relations, and rejoice in a mutual Sympathy, with those, which pathetically Compose the Face, in Laughing and Weeping. But whilst these things are acted in the Praecordia and Countenance, 
Wherefore a bewailing, is oftentimes joined, Weeping.  the business is carried no less tumultuously in the Brain; for here the Spirits being acted in Confusion, all things are upside down, and the Brain, by the too great influx of the Blood, is in danger to be either overturned, or drowned; which that it might not come to pass, and that madness follow not upon any Passion, the Nerves binding about the Trunks of the Arteries in many places, bind them strongly, and so repress the flowing of the Blood; and its Liquor being at first notably rarified, is thickened suddenly, and as it were melted, wherefore its Serosities running forth like a Flood, are disposed into the Kirnels of the Eye, destinated for this business by Nature: Then, because these Kirnels are pulled by the Pathetic Nerves, which are of the same stock, with those of the Face and Praecordia, and are strictly bound together, the serous Humours, by reason of these Passions of the Mind, being imbibed by the Kirnels of the Eye, are as it were stroked out from thence, and so distil in showers of Tears.  
From hence a reason may be had, 
Wherefore Weeping comes upon sudden joy..  why Tears are wont to break forth in some, after a sudden Joy, because in great Joy, joined with admiration, the sensitive Soul enlarges itself very much, and diffuses most amply its Systasis or Constitution; then as it were fearing a Dissolution, it again Contracts itself; wherefore, in such an Affection, the Blood flowing forth plentifully into the Brain, blows up all the Vessels, and by reason of its fullness distends them; then after its Channel being thus intumefied, the same Vessels being presently bound hard together, suffers a Flux, and as it were growing liquid, plentifully deposes its Serosities into the aforesaid Kirnels.  
There remains another Consideration about Weeping, 
Why Mankind only or chiefly Weep.  why Men or Man Kind only, or chiefly in bewailing, are wont to weep, or to shed tears? even for the same reason, which is given for Man's being a visible Creature, makes him fit for Weeping: To wit, Man is more fitly made for all Affections, and chiefly for the conceiving of Joy and Sadness, than Brute Animals; and as he is a sociable Creature, he ought to Communicate those sociable things, some signs naturally implanted in him, to wit, Laughing and Weeping: But as to the Organs, which perform these Kind of Affections, we have elsewhere observed, that there happens in Man, otherways than in Brutes, a wonderful consent between the Praecordia, and the parts of the Mouth and Face, by reason of the Conformation of the intercostal Nerve; so that as soon as sadness possesses the Breast, presently the Aspect of the Face, corresponds with the same Perturbation.  
Thus much for the Kirnels of the Eye, 
The Muscles of the Eyes and their uses described.  and their Use and Action: Among the intrinsical Parts of this Member, next follow the Muscles, concerning which, there is scarcely any thing rare to be met with, or that has not been already taken notice of by others. It is obvious for any to conceive, that so many Muscles ought to be constituted, as there are Kind's of spreading abroad, by which this Globe may be moved, as it hangs within the Compass of the Bone; for this is made after a fourfold way or manner; to wit, on that side and this side, upward and downward, and two ways obliquely, viz. By bringing it about both towards the outward, and inward corner.  
For these several Kind's of Motions are constituted so many distinct Muscles, which are found almost in all perfect Animals, 
Four strait, two oblique.  and are easily seen in the dissection. Four straight Muscles are inserted into the Cardinal spaces of the Eye, to wit, the Muscle lifting it up, and pressing it down, its Zenith and Nadir, and drawing to, and putting from, as it were possessing the opposite points of the Horizon, to wit, East and West; the oblique Muscles compass it about like a Sphere, towards the Exterior and the Interior corner. I pass by here, that the Muscles of the Eye, do change their Names, according to the Passions of which they are Marks; wherefore, that lifting up, is called Superb or Proud, because that in Pride, it holds the Eye elate or lifted up, which however is more true of the Eyelid, and that Muscle deserves rather the Name of Holy and Devout, because it greatly lifts up the Eye in strong Prayer; wherefore it is the manner of Hypocrites, who affect the Habit of Sanctity, so to role the Eyes about, that they hide the Pupil of the Eye, and turn up the white to be seen: The depressing Muscle, by its action shows the mark of an humble, abject, and often of a Pious Mind also; that drawing inward, may not be improperly called Drunken, because Drunkards drawing their Eyes towards the inward corner, are wont to look asquint; and when one Eye is drawn in more than the other, for that by this means the Pole of the Sight is varied, they behold things as if they were double. I knew a young Man, obnoxious to the Palsy, when the drawing in Muscle was strongly drawn, the other Muscles of the left Eye being loose, by reason of the Eye being thus distorted, every object appeared double, nor could he distinguish the true one. The Muscle drawing from or outward, may be well enough called the Indignator, to wit, because in such an Affection, we bend our Eyes outwardly, with a certain aversion. The oblique Muscles may be called Amatory, because Lovers behold one another obliquely or side-ways, and as it were fearing the direct Sight of one another, they role about their Eyes like those of cattle; hither and thither.  

A Consent, and Sympathy, between them all.  That the Eye might rightly perform the Act of Seeing, there is required a Consent or Harmonious acting, between all its Muscles; to wit, that all acting together, may keep and continue its Globe, like the Tube of an Optic Glass, in a just Position for Seeing; for if any Muscle overcoming its Antagonist, acts more strongly than it ought, and draws the Eye too much to its part, presently the Sight becomes distorted; and by this means it is, to wit, by reason of overmuch strength of some one Muscle, whether it so happens by a Disease, by Nature, or by an evil Custom, that some are goggle-eyed, or have them distorted or squinting; 
Whence squinting comes.  For squinting is wont to be caused by the fault of any one of the aforesaid Muscles; but especially the Muscle going about to the inward corner would endanger the bringing in of this Vice, by its exorbitances, unless prevented by Nature; for as divers visible Species, being sent from Objects at a great distance, are received together by the Organ, every one is apt to turn about their Eyes, bending them forward: wherefore Infants, when many things at once are held before their Eyes, easily are brought to squinting: But lest this Muscle, inordinately rolled about, should cause in many this Evil, it is prevented with a wonderful Artifice, that its Motion may be still kept within just limits; because, near the root of the Nose is hung a certain handle, like a Poultry, which this Muscle passing thorough, there is a necessity for it to perform its trajection at a certain Angle, and as it were within a determinate compass.  

Some Brutes are furnished with other two Muscles.  Besides these six Muscles which Man enjoys and no more, and which are common to other perfect Animals, as well as him, some Brutes are furnished with two others for their peculiar uses. It is observed, that fourfooted Beasts, who carry their Eyes prone or hanging down towards the Earth, have a peculiar Muscle, which holds up the Globe of the Eye, and which sustains it, lest by its weight it should be apt to slip beyond the compass of the Bone: with this Muscle are endued Kine, Horses, Sheep, Hares, Swine, and perhaps many other Animals, also a Dog is furnished with this, but has it made after another manner; but to many who have the aforesaid hanging Muscle of the Eye, is granted another Membranous Muscle, which being placed nigh the inward corner of the Eye, when it is lifted up, hides almost the whole Globe of the Eye. The use of this seems to be, that when Beasts thrust their heads to feed among high Grass and Herbs, this Muscle hides the Pupil of the Eye, lest any thing should hurt it. The former Muscle is wont to be called the Seventh of Brutes, and this, that by which Brutes twinkle their Eyes.  

The Globe of the Eye, with the Optic Nerve.  After that all the Muscles, with the Kirnels and the fat lying between, are separated from the Eye, its Globe remains naked, with the Optic Nerve inserted about its bottom: This Conformation, as we have formerly observed of the Brain, is after one manner in Man, and fourfooted Beasts; and after another in Birds and Fishes: for in these the whole compass of the Eye is not round, but depressed nigh to the more outward, and the posterior Superficies; and almost like to a Platter or Shield rather; but in the others, being perfectly round, it imitates the System itself of the World: The reason of the difference is easily known, by the divers framing of the Eye, which we shall show anon.  

It's Figure in some is round, in others depressed.  We meet also with another notable difference in the Eyes of divers Animals, about the insertion of the Optic Nerve, for in Man, a Dog, and other more sagacious Creatures, the end of the Optic Nerve is placed directly before the Pupil, or is inserted to the Pole of the Eye itself: for the Beam, or the Optic Pole, passing thorough the Pupil or Apple of the Eye, and its middle Cavity, falls into the insertion of the Optic Nerve; but in a Sheep, a Calf, and many other fourfooted Beasts, and besides in all Birds and Fishes, the insertion of the Optic Nerve being made in the Den of the most inward circular Cave, or side of the Hemisphere, is at a distance from its Pole, even as the Pole of the Zodiac, 
The Insertion of the Optic Nerve, is after a divers manner, in divers Animals.  from the other of the Equator. This difference Dr. Scheinerus not perceiving, when he had found the Optic Nerve to be inserted into the side, in the Eyes of great cattle, Oxen, and Swine, two soon concluded, that it was so also in Man, and in all Creatures besides; for he says in his Third Book, Fundam. Optic. p. 11. That the Optic Pole does not fall into the Optic Nerve, with any Proportion, the error of which Assertion, the Anatomy of a Man's, or a Dog's Eye, easily discovers.  

It is placed either in the Pole, or at the Side of the Eye.  If the reason of this divers Kind of Conformation be demanded, we say, that the Primary Organ of the Sight, to wit, in which the Image or visible Species stays, and from whence it is delivered to the first Sensory, is not the Optic Nerve, but the Retina, netty Coat, or fifth Membrane of the Eye, on every side spread out, by the Insertion of the Optic Nerve. 
The reason of the divers Conformation inquired into.  Further, the Image projected within the bottom of the Eye, does not consist in the small Punct, neither is it determinated to the same individual space, but being variously drawn forth, is painted now bigger, now smaller, upon the Retina, or fifth Coat of the Eye; yet so, as being placed nigh to the insertion of the Optic Nerve, it may presently be carried by it to the Common Sensory; when as therefore the Optic Nerve is placed in the Pole of the Eye, the Images disposed round about upon the Retina, from every part of it, do fill the whole Circle of the painted Scene. But when the insertion of this Nerve, declines from the Pole, to the side of the Eye, the apparition of the Objects stands only below, and not at all above that Punct, and so the whole apparition of visible things, is concluded within a Semicircle. This is clear to any thinking Person, that it is fit for some Animals, that they receive many Objects at once, at one view, and that others but a few only; therefore the Optic Nerve, for the former, aught to be inserted about the middle of the Eye, and for these latter towards its side. Man, a Dog, an Horse, and perhaps some other Animals, wont to be employed with various Matters, aught to behold all things in the whole Neighbourhood placed together: but a Sheep, Ox, Hog, and many other fourfooted Beasts, and universally Fowls and Fishes, to wit, such whose chiefest task is to get their Victuals, and to defend themselves from Enemies, have no need to behold the whole Horizon, but only things placed near on the right and left hand; althô perhaps in some of these, the paucity of the Objects, is compensated with the sharpness of the Sight.  
There is observed another no less noted difference in several Animals, 
The Pupil of the Eye in some round, in other longish.  about the Pupil of the Eye; for this is round or spherical in Man, a Dog, and in many other fourfooted Beasts, in all Fowls and Fishes; but in an Ox, great cattle, a Goat, and some others, it is oblong, like a great cleft; the reason of this difference seems to be, because that by a Man that is upright, and other Animals that are wont to lift up their heads, and to look round about on every side, many Objects, coming from both above and beneath, and from either side, out of the whole Hemisphere, are received by the Sight; wherefore the Pupil of the Eye ought to be round, 
The reason of this inquired into.  that the visible Species sent in from every side, might be admitted in a round form: But Oxen, cattle, and other Animals, almost always carrying their Heads prone, and hanging down, need only to behold such things as are presented before them, or a little of one side: wherefore, the Pupil of the Eye is depressed, and somewhat long, for the receiving the visible Species, that are only shown at hand. 
The Colour of the Pupil in some black, in others grey, reddish, or otherways Coloured.  Further, another difference is noted, about the colour of the Ball or Pupil itself, which in Man, and in all Fowls and Fishes is perpetually black, but in fourfooted Beasts, it is either grey, or bluish, like the Sky, or of a shining red, or of some other Kind, which colour notwithstanding being fixed, not in the Horney part, but in the Concave of the Crocoideos, shines thorough all the Humours into the Pupil. Concerning the reason of this, we may believe, that those endued with a black Pupil, see more clearly by daylight, 
The reason of this shown.  because indeed the Image is rendered most perspicuous to the Eye, as it were in a Chamber wholly dark, but by Night they discern little or nothing at all of any Objects; on the contrary, we have observed, those furnished with a bluish, or grey, reddish, or some other shining Pupil, not to see so clearly in the day time, but much better in the night than the former; to wit, because that shining Colour of the Pupil, illuminates something the Cloister or Optic Chamber of the Eye, that fewer Beams being there gathered together from the darkness they might constitute the visible Image.  
These things concerning the Fabric of the Eye, 
The Parts of the Eye, are the Coats and Humours.  and its divers manner of furniture, in various Animals, being thus premised, it now remains, that we show its Anatomy, and that we unfold its several Parts, and the uses of the Parts. We have already mentioned, what also is known to common Observation, that the Eye consists of Coats, and Humours. The Coats or Membranes are as the containing Bodies, and constitute the walls of the dark Chamber, with the little Window, and the Paper for the receiving the Images; but the Humours, are as Dioptrick Glasses, so placed within the hole of the dark Chamber, that they aptly break, and gather together, the Beams exhibiting the Images.  
The Coats of the Eye, 
The Coats greater or lesser.  like the Spheres of a Globe, are either Greater, which are stretched forth thorough the whole Compass, or its greatest part; or Lesser, which contain, or include the particular Humours.  
The greater Coats of the Eye are three; 
The greater are three.  which seem in some measure to arise from a threefold Substance of the Optic Nerve; for in the Trunk of the Optic Nerve, may be found an Exterior Coat, arising from the Dura Mater, with which it is included as with a sheath; Another more inward, clothing the Membrane, lieth under this, arising from the Pia Mater; and within these Coats are found very many Fibrous Nerves, gathered together into one bundle. But this Nerve, being continued, to the Compass of the Eye, its Exterior Coat being much enlarged, and stretched out into a round enclosure, constitutes the outmost Wall of the Eye: 
The Sclerotick.  This Coat, by reason of its hardness, (because it is strong, and is in the place of a defence against Injuries) is called the Sclerotick: The hinder part in most Animals is thick, and spacious, except that in a Dog, and perhaps in some others, it is thinner, and in some measure clear; but the Anterior part of this Membrane, that it may transmit the visible Species, is transparent and shining in all. But lest this should admit more forms than it ought, (by having a too broad, and too large a transparent opening) and so too confused together; another Coat, arising from the Pericranium grows to it, and covers it; excepting a hole left for the Pupil: This, from its Colour, 
The Albugine grows to this.  is called the Albugina or the White, for besides that it determines the aperture of the Cornea, or horny or third Pannicle of the Eye, it firmly ties the Eye also to the sides of the bony Compass. The additional Coat, or the white Tunicle, besides the proper Membrane, is made up also of Tendons of Muscles, spread into a most thin Net; therefore, also it becomes white, because, when many diaphanous Membranes are thrust together, like thin cakes, they cause a shadowing, and with it a whiteness, as may be perceived in the Bones and Horns of living Creatures, made up of a Pellucid Glue, also in the white of an Egg made hard by Boiling.  
The Figure of the Sclerotic Coat, is proportionate to the quality and disposition of the Humours, 
The Sclerotic Coat, is in some round, and in others depressed.  which are contained in the Eye; wherefore, in some (as we hinted before) it is round, in others pressed down, but in most its Anterior Part swells up, above the remaining Part of the Ocular Globe, by reason of the Watery Humour underneath, as it were a Portion of the outward Sphere, to wit, for this end, That the Compass of the whole visible Hemisphere, may be received together, by the Eye, as it were by a Convex Glass.  

The Vessels of this Coat.  As to the Vessels which are inserted into this Coat, besides the shoots of the Nerves, sent from the fifth Pair, after they have bound about the Trunk of the Optic Nerve, they are bestowed on the bottom of the Sclerotic, whose Use or Office seems to be, variously to carry the Optic Nerve, with this outmost Chest or closure of the Eye, and to Compose it for the receiving the Species; there are also granted to this, noted Arteries, from the Trunks of the Carotides, before they reach to the Brain. It is observed, that the Artery destinated for this, falling in, ●igh to the Trunk of the Optic Nerve, imparts to the same, in its whole progress, some small Shoots, which are certainly sufficient for Heat and Nourishment; then this Artery, spread forth at the bottom of the Eye, is divided into six Branches, like so many little Rivers, all which being brought upon the Sclerotic, towards the Cornea, divide the Exterior Globe of the Eye into so many equal and distinct Regions; from these, many little shoots, going thorough the Sclerotic, are inserted into the Wea, and after a sort knit this to the other: The Arterous branches and shoots, are every where accompanied with Veins, by which the Blood is reduced towards the wonderful Net, and at length into the Trunk of the hollow Vein.  

The Coat Chorocoeides.  Within the Sclerotic Coat, or the outmost Coat of the Eye, follows the Chorocoeides, and is almost thorough the whole, Contiguous with it, and coheres to it, by some Fibres, and blood-carrying Vessels; this being perforated in the forepart, leaves an opening for the Pupil of the Eye, which notwithstanding, as occasion requires, is wont to be either contracted or dilated. 
Is black in most Animals but not in all.  This Coat, being black in most Animals, is covered in the Superficies or Convex, or Concave, as it were with a black Paint, which is also fixed to the other contiguous Coat; the reason of this is, that it might render the inward Chamber of the Eye black or dark: But in some Animals, to wit, in most fourfooted Beasts, a certain Interior Portion of the Chorocoeides, 
A Portion of this, in most Brutes, is of a diversified Colour, otherwise than in Man. The reason of this is shown.  which is turned over the Pupil, shines with a diversified Colour, like the Rainbow, and according to this, the Pupil of the Eye seems to be coloured: but as this is wanting to Man, his Pupil is always black, according to the whole Picture of the Chorococides: But it appears otherways in a Dog, and otherways in a Cat, Ox, and the rest. In those also that have the Pupil round, this Signature is expanded round; those who have the Pupil stretched forth at length, like a chink, this Picture being as it were double, stands on either side of the Optic Nerve: The uses of this (as we said but now) is to illuminate the Pupil of the Eye, as it were with an inward Beam, that it may be able to behold things by Night, and placed in the dark; wherefore it is very shining in a Cat, but is wholly wanting to a Man, Birds, and Fishes.  

The Rainbow of the Eye is described, and its use declared.  Nigh to the opening of the Coat Chorocoeides, stands the Rainbow of the Eye, that is, nigh to the outmost border of this Coat, where the opening is for the Pupil, a certain Fringe, made up of Nervous Fibres, diversely coloured and disposed, covers it: These Fibres are called the Ciliare Processes, which like brows of hairs, being carried from the Pupil of the Eye, like rays from a luminous Body, are disposed into an Orb; These Fibres being placed in a thick row, are noted with a variegated or diversified Colour, outwardly, where they stick to the Corneous or horny Coat; in the mean time, where they are Contiguous to the brim of the Crystalline Humour, and also to the border of the Retine Coat, they always appear black: These Ciliare Processes, do not only dilate and contract the Pupil of the Eye, but also they thrust forward, or draw backward the Crystalline humour, 
The strength and irradiation of the Eye from the Rainbow.  and bend it hither and thither into the view of the Objects. Further, there is in these Coloured hairs, or the Rainbow of the Eye, a certain vigour, and mighty conflux of Animal Spirits, by the Exertion of which, the Eye seems to beam forth, and to cast forth outwardly certain darts like Lightning, according to the Instinct of the Passions: yea, hence we suppose Light to be diffused, and to illuminate the Medium; for which reason, Men discern in some measure Objects in the dark. I knew a certain Man, endued with an hot Brain, who after a plentiful Drinking of Wine, was able to read distinctly, 
The Animal Spirits actuate it very much.  in a very dark Night; the reason of which seems to be, because the Animal Spirits, bein● as it were inflamed, and so beaming forth from this Rainbow, did illuminate the Medium, with an implanted Beam. Moreover, when by any stroke on the Eye, an apparition of flame, or shining appears; surely this proceeds from a sudden Concussion, and Explosion of the Spirits, lying within the Ciliar or hairy Processes. If it be demanded, by what passages the Animal Spirits run into these Fibres, we say; That from the Nerves of the sixth Pair, which bind about the Optic Trunk, certain shoots, entering the Sclerotick, and the Corocoeidal Coat, come also to these Parts; besides, the Retine Coat, which is wholly Nervous, sticks to this Rainbow.  
Within the Chorocoeides or the Wea, 
The Retine Coat.  another Coat follows, whose Compass as it is less, so it is shorter in breadth; for its Border, subsisting about the lower brim of the Crystalline Humour, is Contiguous to the lower Border of the Rainbow, and in some part sticks to it: This Coat, as it is white, so it is Medullary, and said to proceed from the Medullous and Fibrous Substance of the Optic Nerve, so that what is there of Nervous Fibres collected into a little bundle, is here like a Veil stretched forth of a Net-like form. Indeed, if the whole Eye may be taken for the Flower which grows in the Brain, thorough the Optic Nerve as its stalk; The Retine Coat is the Flower itself, and the two former, 
It's description and use.  but the Stalk and Cup. The Retine Coat therefore being spread forth within the Chamber of the Eye, or its inmost Conclave, is like a white Wall, which receives and represents the visible Species, admitted thorough the hole of the dark Chamber; for doubtless this part, however Medullary and Fibrous, and so greatly akin to the Brain, and to the Optic Nerve itself, is the proper Organ of Seeing; to wit, on which the sensible Species is impressed, and from which the same is communicated to the chief Sensory; which shall more plainly be manifested anon, after we have unfolded the Humours of the Eye.  
Agreeable to the three Coats of the Eye, 
The Humours of the Eye Three.  there are so many Humours of it, to wit, the Watery, Crystalline, and Glassy: The Crystalline Humour supplies the place of the Burning-Glass, placed within the whole of the dark Chamber, and the two other Humours, constitute and fitly determine, the spaces only, or places between, which ought to come between the first approaches of the beams into the Eye, and the place or Organ of Sight, wherefore this is put behind, the other before the Crystalline Humour.  
But this Crystalline Humour itself, 
Crystalline.  within the aperture or opening of the Wea Coat, like a Glass placed before the hole, gathers together, and breaks the Beams coming thither on every side: The Substance of this is very shining, like glue, or the Gum of a Tree, and is endued with a Consistence like melted wax, yet if pressed it will not willingly flow forth. It's Figure in Man, and most fourfooted Beasts, comes near to the shape of a Lentil, whose utmost Superficies is more plain, and the innermost more gibbous or bunching out; but in Fowls and Fishes, its Figure comes near to a Spherical shape; 
It's description and uses.  In these later, where the Crystalline Humour is round, the whole Figure of the Eye is depressed in either; But in the other, where the Crystalline Humour is of a depressed Figure, the Eye is found to be plainly Spherical. A reason of the Conformation of either, shall be shown afterwards: The Crystalline Humour, though not apt to flow forth, yet is included with a proper little Membrane, for the Lightness of it, called the Cobweb.  
In Man, 
The watery Humour, and its uses described.  and in fourfooted Beasts, though the Crystalline Humour be of the form of a Lentil, it doth not bear out enough, so as it might receive the Beams of the whole Hemisphere, therefore the watery Humour is laid to it, as an addition, which thrusting forth the Cornea, or horny Coat, and rendering it more bunching out, increases outwardly the Convexity or bending forth of the Eye, which is indeed, that the visible Species might be from this place, and from that, and on every side more plentifully admitted into it, as into a Window, made forth or butting out beyond the plane of the Wall. Further, the watery Humour swelling forth with the horny Coat, breaks a little the oblique Beams falling towards the Perpendicular; and so compelling them nearer together, directs more together into the Convexity of the Crystalline swelling. There is yet another use of this watery Humour, to wit, to temperate the Beams passing thorough it, being sometimes somewhat fiery, and so to render them more proportionate to the Sensory.  

The glassy Humour.  On the other side of the Crystalline Humour, to wit, on the back of it, the glassy Humour stands, like to fused Glass; this, much more plentiful than both the other, possesses the greatest part of the Optic Chamber; also, being less Compact in itself, is apt somewhat to flow out, and is included with a most thin little Membrane: this lies upon the Retine Coat, and contains the Crystalline within its Bosom. It's Primary use is to separate the Retine Coat in a just space from the Crystalline Humour, 
Its uses.  that after the Beams have passed thorough this, as it were thorough the Burning-Glass, with a due Refraction, they may have in that, placed at a just distance, their habitation: Hence, in those who have the Crystalline Humour in the form of a Lentil, and so the Beams passing thorough, can't come together but at a greater distance, have great plenty of this glassy Humour, and its plenitude causes the Spherical Figure of the Eye; But in those, who have the Crystalline swelling round, 
The plenty of the glassy Humour varies; according to the Figure of the Crystalline Humour.  that the Beams passing thorough, are more crooked, and have a dwelling or nest at a less distance, the quantity of the glassy Humour is found less; and its defect causes the depressed Figure of the Eye, or of the form of a Cheese. Further, the glassy Humour, according to Scheinerus, being somewhat a more thin Medium, than the Crystalline Humour, breaks a little the Beams passing thorough, from the Perpendicular, and therefore somewhat enlarges or draws forth the Picture of the visible thing, otherwise more contracted, and shows the same more conspicuous in the Retina. Thus much concerning Seeing, and of all the Senses; in the next Chapter, we should speak of the other Power, to wit, the Locomotive: but being we have formerly largely discoursed concerning that; we shall handle in the following, certain Affections, belonging to the Corporeal Soul, as to the Exercise of the Motions and the Senses, to wit, Sleep and Waking.   

CHAP. XVI.  
Of Sleeping and Waking.  

Sleep Necessary for all Animals.  SUch is the weak and instable Nature of all living Creatures, that they are not able, neither to Live perpetually, nor to Act and Labour continually; but that there is a Necessity for them (even as once, and at last to die so) daily to repeat frequent turns of Sleep, as it were so many previous Monitors of Death. Though we have not experienced it, we easily know what it is to die; to wit, when the vital Flame, like a Lamp, is either by degrees consumed, or violently extinguished, presently Heat and Light, and what flow from them, both all the Vital and Animal faculties, are abolished. But what is the formal Reason, Essence and Causes of Sleep, which we suffer, and daily experience, is almost wholly unknown. Concerning this, there are various Opinions, both of Ancients and Moderns, but they rather seem Dreams, than satisfactory Reason: To wit, whilst some affirm Sleep to be mere Privation, 
What it is unknown, or greatly Controverted.  others a Bond of all the Functions; these place for its Cause a retraction, or introcession of Heat, those an assent of Vapours from the Stomach to the Head. Some assign for the subject the Brain, others the Heart, others the Stomach, and Spleen; and some again the Soul, others the Body by itself; and lastly, others both together, to wit, the whole Animal Body.  

The Opinion of Schneiderus.  Among the latter Writers, Conradus Schneiderus hath of late been Eminent, who rejecting the Opinions almost of all others, and asserting Sleep not to be produced from Vapours, nor from any material Cause; nor to depend, either upon any affection of the Brain, 
He affirms Sleep to be an inorganical faculty of the Soul.  or of any other part; affirms it to be, and Waking also, mere faculties of the Soul; to wit, innate, or born in it, and wholly inorganical. Also he saith, that the formal Reasons of either are, that the Soul, or its animadversive Faculty, sometimes withdraws, and as it were hides itself; and sometimes puts forth, and expunds itself. This Opinion, though in some part it seems likely, does not easily deserve our assent, because, notwithstanding he asserts Sleep and Waking to be proper Faculties of the Soul, and these inorganical and independing of the Body, he further supposes, other chief Powers of the Soul, to wit, common Sense, Memory, and Appetite, not to be performed from the divers Organs within the Brain, nor to be distinguished by their Seats, but to be diffused thorough the whole Body.  
Therefore, that we may the more rightly Philosophise concerning Sleep, we ought to consider, what are its Subject, formal Reason, Causes, Differences, and Effects.  
First, 
The Subject of Sleep, not the whole Body.  As to the first it clearly appears, that Sleep is not extended neither to the whole Soul, nor to the whole Body: for the Praecurdia, and Organs of respiration, are exercised with a perpetual Systole and Diastole, the Viscera, dedicated for Concoction, perform their Offices more, and better in Sleep than in Waking: Further, when as the aforesaid Parts are wont to alter their actions, according to the urgencies of evident Causes, (as may be argued by the Pulse and respiration variously changed, also from Vomiting, and sometimes a sudden loosning of the Belly) the exercises of the sensitive Power, as well as the Motive, aught to be granted to them in Sleep: But the Blood is circulated, and flames forth in quiet, the nourishing and Nervous Humours are dispensed, yea, and the superfluous, and what is excrementitious, are best separated or put forth: Hence, as it appears, perpetual watches are kept about the midst, or inmost part of the Animal Body. In the mean time it is observed, that Sleep urging, all the External Senses are shut up, also that all Spontaneous Motions whatsoever cease; so that the Bodies being wholly subjected to ease, lie as they were dead. Further, the Internal Powers, related to these, such as are the Common Sense, Fantasy, Memory, Appetite, conspire together with these External Powers, and either wholly omit their Acts, or exercise them but obscurely and confusedly.  
From these it may be plainly gathered, 
The Animal Spirits are the immediate Subject of Sleep.  that the Animal Spirits, which are the next or efficient Instrument of Sense and Motion, are also the immediate Subject of Sleep; but, not all of them, but some Bands, as it were of a Superior Order, at those times keep Holiday; but others, whose task is more assiduously required, for the Preservation of Life, are wholly inhibited.  
Concerning these, 
All the Spirits enjoy rest, but not in Sleep.  that the reason of the difference may appear, and that the bounds of Sleep may be defined, we must note, that there is need for all the Animal Spirits (which constituting the Hypostasis of the Corporeal Soul, perform all its Functions) because they cannot incessantly exercise, or ever continue their Acts, to have frequent intermission; by which, being worn out and tired, they might be refreshed: notwithstanding there is not granted a Vacation or rest to the Spirits of every Regiment, after the same manner, nor in the like dimension.  
For the Animal Spirits, 
The Spirits only arising from the Brain, and who are the Authors of voluntary Functions enjoy Sleep.  which being born within the Brain, there constitute the chief Faculties of the Soul, and from thence flow into the Nervous stock, for the performing of the Spontaneous Acts of Sense and Motion, and effect the more hard and laborious tasks, are not tied to the continual performance of them, but are permitted, after hard labours, to lay aside their work, and as it were to be idle; so that the Privilege of Sleep properly pertains only to these. But as to the Animal Spirits of the other Kind, which being procreated within the Cerebel, and there receive and emit the Instincts, and forces of Sense and Motion, merely Natural; and from thence flowing into the Praecordia and Viscera, perform the more assiduous Offices of the Vital and Nutritive Function; I say, that the Labours of these are more easy, 
Not those Procreated in the Cerebel.  and less laborious; but as they are absolutely necessary for the preserving of Life, that they ought not almost at any time to lie still, therefore the aforesaid Spirits, being busied about these Offices, are not suffered to keep Holiday long, and to indulge themselves with Sleep, but it is sufficient for them, to intermit their tasks for a short space, and presently to resume them, and so to have, in stead of a longer Vacation, some broken times from their Labours: as chiefly appears from the pulse, and breathing, in which the times of motion and of rest, are reciprocal, and almost equal. Indeed the Spirits performing these tasks, seem as if condemned to the Stone of Sisyphus; to wit, that they still lift up the same burden, then resting whilst it slides down again, they presently, and so perpetually, repeat their Labour. Further, whilst that the Animal Spirits influencing the Viscera of Concoction, propagate the Acts of Vermiculation, from Part to Part, receive and give place to motion, and rest mutually in themselves; which also is more amply performed when we Sleep sound; in so much, that sometimes the work of more difficult Concoction, is not to be done but in Sleep. Therefore the Empire of Sleep chiefly and almost only belongs to the Animal Spirits, inhabiting the Brain, and the Executors of the Animal Function there, (of whose Acts we are knowing) and in the Appendix both Medullary and Nervous. If those Spirits arising from the Cerebel, as influencing some Pathetic Nerves, to wit, of the fifth and sixth Pair, seem to participate of Sleep, that happens by a consent, delivered from the Brain; to wit, by which the Commands, as of Motion, so of rest are conveyed to them.  
We affirm, 
T●e immediate Subject of Sleep, is the Knowing Part of the sensitive Soul.  That the immediate Subject of Sleep, is the greater Portion of the sensitive Soul, which being rooted in the Brain, and thence diffused into many Parts of the Body, is the Author of every Spontaneous Motion: But the Mediate, the Brain itself, and all the sensible and moving Parts, which Communicate with it. Also, on the contrary, the other lesser part of the sensitive Soul, which being rooted in the Cerebel, and thence stretched forth into the Praecordia, 
The Mediate are the Bodies containing it.  Viscera, and some other Bodies, is the Parent of the Vital and merely Natural Function, to wit, of whose Acts the Animal is not conscious, is freed from the Bonds of Sleep.  

The formal reason of Sleep.  From these, that we may proceed to deliver the formal Reason of Sleep, let us conceive, that this greater portion of the sensitive Soul (the Animal Sleeping) doth lay aside its expansion like a Veil, sinks within itself, and hiding its head, as it were within its own Bosom, sees nor cares for nothing, that is without; so that both the Emanation of the Spirits into the globous Part of the Brain, and also their irradiation, into the Nervous stock, ceasing; the Act of spontaneous Sense and Motion, both outwardly and inwardly, is suppressed.  

The beginning of Sleep, is in the Cortical part of the Brain, which is also the seat of the Memory.  If it be demanded, in what Part or Region these Spirits dwell, who first of all possess Sleep, and begin to be indulged with rest, before any others, it may be well supposed, that the Spirits first Sleeping, are those, which flowing within the globous part of the Brain, create the Acts of the Fantasy and Memory. To wit, these, either of their own accord, or by reason of the incourse of Strangers, falling down from the Pores of the Exterior Brain, in which they were wont to expatiate, convey themselves into its more deep Matrows, or middle Parts, where as it were lying down idly, entice the Spirits there implanted to the like slothfulness; and from thence flowing into the Nervous stock, recall others from their Efflux, and solicit them to idleness. Indeed, the Spirits irradiating the outer Brain, do first of all grow stupefied, and begin Sleep in their recess, as appears from hence, because there is a Necessity, for these sometimes to be repressed from their expansion, and to be driven inwards, that there may be a place left, for the instilling the Nervous juice, or matter for new bands of Spirits, into the Brain; wherefore, those veterane, or old ones, being not only wearied, go from their Station, but being as it were drowned by the Humour, plentifully rushing in, are compelled from their watches.  

The Causes of Sleep: First, what the final is.  From these things it will not be difficult to assign the Causes of Sleep; and first, that we may begin with the Final; (which is always the Key to the rest) If it should be demanded, for what end, the Animal Spirits going out of the globous part of the Brain, into its middle or marrowy Parts, are bound up with chains of Sleep, and so after a solemn manner, alter the vicissitudes, as of Exercise, so of Rest; this easily occurs; that the Animal Spirits (at least those who are wont to be more strongly exercised) lest they being wholly loosened should perish, and break the Hypostasis of the Soul, want for the sustaining of themselves a twofold prop, to wit, Rest and Food; by the former care is taken, lest the Spirits, for that they are highly volatile, should be very much drawn asunder, by too much Occupation, and acted into Confusion: wherefore, after that they have long and much laboured, they desire to rest, and be at quiet of their own accord; then by the other, to wit Food, the wastings both of themselves, and of the spirituous Liquor, with which they are washed, are repaired; therefore needful for them: But both these benefits, 
To wit, a refection and quieting of the Spirits.  requisite for the Spirits, to wit, their sedation and refreshment, are granted (and almost only) to Animals in Sleep. For althô in Waking, pleasant sensible Objects do something please the Spirits, and that the nourishing Liquor, supplied from Aliments newly received in, may something cherish them, yet a fuller refreshment, and quieting, by which they are sufficiently fortified, for the lively performing the Animal Functions, are not obtained but in Sleep; for then the Spirits being at leisure for some time, from Motion, get to themselves new stores; and in the mean time the Brain, like a dry Sponge, imbibing most greedily the nutritious Liquor, takes it for Provision for itself; which after a little space, it dispenses to the several Parts, both of its proper Regiment, and also of its Appendix; yea, plenty of the Spirits, and their food, being somewhat exhausted, the Brain, as it were another Stomach, seems to be hungry after Sleep, greatly to desire it, and not to be satisfied, unless it daily enjoys it, and that in its wont measure: for in the space of every Night, there is a certain Necessity of Sleeping for so many hours, as we have formerly accustomed ourselves to; if at other times, as after Eating, an evil Custom indulges Sleep, we afterwards more hardly want it, than our Dinner; for the privation of due Sleep, or what often accustomed to, is as it were a fasting to the Brain, by which, if long affected, that, and its Nervous Appendix, languish as it were for hunger.  

The formal Cause of Sleep, consists in the Rest of the Spirits, and in the watering of the containing Parts.  Therefore, for the taking of Sleep, by which the Brain may be filled, with the Nutricious Humour, and the Spirits, wearied or exhausted by Motion, may be refreshed, a certain Law of Nature, or Necessity is incumbent upon us, and calls it upon us oftentimes against our Minds: But this kind of Disposition being innate to most Animals, and chiefly to Man, whose Spirits are most of all employed, is the Final or Procatartick, or more remote Cause of Sleep; but its formal or Conjunct Cause, consists in these two things, viz. in the Vacation or Rest of the Spirits, and in the Irrigation or watering the Parts containing them; by which (as common to either Affection) a relaxation follows, from a Tensity or Inflation of the Brain, and Nervous Parts.  
As to the evident Causes or occasions, 
The evident Causes.  by which Sleep is wont to be introduced, first we must distinguish concerning Sleep; That it is either Natural or Ordinary, which every one enjoys daily, for so many set hours, and its accession and duration depends upon either Conjunct Cause existing together in Act, 
Sleep either Natural, or not Natural, or Preternatural.  viz. at the same time, the Spirits remitting their tasks, sink down, and the nourishing Humour flows into the Brain; then this being sufficiently watered, and they refreshed, Waking returns: Or Sleep is not Natural or Extraordinary, which for some occasions follows in an undue measure, and inconvenient time. Concerning preternatural Sleep, we shall speak more properly of it in another place; when we shall treat of Soporiferous or Sleepy Diseases. But as to the Non-natural, 
Sleep not Natural, sometimes begins, from the Spirits being brought low.  we have observed; that it is of a double Kind, according to the Complication of the Conjunct Cause; For either the Spirits first lie down, and so the Brain imbibes more copiously the apposite Liquor; or first the Brain is too much moistened with Humour, and so the Spirits being as it were drowned, are forced from their watches. For when the Blood every where washes the Cortex of the Brain, by almost innumerable Ramifications of Vessels, a certain spirituous Water from these bloody Rivulets, always stands at the Door, and is ready to be instilled into the Medullar Substance of the Brain; which, for as much as it is copiously received within, presently overwhelms the Spirits, and obstructs their passages, and so Sleep being called upon, every Animal Function ceases for a time; 
Sometimes from the Cortex of the Brain being too much watered.  yet, lest this should be too frequently and untimely done, the Animal Spirits, so long as they are lively and active, inflate the Substance of the Brain, and keep it extended, so that the Spirituous Liquor, which is also Soporiferous, is not admitted, but only in a small quantity, such as may suffice for the exciting of Sleep. But if either the Spirits being weary lie down of their own accord, or are compelled by the boiling Blood coming impetuously to the borders of the Brain, to give place to it, the aforesaid Liquor, rushing in on heaps, produces almost invincible Sleep. Wherefore, according to which, either the Animal Spirits open the doors of the Brain of their own accord, or the Nervous Liquor besieging them, impetuously breaks thorough; The Prophases, or evident Causes of Sleep, are of this or that rank: there are many Kinds of both of these, and ways of being done, the chief of which we shall briefly touch upon.  
First, 
For what Causes the Spirits lie down of their own accord. The force of Custom.  In the first place therefore, there are many Causes, for which the Animal Spirits begin of their own accord to keep Holiday, among which, the force or power of Custom obtains the chief place. For when we have accustomed ourselves to Sleep at certain set hours, the Spirits about the same time, as it were dismissing the force of their Motion, leaving presently all work, and External Commerce, retire inward, and indulge themselves with Rest: The reason of which is, because the sensitive Soul, for as much as it is void of all Science, and proper direction, determinates this or that thing to be done, by outward Accidents and Circumstances; wherefore, the Animal Spirits, in what path they are once led, unless they be hindered, will repeat to an hair their former tracts. Hence it is, that we both Sleep, and also Awake, at set and wont hours, also we expect and hardly can pass by, the same times of Dinner and Supper. So solemn the manner of Nature is to do the same thing which it did before, and till being taught new things, it is the manner of its Government, constantly and exactly to observe the old. An Example of this Kind of Natural assiduity is admirable, which was told me for certain, of a Fool living some years in our Neighbourhood; who, though he were silly and foolish, 
A notable Example of Natural Custom or Assiduity.  yet did he know exactly, without any sign, the interspaces of the Hours, and as often as the space of an whole Hour was elapsed, as if he had been a living Clock, he would presently personate the like Number of the Hour, with so many hoarse found'st, and no business or employ about any other occupation, could make him omit this Task. He at the beginning was wont to imitate aloud, by making a noise, every stroke of the sounding Clock; and as often as he heard the sounding of the Bell of the Clock, presently he cried, One, Two, Three, etc. repeating successively the several Pulsations; hence it happened afterwards, that the Animal Spirits, by daily imitation, being accustomed to be stirred up, to such a Motion, according to the set spaces of Time, at length they were able to distinguish the same Periods of their own accord, nothing directing, as if the sliding spaces of time, had been measured out by the wheels of a Clock.  
Secondly, 
2 The Spirits being weary, lie down on their own accord.  The Animal Spirits being wearied by the hard labour of the Body, or too serious intention of the Mind, indulge themselves with Sleep of their own accord: For when after immoderate exercise, by reason of Heat and Sweat flowing forth, the Spirits plentifully exhale, and those which are left being as it were poured forth and distracted one from another, as soon as those have left them, they presently lay aside all work, that they may Concentre themselves within, and recollect their forces; for the like reason, after vehement study, or long Contention of the Mind, by reason that the Animal Spirits become very much tired, we grow Sleepy; yea, sometimes serious Meditation, and when employed with Hearing (chiefly of Sacred things,) and great Attention, procures an invincible Sleep; the reason of which is, not that the Spirits are so much consumed or wearied, but because they are gathered together in two great heaps in the Brain; and so with them too great plenty of the Nervous Humour is poured in, whereby the Brain is overflowed: Hence also it is, that if presently after Eating, Reading or Philosophical Lectures be attended to, they shall cause Sleep sooner than an Opiate; to wit, because these more grave Exercises of the Mind, both convey more plentifully to the Head, the Blood; and at the same time the Spirits Concentre together on every side towards the middle Part of the Brain; wherefore, from the Blood coming to its border, a mighty heap of Nervous juice is admitted in; by which the Spirits are presently overturned, and their spaces stuffed up; the contrary happens, as often as any one after a full Banquet shall go to the Theatres, to see Plays, for the Spirits being stretched forth by delectation, blow up and distend the Brain, so that the coming in of the Sleepy Humour, though heaped up at the Door, is kept out.  

The pleasing of the Senses, and the Fantasy, cause Sleep.  Thirdly, We may observe, that the Animal Spirits, when delighted with a soft Harmony, are invited inwards from the Organs of the Senses, and being there recreated, slide into Sleep. So a certain Musical and soft modulation of the Voice, the gentle murmur of Waters, the soft whispering of the Wind, also pleasant Fancies, as when we Imagine ourselves to be in a green Meadow, or splendid Houses, because by this means, the Spirits gently Concentre together, Sleep is wont to creep upon one.  

The Spirits are Compelled into Sleep, by Narcoticks.  Fourthly, There remains another manner of introducing Sleep, to wit, when the Animal Spirits are oppressed by Narcoticks or Opiates taken inwardly, or applied outwardly, and so are inhibited the exercise of their Function. For Opiates, because they Poison the Spirits, extinguish their forces, as Water poured upon Fire, or Sulphur laid on the Kitchen Fire, and cause a Torpor or Numbness; wherefore, if they are more largely taken, that they cannot be overcome by the Spirits put to flight, who by little and little being recollected, renew the Systasis of the Soul, a deadly or perpetual Sleep follows.  

Their Penury or want persuades to Sleep.  Fifthly, To this rank aught to be referred the Penury or evil Constitution of the Animal Spirits; for when they are either deficient in Plenty, or are dull and Torpid, that they can neither tolerate daily or hard Exercises, nor actuate the Brain, nor defend it against the Inundations of the serous Humours, from thence are wont to be induced a Torpor or Numbness, and frequent Sleepiness of the Animal Faculty; as is to be observed in Dropsical and Scorbutical People: but the Consideration of this Kind of Torpor, we shall refer to another place, where we speak of Soporiferous Diseases.  

By what, and how many ways Sleep begins from the Brain, first affected.  2. Another Kind of evident Causes, by which Sleep is introduced, consists in this, that the Brain is first affected; then by its Consent, the Animal Spirits being half overthrown, betake themselves to rest; these Kind of Effects are chiefly brought in when an heap of Serum is poured in upon the Brain from the Blood too much stuffed with a watery Humour, which watering it with too much moisture, rushes overs its Pores and Passages, 
When its Compass it overflowed, by the Serum coming to it.  and as it were drowes the Animal Spirits flowing in them. Such an Inundation of Spirits is produced, either from a too great taking in of Food, whence the Blood swelling up above measure, with the nourishing Humour, too much puts down upon the Brain the plentiful provision of Nervous Juice; wherefore, presently after a more full feeding or drinking, men become Sleepy; or also, the Blood, as to its Temper, being made more watery, 
To which may be added, the imbecility of the Brain, and looseness of the Pores.  moistens the Brain, as it were with a perpetual shower, and so renders those affected continually Sleepy; as is wont to come to pass ordinarily in Dropical and Scorbutical People. To these may be added, and oftentimes is partly the Cause, the imbecility or weakness of the Brain, and the looseness of its Pores, so that, they gaping too much, most easily admit the serous heap, whereby Sleepiness is brought in. For it is observed, That Drunkards, especially such as drink Wine, fall asleep with it, on the least occasion, and not only become Drunk, but also Drowsy or Sleepy. The reason of which is, that when the passages of the Brain, are more often and untimely unlocked, with the Particles of the Wine, at length become so feeble, that the Blood growing hot above measure, pours forth its Recrements upon the Brain, and so causes from thence a torpor or stupidness therein.  

Sleep not from fu●●s or vapours.  These are the chief means, whereby Sleep is effected, when it is excited, by reason of the overflowing of the Nervous juice, and as it were the overturning of the Animal Spirits. But as to these, it hath been far otherways taught, by the Opinion of the Vulgar, to wit, that fumes and vapours are raised up from the Chyle, or Humours growing hot within the Viscera of Concoction, which cloud the Brain, and so cause a Numbness. But this Opinion easily falls, since the Circulation of the Blood, and the more plentiful Suffufion of it on the Brain, have been known; and that the rather, because a passage from the Stomach into the Head, thorough so many Inwards, and bony Cloisters, like stops, 
The Matter of Sleep, conveyed only by the Arteries.  seem impervious, or not passable for the sending up of fumes. Without doubt, much the greatest part of the Humour, with which the Brain is watered, and the Spirits inhabiting it, over-turned, during Sleep, is carried by the Arteries, and distilled in immediately from the Mass of Blood. But althô we deny vapours elevated from the Stomach to the Head, to cause Sleep, yet by reason of some affections of the Ventricle, it manifestly appears, that Sleepiness is induced; for as much as Opiates being taken, they begin to operate oftentimes presently, and before the virtue or any of their Particles can come to the Brain, 
Why raw and indigested meats induce Sleepiness.  by the passage of the Blood. This also appears, because we become Sleepy from more gross Meats, and of ill Digestion, which stay long in the Stomach, and burden it. The reason of which seems to be, because, when as the Corporeal Soul, or a principle portion of it, is the immediate Subject of Sleep, and she entertains it, for as much as being restrained from Expansion, and as it were drawing a Curtain, she enters into herself, and sinks down on every side, towards the middle of the Brain; we say, that such a subsiding of the Soul, or its chiefest part, though done in the Brain, is oftentimes excited, by reason of the Cause lying hid in the Stomach; because there is a mighty Sympathy, 
That happens by reason of the Consent, which is between the Stomach and the Brain, and which it has with the whole Soul besides.  between this and that; or rather, the Animal Spirits, inhabiting the Ventricle, althô arising from the Cerebel, conspire so intimately with the desiring or knowing Soul (which is the Inhabitant of the Brain) that they are able to bend, exalt, depress it every way. The Appetite of necessary or delicate food, snatches it from any other proposition or desire. The frustrated longing of big-bellyed Women, causes an Abortion, or a Monstrous Birth. At the first taste of a draught of Wine, before the Liquor can be carried into the Blood, it lifts up and wonderfully cheers the drooping Soul. In like manner on the contrary, Opiates or Sleeping Medicines, because they stupefy or mortify the Animal Spirits, 
How Opiates Cause Sleep, whilst they operate in the Ventricle.  implanted in the Stomach, bring presently a Torpor to the Knowing part of the Soul, and sometimes an extinction to its whole Hypostasis, both flamy and lucid: For the same reason, undigested Aliments, because they fix and burden the Spirits inhabiting the Ventricle, render the others Presiding in the Brain, for some time, Dull and Torpid.  
But sleep seems to begin not only from the Ventricle, 
How Sleep seems to begin in the Eyes.  but for the most part from the Eyes; for when about to Sleep of our own accord, we ourselves first of all shut our Eyes, & our Eyes being made heavy, and dull, Sleep creeping upon us whether we will or no, love to be closed; yea, if we would watch longer, we rub our forehead, and Eyelids, and open them with a certain force, as if about to cast off Sleep chiefly there arising. Concerning these, we may say, that rest, being about to be indulged to Animals, may be the less disturbed, Divine Providence hath so provided, that the Windows being presently shut, the meeting with External Objects may be hindered. The Eyes ought to perform this Office especially, as the most noble Sensory; also that they may more certainly perform it; whilst the Knowing Soul withdraws itself, and Contract its Compass, the Spirits being recalled towards the middle of the Brain; the Sight, as the Organs of the other Senses, are destitute, and left flaccid and apt to fall down; and this happens chiefly and more certainly to the Eyes, because Sleep coming on, the Brain becoming full and swelled with the flowing in of the Nervous juice, at that time more uberous or plentifully abounding, very much presses upon the Optic Nerves, and those moving the Eyes, lying under its basis with a long passage, (different from any others) and so hinders the wont inflowing of the Spirits into the Sensory of Sight.  
Thus much for the Nature, 
Of the Effects of Sleep.  Causes, and the various ways of inducing of Sleep; there yet remains for us to consider of the chief Effects and Alterations of it, which it is wont to bring to Soul and Body, 
1 Towards the Vital or Flamey part of the Soul.  and their Parts and Humours, and first, what it brings to the Vital or Flamey part of the Soul, radicated in the Blood.  
Concerning this, first of all we shall note, That the Blood is more enkindled, and much more plentifully burns forth in Sleep, 
The Blood is more enkindled, and inflamed in Sleep, than in Waking.  than in Waking: the Truth of this is plain, from the standing Observations of such as have given it for Law, that Men Sleeping, exhale or breathe forth a departure of a far greater weight, than Men Waking, though they use Exercise and Sweat. Moreover, Reason and Experience dictate the same thing, for as a Combustible Matter, being placed near the Centre of enkindling, and heaped about it, burns more than if the same being divided into parts, smoking and half enkindled, should be drawn out and planted here and there in various places; in like manner, it may be judged of the Blood, which being quiet in Sleep, being called aside or disturbed with no Passions, nor with the impulses of the Muscles out of the Praecordia, or detained out of doors, enters the Lungs with a more full Flood, and there more slowly passes thorough the Centre or place of accension; 
Wherefore those that Sleep, are apt to be Cold outwardly.  whence, there is a Necessity, that it should then be more plentifully enkindled, and burn with a greater flame, than if touched only with a more light burning, it should hastily pass thorough those places. But every one doth know by Experience in himself, that in Sleeping, the Praecordia grow very hot, and the External Parts are apt to be cold; wherefore, there is need of covering them with Bed-Cloaths, whereby the Effluvia, detained about the Compass of the Body, might warm it, whilst in the mean time there is a Burning in the Breast, and from the Flame and Soot ascending from thence, the Tongue and Parts about the Mouth, as if roasted, are white: Hence in the Daytime those Sleeping in the open Air, or any where else, unless well defended with clothes, take Cold: for by reason of the Heat being drawn back, the Cold little Bodies of the Air compassing them, enter into the Pores, and stop them up; but on the other side, Asthmatical People, and such as have their Lungs stuffed or bound together, or are otherways difficult to be moved, hardly Sleep within the Bed, because the ambient Heat so greatly increases the Flame, enkindled in the Praecordia, that for the eventilating it, and conveying it thorough the Arteries, the Lungs being weak, and growing tired in the Motion, are scarce, nay, not at all sufficient.  

2 Sleep allays the disorders of the Blood.  2. For as much as the Blood is more enkindled during Sleep, therefore then chiefly its disorders are allayed. But these are of a twofold Kind: to wit, either the Blood is variously agitated hither and thither by the impulses of the Containing and Neighbouring Bodies, as in violent Passions, and Commotions both of the Body and of the Soul: Or it grows turgid, or swells up by its proper rage, after the manner of fermenting Wine, from the Heterogene, and heating Particles being mixed with it. As to the First, so long as we are Waking, the Course of the Blood being very much disturbed, is continually agitated as it were with certain winds: because the Fantasy, more strong Meditation, the Appetite, and the several Passions, drive the Blood sometimes more swiftly, sometimes repress it by their Influence, snatch it impetuously sometimes into these, sometimes into those Parts, and thence again repel it. Besides these Floods, stirred up by the Mind, 
Whither they are induced by the containing Bodies.  also the Motions of the Body and Members, render its Course yet more troubled and dangerous; because the Sanguiferous Vessels, being variously pressed, by the Motive Parts, and by and by released; they variously transfer, and call back the Blood, and by and by snatch it elsewhere; hence, its Humour, so long as it rapidly runs from place to place, evaporates less, and so heaps together a greater stock of Excrementitious Matter, which being suppressed within, stirs up Preternatural Heat, and renders the Flame of the Blood unequal, more smoky, and troubled, yea sharp and biting, and so troublesome to the Heart and Brain, and also to several Viscera, and sometimes to the whole Nervous Kind, all which notwithstanding Sleep allays; yea whilst the Animal Spirits lie quiet, like allayed winds, the Sea of the Blood presently becomes Calm.  

The Internal boiling up of the Blood, is also allayed by Sleep.  Nor is the Blood, disturbed by reason of its proper Effervescency, less quieted by Sleep: for when it grows hot from such a Cause, it flames not forth with a clear and bright Flame, but fumes up with Smoak and Soot, and therefore being less eventilated, diffuseth a very troublesome and sharp heat: which also is more infestous, because the Recrements of the Blood, to wit, the Serum, and adust, and otherways viscous Particles, being involved with its smoking Latex, cannot be separated and carried away. But in Sleep, the Blood is soon quieted, and passes more slowly thorough the place of enkindling, to wit, the Lungs; wherefore being there first more enkindled, it burns with a clearer Flame, and also more mildly, and so the smoke presently ceasing, and some Heterogeneous Particles being burnt, all the rest extricating themselves from Confusion, what are profitable are employed in their designed Offices, and what are unprofitable, are bolted or sifted forth, partly by Breathing, Transpiration, or Sweat, and partly thorough the other Emunctories.  

The Blood performs its Offices, (which are the generation of the Animal Spirits, and the nourishing of the Parts) better in Sleep.  3. The Blood burning forth more clearly and plentifully in Sleep, at that time also performs better, yea chiefly, or almost only its Offices, the chief of which are, the Stilling forth of the Animal Spirits, and the Nutrition of the solid Parts. And first, it Prepares best of all Matter for both these, to wit, it well subdues, dresses, and ripens the Chime, infused into its Mass: than it instills the more pure and more subtle Part into the Shell of the Brain, from which, the veterane Spirits, during Sleep depart, for the end that a way may be open, for the Nervous or Spirituous Liquor to restore their Stores; and in the mean time, the other part of the Chime, is conveyed every way by the Arteries, to the solid Parts, and whilst they are quiet, it is best of all put upon them, and suffered to grow to them; otherwise, by their too great Motion and Agitation (as in Waking) it is apt to be shaken and wiped off.  

Sleep is not to be yielded to, presently after Eating.  But that Nutrition, and the Production of Animal Spirits may be rightly performed, in Sleep, it is not to be presently indulged after Eating; for so the aforesaid Offices are wont, not only to be hindered, but perverted into Evil: because if any one Sleep with his Belly full, the Chyle as yet Crude, is snatched into the Blood: then before it can be there broken small, and mixed with the Blood exactly, it is exposed to a more full enkindling within the Lungs; that from thence the Lungs themselves not rarely draw, as from Juices and Vapours there sent forth, 
Such Sleep burts the Lungs and Brain. Makes the Spirits more dull and gives evil nourishments.  from the Crude enkindled Matter (as it were from green Wood) an Evil: which thing indeed is observed of many, falling into the Phthisis or Consumption of the Lungs. Thirdly, At length from the Chime so evilly prepared, neither pure Spirits are dispensed to the Brain, nor laudable nourishment to the solid Parts; yea, that is obscured and made dull by Fumes and Vapours, and these are disposed into a cachexy or Atrophy.  
So much concerning the Effects and Alterations of Sleep, 
What Sleep affords to the lucid part of the Soul.  which indeed are wont to be more immediately impressed on the Flamey part of the Soul, rooted in the Blood, but mediately on the Parts of the Body depending upon it: Now let us see next, what this Passion brings to the other Part of the Soul, viz. the Lucid; and its Subjects, to wit, the Brain and Nervous Stock; Concerning these, we will show what Sleep contributes to the dispensation of the Nervous Liquor, and to the generation of Spirits out of it, we shall also further Consider, what sort of influence it has on their Exercises and Government.  
As to these, 
It refreshes the wearied Spirits inhabiting the Brain.  First, It is to be noted, which we beforementioned, to wit, that the Spirits of the Regiment of the Brain, the Executors of every Spontaneous Function, are employed only Waking; and that others arising from the Cerebel, both Waking and in Sleep: There is need for Sleep only for the former, whilst they are well, that their Expenses or consumed Stores might be by it repaired: yea, and that the languishing or weariness of those remaining might be refreshed. This every one experiences in himself, 
And allays them, being out of order.  and feels that there is no farther need of explaining it: But if the same Spirits, by some Morbific Cause, being provoked, are moved into disorder, that they become irregular about the Acts of Motions, or of the Senses, whether Interior or Exterior, and stir up a Delirium, Convulsions, or Pains, Sleep, like a Charm, fully quiets these Spirits, how mad and devilish soever they be: wherefore if it comes not of itself, in these Cases it ought to be fetched with Opiates.  
But as to the Spirits, 
The Spirits inhabiting the Cerebel, are disturbed, in Waking, with the Spirits of the other Regiment.  the inhabitants of the Cerebel, because, in Waking they are disturbed by the business and tumult of the Spontaneous Functions, and being called away from their Labours are hindered; therefore, they perform their tasks better in the rest and deep silence of the others: Hence the Concoction and the distribution of the Food, and the Separation of the Excrements, yea, and the Oeconomy of the whole Animal Function, is best performed by reason of Sleep: Hence, if at any time, too much Meat, or more gross than is wont, being eaten, molests the Stomach, and inducing fullness, nauseousness, or bitter and acid belching to it, approaching Sleep, for the most Parts takes away these Evils, and facilitating the Concoction of the Chyle, clears it from its sharpness, foulness, 
Why those being disturbed, do perform their Offices better, whilst these lie quiet in Sleep.  and bitterness. The reason of which is, because the Animal Spirits, which actuating the Fibres of the Stomach, serve for Digestion, whilst awake; being forced to bear its manner or guise towards the Brain, and its Parts, are distracted here and there, and are called away from their proper work, so that the Meat being as it were unfermented, and undigested, stays in the Ventricle. This every one plainly experiences in himself, if presently he sits down after feeding to Study, or serious Reading, for then the Brain being full and disturbed, the ponderous and heavy Chyle in the Stomach, is deprived of Digestion: 
Other benefits of Sleep are noted.  But in Sleep, the Spirits inhabiting the Ventricle, being freed from the Businesses of the Brain, do best of all perform their task, and rightly digest and exalt by Fermentation, the Chyle in the Stomach, like an Elixir in a Furnace, with an equal and convenient heat. 
Hence Chy●ification, and other functions merely Natural, are performed best of all in Sleep.  I might here enumerate other benefits of Sleep, for as much as it refreshes the whole Faculties of the Soul, renews the vigour of the Intellect or Wit, sharpens the Senses, stops the tumults of Passions, recollects the forces of the Cogitations, as often as they are either wholly enervated, or distracted by immoderate Study, or long Waking, allays and quiets all things, and heals the weak Brain, and the languishments of its Parts, yea, and of all other Parts and Powers, by giving to them new forces or strength, as it were Food to such as want.  
The Nature, Causes, and Effects of Sleep, being unfolded after this manner, before we wholly leave its Consideration, it will not be from the Matter, to subjoin something of Dreams, we shall here purposely pass over what manner of Signification they have, both Natural, as they indicate the intemperance of the Brain, and also fatidical, as if they were inspired by a Daemon, 
Of Dreams.  and are affirmed to Prophesy things to come: we shall only inquire by what Motion, and agitation of the Animal Spirits, Dreams are produced in the Brain. We say therefore, that the Animal Spirits, although they affect naturally alternate times of Motion and Rest, and whilst they indulge Rest, instilling fresh Nervous Humour to the Brain, they suffer themselves to be bound together with Embraces, as it were with Chains, that they may not enter into Motion; yet it for the most part happens, that some Spirits easily cast off this Bond, and love to wander hither and ●hither, 
What they are.  in the deep silence of the Rest. And indeed Dreams are only the Excursions of some Spirits in the Brain, from their bond or tye, which, whilst the rest are strictly bound together, wander about, without any Guide or Ruler; and repeat the types or shadows of Motions, as it were Dances before learned; and are wont to represent the Cogitations of things, 
They are sometimes excited by the Spirits inhabiting the Brain.  though after a very confused manner. The Spirits which being got loose, variously run about, whilst the rest are bound together, gain the Liberty of Motion, by a twofold means. To wit, some Spirits, fly from the Captivity of Sleep, for the most part, by reason of the Heat and Agitation of the Brain, as by Drinking of Wine, the fume of Tobacco, immoderate Exercise, as also by the Passions, and more hard study, is wont to arise: for by these means, the Spirits are stirred up, by a certain Stimulation or Provokement, and are driven as it were into rage, that, though Sleep creep upon them, all of them will not be bound or restrained, but that some of them will walk about the Sepulchers of the rest, like Spectres in a Churchyard, and Cause stupendious Apparitions of things. 
Sometimes by Spirits inhabiting other Parts, to wit, the Stomach, Spleen, Genitals.  Another Exsuscitation of some Spirits in the Brain, whereby Dreams are produced, is made by reason of some Spirits being disturbed in other Parts, as in the Praecordia, Stomach, Spleen, Genitals, etc. By which, whilst the same Perturbation is Communicated by the Nerves to the Brain, perhaps one or two Handfuls or Bands of Spirits, there stirred up, causes various Fantasies to be represented. In the Disease called the Incubus or Nightmare, when the Praecordia are stopped in their Motion, or otherwise hindered, by reason of the Nerves being bound together, we Dream some Animal or heavy weight lying upon the Breast, stops our Breathing. The Genital Humour growing turgid or swelling up in the Vessels, and irritating them, produceth immodest Dreams. Undigested and gross Meats, eaten at Supper, because they aggravate or lie heavy in the Ventricle, and trouble it, render Sleep also troubled, and infested with terrible and affrightful Fantasies; in like manner we might easily show, that it is the same with many other Parts.  
Whilst as it were private Troops of Spirits, being excited in the Brain, carrying themselves hither and thither, exercise the Fantasy, their Divergency or Excursions happen sometimes regularly, 
Dreams sometimes stir up local Motions'.  sometimes inordinately: and therefore Dreams, represent either the Series of things before acted, or only Chimeras, or Notions altogether incongruous and disagreeing. Further, whilst the Animal Spirits, being agitated by this means, within the Brain, produce Dreams or the Images of Cogitations, do often leap back, into the Nervous Stock, and there stirring up other Spirits, produce divers sorts of local Motions: wherefore some Men also, when they Sleep sound, are wont to rise out of their Bed, to walk here and there, to remove the Householdstuff from place to place, oftentimes to put on their clothes, to open the Doors, go up Stairs, and to pass over Rocky places, which they could scarce go over when Awake; in the mean time if they meet with any Obstacle in their Progress, they either advisedly pass by it, or remove it out of the way. I knew a certain Man, who was wont after this manner to walk a-nights' like a Spectre, and to speak to others whom he met being Awake, would take them by the hand, and oftentimes strike them, then, unless he being roughly handled did Awake; returning to his Bed, and after Awaking of his own accord, knew nothing at all of what he had done. Yea, it is observed of most of these Nightwalkers like Spirits, that being awakened, they scarce remember any thing of what they did, or acted in their Sleep; as if they suffered something that was different from other Dreamers; for these think that they perform local Motions, when indeed there is no such thing, but the others move from place to place, and yet know nothing of it. In Dreamers, the Spirits being stirred up, spread or are carried wholly inwards, towards the Callous Body, and affect only the Imagination and Memory: but in those walking in their Sleep, some handfuls or bands of them, being awakened, direct their tendency only outwards, towards the moving Parts, in the mean time, the Common Sense, Imagination, and Memory are not at all affected. It is wonderful, what ordinarily happens to Witches, or Wisewomen; to wit, they, whilst they lie Buried in a profound Sleep imagine that they are in very far and remote places, and that they have seen the Spectacles of Seas and Lands, and things wholly unknown to them, and shall exactly describe them; which without doubt is, because the Devil brings the Ideas of these things before the Fantasy, and so strongly impresses them, that they for a certain believe, that they had been in them: On the contrary, Walkers in their Sleep, wander about the whole House, and its Precincts, and truly perform divers Actions, of which, when they are Awake, they are wholly ignorant. If the reason of this Kind of Passion be inquired into, this first of all occurs; that those so affected, freely exercise, at that time, the Faculties, both Sensitive and Locomotive; because, they not only move their Feet and Arms, as it were in certain Measures and Numbers, as a Machine furnished with wheels and force is wont to do; but moreover, they hear with their Ears, see with their Eyes, and with a certain discretion vary their local Motions, according to the Impressions made from sensible things. Wherefore, from hence we may lawfully conclude, that some Animal Spirits, being stirred up inordinately, within the hinder Part of the middle of the Brain, perhaps about the streaked Bodies, do strike upon the little heads of the Nerves, and so raise up other Spirits, implanted by a long Series, within the nervous Passages, and the moving Parts, and drive them into Motions before accustomed to; hence the divers move of the Body and Members, are produced. But, because the tendency of the Spirits excited is made only outwards, and is not at all reflected inwards into the streaked and Callous Bodies; therefore, for that the Common Sensory nor the Imagination are affected, they neither perceive nor remember the Actions they had done▪ If it should be demanded, (for as much as the Common Sense at this time is stupefied or asleep) by what instinct the Animal Spirits are determined, according to the Impressions of Sensible Things, for the performing of local Motions of this or that Kind; It may be said, That this reciprocation of Sense and Motion, depends chiefly upon Custom, viz. The Spirits being before accustomed to be ordered after this or that manner, and having gotten the Liberty of Action in Sleep, compose themselves of their own accord, for the performing of their wont Measures; even as when an Harper, whilst he is thinking of some other thing, his Fingers being before taught the Numbers of the Tune, exactly strike the Strings, with wonderful agility and discretion.  
Therefore, the Cause of walking in Sleep, seems to consist in this, viz. That the Animal Spirits are too fierce and unquiet, and will not all lie down together, but that some of them, more fierce than the rest, leap forth of their own accord, and enter into Motion, like as perhaps one or two Dogs, starting out without government, leave the company of the rest and fall to Hunting: For that Cause also, the Spirits so apt to wander and roam about for Excursion, obtain their more free spaces in the Oblong Marrow, nigh the Nervous Original, rather than in the Brain or in its middle or marrowie Part. For it seems, that during Sleep, the Pores and Passages in the globous frame of the Brain, are stuffed up so, that the Spirits there, like to water frozen, are thrust in hard together; in the mean time, the Substance within the Medullar Processes of the Brain, and the Oblong Marrow, which lead towards the Nervous Original, is more loose, and possessed less with an adventitious Humour; that the Spirits there being ready for Motion, easily make way for themselves to go forth, and entering the little heads of the Nerves, produce local Motions, of which the Common Sense, and the Superior Faculties of the Soul are utterly ignorant. For such a Disposition of the Brain and its Appendix, which inclines to wand'ring by Night, as if it depended upon a certain peculiar Conformation of the Organ, is proper to some Men from their Birth; nor does it indifferently happen to all Men, or is ever contracted by the reason of inordinate Living. I have known in a certain Family, where both the Father, and all his Children were obnoxious to this Affection, the Brothers would often run up and down in the Night, in their Sleep, sometimes meet and lay hold upon one another, and so awake one another. But others, who had not this Evil impressed upon them from their Birth, have fallen into this Distemper, without any forewarning or manifest Occasion.  
Thus much concerning Sleep, and by the by of Dreams: we have largely handled thus the Nature of it, because this Speculation very much Conduces to the illustrating the Affections of the Brain, 
Of Waking. A double Consideration of it. 1. As it follows upon Sleep. Waking is either Natural or Violent.  and the Nervous Stock. It behoves us next, that we consider of the Aurora of Sleep, to wit, Waking; but this may be considered under a twofold respect; either First, for as much as it succeeds Sleep, it is its bound; or Secondly, according to its proper Essence. As to the former, we Awake, or Sleep is shaken off, either because it ends of its own accord, or because it is interrupted. That it may end of its own accord, two things are requisite, to wit, that the Animal Spirits, being enough refreshed, rise up of their own accord, and return to their wont watches; which indeed, they for the most part do, at a set-time, unless hindered: Secondly, That what ever is superfluous of the serous Humour, by whose Embraces the Spirits are bound, be evaporated: for after Banqueting, or often Drinking, by which a greater plenty of the serous and spirituous Latex is carried to the Brain, we Sleep longer; so that there is need that Sleep be longer protracted, that it may suffice to spew forth the untamed Wine. But Rest is very much interrupted by a violent Sensation; to wit, some Spirits dwelling about the Extremities of the Nerves, being awakened by the impulse of some strong object, awake others in the Common Sensory, whereby Sensation is performed, and then the stroke being further continued, all, being as it were at a Sign given, called to Arms, awake suddenly, and fall to their watches. This kind of troublesome Sensation, which awakes the Animal Spirits from Sleep, is not only brought in from an outward sensible thing, as when a great sound, or struck made on the Flesh, shakes off Sleep; but sometimes the Nervous Parts are pulled by a sharp Humour, Physic, Worms, and other Internal Distempers, and so a Convulsion or Pain arising, the Spirits are compelled into Motion, and for that reason, we are excited from Sleep. As often as Sleep is broken off sooner than it ought, often yawning, and reatching, for the most part follows: the reason of which is, because the Spirits being awakened, strive by contracting and extending those Parts, to shake off the Dewie Humour, not sufficiently evaporated from the Brain and Nervous Parts. Further, If we are forced to awake, before the Spirits are refreshed with their wont Provision, they from thence become dull and heavy, and less ready for the exercise of the Animal Function.  

The Essence or formal Reason of Waking.  As to the Essence or formal Reason of Waking, it consists in the liberty and expansion of the Animal Spirits, in the Brain, and the whole Nervous Stock. For these, like standing Soldiers, desire to watch, both to meet the sensible Object, also by reason of their obedience towards the Superior Powers of the Soul, so long as they are fit for this work: But that the Animal Spirits may be able to perform their watches in a just time, and with their whole strength it is required, that they should be free without any Impediments; to wit, that they be not irritated with any gross, or otherways Excrementitious Humour, nor drowned with a serous heap, but that being free from all burden, they might remain ready, and still nimble for the swiftest Motions. Then Secondly, That the Spirits may rightly perform their watches, there is need, that they should be only entangled in moderate Affairs. Being fitted by these Kind of defences, they lively accomplish their Task, and daily for so many hours, continue their Motion, like the Wheels of a Clock, and then, the time being expired, they go to Rest of their own accord.   
The End of the First Part.   

THE SECOND PART PATHOLOGICAL: OR Of the DISEASES which belong to the Corporeal Soul and its Subjects, viz. The Brain and the Nervous Stock.  

CHAP. I.  
Of the Headache.  
THE pain of the Head is wont to be accounted the chiefest of the Diseases of the Head, 
The Pain of the Head the chiefest and most common affection among Diseases.  and as it were to lead the troops of the other Affections of that part; for that it is the most common and most frequent symptom, to which indeed there is none but is sometimes obnoxious, so that it is become a Proverb, as a sign of a more rare and admirable thing, That his Head did never ache.  
The Headache, though it be a most frequent Distemper, hath so various, uncertain, and often a contrary original, that it seems most difficult to deliver an exact Theory of its appearance, containing the solutions of so manifold, and often opposite things. 

The Causes of it manifold, and very divers, that they 〈…〉 be methodically recited.  
Hence it is, that its Cure is often instituted Empirically.   This Disease being constant to no temperament, constitution, or manner of living, nor to no kind of evident or adjoining causes; ordinarily falls upon cold and hot, sober and intemperate, the empty and the full bellied, the fat and the lean, the young and old, yea upon Men and Women of every age, state, or condition. Hence, because they cannot satisfy any one sick with this Distemper, with the causes of it, most commonly they say, they all proceed from Vapours. Further, the Cure of this Disease is more happily instituted, not so much by certain Indications, as by trying various things, and at length, by collecting an Extempore method of Healing, from things helping and hurting. Wherefore, if I should go about to untie this hard knot, by drawing forth the matter more deeply and more accurately, I must ask for pardon, if I am carried, by a long compass, thorough the various Series and Complication of Causes: and if at length, by any means, the Aeriology or the Reason of this Disease may be fully detected, a more certain way to its Cure may be opened.  
Therefore, 
What things belong to its Pathology.  that we may go on more fully to institute this Pathology, or showing the Causes or symptoms of this Disease, we ought first of all to unfold the Subject, and the formal reason of this Disease, together with the Causes and differences; then to subjoin the Curatory method, and to illustrate it with some more rare Cases and Observations.  
As to the former, as all pain is a hurt or violated Action, or a troublesome sension or feeling, depending on a Convulsion, or a Corrugation of the Nerves, the Subject of the Headache are the most nervous parts of the Head, that is, the Nerves themselves, as also the Fibres and Membranes, and such as are more and most sensible, seated both without and within the skull. 
The Subject of this Disease.  But the parts of this kind, which are affected with pain, are first the two meanings, and their various processes, the Coats of the Nerves, the Pericranium (or skin compassing the skull) and other thin skinny Membranes, the fleshy pannicle of the Muscle, and lastly the skin itself. As to the Brain and Cerebel, and their Medullary dependences, we affirm, That these Bodies are free from pains, 
The formal Reason of it.  because they want sensible Fibres, apt to be wrinkled and distended: the same, for the like reason, may be said of the Skull.  
2. But whensoever pain is excited any where about the nervous parts of the Head, its formal reason consists in this, That the Animal Spirits being drawn one from another, and put to flight, cause the containing Bodies to be pulled together and wrinkled, and so stir up a troublesome sension or feeling: But that which so distracts the Spirits, that from thence a troublesome feeling arises, is some improportionate thing, rushing upon the Spirits themselves, or on the Bodies containing them, which entering the Pores of, and spaces between, the Fibres, pulls them one from another, and so drives the spirits dwelling there into disorder.  

The differences and kinds.  3. As to the differences of the Headache, the common distinction is, That the pain of the Head is either without the Skull, or within its cavity: The former is a more rare and a more gentle disease, 
Pain is either without, or within the Skull;  because the parts above the Skull are not so sensible as the interior meanings; nor are they watered with so plentiful a flood of Blood, that by its sudden and vehement incursion, they may be easily distended, or inflamed above measure. Secondly, The other kind of Headache, to wit, within the Skull, is more frequent, and much more cruel, because the Membranes, clothing the Brain, are very sensible, and the Blood is poured upon them by a manifold passage, and by many and greater Arteries. Further, because the Blood or its Serum, sometimes passing thorough all the Arteries at once, both the Carotides and the Vertebrals, and sometimes apart, thorough these or those, on the one side or the opposite, bring hurt to the meanings, hence the pain is caused that is interior; 
Or universal, or particular.  which is either universal, infesting the whole Head or its greatest part; or particular, which is limited to some private region; 
This either before, behind, or on the side.  and sometimes produces a Megrim on the side, sometimes in the forepart, and sometimes in the hinder part of the Head.  
There are many other differences of this Disease, to wit, That the Pain is either light or vehement, 
Many other differences of it noted;  sharp or dull, short or of continuance, continual or intermitting; its approaches sometimes periodical and exact, sometimes wand'ring and uncertain. Also by reason of the Conjunct Cause, which (as shall be declared by and by) sometimes is the Blood, sometimes certain excrements of it, as either the Serum, or nourishing juice, or vapours, or wind; sometimes it is the nervous liquor, sometimes a congression or striving of it with the bloody liquor: The Headache may be called, either bloody, and that either simple, or else serous, vaporous, or otherways excrementitious; or else Convulsive, from the humour watering the nervous Fibres, and irritating them into painful Corrugations.  

Of which the chiefest is, that it is either occasional, or habitual.  Concerning these, that we may proceed methodically, we shall rehearse in a certain order, the various kinds of this Disease, with their Causes; and it seems good, that we distinguish the Pain of the Head to be either accidental, or occasional and habitual: The former is wont to be excited without any foregoing cause, or previous disposition, by the solitary evident cause▪ as when an Headache happens almost to all men after the drinking of Wine. 
The reason of the former unfolded.  Surfeiting, lying in the Sun, or vehement exercise, also in the fits of Fevers; to wit, forasmuch as the Blood being incited, more than it was wont, and boiling up immoderately, very much blows up and distends the Membranes it passes thorough; 

The habitual Pain of the Head hath always a more remote Cause, besides the evident Cause.  
The evils, or the weak Constitution of the affected part, and the easy flowing in of the morbific matter, concur to this more remote cause.  
The Parts of the Head predisposed, and their vices, viz. an evil or weak conformation are noted.   yea the Serum and Vapours, copiously sent forth, from it, then growing hot, and rushing on the Membranes, pull and provoke the nervous Fibres.  
Secondly, The habitual pain of the Head, hath some procatartick or more remote Cause fixed somewhere, by reason of which it is troubled, either constantly or often; so that though it sometimes intermits, yet it often returns of its own accord, and is excited also upon every light occasion: but this, whether it be continual or intermitting, hath neither always, nor only, the Suffusions or too great Evaporations of the Blood or Serum, for the Conjunct Cause, (although these are often present, where notwithstanding they are rather instead of the Evident Cause, than the Conjunct) but beside, an evil procatarxis, or a certain predisposition, is always affixed to the part affected, or wont to be distempered; by reason of which, the aforesaid Causes, also the inordinations of the Nervous Liquor, and the meeting and growing hot of it with the bloody Serum, or the Nutritious Juice, raise up the fits of pains.  
Although the more remote Cause of the Headache be manifold and divers, so that its several kinds can scarcely be numbered, yet for the constituting it, these two, to wit, either one or both of them, do chiefly or for the most part lead the way, viz. First, The evil or weak Constitution of the affected part. Secondly, Then, because of the more easy and ready heaping up of the Morbific matter in it.  
As to the former, the parts of the Head obnoxious to pains, are the Nervous Fibres, belonging to the Membranes, Tendons, the Musculous flesh, and other sensible Bodies; the Morbid provision of which consists in their evil conformation or debility.  
Of these, 
The former often times is innate and hereditary;  that the former is sometimes innate and hereditary, appears from hence, because the Disease is often delivered from the Parents to the Children: and seems to be done chiefly by this means: because the covering of the Head being made more thick, or more close than it ought, neither the humours, nor the vapours do easily pass thorough; wherefore being by these restrained, and hindered in their Motion, and so heaped up, the meanings, Pericranium, and other sensible parts, being too much stuffed, or inflated, or hauled, receive pains: to which happens, that sometimes, by reason of the original intemperance of the Brain, the Humours or Vapours about the parts, hanging like an arch over it, are variously heaped up together.  
2. But it more often comes to pass, 
But more often is contracted anew:  that the Vices of an evil Conformation, by which these or those parts of the Head are disposed to the Headache, are contracted anew, and that by a various kind of production: for sometimes by Cold taken, by reason of the Northern winds, Snow, or Rain, the Pores of the skin in some region of the Head, yea and the nervous Fibres themselves, are so closed up, or otherwise perverted or weakened, 
And chiefly from Cold,  that they are not able to bear the outward air, nor the agitations of the Blood or Humours, but presently the Headache arises.  
Nor is the predisposition of the Headache less rarely produced, 
Also by reason of the inordinations in the six non naturals.  in the disorderly useing the six not natural things. For the Blood being stirred up above measure, upon any cause whatsoever, impresses by its boiling up, or by the insinuation of the Serum or Vapours, a breaking of the unity in some nervous parts, or some other sort of hurt; for which reason, as there is a present Headache, by and by stirred up, so afterwards there is a disposition to the same, 
By accident.  upon every light occasion. But oftentimes a disposition to the Headache not easily blotted out, is induced by a vehement Passion, Surfeit, Drunkenness, also by a blow, wound, or contusion of the Head: so that either the proper or excrementitious humours being heaped up, and standing in those parts, 
From internal Corrections.  being afterwards moved of themselves, or growing hot with other inflowing juices, stir up inflations, or painful hauling or pulling. Yea, I have known Inflammations, Imposthumes, Whelks, Scirrhous tumours growing to the meanings with the Skull, and other Diseases of an evil conformation, excited in the Membranes of the Brain; by which, at first for a long time, frequent Headaches, and most cruel, and then afterwards a sleepy and deadly distemper hath been induced; the cause of the Disease not detected, but after death by Anatomy; and indeed it is to be suspected, that inveterate and pertinacious pains in the Head, which return, and daily become more tormentive, in spite of all Remedies, depend upon some such invincible cause.  
2. Not only an evil conformation, 
2 
The debility of the distempered part is also a more remote cause of the Headache; which outward accidents and errors in feeding and other Distempers, are wont to produce. The other part of the more remote Cause, secondary and movable, consi●ting in the flowing i● of the morcific matter.  
This matter is either the Blood, or its 〈◊〉, or the nutritious, or nervous 〈◊〉. Which sometimes alone, sometimes ●●●ing together, 〈◊〉 the 〈…〉.   or the breach of unity, but also sometimes a mere weakness or enervation, renders some parts of the Head obnoxious to the Headache; for when as the Fibres are somewhere so infirm, that they are neither able of themselves to rule the proper humour, nor to resist the incursions of a strange humour; the part so disposed, by reason of any light occasion, is moved into painful wrinklings: These kind of debilities of the Fibres, sometimes external accidents, as the excess of cold or heat; sometimes also errors in Diet or living, as Surfeit, Drunkenness, and especially sleeping at noon; moreover great Catarrhs, and a long lodging of a sharp Serum are wont to bring in.  
So much for the primary more remote cause of the Headache, which is also fixed and rooted: The other cause of it, secondary and movable, consists in a ready and easy heaping up of the Morbific matter about the predisposed parts, from which come the fits of pains, and their approaches: But as the matter is manifold, it is wont to be heaped up after a divers manner, and to excite pains which affect after a divers sort: This, as we have said, is either the Blood, or its Serum, or the nourishing Juice, or the nervous Liquor. Every of these being variously disposed, or imbued with feculences or dregs, are by degrees heaped up about the predisposed parts of the Head, sometimes before the fit; and sometimes, that coming, they are plentifully cast down. But sometimes one only humour with its plenitude and acrimony, distends or provokes the sensible Fibres; sometimes more meeting together, by their mutual growing hot, pull or haule the Fibres, and so stir up painful Convulsions. We shall briefly take notice of the several kinds of these, with their signs, and the manner of their being made. When therefore a part of the Head, as chiefly the meanings, or some region of the Pericranium, is predisposed, by reason of an evil conformation or debility, to the Headache; the approaches or fits of the Disease are wont to be excited, by reason of the various incursions or coming together of the following humours, sometimes of this, sometimes of that humour, and sometimes of many together.  

How the Blood excites the Headache.  1. Sometimes the Blood itself being incited into a more rapid motion, and boiling up into the Head, is straitened or stopped in its passage about the predisposed places, and from thence, being by and by heaped up there, distends the Vessels, greatly blows up the Membranes, and pulls the nervous Fibres one from another, and so brings to them painful corrugations or wrinklings. For this reason those obnoxious to the Headache, are forced to shun all occasions by which the Blood should grow hot above measure, as drinking of Wine, Exercise, Baths, etc.  

2 How the Serum.  2. The Serum being more copiously heaped up in the bloody Mass, oftentimes conceives a sudden Flux, either of its own accord through mere fullness, or stirred up by an evident cause, and so presently running forth from the Blood doth not only rush into the Lungs, but very often into the Head, and being poured upon its Membranes or Muscles, is copiously heaped up about the parts predisposed to the Headache, and there induces painful Corrugations and Inflations. Further, the Serum carries with it infestous Recrements, as sulphureous, saline, sharp, acid, bilous, or melancholic, or of some other kind, and fixes them to the nervous Fibres, which cause an acute or dull, a shorter or a longer pain. The Headaches arising by reason of this kind of remote cause, infest more grievously in the Winter time, in a moist Air, and in a Southern Wind: Moreover, Catarrhs of the Face, Mouth, Larynx, and of other parts, oftentimes accompany this Disease.  

3 How the nutritious juice.  3. The nourishing Juice, or fresh Chime, being carried from the Blood to the solid parts, and laid upon them, by reason it becomes improportionate to some parts of the Head evilly disposed, is wont to excite periodical fits of the Headache. For this provision being laid up near some nervous Fibres, because it cannot be assimilated, begins to trouble them or burden them, after some stay, and at length provokes them into wrinklings to expulse that which troubles them. An Headache proceeding from such a cause, as I have observed in many, doth daily come at so many hours after eating, and continues a like space of time; yea the times alter according to the manner of taking their repast, both as to the quality and quantity, and so also the fits of the pains are wont to vary.  

4 How the nervous Liquor is a cause of this Disease.  4. The nervous Liquor, is a cause of pains, by its inordination, as oftentimes in other parts, so also not seldom in the Head; for this either degenerating from its temper, or being imbued with dregs or filthiness, does not pass thorough so freely the nervous Fibers, but is apt to stagnate, and to be heaped up in them to an irritative fullness: and that chiefly within the Fibres made weak beforehand, or of an evil conformation (such as are sometimes the Membranes of the Head) because in these predisposed, the watering Liquor being hindered in Motion, easily arises to an aggravating or provoking fullness; 
The Headache arising from the fault of the nervous Liquor infests chiefly in the Morning.  so that the Fibres being so filled, like the stomach too much crammed, enter into Convulsions and painful wrinklings, for the putting away their contents, nor do they cease from them, till they are freed of their burden; which notwithstanding, afterwards being heaped up again, sometimes sooner and sometimes later, cause from thence others, and so again other fits of pains. The Headache arising from such a cause, springs oftentimes without any notable turgescency of the Blood, and gently and as it were of its own accord, without any errors in diet or living; yet sometimes it may sooner arise by reason of disorders in the non-naturals, and other accidents: This is wont to come more often in the Morning, and after long sleeping, when the nervous Fibres have drunk in this humour more largely.  

5 How many humours meeting together, and mutually growing hot, stir up Headaches.  In the aforesaid Headaches, the Morbific matter is made up for the most part of one singular humour, and so the fits of the pains are something more gentle, and oftentimes sooner pass over. But there is another Cause of this Disease, when two humours (like divers kinds of Salts) meet together, and grow mutually hot, and so from the strife of dissimilar particles, the Fibres are very much pulled, and moved into very acute and cutting pains, and are most commonly longer infested with them. In this case one of the champions is always the nervous liquor, but the other, either the serous water or the nourishing juice. We exempt the Blood, because it only washes the passages of the Nerves, and does not enter them deeply; but the nervous humour, by reason of the vices but now recited, sometimes of itself, pulls the containing Fibres, and provokes them into painful Convulsions. If that another humour, either the Nutritious or Serous, (for both of them are wont to be guilty) being little of kin, be plentifully poured upon this so predisposed, and copiously heaped up within the Fibres; presently all the particles being raised up, strive among themselves, and so by a mutual effervency, notably distend and haule the Fibres, that from hence from their being long and greatly wrinkled, most sharp and long remaining pains are induced. Whether it be this or that humour, meeting with the nervous juice, that causes the Headache, may be easily known from the proper irregularities, above described, of either peccant humour by itself.  
By what means, 
The habitual Headache depends chiefly upon the fault of the nervous hamor.  and for what more remote causes, the humours, either Nutritious or Serous, offend, as often as meeting with the Nervous humour, contained within the Fibres, move the fits of pains, shall be declared anon: in the mean time, I think it sufficiently appears, that the more frequent and habitual Headaches are produced chiefly by the fault of the nervous liquor, because this is most intimate both with the Fibres themselves, which are wrinkled, and the Spirits which are moved into painful distractions; also because the pains of the Head sometimes arise without any disorder or tumult of the Blood, Serum, or nourishing Juice, and these being emptied or allayed, after what manner soever, oftentimes the Headache most pertinaciously continues.  
But concerning the nervous Liquor, 
The fault of the nervous liquor is either universal, or particular, proper to the place distempered.  when it is the cause of the Headache, we observe that its fault is sometimes universal, and sometimes private: for sometimes it doth acquire its evil from the distempered part: to wit, forasmuch as being constrained to subsist or stagnate within the Fibres, hurt by their conformation, it is so perverted that at length being infested, fermenting either by itself, or with some other humour, it irritates them into painful Corrugations: Yet sometimes, and especially in the more grievous Headaches, we may suppose that the whole Mass of the nervous Liquor is in fault, but the nervous parts of the Head partake of its evil, before any others in the whole Body; because these are the chief and nearest springs of the nervous Liquor, and are also highly sensible: wherefore, the nervous Liquor, when ever it is vicious, either swelling up of its own accord, or growing hot by another humour being poured unto it, within the meanings and other Membranes of the Head, more than in the other parts of the Body, becomes painful. The thing appears to be so, because a long and grievous Headache is wont to be Cured, not so much by Remedies applied or proper for the Head, as by those which restore the Crasis or Constitution of the nervous Juice, and the bloody Mass; and such are Chalybeats, or Steel Medicines, and Antiscorbutics, or Medicines against the Scurvy. Which certainly argues that the nervous Liquor, wherever it is in fault thorough the whole Body, chiefly punishes the parts of the Head.  
Thus much for the causes of the Headache, 
The more remote or evident Causes of the Headache are noted.  both the procatartick or foregoing, and the Conjunct: there yet remain others more remote, called Evident, which raise up the former, and provoke them into act, or the painful means of affecting. But they are of a various kind, and of a divers operation: to wit, Whatever things are apt, first, 
Of which sort are, first, those which move the morbific matter flowing from another place, to wit, either the Blood, or Serum, or nourishing juice, and stir it up within the places affected of the Head.  to transfer the Morbific matter from another place into the part affected; or secondly, to move it before lodging in it; or thirdly, and lastly, which impress on the Fibres themselves, predisposed to painful Convulsions, this Distemper, by the consent of the other parts afar off, they belong to this rank.  
As to the former, the Blood and its inmate humours, to wit, the Serous and nutritious; also the bilous, acid, and otherwise vicious recrements, are apt to be moved from various Causes, and to be transferred into the Membranes of the Head, viz. many accidents from without ordinarily effect this, as great and sudden mutations of the Air, or the season of the year, excess of heat or cold, or of moisture, plentiful feeding, drinking of Wine, Bathing, immoderate Venus, violent passions; yea many other occasions sufficiently known, and to be avoided by all subject to Headaches. Further, these humours sometimes swell up of their own accord, 
The Blood and its contents, in Headaches are sometimes the means of the Conjunct, sometimes of the Evident Cause.  and without any external Cause, or other ways evident, being moved, drive themselves forward into the Head: in which place, when they come, and settle upon the Fibres before indisposed, though they constitute a part of the Conjunct Cause, yet they, when they are first in motion or flux, become the means of the Evident Cause. Wherefore, when we have first unfolded, by what means the Blood, with its contents, being carried to the distempered Membranes, stir up Headaches; we shall then show by what means, and upon what occasions, the same humours are wont to be moved, and to be snatched into the Membranes.  
And first the Blood growing hot of its own accord, 
For what Causes the Blood is wont to be moved, and to bring 〈◊〉 to the distempered Head.  and by reason of the strife, and intestine motions of its particles, imparts its trouble to the Head: It's frequent and wand'ring turgency or boiling up, happens not only in the fits of Fevers, but also without any cause or suspicion of disease, which in others scarce perceivable, those obnoxious to the Headache sufficiently take notice of and feel; neither doth the blood only bestow the hurt to the Head, from its own proper provision, but receiving it elsewhere, sends it thither. Oftentimes the Blood receives the incongruous matter from the Stomach, Spleen, Mesentery, Liver, and other parts, or Inwards, infestous to itself or nervous Stock; which growing hot a little time after, that it might extrude or thrust it forth; 

The Blood delivers to the head the morbific matter received from any other part.  
A Flux of the Serum sometimes from mere fullness.   it pours it upon the Membranes of the Head, and so produces the Headache, commonly called Sympathetick, viz. by a consent excited in other parts; which kind of Distemper being transmitted from other parts to the Head, sometimes also it happens after another manner, as shall be by and by declared.  
When the Mass of Blood abounds with Serum, it is sometimes excited to the putting it off by mere fullness, wherefore it conceives a flux, or as it were a certain melting, to wit, by which the thin and watery part may be separated from the thick and bloody. Then, because the Blood becomes more diluted in its swelling up, and passes more swiftly and more copiously thorough the Arteries, than can be carried back by the Veins, almost all that is serous is sent away by the spaces between the Vessels, being poured sometimes on these parts, and sometimes on those, as falling down in many places, it causes tumours or Catarrhs, so lying on the Membranes of the Head, it stirs up fits of pains.  

Sometimes from other Causes.  But the serous heap, from many other causes sweeting forth from the Blood suffering a flux, rushes on the meanings and the Pericranium, and causes in them most troublesome Headaches. A sudden Constipation or closing of the Pores by Cold or Wet, almost constantly produces such a Distemper in most, obnoxious to this Disease. Sharp and thin Wines, Cider, yea and Beer, that by reason of its soureness is apt to ferment, because they fuse the Blood, and precipitate its serosities, are forbid to those troubled with Headaches, as so much poison: And lastly, whatever is wont to cause a Flux in those troubled with the Gout, the same also for the like reason causes it in these, for the rising Serum, in either, flows to the distempered part, where it oftentimes grows hot with the nervous humour.  

Sometimes the watery humour suffering a flux offends the Head.  Further, not only the mere and simple Serum of the Blood, dropping forth upon the Membranes of the Head, stirs up pains, but sometimes other humours joining together, and by this passage being admitted to the distempered part, increase the tragedy of the Disease; it often happens, that a thin and watery humour doth suddenly flow forth from the Lymphic Vessels, the Glandula's, and perhaps from the Passages and Pores of the solid parts (in which it is gathered together) and is poured forth into the Blood in the Veins; from whence presently passing thorough the bosom of the Heart, and being confused with the Arterious Blood, and by that soon separated, is cast back by any way it can find; therefore, being partly sent away by the Reins, it causes a flowing down of a clear and copious Urine, also sometimes partly redounding on the Brain or Nervous Originals, 
Hence in those that have the Headache, as in Convulsive Diseases, there is often a clear and copious Urine. The recrements of other parts, often carried violently to the head with the Serum.  produces Sleepy or Convulsive Distempers, as we have elsewhere shown. Yea sometimes, a certain part of the same limpid humour, being snatched with the Serum into the Membranes of the Head, raises up fits of a most cruel Headache: For indeed, I have observed in many, a watery and very plentiful Urine, either to precede or accompany the fits of this Disease.  
But we may believe other manner of recrements, of the other parts, viz. bile from the Liver, black bilary feculencies from the Spleen, and perhaps incongruous humours from the Stomach, Reins, Pancras, etc. are supped up by the Serum of the Blood, and deeply boiled with it, by which, whilst it is infected, it more readily conceives Effervescencies, and so rushing impetuously into the Cephalick Vessels, and there fermenting with the nervous Liquor, brings forth Convulsions, and painful and very troublesome pullings or hauling.  

The evacuation of the Serum thorough its right ways, being suppressed, brings its flux to the Head.  The serous heap, whether it be simple, or as we have shown, complicated, is sufficiently infestous to the Head, whenever its usual evacuation, thorough its due and accustomed ways, is hindered: viz. whether if the Pores being bound up, transpiration be inhibited, or by reason of the evil distemper of the Reins, an Evacuation by Urine is not copiously performed; either defect greatly punishes those subject to Headaches. Further, the Membranes of the Head are oppressed, by reason of the passages of the Blood being obstructed in other places: for if the lower or middle parts of the Belly, and especially the Liver and Lungs, are troubled with an obstruction, so that the Blood can scarce pass thorough in those places, it's more full torrent is directed into other parts, and especially towards the Head; so that for this Cause, I have known to have followed, not only Headaches, but also soporiferors or sleepy, and sometimes deadly distempers.  

3 The nutritious juice sometimes the cause of the Headache, either,  3. As the Serum in the bosom of the Blood, so the nourishing Juice, that is the fresh Chime made out of the Aliments, lodges there too, and is circulated with it, and forced to follow its inexorbitances, being as it were in the current of the same River. Wherefore, when the Blood, presently after eating, is carried impetuously or inordinately to the Head, 
1 Because it is carried with the Blood into the Head.  and the nourishing Juice being half Concocted or depraved, is fixed there to the Membranaceous Fibres, it causes painful pullings or hauling to follow; for hence it is, that exercise, bathing, violent passions, reading, or any serious intention of the Mind, upon a full stomach, hurt those troubled with Headaches.  
Sometimes the nutritious Juice is not presently or easily mixed with the Blood, 
2 Because not being agreeable to the blood, it stirs up its effervescency.  but being carried fresh to it, by and by stirs up a turgency, so that many, constantly after eating, are troubled with an high Colour, and oftentimes also with an Headache. This commonly, but amiss, is imputed to the obstruction of the Liver, when indeed it proceeds from an evil disposition of the Blood, hardly bearing the mixture of the fresh Chime. Wherefore, such a distemper, follows for the most part dangerous Fevers, and especially the Small Pox, and sometimes great Surfeits.  
4. There yet remains another sort of Evident Causes, 
Sometimes the evident causes of the Headache are Convulsions somewhere begun and continued by the passage of the nerves, into the Head.  (to wit, by which the leading Causes, or predispositions to the Headache are actuated) plainly different from the former irregularities of the Blood, Serum, and nourishing juice; to wit, when Headaches very often most terrible, follow, by reason of Convulsions, begun in other parts, and from them continued to the Head. 'Tis an usual thing for a certain sense, or feeling, of a Formication, or little pricking, to creep forward from the Hypochondria, as also from the region of the Stomach, Mesentery, Womb, yea sometimes from the Members or outward parts, to the Head, and by and by sometime after to excite a pain that will last for a good while. This kind of Distemper, which is wont oftentimes to be the forerunner of the Vertigo, also of the Epilepsy, or the Apoplexy, is commonly believed to be the ascent of Vapours; when indeed it is only a Convulsion, begun in the extremity of some Nerve, which creeping upward towards its original, and then coming to the Skull, for as much as it either is communicated to the parts within the Head, or to the meanings, either one or both of them, it stirs up Convulsions or pains. Which passions notwithstanding, 
Convulsions beginning after off, are sometimes signs of an Headache shortly to follow.  follow this Formication or tingling, brought from elsewhere, sometimes as a sign, and sometimes as the cause. We have in another place largely enough unfolded the reason of the former, to wit, it being shown, that when the Morbific matter possesses the beginnings of the Nerves, or the nearest parts to them in the Head, a Convulsion oftentimes beginning from the ends of the same Nerves, being carried thence upwards towards the places first distempered, ascends as it were by a creeping forward: wherefore not only upon the Vertigo, but upon the Headache, a Vomiting comes very frequently.  
But further, 
Sometimes also the cause of it.  an Irritation in some distant Member or Viscera, is sometimes the occasion, and in a sort the cause of the Headache; to wit, when the Morbific matter is heaped up, even to a fullness of Turgency in the part of the Head already disaffected, there is need only of a light Vellication or pulling of the Containing Fibres, that this matter being stirred, should cause a fit of the Disease; to which movement, it often suffices, that by intimate consent of some distant Inward, as the Ventricle, Spleen, or Womb, with the Head, the nervous Fibres should be pulled or hauled; for presently from thence, the trouble being communicated by the Nerves, some Membranaceous Fibres of the Head, being evilly disposed, and burdened with the Morbific Matter, begin to be strained and wrinkled, and so when the Mine of the Disease is moved from its moved Particles, the Fibres are urged into grievous and continual Corrugations.  
Headaches that seem to begin after this manner from the Viscera, 
Co●vni●●●e Headaches seem to arise so from the Vi●●era, not from Vapours.  and commonly called Sympathetic, are wont to be ascribed to Vapours, viz. by supposing a Mine of the noxious humour to lie hid in some Inward, from which being moved, whilst the Effluvia ascend into the Head, and there sharply pierce thorough and p●ll the nervous Fibres, pains are excited. We have already so plainly refuted this doctrine, that there is no need here to bring any other reasons to oppose it. But in the mean time, let us inquire whether pains of the Head do not arise also by other means, besides a Convulsive communication thorough the Nerves, by reason of the Morbific Cause lodging in the Stomach, Spleen, and other places.  
Concerning this, we may suppose, that Matter oftentimes degenerate, is heaped up in remote parts, which carries its hurt to the Head, by the passage or Circulation of the Blood. 
But this sympathetick Distemper perhaps proceeds elsewhere, by reason of an evil ferment, communicated to the blood.  'Tis a usual thing for Corrupt humours, viz. sometimes sharp, sometimes acid or austere, to be heaped up in the Ventricle; Bile in the Liver, atrabilary or melancholic dregs about the Spleen, yea and other sort of degenerate Matter about the Mesentery, Womb, or other parts: from which being heaped up to a fullness of swelling up, a Fermentative Miasm or Infection is fixed to the Blood; from which, that, being as it were imbued with rage, impetuously grows hot, and partly by its swelling up, and partly by transferring what is incongruous into the Membranes of the Head, stirs up fierce and cruel fits of pains.  
As to the Ventricle, 
So sometimes it seems to be caused from the Ventricle.  that it is so, some obnoxious to this Disease have plain experience. Because some of them, after the Bile or Choler flowing in the Stomach, and others after a noted soureness, and ravenous hunger, most certainly expectia fit of the Headache. The reason of which seems partly to be, that those contents of the Ventricle being supped up by the Blood, make it hot, and stir up in the same a Cephalic Turgency or swelling up; moreover, from this kind of sharp Vitriolic, or otherways infestous matter, being heaped up and moved within the Stomach, a Convulsion, or Corrugation very troublesome, is impressed on the Fibres and the extremities of the Nerves there inserted, which immediately being continued into the Head, by the passages of the same Nerves of the eighth pair, and of the Intercostal, is communicated to the Membranes, and the nervous Fibres, predisposed to painful wrinklings.  

The Head and the Stomach intimately conspire, and mutually affect one another.  By reason of the same Reciprocal Communication, between the Stomach and the Head, a nauseousness and Vomiting, as we said but now, follows upon the Headache, viz. the Membranes being stirred up into painful wrinklings, by the Morbific matter (even as is wont by a blow or wound) and transferring the evil by the passage of the Nerves to the Ventricle, guiltless of itself, a vain endeavour of Vomiting sometimes arises, nothing remaining within the Ventricle, that should be cast forth: yet sometimes, from a cruel shaking of the Inwards, in striving to Vomit, the Gallish or Pancreatic humour, either one or both of them, being thrust forth into the Duodenum, and cast forth by Vomit, is ignorantly taken for the Cephalick matter.  

2 How the Headache seems to arise from the Spleen.  2. The pains of the Head are wont to be imputed no less to the Spleen, than the Ventricle; and indeed 'tis ordinarily observed in Hypochondriacks, obnoxious also to this Disease, when a Pain, Inflation, a Rumbling, or some other Perturbation of the distempered Spleen, happens in the left-side, that the Headache, as if raised up by it, by and by frequently succeeds; hence, presently 'tis the voice of the people, that these Vapours being sent forth from the disturbed Spleen, stir up the pain of the Head: But indeed, we may grant that the Headache arises sometimes from the default of the Spleen, yet reject this opinion, that it ought for this cause to be imputed to Vapours, but indeed either to an evil Ferment, transmitted into the Blood from the Spleen, or from a Convulsion, from thence communicated to the Head, by the Nerves: because in the Spleen evilly affected, the Melancholic humour being degenerate, sometimes into a Vitriolic Nature, sometimes a biting, sometimes a sharp, or otherways infestous, is oftentimes heaped up, which of its own accord being shaken forth, by reason of plenitude, or occasionally by reason of some perturbation, and being confused with the Blood, impresses a Fermentation upon it, by which its Liquor rushing by itself on the Membranes of the Head, or growing hot with the nervous Liquor, causes painful pullings or hauling. Further, it is no less probable, that sometimes a Convulsion being excited in the nervous Fibres, which are very much disposed about the Spleen, brought thence by the passages of the Nerves of the wand'ring and Intercostal pair, and continued to the Head, impresses the like Distemper to the Membranes predisposed to it.  

The like reason is for this Disease, arising from the Liver, Mesentery, or Womb.  3. A reason may be also rendered, according to the same Pathology, to wit, either from an evil Transmission of the Ferment, or a continuation of the Convulsion, for Headaches which are said to be raised up by consent, from the Liver, Mesentery, the Womb, and other parts.  
The habitual Headache, the Aetiology, or the Reason of which, we have already sufficiently handled, 
The kinds of habitual Headache are noted. It is either,  is yet divided into certain kinds, to wit, it is either Continual, or Intermitting; but the periods of this are sometimes determined to a certain time, and are sometimes wand'ring and uncertain: we shall speak briefly of each of these.  

Continual,  1. Sometimes therefore it happens, that some are afflicted with a Continual pain of the Head, to wit, for many days or months, little intermitting, unless when sleep helps; in which case we suppose, that there is not only present a Procatartick or leading cause, but also a Conjunct, somewhere fixed and constant. For besides that the parts affected, or that are wont to be affected, are weak, and their watering liquor much depraved, is apt to stagnate, or to grow hot with other humours; there is moreover oftentimes excited in them, a breaking of the unity, to wit, an Inflammation, a red and painful swelling, a Scirrhous tumour, or Imposthum, or of some such kind; about which, whilst the humours of divers kinds do meet together, and are heaped up, there arise almost perpetual pains, by reason of the nervous Fibres being continually pulled or hauled. These kinds of Headaches, do not rarely end in sleepy distempers, and at length deadly; for when I have opened the Heads of many dead of these Diseases, the signs or footsteps, declaring the aforesaid kinds of Morbific causes, have appeared; some examples of these shall be added hereafter.  

● Intermitting.  2. The habitual Headache, is for the most part Intermitting, whose sits, as they are certain and Periodical, or coming at a set period of time, are wont often to return in the space of half a day and night, or once in twelve hours. Some more rare cases I have known, which exactly repeating the Fits, came every other day, yea once in a week, or a month. It is an usual thing, for Headaches, that seem to be driven away, to return again about the Equinoxes or Solstices; to wit, because at these times, the Blood and Humours conceive greater Turgences or risings up, than are wont, and therefore are more apt to grow hot with the watering Liquor of the nervous parts of the Head, 
The Fits of the intermitting, either periodical, or certain;  and to renew the wont fits of pains. But when about these times of the year, Headaches return, they are not prorogued by a longer accession for a great while, but for the most part, having gotten subordinate periods, they are wont to infest at some certain standing hours, for the space of twelve hours.  
When therefore a Periodical Headache hath its daily fits, for the most part the reason of these, as of Intermitting Favours, aught to be sought from the fault of the Morbific Matter, arising to a plenitude at a set time, and then growing hot. For it may be supposed, that the proper Liquor is perverted somewhere about the Membranes of the Head, and the nervous Fibres evilly disposed, or doth not well pass thorough them; wherefore, when the nourishing Juice, placed also on the same parts from the Blood, is not presently assimilated, nor doth well agree with the other humour; at length, from both of them heaped up together and disagreeing, a mutual growing hot arises, and from thence a painful pulling of the Fibres: but for that the fits of the pains, are not always at the same distance after Eating, but arise in some sooner, and in others later, and sometimes before sleep, and sometimes after; the cause is, that partly the offices of Concoction, and distribution of the Aliments, are performed sometimes sooner, sometimes later; and partly, because in these the nervous Liquor, and in those the nutritious Juice, is most in fault: wherefore, as the fullness of this happens sooner, and of that later, so the times of the fit vary: we shall illustrate these afterwards, with observations made concerning the cases of sick persons.  
3. When the fits of the intermitting Headache are wand'ring and uncertain, 
●● incertain, and wand'ring.  the Procatarxis, or foregoing cause of the Disease, is neither great nor constant, nor is the Evident Cause continual: Wherefore, when that either cause is oftentimes absent, and one of them often wanting, the fits of the Disease are not tied to certain times, but in some, they are as it were by chance and accidental, in others, in whom a predisposition to this Distemper is a little more firmly rooted: the pains of the Head more frequently molest, and are ordinarily excited, by reason of various occasions, yea and for some, they are wont to be most certainly expected. The reasons of the fits so variously happening appear clearly above, from the Aetiology delivered of this Disease; besides, the whole business shall be illustrated anon, by examples.   

CHAP. II.  
The Prognostic and Cure of the Headache.  
SO much for the Causes of the Headache, 
The prognostic of the 〈…〉 is ●asie or difficult to secured; also,  which being so various and divers, and their Series so perplexed and intricate, it will not seem easy to keep one Method concerning all cases of the Sick, whereby we may be led presently to the true knowledge and Cure of this Disease; nor is there less difficulty concerning its Prognostic: But common experience affords some observations, from which it may be gathered, 
the 〈◊〉 of the Disease safe or dangerous.  that the Cure of this Sickness is sometimes easy, sometimes difficult, or scarce possible; so that from thence it may be lawful to declare the event of the Disease, either safe, or very dangerous, or wholly uncertain.  
Truly, 
By what signs we may pronounce it safe, and easy to be cured.  if any one enjoying formerly a perfect Health, should fall into something a cruel Headache, and of some long standing, by reason of a more strong Evident Cause, as drinking of Wine, Surfeit, Venus, immoderate Exercise, or such like; forasmuch as the fore leading Morbid Cause is not as yet firmly laid, we may pronounce such a Distemper to be safe enough, and not pertinacious  
But if the Morbific disposition should be inveterate, so that for many years the fits repeat often of their own accord, and upon every light occasion, this, though not dangerously sick, 
By what difficult.  yet we predict it not easy to be Cured. Further, the Cure will be yet more difficult, if Hypochondriack or Hysterical Distempers, oftentimes troublesome, are oft wont to excite the Headache at every turn, or if the taint of an inveterate Venereal Disease be rooted in any distempered part.  
If that the pain of the Head shall be not only inveterate, 
By what scarce possible.  but almost continual, that we might suspect it to arise from an Inflammation, or a Scirrhous Tumour, an hot Swelling, an Imposthum, or Worms, there is none or very little hope of Cure; especially because the sick will refuse great remedies, as Salivation, or opening the Skull; which if they be made use of perhaps at any time with any fruit or success, yet the former and this two for the most part are wont to be tedious to the sick, before they can effect any thing worth the trouble and expectation.  

By what, dangerous.  The pain of the Head either Continual or Periodical, if it be great, and hath joined with it a Vertigo, Vomiting, or other Convulsive or Soporiferous Distempers, shows a suspicion of great danger: even which often passes into a deadly Apoplexy, and not seldom into an Epilepsy, Palsy, Blindness, Deafness, and other funestous and incurable Diseases.  
The Curatory method of the Headache comprehends many Indications, and those of a various kind, according to the manifold Species, Causes, and differences of this Disease, which will not be an easy thing here to set down, and rehearse in order.  

Accidental Headache easily cured.  The accidental Pain of the Head, with the remote Evident Cause, and its consequences, ceases for the most part of its own accord, or at least is taken away by letting of Blood, Rest, and Sweat.  

The habitual affords more indications.  The habitual Pain, by reason of the diversity of Causes, viz. both the Procatartick and also the Conjunct, suggests also different intentions of Healing; we shall here briefly touch upon the chief of these, and to which all the rest may be placed.  

Two chief scopes of Cure.  In every habitual Headache, whether Continual or Intermitting, there are two chief scopes or intentions of Cure to be met with; to which all the other Curatory intentions ought to be aimed, and by which we should provide against either Cause of the Morbid Procatarxis.  

1 To cut in two the Bed ●● Root of the Disease.  1. To wit, in the first place, that all the Tinder or enkindling of the Disease be cut off, you must endeavour, that both the matter flowing to the distempered places of the Head, or those evilly disposed, or apt from thence to flow to them, be suppressed, or called from thence to another place; then moreover, that Convulsions in other places excited, and that are wont to be propagated from thence into the Head, be prevented.  

2 To root out the Conjunct Cause.  2. Then secondly, it must be endeavoured (if it may be done) that the Disease itself, or its Conjunct Cause may be rooted out, that the places of the Head predisposed to Headaches, (whether they be only enfeebled or hurt in their Conformation) whilst they are defended from the frequent Excursions of the infestous matter, may recover their former state and vigour. Which kind of Indication, though it be very seldom suddenly or wholly performed, yet sometimes the Cure is by degrees laboured out, by diligence and care, however fixed and rooted the Morbid matter be.  

The ●●st or Tinder of the Disease, the blood, serum, nourishing juice, nervous Liquor, and the Recrements carried thorough the Blood.  As to what appertains to the first scope of healing, which is first and especially to be regarded; we said, that the Matter or Humours, which are wont to be gathered together about the parts of the Head predisposed to the Headache, and to excite the fits of the Disease, are either the Blood or the Serum, or the nourishing or nervous Juice, or Liquor. Moreover, with every one of these Vapours and Effluvia's, as also Recrements, sometimes Bilous, sometimes Melancholic, sometimes Acid, Salt, Sulphureous, and of some others of a various kind, taken into the Blood, from the Viscera, sometimes from those, and sometimes from these, we have showed to be transferred by its passages into the Head● against the force and incursion of all these, Medicinal fortifications are to be instituted.  

How the inordinations of the Blood may be taken away and prevented.  1. And in the first place, if the leading cause to pains, or a disposition thereto, lie about the Membranes of the Head, for that the Blood being hot, and apt to rise up, rushes by heaps into the Membranes of the Head, and when it cannot easily pass thorough them, distending the Vessels above measure, and pulling the nervous Fibres, excites the fits of this Disease (whose signs are a Sanguine temperament, heat, and a flushing or redness about the head and face, also an high pulse, and shaking, with veins distended with Blood) presently it must be endeavoured, both that the Blood be made more sedate, that it may not be so readily moved into rage or swelling up; as also that it be not incited, and boiling up may not be carried with a greater tendency or inclination into the Head, than into other parts, nor in like manner be compelled to stagnate, by reason of the bosoms of the meanings being too full. Wherefore, if the fit infests long, let blood in the Arm, or the Jugular Vein: out of the fit, sometimes it is expedient to take Blood from the Sedal Veins, with Leeches; to wit, by this means, that the Blood by chance boiling up, may be brought down towards that place, to which it often tends of its own accord. Let there be Medicines of Vinegar, Rosecakes, and Nutmeg, or some other Epithems or Medicines of the same nature applied to the Head: Also give to drink juleps, Emulsions, or Decoctions, which alloy the fervour or madness of the Blood. Let the Belly be cooled and kept soluble by the use of Clysters. Moreover, for prevention, use at times Whey, or Spaw-waters; also drinking of Water, a thin and a cooling diet help; the shunning of Wine, spiced Meats, Baths, Venus, violent motions of the mind or body, yea and of all hot things is to be ordered. Then for the fixing of the Blood, its Effervescencies or growing hot must be prevented, for which, Distilled Waters, Juices of Herbs, or Decoctions, Electuaries, Powders, and especially Crystal Mineral, are in frequent use. There is no need here to add a method or particular forms of Medicines, when in this case, almost every body labouring, is wont to be his own Physician, being taught by frequent experience, from things hurting or helping.  
2. It is rarely, 
The pain of the Head from the serous heap, ●ow to be cured.  that the Blood alone or only by itself is in the fault; more often other humours, being carried by its passage to the Head, and there disposed, cause the hurt: Therefore, when ever the Serous Colluvies, or heap, goes out from the Blood (as was shown but now) it causes Headaches frequently, (the signs of which are Catarrhs about other parts, viz. the Nose, Mouth, or Throat, being infested with them) than abstinency and rest is to be ordered, and that the belly be emptied by a Clyster, for the allaying the flux of the Serum, and that the matter be suffered to evaporate from the Membranes of the Head; if these do not succeed, and that the Headache ceases not quickly, 
Phlebotomy.  and of its own accord, oftentimes in a more hot Constitution, Phlebotomy is convenient; to wit, because the Vessels being emptied of Blood, sup up the extravasated Serum: But in frigid tempers, Vesicatories or Blisters are of notable use, applied to the hinder-part of the Head, or nigh the Ears. Then after the Belly is emptied by a Clyster, the Flux may be allayed, by the use of Anodynes, or more gentle opiates: that being allayed it may be convenient to exhibit a gentle Purge, than Medicines, which either move by Urine or Sweat, 
Purges.  or by both together, that so they may gently evacuate the superfluous Serosities.  
Medicines fit for this purpose may be every where found in Books: which notwithstanding are not to be made use of by Empirics rashly, and without distinction; but aught to be designed according to the judgement and skill of a prudent Physician, always having a respect to the Constitution, the temperament, and proper disposition of the Patient, and to other accidents and circumstances, and to be compounded or altered according as the matter requires; yea sometimes to be prescribed extempore. Wherefore, since it will be altogether needless, here to heap up many Receipts, and a great pile of Medicines, it shall be sufficient to propose in this place, one or two forms only, of every sort of Medicines, respecting the chief intentions.  
Take Pills of Amber half a dram, 
Pills.  Resine of jalap four grains, of Peruvian Balsam what will suffice to make four Pills, let three be taken when the Patient goes to sleep, and the other in the morning, if they work not enough.  
Or Take of sulphurated Scammony half a scruple, 
Purging Powders.  of the Ceruse of Antimony fifteen grains, of the Cream of Tartar eight grains; make a Powder, to be taken in a spoonful of Grewel, early in the morning.  
Take of the Sulphur of Antimony four grains, 
An emetic Powder.  of the Refine of jalap five grains, of the Cream of Tartar six grains, bruise them together, and with what will suffice of the Conserve of Violets, make a Bolus, to be taken early in the morning with care, or by government.  
Take of the Roots of Butchers-Broom, 
An Apozem.  burdock's, Cherefoil, Avens, each one ounce; of preserved Eryngo an ounce and an half, of the Florentine Iris three drams, of the lesser Galangal a dram and an half, of the Seeds of Burdock three drams, of the dried leaves of Betony, Sage, Vervine, female Betony, each half an handful; of Raisins of the Sun stoned two ounces; boil these in four pints of fair water, till a third part be consumed, then add to it of white Wine half a pound, strain it, and sweeten it (if need be) with syrup of the Five Roots two ounces; take of this six ounces warm, twice or thrice in a day, a good while after meals.  
For such as are endued with a more Cold and Phlegmatic Constitution, 
A decoction of woods.  the like Decoction of the Wood of Guaicum, Sasafrass, Sarsaparilla, with the addition of the aforesaid Ingredients, 

A Cephalick Decoction impregnated with the Tincture of Coffee.  
T●e Headache from other barious mixed with the serum, how to be cured.   make an Apozem, of which take six or eight Ounces, twice or thrice in a day warm.  
For the poor, and oftentimes with good success for the rich, I was wont to prescribe a Decoction of the dried leaves sometimes of Sage or Betony, Vervine, or Rosemary, made of Spring-water, and impregnated with the tincture of the Powder of the Berries of Coffee, taken warm twice a day, about six or eight Ounces.  
3. If that with the running out Serum, Saline, Acid, Bilous, or otherways Infestous particles, received either wholly from the Mass of Blood, or by its means from the Viscera, are carried into the Membranes of the Head, and being there fixed, bring forth great, acute, and continual pains, than it will be convenient to iterate spareingly, the taking away of Blood, yea and sometime a gentle Purge, to apply cooling Medicines, Anodynes, and sweetners to the distempered places; so oftentimes also to exhibit more gentle Hypnoticks, or Medicines causing sleep, at every turn; also Apozems, and the Juices of Herbs pressed forth, which alloy the fervour of Choler, carry it forth gently by Stool or Urine, and are of known use: but in the mean time more sharp Medicines, or the more strong, whether they be purgative, working by Sweat or Urine, helping it, for that they too much fuse and shake the Blood and Humours, are carefully to be shunned. I have frequently observed in those labouring with an acute and pertinacious pain in the Head, the Serum swimming in the Blood being let forth, to be died with a yellowness, or Bilous Recrements being boiled in it; also in this case, let Phlebotomy be sparingly but often celebrated, and the drinking Whey, or Spaw-waters plentifully, have helped before any thing else.  

The Headache arising from any Inward, how to be cured.  4. Further, by the fault of any Inward, as the Stomach, Liver, Spleen, or Womb, or of any other (by reason of the transmission of an evil Ferment) the parts of the Head suffer, then in the Cure of the Disease, Remedies for the Spleen are to be given, with Cephalicks, or such as are proper to the Head: Hence the Stomach being also in the fault, these often times are helpful to such as are troubled with Headaches, Elixir Proprietatis, the Elixir of Vitriol of Mynsich, the sacred Tincture, Vitriol of Steel, the Powder of Aron Compound, and others ordinarily had for the Stomach; for others whose heads partake of the evils of the Spleen, Chalybeats, or Medicines made of Steel often yield help. Some Women troubled with Headaches have felt ease from Hysterical Remedies. In like manner, when the vices of other parts contribute to the Headache, let there be joined with the former shown you, things to be taken for those parts.  

Raised up from the fault of the nourishing juice, how to he handled.  5. Sometimes the nourishing Juice (as we showed already) is the cause of the periodical Headache, viz. forasmuch as this being poured on the Blood, and not rightly assimilated, by reason of disagreeing particles, causes a swelling up in it, so that the Blood boiling up into the Head, carries its leave or superfluities into the meanings, or into some of their predisposed parts, and by this means stir up the Fibres into painful Convulsions. I have known many for this cause, to have been obnoxious to daily Headaches, whose Mass of Blood hath been vitiated after the Small Pox, Measles, and other Fevers, 
Frequently follows the Small Pox and Measles.  and sicknesses: viz. so many hours after eating, sometimes sooner and sometimes later, first a flushing of redness in the Face, than a fullness in the Head, and a pain would infest them, and especially after drinking of Wine, or eating of Meats apt to swell up, they would be more vexed. The coming of the Disease is wont to keep its distance, according as Meats are taken more or less, as the Chime begins to swell up, either a little after its first entering into the Blood, or after a little stay in it.  

Easily cured.  This Distemper is free from danger, and for the most part is easily enough Cured. After a provision of the whole, a gentle Purge, and sometimes Blood-letting being ordered, Remedies profit most which restore the Complexion of the Blood, such chiefly are Antiscorbutics and Chalybeates.  

An Electuary.  Take of the Conserve of Fumitory, of tansy, and Woodsorrel, each two ounces; of the Powder of Aron Compound three drams, of Ivory, Crabs-Eyes, Coral prepared, each one dram; Powder of yellow Saunders, and Lignum Aloes, each half a dram; of the Vitriol of Steel one dram, of the Salt of Wormwood a dram and a half, of the Syrup of the Five Roots what will suffice to make an Electuary. Take of it in the morning, and at five a clock in the afternoon the quantity of a Chestnut, drinking after it three ounces of the following liquor.  

A julep.  Ta●e of the water of the leaves of Aron, of Vervine, of Elderflowers, each six ounces; of the Water of Snails, and the Magisterial of Earthworms, each two ounces; of Sugar one ounce: Mingle them.  

Antiscorbutic Remedies good for it.  Hither may be brought various Remedies, that are wont to be made use of against the Scorbutic dyscrasy, or evil disposition of the Blood, and may be given with good success: For Headaches, which are so familiar in the Scurvy, oftentimes proceed from the vice of the Blood perverting the nutritious Humour, and carrying its Recrements to the Membranes of the Head: Wherefore Remedies against that Distemper, in another place noted by me, may be used here.  

The Headache raised up from the vice of the nervous humour, how to be cured.  6. There yet remains another humour, to wit, the nervous Liquor, which being heaped up within the Fibres of the meanings, and of other parts of the Head, sometimes becomes improportionate, by its proper incongruity, to the Fibres, because sharp or otherways degenerate, sometimes pulls the containing parts, and provokes them into painful Convulsions, or Distentions, because it grows hot with some other Humour flowing thither, to wit, the Nutritious or the Serous.  
The Nervous Humour, 
It's fault either private or particular,  when it is so Morbific or faulty in its whole Mass, carries its evil to the predisposed Head, or if of itself innocent, is perverted within the distempered Fibres, and so secondarily becomes Morbific or Diseased; then the Cure of it depends upon the restitution of the containing parts; to wit, if the Debilities, or the hurt Conformation of the Fibres may be mended, presently the Humour watering them will be free from fault. We shall tell you by and by, by what Remedies the vices of the parts predisposed to Headaches may be taken away.  
In the mean time, 
Or universal; and then letting of blood, or stronger Purges, are not convenient.  if the nervous humour, being degenerate in the whole Mass, imparts its evil to the Head prepared for pain, those kind of Medicines, and method are to be made use of, by which it being reduced to its due Constitution, passing thorough those Fibres, it little or nothing provokes them. For which end, neither letting of Blood, nor yet strong Purges are at all convenient, because those things which shake the Blood and Humours, and lessen strength, impress by that means a greater sharpness and rage to the faulty Nerve. But gentle Solutives, and a sparing taking of Blood, sometimes may be useful, whereby the Inwards may be cleansed, and the bloody Mass somewhat purged, and a way made for other Medicines, that may better succeed.  
But Medicines, 
Remedies called Cephalicks proper here.  which render the nervous Liquor more friendly and benign to the Membranes of the Head, that are wont to be troubled by it, are of that sort commonly called Cephalicks, whose particles being active, thin, and subtle, pass thorough the Blood without trouble or tumult; then insinuating themselves with the nervous Liquor, gently move it, and so cause the nervous passages to be unfolded, so that the Animal Spirits, 
Of which sort are these,  more freely beam forth thorough all the Bodies, both sensible and motive, and inspire them without any lessening, Convulsions, or irregular distentions.  
These kind of Remedies, 
which are convenient in Disease's of the Brain, and in these kind of Headaches.  although they are not always effectual, yet they oftentimes take away some Headaches not much inveterate, and in some, help sometimes how pertinacious soever they be. Further, the same which are prescribed with good success for the pains of the Head, are also for the distempers of the Brain and Nervous Stock; and so on the contrary, what are used for these, also for those; to wit, the virtues of those being unfolded within the Head, against the Apoplexy, Palsy, Lethargy, and other Diseases akin to them, help also within the moving Fibres, against Convulsions and Convulsive Motions; besides, putting forth their virtues within the sensible Fibres, they often give help to pains.  
A very large field of these Medicines are opened in physical Books, 
A great many of these every where to be found in Physical Books.  yet so, that the poorness of them, and their abundance, bring confusion to the Method of healing; for oftentimes among so many various and different Remedies, heaped up together, lie hid or obscured, what may be of great use, but even as Wheat among Chaff, harder to be separated than that to be thoroughly sifted out from the husks.  
Therefore in this case, a provision of the whole being made, and applied, and things given which by Diet or Medicine, restrain the Inordinations of the Blood, and immediately allay them; Medicines called Cephalicks, or such as take away the disorders of the nervous Juice, are prescribed to be carefully taken. I shall add some few forms of these.  
Take of the Conserve of the Flowers of Betony, 
An Electuary.  of Clove-gilliflowers, each three ounces; of the Powder of the Root of the male Paeony half an ounce, of Cretick Dittanny one dram; of the wood Aloes, and yellow Sanders, each one dram; of red Coral prepared, of Pearl, of Ivory, each one dram and a half; of the Salt of Vervine one dram and a half, of the Syrup of the Flowers of Paeony, what will suffice: make an Opiate, take of it to the quantity of a Chestnut, drinking after it of the following julep three ounces.  
Take of simple black Cherry water, and of Walnuts, and of Vervine, each four ounces; 
julep.  of Cowslip Flowers three ounces, of Paeony Compound two ounces, of Sugar-Candy six drams.  
Take of the Flowers of Vervine, 
A distilled Water.  Misleto Berries, each ten handfuls; of the male Paeony Roots two pound, of Mace and Nutmegs, each half an ounce; of Coriander Seeds one ounce, cut and bruise them and put to them eight pints of new-milk (or else seven pints of Milk and one pint of Malago) Distil them in a common Still, and mix all the liquor together: Take of it three ounces at a time.  

Tablets.  Take of the Powder of the Root of the male Paeony half an ounce, of red Coral prepared two drams, of Ivory and Pearls prepared, each one dram; make of them all a very fine Powder, add to it of Sugar what will suffice; boil them to the consistence of Tablets with six ounces of black Cherry-water, of the Tincture of Coral one dram; make of them Tablets according to Art, to the weight of half a dram: Eat three or four in the Morning, and at five of the Clock in the Afternoon, drinking after them a draught of Tea.  

Tinctures.  Or Take of the Tincture of Coral one ounce; take of it from fifteen to twenty drops twice in a day, in a little draught of julep, or of the distilled water.  

Spirits.  They who are of a Phlegmatic or more Cold temper may take a Dose twice a day, either of the Tincture of Antimony, or of the Spirits of Armoniac, impregnated with Amber of Coral, or of Spirits of Heart's horn, or of Sut, in a proper Vehicle.  


The use of millipeds notably helps.  
The other part of the conjunct Cause, consisting in the weakness or evil conformation of the distempered part, how to be handled.  
We are not to despair of the Cure.   We ought not to omit, or postpone the use of Millepedes or Woodlice, for that the Juice of them, wrung forth, with the distilled Water, also a Powder of them prepared, oftentimes bring notable help, for the Curing of old and pertinacious headaches. I might here propose divers other kinds of Medicines; yea all those which I have formerly heaped up, against Convulsive Distempers, may be brought hither. But yet the most difficult knot of the Cure of the Headache, remains to be untied, to wit, how the conjunct Cause of this Disease, and fixed, consisting in the weakness, or hurt Conformation of the Fibres, may be healed or taken away  
Although this is sometimes incurable, to wit, when as a Scirrhous, or Callous Tumour, or some other old and fixed swelling, has possessed the meanings; yet, for that the knowledge of this is uncertain, and that the leading Cause, how cruel soever it seems, is sometimes overcome by a long course of Physic; therefore in every Headache, so long as the Patient will admit of Remedies, let it not seem troublesome to the Physician, to prescribe those things which seem most convenient.  


Here those Medicines are only profitable, that cut off the enkindling or root of the Disease.  
Chyrurgical Remedies chiefly help here; of which are, 1. Plasters.   Therefore, first of all, which we hinted before, you must carefully endeavour that the nest, or feeding of the Disease be cut off or intercepted, and that the frequent coming of the fits be hindered; for so the indisposed Fibres, so long as they are no more affected only by the means of Nature, will recover health.  
In this case the helps of the Medical Art, are rather to be sought from the Chirurgical part, than from Physic: for whatsoever is taken at the mouth, going about by long turnings and windings, spends all the virtue before it comes to the Membranes of the Head.  
Among Chirurgical Remedies, first Topics are met with, and among these, Plasters are of most profitable use, and oftentimes give the greatest benefit: Let not these be very hot, which may rather draw the humours to the distempered place, but moderately discussing and strengthening. I was wont to prescribe Plasters of Red-Lead, and of Soap, with double of the proportion of the Plaster of Paracelsus, to be applied to the part, it being first shaved, and to be let remain there for some time The Ancients frequently administered Plasters made of Mustard, and such as raised wheals or whelks over the parts, 
Medicines raising Whelks and Blisters.  and it is a daily practice to apply sometimes to all the hinder part of the Head, and sometimes to the former, Vesicatories or blistering Plasters, against most cruel Headaches: when ease is got from these more hot Topics, it is because by these administrations, plenty of the more sharp Serum is drawn away from the disaffected part.  

Liniments, Fomentations and Bathe, help not.  Liniments of Oils and Ointments, though often made use of, effect little; because (as I think) if they should penetrate deeply into the tones of the Fibres, they would loosen them more; so that they would more easily lie open to the Incursions of the Morbific matter: Further, they stop up the Pores of the skin, whereby the Effluvia's do less evaporate. Almost for the same reason, as hot stupes or Fomentations made of boiled Spices, or other cephalics, oftener hurt than profit; forasmuch as they draw the humours towards the distempered parts, and also open the Pores and passages, whereby they are more readily admitted; 
An Embrocation, or a dipping of the head in cold water, oftentimes helps.  it is that a Bathing of the Head, or an Embrocation or washing of the Head, at the pumps in hot Baths, is used with no better success for Headaches: When on the contrary, it hath been beneficial to many, to pour cold water every Morning and Evening on the temples, forehead, and forepart of the Head: yea to wash or pump the whole Head, every Morning with cold water, or at least to dip it into a Bucket or Pit of water.  

Issues.  Another Chirurgical help, especially for an inveterate and cruel Headache, and much cried up, is wont to be the burning or cutting of Issues, in several parts of the Body. It is without doubt, that these being made in the Arms or Legs, are both less troublesome, and do bring something of help: because they draw away the feeding of the Disease in part, and call it away far from the distempered part. Besides, Issues in the nape of the Neck, and a Seaton in the hinder part of the Neck, behind the Ear, or near it; also a piece of the root of wild Hellebore, being put into an hole made in the Ear, because they evacuate much serosity, and draw it to other Emunctuaries, to wit, 
Issues made upon or near the distempered place, help little.  the Glandulas, are oftentimes administered with benefit. But indeed, there hath been a talk, and much expectation from Cauteries, made on the grieved place, or near it, and so large Issues have been made on the top of the Head, or nigh to the joining of the Sutures. If we should measure this practice by the fruit or success, it will appear to be rarely beneficial, but more often unlucky. For I never knew any healed, but many troubled with Headaches, to be much the worse for it. And truly, reason plainly tells us, that where a Fontinel is made, thither the Serous Humour flows, from the whole bloody Mass, and by consequence from the whole body, and oftentimes is there heaped up more copiously than can constantly be put forth by that Emissary: wherefore, there ordinarily arise about Issues, a red swelling, pustles, and various humours. Why should I not then believe, that a Cautery made nigh to the grieved part of the Head, should rather cause the Morbific matter to be there heaped up?  
There is yet another Chirurgical operation cried up by many for a pertinacious Headache, 
The opening of the Skull cried up by many, but rarely or never attempted.  but by none (that I know of) yet attempted, to wit, an opening of the Skull, near the grieved place, with a Trypaning Iron. This our most ingenious Harvey endeavoured to persuade a Noble Lady, labouring with a most grievous and inveterate Headache, promising a Cure from thence; but neither she, nor any other would admit that administration. Indeed, it did not appear to me, that there could be any thing of certainly expected from the opening of the Skull where it was pained; if an Imposthum lay hid there, this had been the only way of Cure; but that would rather have caused sleepy distempers, or deadly Convulsions than the Headache. If that a red swelling, or pustles, or a burning boil, should be in the enfoldings of the Head, I know not if those Tumours, exposed to the open Air, would more easily evaporate, or whether Remedies applied to those naked places, would effect any thing or not; because, if the pains arise by reason of the meanings being beset with little whelks, a Scirrhous or a Callous Tumour, I think the opening of the Skull will profit little or nothing.  
But letting this alone till it is practised, we shall pass over to other things; and now in the next place, we shall consider, whether Salivation for the Curing old and confirmed Headaches is to be administered. 
Whether salivation in inveterate Headaches, without any suspicion of the Venereal Disease, aught to be administered.  Indeed, if the pains of the Head arise from the Venereal Disease, no doubt but that evil Remedy ought to be applied to that evil Distemper: But having tried that kind of remedy in Headaches arising from other Causes, I found not the harvest worth the pains, and I confess some examples in those kind of cases, have terrified me from that method. A certain noble Lady (whose sickness is below described) for the Curing of a cruel and continual Headache, underwent a plentiful Salivation three times, viz. the first by a Mercurial Ointment, by the counsel of Sir Theodore Mayern, and afterwards twice by taking the lately famous Powder of Charles Huis, without any help, I wish not with some detriment: for afterwards for many years, even to this day, the disease being by degrees increased, she suffered under its heavy tyranny. It happened somewhat worse, so that noted man Doctor G. D. to whom a Mercurial Ointment was applied for his aching Head, for the Cure of an old Headache, by which a Salivation being excited, and the Disease not Cured, he fell into blindness. Indeed these kind of effects from Quicksilver, rashly given, every one, rightly weighing its operation on an humane body, aught to fear. For the Mercury, I shall not say is malignant or wholly venomous, because it brings little or no hurt, its particles being united, so that oftentimes a great quantity may be taken safely enough; yet the Mercurial little bodies, being divided and separated one from another, (whether it be done by Chemical Salts, as in the Mercury sublimate, and precipitate, or by straining thorough the Pores of the Skin when they are anointed) immediately become fierce and untameable, and stir up, before any other Medicines, 
The means and manner of salivation by Mercury, unfolded.  great perturbations in the humane body: They sometimes bring trouble, first to the nervous parts, whereby oftentimes happen, (by reason of the Fibres of the Ventricle, Intestines, and other Visceras, being pulled or hauled) Torments, horrid Vomitings, sharp and frequently Bloody-stools, Heart-burnings, Swoonings, and other most terrible Distempers, a little after the Medicine is given. Yet sometimes the particles of the Mercury, when they are not presently dissolved, go forth without any great hurt to the Bowels, and before their strength be deduced into the bloody Mass. Therefore they easily enter into this, being highly active, and unfolding themselves on every side, and immediately infecting the whole, shake it, and frequently (when fully dissolved) stir it up into a great burning. Then the Blood, that it might put away from itself, the incongruous little bodies, Fermenting, delivers the same which way it can, and boils it with the humours, contained within its bosom, to wit, the Serum and the nourishing Juice, and so endeavours, with those imbued with that preternatural mixture, to put it off. But this succeeds not plentifully enough by Urine and Sweat, because the melt of the Blood, by the particles of the Mercury boiled in it, like the ladder of a Washball, become more clammy and thick, so that they cannot pass thorough the fine strainers of the Reins and the Skin, but oftentimes breaking forth (unless hindered) into the Caeliac Arteries, go forth, by exciting a Diarrhoea or Dysentery; but by that the intent of Salivation is hindered or frustrated: but more often, the Liquor imbued with the Mercury, remaining within the Blood, in a manner also infected, is carried about with it, hither and thither, impetuously thorough the Arteries and Veins, and is separated into various parts, and either breaks forth what way it can, or is forced upon the Bowels, Membranes, and other parts, oftentimes with great hurt. Also it is seen that some Mercurial particles do penetrate the Brain, and insinuating themselves into the nervous Juice, are diffused, not only into the whole Head, but into all the nervous parts, and so in some measure ferment the nervous Liquor.  
But in the mean time the Mercurial Serosities, residing in the Blood, are laid up for the greatest part into the Glandula's, which are the nearest Emunctuaries of the Arteries: wherefore, when the Glandula's about the parts of the Mouth (by which great plenty of Serum is destinated for spittle) being both many and great, are there placed, and that from these passages lie open, by the Excretory Vessels, into the cavity of the Mouth; surely by this most certain way, the envenomed liquor of the Blood, finds a passage forth, when it cannot easily elsewhere. Wherefore, a spitting at the Mouth being excited, the Blood long Fermenting, casts forth whatsoever is extraneous, and not agreeable, either that lies in its bosom, or that it licks up elsewhere from the Bowels, or receives from the solid parts, or from other humours, like working Ale or Wine, thorough the Salival passages, and innumerable pipes opening every where into the Mouth. Further, it is most likely, as the purge of the Blood, so also of the liquor watering the Head, and the nervous Appendix, being excited by the Mercury entering therein, are also put forth by this way, to wit, by the Salival passages.  
Therefore, a Salivation induced by Mercury, if by chance it succeeds rightly, it sometimes takes away difficult and untameable Diseases, not to be dealt with by any other Remedies; because this operation thoroughly purges the Blood and nervous Juice, and other humours, by a long purgation, destroys all exotic Ferments, overcomes the enormities of the Salts and Sulphur's; yea, and shakes, and oftentimes carries forth the Morbific matter, wherever remaining or impacted.  

Salivation not always safe, wherefore to be suspected in Headaches.  But this Medicine is not without danger, forasmuch as the Mercury becoming enormous, and carrying with it abundance of most sharp, and as it were poisonous Serum, rushing on the noble parts, and especially the Head, with the Medullary and nervous appendices, or on the Lungs, and parts about the Heart, brings to them an incurable and sometimes a deadly evil. Wherefore in a more grievous and old Headache, there is danger lest the indisposed Fibres should be more irritated, by the Mercury going thorough them, with much, and corrosive Serum, and should move them into more painful Convulsions and wrinklings; further, lest it should invade the Brain, by a great falling of the Humours upon the Head, by which means, as it often happens to the Brain, sleepy and Convulsive distempers are caused. I should have said many things more concerning this, but that we expect shortly to be made public, by the Learned Physician Doctor Needham, an exact method of Salivation, and a full account of it, as to its measures and effects, and its benefits and hurt.  

What the cutting of the Artery may profit in this Disease.  There is yet a celebrated Remedy remaining among Chirurgical helps, viz. a cutting or opening an Artery. This was of great esteem among the Ancients, and some of the Moderns make use of it, and very much cry it up. But it appears to our observation, that this so cried up success most often fails. Nor no wonder, because reason holds not at all, on which the Ancients depended, that the Arterious Blood was different from the Venous, or that of the Veins, and was in greater fault and more raging, and therefore to be let forth. Nor indeed is there any reason wherefore the Blood being drawn from the Artery, rather than from the Vein, near the pained place, should bring ease; but rather on the contrary, more help aught to be expected from opening of the Vein; because, the Artery being emptied, receives and draws nothing from the distempered part; but the Vein being opened, draws from the place of the effused Blood, and from its whole neighbourhood, and oftentimes sups back, and renders to a Circulation the Blood, and other Humours, heaped up and stagnating near the nest of the Disease. But however, that we may not recede too much from the practice of the Ancients, we shall grant, that sometimes it may be helpful, though attributing nothing to the section of the Artery, and not immediately, yet causally, 
Nevertheless in this Distemper it is often helpful, and by what means, is shown.  and only by consequence and by accident: to wit, forasmuch as the ends of the Artery being cut, grow fast together, so that the passage of the Blood by that way is shut up for the future; from hence when as a lesser provision of Blood is carried by the Artery towards the place: and the like still carried away from it by the Veins, it therefore sometimes happens, that the nest of the Morbific Matter sometimes lessened, and its mine is by degrees consumed. For this reason, this administration oftentimes succeeds happily in diseases of the Eyes. 
Farrier's use the like practice.  Further, Farriers make use of the like practice for the Curing of evil tumours in the Legs of Horses; to wit, they take and bind the Artery, by which the Matter flows to the distempered part, and in the mean time, that which was impacted, partly evaporates, and is partly supped up by the Vein. And I have heard, that the same has been tried by our Harvey, and not without success, 
And perhaps it may be convenient for the curing of strumous or running humours, such as the Kings Evil.  for the Curing also of Strumous and Scirrhous Tumours in the humane body. I might here subjoin many other kinds of Remedies, yea also the prescriptions and forms of Medicines, which are wont to be administered for the Curing of Headaches, both by Physicians and by Empirics: but enough of these are to be had in Physical Books. It will be to our purpose, that after the delivering the Aetiology, or the reason of this Disease so confusedly shown, and its Therapeutic or Curatory part sufficiently shadowed, for the more clear illustrating of these things, that we add some more rare cases of sick persons, and examples of a continual and most grievous Headache, which also for an invincible cause was oftentimes deadly.  
A Woman of about fifty years of age, 
The History of a continual and a deadly Headache.  after she had laboured for about six months with a most grievous pain in the Head, troubling her almost perpetually, under the Sagittal Suture (or the seam that goes thorough the length of the Skull, dividing it into two parts) yielding to no Medicines, or method, at length fell into a Lethargy, with a partial resolution of her members; from which notwithstanding, being shortly recovered by timely Remedies, she awaked with the Headache, as cruel as before; moreover, 
A continual and inveterate Headache passing into a Lethargy.  within two or three weeks after, relapsing into the sleepy distemper, she departed this life. Her skull being opened, there grew from the side of the third bosom, to the Membranes, a Scirrhous Tumour three fingers broad, by the coming between of which, both the Dura mater for a little space was grown to the Pia mater, and the sanguiferous Vessels, which should open there into the cavity of the bosom, were stopped up. Further, the cranklings or turnings in of the Brain, both the exterior and the inward cavity, was filled with a clear water. From these things being observed, the invincible and at length deadly cause most clearly appeared: to wit, the most sensible Fibres of the meanings being continually pulled and torn, partly by reason of the breaking of the unity, and partly from the humour belonging to the Nerves, being there heaped up and stagnating, together with others flowing thither, and growing hot with it, were provoked into Convulsions perpetually, or painful Distentions: Afterwards, when the Blood being for a long time hindered in its circulation, by reason of that Tumour, or that at least it could not pass thorough it, by any means, sent copiously away from itself the Serous Water (as its manner is wherever it finds an hindrance) and at length a Dropsy in the Brain was raised, which was the cause of the deadly Lethargy. I remember I have seen the like case in another, whom I have opened. Further, as I think, the disease in many troubled with Headaches, doth depend on the like invincible cause; I will however describe one example yet living, of this kind of Distemper.  
Some years since, 
A second History of an incurable Headache, in a most noble Lady labouring with it for twenty years.  I was sent for to visit a most noble Lady, for above twenty years sick with almost a continual Headache, at first intermitting: She was of a most beautiful form, and a great wit, so that she was skilled in the Liberal Arts, and in all sorts of Literature, beyond the condition of her sex; and as if it were thought too much by Nature, for her to enjoy so great endowments, without some detriment, she was extremely punished with this Disease. Growing well of a fever before she was twelve years old, she became obnoxious to pains in the Head, which were wont to arise, sometimes of their own accord, and more often upon every light occasion. This sickness being limited to no one place of the Head, troubled her sometimes on one side, sometimes on the other, and often thorough the whole compass of the Head. During the fit (which rarely ended under a day and a night's space, and often held for two, three, or four days) she was impatient of light, speaking, noise, or of any motion, sitting upright in her Bed, the Chamber made dark, she would talk to no body, nor take any sleep, or sustenance. At length about the declination of the fit, she was wont to lie down with an heavy and disturbed sleep, from which awaking, she found herself better, and so by degrees grew well, and continued indifferently well till the time of the intermission. Formerly, the fits came not but occasionally, and seldom under twenty days or a month, but afterwards they came more often: and lately, she was seldom free. Moreover, upon sundry occasions, or evident causes (such as the change of the Air, or the year, the great Aspects of the Sun and Moon, violent passions, and errors in diet) she was more cruelly tormented with them. But although this Distemper most grievously afflicting this noble Lady, above twenty years (when I saw her) having pitched its tents near the confines of the Brain, had so long besieged its regal tower, yet it had not taken it: for the sick Lady, being free from a Vertigo, swimming in the Head, Convulsive Distempers, and any Soporiferous symptom, found the chief faculties of her soul sound enough.  

Remedies of every kind for the curing this Headache, tried in vain.  For the obtaining a Cure, or rather for a trial, very many Remedies were administered, thorough the whole progress of the Disease, by the most skilful Physicians, both of our own Nation, and the prescriptions of others beyond Seas, without any success or ease; also great Remedies of every kind and form she tried, but still in vain. Some years before, she had endured from an ointment of Quicksilver, a long and troublesome Salivation, so that she ran the hazard of her life. Afterwards twice a Cure was attempted (though in vain) by a Flux at the Mouth, from a Mercurial Powder, which the noted Empiric Charleses Hues ordinarily gave: with the like success with the rest she tried the Baths, and the Spaw-waters, almost of every kind and nature: she admitted of frequent Blood-letting, and also once the opening of an Artery; she had also made about her several Issues, sometimes in the hinder part of her Head, and sometimes in the forepart, and in other parts. She also took the Air of several Countries besides her own native Air, she went into Ireland and into France: There was no kind of Medicines both Cephalicks, Antiscorbutics, Hysterical, all famous Specificks, which she took not, both from the Learned and the unlearned, from Quacks, and old Women; and yet notwithstanding she professed, that she had received from no Remedy, or method of Curing, any thing of Cure or Ease, but that the contumacious and rebellious Disease, refused to be tamed, being deaf to the charms of every Medicine. Further, this so long possessing the outparts of the Head, though it could not invade the cloisters of the Brain; yet, when I visited her, unfolding its ends in some other parts of the nervous kind, it had begun to stir up most cruel pains in her members, and also in her Loins, and bottom of her Belly, as is wont to be in the Rheumatism, and in the Scorbutic Colic.  

Conjectures concerning the reason of this cruel Disease.  If we should inquire into the Aetiology or the Causes of this inveterate Disease, we can suspect nothing less than that the meanings of the Brain, being from the beginning more lightly touched, had afterwards contracted an habitual and indelible vice. It appears by the History, that the distemper at first arose from a Morbific matter, which was translated into the Head, after an ill cured fever. Then perchance, by reason of some hurt brought to the Membranes, the tone of the Fibres was so much endamaged, that afterwards, the Humours flowing in them, both the nervous and others, being heaped up to a fullness, or growing hot by mere aggravation, raised up the fits of the Headache. But at length the diseased cause growing worse, by reason of the frequent fits, it seems that the unity of those Fibres, were so much broken, that from thence little Tumours, or Scirrhous knots or swellings, being riased up in all the exterior meaning, or in a great part of it, produced pains almost continual, and those apt to be made worse or imbittered upon every light occasion: Certainly it seems most likely, that the invincible and permanent cause of so long, and yet not deadly Headache, proceeds from some such thing, viz. a Scirrhous Distemper of the Dura mater, the Pia mater being in the mean time safe. For from any other cause, if there had be a conflict of Nature and Medicine with the Disease, either a quick death or a joyful victory had far sooner been obtained.  

A third History of a deadly continual Headache.  A noted Gentleman of about forty years of Age, strong and healthy, going a journey for a whole day in a continual rain, the wet beating on the hinder part of his Head, caught cold, and the next day he began to feel a pain in that part; which in a short time after becoming very bitter, afflicted him night and day, and kept him almost continually without sleep. For the Cure of this Distemper, Phlebotomy, Purging, Glisters, Blistering, and Remedies to cause rest; yea and many others of every kind, though diligently applied, by the Counsel also of many Physicians, helped little or nothing. When the Disease notwithstanding these, grew every day worse, after a fortnight's time, preternatural swelled kernels and painful arose all about his Neck, the pain in his Head nothing remitting: Further, the Tendons of his Neck being very much distended and stiff, became very troublesome to him; to which, in a short time, succeeded Convulsive motions, and a sudden leaping of the Tendons, in several parts, with a delirium, and at length, the sick person worn out with pains and watching, yielded to death.  
Though we had not leave for the dissecting the dead body, 
A conjecture concerning the reason of the Disease.  yet it may be suspected, that both the Pericranium, and the meanings in the hinder part of the Head, clothing the Cerebel, where they are more thick and very nappy, were first affected; and then from thence the evil was afterwards communicated to the whole Head, and wandered into all the nervous stock: when as in those Membranes, transpiration was hindered, from the cold and the wet, and also the tone of the Fibres very much hurt, it is probable, that the nervous Liquor watering them, being then hindered in its motion, and stagnating, did burden the containing bodies; then that being depraved in its Complexion, grew hot with other humours flowing thither, and being at length coagulated with them, grew together into Scirrhous and Strumous Tumours, and so laid the copious seedplot of a most grievous Headache: Then afterwards, when through watching and perpetual pains, a great inordination of the Spirits, and a great dyscrasy of the Juice watering the Head, were produced; for that reason, the knotty Concretions in the Neck, the stifness of the Tendons, and at length Convulsions and Convulsive Motions followed in the Brain, and in the whole nervous Stock: and so, when as the animal oeconomy or regiment was much decayed, and that the motion of the Praecordia could not be continued, the vital flame expired.  
Sometimes deadly and incurable Headaches are no less raised up from a fiery swelling and Imposthum, 
A fourth History of an Headache, excited from a fiery Swelling, or an Inflammation of the meanings.  than from these kind of knots, and little pimples of the meanings. Sometime since, a young man of the University, whenas he had complained for a fortnight of a most grievous pain in the Head, incessantly afflicting him, it was at length increased by a fever, and afterwads, waking, Convulsive motions, and talking idly followed; at which time a Physician being sent for, letting blood, Clysters, Plasters, Revulsives, Blistring, also internal Remedies which call away the Flux of the Blood and Humours from the Head, being carefully administered, profited nothing; so that death soon followed. His Skull being opened, the Vessels leading to the meanings were full of Blood, and very much distended, as if the whole Mass of Blood had flowed thither, so that the bosoms being dissected and opened, the Blood presently rushing forth, flowed to the weight of several ounces above half a pint: Further, the Membranes themselves being distempered thorough the whole, with a fiery Tumour, appeared discoloured: These cover being taken away, all the infoldings of the Brain, and of its Ventricle, were full of a clear water, and its substance being too much watered, was wet, and not firm. Without doubt in this case, the incursion of the heated blood into the meanings, and the heaping of it up there, exciting the Phlgemon or fiery swelling, was the cause of the Headache, and of the following Delirium: Then the Blood being accumulated there, when it could not circulate, flung from itself plenty of Serum, by which the whole inward part of the Head was over-flowed; so that the Disease, at first perhaps curable by Phlebotomy, from thence afterwards became mortal.  
I remember another Academic, 
An History of an Headache raised up from an Imposthume in the Meninge.  who after a long Headache, under the temporal Suture, tormenting him perpetually for three weeks together, immediately fell into a deadly Apoplexy. His Head being opened, a fiery swelling had grown in the Meninge, near the place where the pain was, from which, being ripened and broke, the filthy bloody matter falling on the Brain, had distempered its substance with a rottenness and blackness. Besides, these invincible causes, detected by Anatomy, I observed more chances after the same manner, as of other sick people; by which we may conclude its Aetiology, to be the same, or very near of kin, with the signs and symptoms of the like nature, and but now described.  
But although a continual Headache (especially if it be without intermissions for many weeks) is not without danger: 
A continual Headache, we always to be accounted incurable.  yet we ought not therefore to despair of its Cure, because the cause of this, how fixed and immovable soever it seem, oftentimes by the long use of Medicines, and sometimes without them, is helped by Nature and time: however, in a case almost desperate, there is need of some Medicines, lest the present Distemper should pass into a worse, to wit, a Soporiferous or Convulsive. Thus much for a Continual Headache: it now remains, that we should propose some more rare examples and instances of the Intermitting. 
An intermitting Headache, whose Fits are uncertain, are so frequent that we need show no instances of it.   
Therefore, that we may let alone here, the Headaches, whose fits being wand'ring and uncertain, proceed from the Blood or Serum rushing on the distempered places, as cases very well known, and commonly seen; we shall now show you now some select Observations of this Disease, either periodical, or caused by the consent of some Inward: As to the first, we have shown the periodical fits of the pains of the Head, to be produced by the nutritious Humour, or by the nervous Juice: we shall now show you Examples of either.  

The sixth History of a periodical intermitting Headache.  A venerable Matron of about forty five years of Age, of a lean habit of Body, and endued with a Choleric Temper, after she had lived for a long time obnoxious to Headaches, wont to be caused occasionally, she began about the beginning of Autumn, to be troubled with a periodical pain of the Head: This Distemper invading her about four of the Clock in the Afternoon, was wont to continue till midnight, when being wearied with pain and watching, she was compelled to sleep; then afterwards awaking out of a profound sleep, she found herself well again. She being sick after this manner for three weeks, suffered the daily fits of this Disease, and forbore to take any Medicine, which she greatly abhorred; but at length her Appetite being lost, and her strength worn out, being forced to seek for Cure; after letting blood and a gentle Purge, she took twice a day for a week or two, the quantity of a Chestnut of the following Electuary, and grew perfectly well.  
The Cure of the same.  Take of the Conserve of the Flowers of Succory and Fumitory, each three ounces; of the Powder of the Root of Aron Compound two drams and a half, of Ivory one dram and a half, of yellow Sanders, and of Lignum Aloes, each half a dram; of the Salt of Wormwood one dram and a half, of Vitrial of Steel one dram, of the Syrup of the Five Roots what will suffice to make an Electuary. 

The reason of this Case unfolded.  In this Case, that after a disposition to the Headache, the fits of the Disease became at length periodical, after the manner of intermitting Fevers, the cause without doubt was, the assimilation of the Chime, or nourishing Humour, into Blood, being hindered: because, when its provision being received into the Mass of Blood, could not be overcome, it was wont after a little stay to disagree, and with its particles, to grow hot; therefore presently the Blood swelling up, that it might shake off the incongruous mixture, laid aside its recrements, as in other parts, so especially and with a greater sense of trouble into the before weak Fibres of the meanings, or hurt in their conformation: This Matter being poured on the Head, or rushing of itself thorough the sensible Fibres, or growing hot with the Juice watering them, raised up the fit of the pain but now described; which continued until the heterogeneous particles growing hot, with their mutual coming together, were either subdued or exhaled.  

The seventh History of the same Distemper, excited by the default of the nervous Liquor.  A very comely Woman, tall and slender, being for a long time grievously obnoxious to distempers of the Head, was wont sometimes to be troubled for many days, yea weeks, every day as soon as she awaked in the Morning, with a most Cruel Headache, afflicting her for three or four hours: and in the mean time, she was vexed with a weight of her whole Head, a numbness of her senses, and a dulness of mind: which kind of Distemper, together with the pain, like discussed Clouds, vanished before noon, and left her quiet and calm: Then again the next morning, it possessed her Head like a dark Cloud. 
The Cure of it.  For the Curing of it I prescribed the use of Purging Pills, Phlebotomy sparingly, besides a Blistering, and Spirits of Hartshorn, or of Sut, with Cephalic Juleps or Waters.  

The reason of the Case unfolded.  That in this Lady, otherways than in the other sick Lady, the pains of the Head rather followed after sleep, than were healed by it, the reason seems to be, because in this morning Headache, the Morbific Matter resided in the nervous Juice, whose more notable crudity, and fuller aggestion about the Head, happen immediately after sleep, as we have elsewhere shown at large: But the other Evening fits of this Disease, depended upon the fullness and swelling up of the nourishing Liquor within the bloody Mass, and therefore happening so many hours after dinner, was not allayed but by sleep, which quiets the disorders of the Blood.  

An Instance of an intermitting Headache, which seemed to be excited from the womb.  It doth no less clearly appear, that the fits of the Headache do arise, sometimes by consent from other parts, viz. the Womb, Spleen, Stomach, etc. and though the complaints, and the experience of the sick, declare it to arise from Vapours, yet from the Histories of them, and their appearances rightly weighed, 'tis most clear, that this proceeds from another reason, than from Vapours carried to the Head from the distempered inward. And in the first place, as to the pains of the Head, that seem to arise from the Womb, there is nothing more frequent than that upon the suppression of the Monthly Flowers, or the Lochia after being brought to bed, or (as they call it) the flooding, for cruel Headaches to succeed. Further, although the Terms do rightly flow, yet some at the instant of its flowing, others at the stopping of the same, are wont to be troubled with a cruel pain of the Head. But indeed, though at the same time, as the Head, the Womb also is distempered: however it doth not follow, that the evil is transferred from hence, thither immediately: but the Blood itself, which fixes the Morbific Matter to the Head, carries it, sometimes begotten in its proper bosom, and destinated to the Womb, wrongfully into the Meminges of the Brain; and sometimes snatching it from the parts of the Womb, delivers it with greater malice to the Head. This same reason may also serve for the Headache, commonly attributed to the Stomach, Spleen, and other parts.  
A beautiful and young Woman, 
The eighth History of an intermitting Headache, seeming to a●ise from the Stomach.  endued with a slender habit of body, and an hot Blood, being obnoxious to an hereditary Headache, was wont to be afflicted with frequent and wand'ring fits of it, to wit, some upon every light occasion, and some of their own accord; that is, arising without any evident cause. On the day before the coming of the spontaneous fit of this Disease, growing very hungry in the Evening, she eat a most plentiful Supper, with an hungry, I may say greedy appetite; presaging by this sign, that the pain of the Head would most certainly follow the next Morning; and the event never failed this Augury. For as soon as she awaked, being afflicted by a most sharp torment, thorough the whole forepart of her Head, she was troubled also with Vomiting, sometimes of an Acid, and as it were a Vitriolic, Humour, and sometimes of a Choleric and highly bitterish: hence according to this sign, this Headache is thought to arise from the vice of the Stomach.  
That I may render a reason of this, first it appears, that a Vomiting will succeed a hurt upon the Head, to wit, after a blow, or wound, or a fall; yet a pain of the Head rarely or never follows, upon Vomiting, the pain of the Heart, or the Stomach, any otherways labouring, 
A reason of this Case delivered.  unless the Blood comes between. Wherefore in the aforesaid case of the sick person, as it appears plainly that the meanings of the Brain were before disposed to Headaches, its fits were stirred up by every agitation of the Blood; hence it is obvious to be conceived, when the heterogeneous particles are heaped up together to a fullness, in the bloody Mass, by reason of the vice of the Chyle, presently a flux of it arising, for the expulsion of the trouble, those being but evilly matched, being separated by the Blood, and partly poured forth out of the Arteries into the Ventricle, 
The like reason is for other Headaches, seeming to arise from the Spleen, Liver, Mesentery, etc.  do raise up its Ferment, and so produce hunger; and partly rushing into the predisposed meanings of the Head do there dispose the tinder, or rather incentive of the Headache about to follow. This sick Gentlewoman, averse to all Physic, when she would undergo no method of Medicine, at length became obnoxious also to Paralytic, and Convulsive distempers. Out of these it will be easy to design the reason of every other Headache, viz. of the Hypochondriac, Hepatic, or otherways Sympathetical, so that there need not here to be added any more Histories or Observations.   

CHAP. III.  
Of the Lethargy.  
THUS far we have described, by what Disease chiefly, and after what sort, the out-skirts of the Head, or the cover of that enclosed within the Skull, are wont to be affected; 
The Seat of the Lethargy is the same with that of Sleep and Memory; to wit, about the Shell of the Brain.  and now descending to its more internal part, and which lies next to the Cortical or shelly substance, we shall see to what distempers this part is found to be chiefly obnoxious. We have showed at large in another place, that the Cortex or shelly part of the Brain is the seat of the Memory, and the porch of sleep: wherefore, we rightly refer the Disease, which is wont to cause an excess of sleep, and an eclipse or defect of memory, to wit, the Lethargy, to that Cortical part of the Brain.  
The word Lethargy is wont to signify two sorts of Distempers, 
By this name both the Fits of the Lethargy are called,  which are as it were the act and the disposition of this Disease; for those who are said to labour with this Disease, or are sick of its great assaults, are overwhelmed with so great sleepiness, that they can scarce be excited by any impression of a sensible object, yea if by chance being pricked or pinched, they open their Eyes, or move their members, presently they let them fall again, and become insensible; and oftentimes when left to themselves indulging a perpetual sleep, by an easy transition, they pass into death itself, whose type this Disease is; which kind of fits, have often a fever joined with them, which when the sick awake, and return perfectly to themselves, for the most part ceases of its own accord. 
And also the soporiferous disposition, or Sleepiness;  Or secondly, they are accounted Lethargical, who being oppressed with an immoderate torpor or numbness of the senses, are found to be almost ever prone to sleep; so that in the midst of a journey, yea at dinner, or though busied about any thing, they presently fall into a drousieness. But as there are divers degrees, 

Of which there are various kinds:  
The continual Sleepiness, the Coma, etc.  
In every Lethargic Distemper there is an excess of Sleep, and a defect of Memory.   and various manners of this sleepy distemper, so also they constitute the various kinds of this Lethargic disposition. We shall for the present speak first of the former Lethargy, and properly so called, and afterwards of continual Sleepiness also of the Coma, Caro, and other soporiferous Diseases akin to it, and likewise of Continual Waking.  
In the mean time, it is to be noted, that almost in every kind of Lethargy, there is always as its Pathognomick sign, a Torpor or Sleepiness, and oblivion or forgetfulness. Those who suffer the more grievous fits of this Disease, if they are awakened by any force in their declination, forget all things, nor are they able to remember their own, nor the names of their Friends: also, those who have drunk more sparingly of this forgetful cup, as much as they are proclive to Sleep, so much are they deficient in Memory; so that they forget late actions, and oftentimes repeat things done, and very often ask the same questions: As to the other faculties, as Reason, Phantasie, the sensitive and loco-motive powers, the failings or defects of them, are proportionate according to the enormities of Sleep and Memory. Wherefore, that the formal reason, and the causes of the Lethargy, may be the better known, we should here first of all discourse concerning sleep and oblivion, and for what causes they are excited.  

The essence and causes of natural and non-natural Sleep, rehearsed.  But having already discoursed concerning the former of these, we showed that the essence of Sleep did consist in the corporeal souls withdrawing itself by little and little, and contracting the sphere of its irradiation, left destitute and as it were shut forth of doors, the outmost compass of the Brain, or its shelly part, and so the exterior, and all the organs of sense and motion, from the emanation of the spirits; so that they for refreshment sake, being called inward, lie down and give themselves to rest; in the mean time, the Pores and passages of the outward part of the Brain, being free and empty from the excursions of the spirits, are prepared for the coming of the nervous Liquor, stilled forth from the Blood, for a new provision of Spirits. In accustomed and natural Sleep, these two causes, conspire and happen together, as it were out of a certain mutual compact of Nature; viz. at the same time, the Spirits give place, the nervous Humour enters: but in unnatural sleep, or that which is extraordinary, sometimes this cause, and sometimes that is the former; for the Spirits being wearied or called away, first withdraw themselves, and so offer an entrance to the nervous humour heaped up before the doors; or else the nervous humour driving to those places more plentifully, and as it were making its way by force, repels the Spirits, and entering into their passages, does as it were drown them: we have particularly assigned the various occasions of either of these, and after what manner they come to pass. Concerning the eclipse or defect of the Memory, we need not speak much here, because it is wholly from the same cause, as immoderate Sleep, to wit, the exclusion, and an interdiction for a time, of the passing up and down of the Animal Spirits, from the exterior passages of the Brain, full of some humour.  

The causes of preternatural Sleep are,  Preternatural Sleep, or an insatiable sleepiness (which is the chief symptom in the Lethargy, and sleepy Diseases) seems to arise wholly from the same causes as non-natural Sleep, carried forth only with greater force or energy; to wit, either the Animal Spirits, being first distempered, leave the outward compass of the Brain, and give an entrance, 

An infartion or obstruction of the outward part of the Brain, and a recess of the Spirits from thence:  
Sometimes this, sometimes that, is the cause.  
The Lethargy oftentimes from the serous heap overflowing the outward part of the Brain:  
And sometimes from a Dropsi● of the whole Brain.   not only to the nervous, but to the serous, and some other vicious Humour; or else, the superfluous and excrementitious humours, together with the nervous, break thorough the cortical doors of the Brain, and as it were overflowing its Pores and passages, drive thence and repel the Spirits; sometimes this is chiefly the cause, sometimes the former, and sometimes both together. We shall first speak of that which is the more frequent cause of the Lethargy, to wit, the eruption of either too much, or too incongruous humour, upon the confines of the Brain, and then afterwards of the departure of the Spirits from the affected part.  
I have often found by Anatomical observation, that the Lethargy doth arise from the Serous heap rushing into the outward infoldings of the Brain, and entering into its Pores and Cortical passages; for in many dead of this Disease, I found the spaces between the foldings of the Brain, full of clear water, yea and its outmost substance soft and infirm, from too much wet; moreover in some I found the interior cavities swelled with water, and the whole frame of the Brain overflowed with a Dropsy, or rather a flood. When therefore in a great and mortal Lethargy, it hath appeared that it has been after this manner, we may well suspect in a lesser and curable sleepiness, that the out-borders of the Brain, are at least too much watered with humour, and the tracts of the Spirits overflowed; especially if there appear any signs of water or of Serum, abounding about other parts of the Head.  
A grievous sleepiness is wont to be excited, 
Not only a plenty of humour, but the malignity, often causes this Disease.  not only from the Serum being too much, or from the over plenty of any other Morbific humour, but sometimes from its malignity: for it often happens, that a certain infestous and virulent matter is instilled from the Flood into the Brain, which entering the Pores of the Cortical substance, profligates the Spirits, and either extinguishing them, or driving them away inwards, so that this region being left destitute of them, a sleepiness and forgetfulness succeeds. There is none almost who hath not taken notice, that this often happens in malignant and ill handled Fevers: also in the Scorbutic cachexy, the Yellow jaundice, and certain other Chronical Diseases, oftentimes a sluggish and vapid or tasteless water is sent in, instead of the subtle and spirituous nervous Juice, that is the parent of forgetfulness, and of sleepiness.  
This Conjunct Cause of the Lethargy, 

The pro●atarctick causes of the Lethargy.  
In what respect they are in fault;   to wit, the heaping up of too much Humour, or too incongruous, within the shelly part of the Brain, depends upon other Causes, to wit, more remote leading causes, and also evident causes. As to the former, they are wont to be in fault, both when the Blood supplies the distempered part with Morbific matter, and also because that the Brain itself too easily admits it.  
For indeed, 
Both the Blood begetting evil humours, and sending them to the Brain;  the Blood transfers to the Head in some, a great quantity of a watery humour, and in others of a salt or scorbutical humour, also again in others excrementitious humours, and deadly to the animal government, sometimes taken from these bowels, and sometimes from those; and as occasion serves, instills them together with the nervous Juice, out of the Arteries on the outer borders of the Brain, and there by little and little insinuating this kind of Morbific Matter, by a long congestion, causes a dark cloud, or else by a sudden transportation of it, overflows at once all the outward part of the Brain, and drives away the inhabiting Spirits, like a Sea breaking in, and compels them to run more inwardly.  
But indeed the Morbific Matter, 
and the Brain too easily receiving them.  how copiously or infestous soever it be, and poured on the Head, doth not induce the Lethargic Distemper, unless the very weak or vicious, constitution of the Brain be also in fault: for if this be strong and of good temper, it easily resists the assaults of all those; yea it bears, without hurt, the errors and enormities in th● six non-naturals. 
Upon what occasions the Brain is prone to the Lethargy.  Those who have this part too humid, or too cold, as Children and old Men; also, those distempered with Cacochymical Humours, the Dropsy, Scurvy, or Humours gathered about the mouth of the Stomach, are very prone to sleep, and sometimes, fall from a stronger Evident Cause, into a continual drowsiness. Besides, those who have a weak Brain, and their Pores too lax or open, that by that means the feculencies obtruded from the Blood find a more easy passage, often become obnoxious to sleepiness, yea and to the Lethargy: for such as are given to Surfeiting and Drunkenness, are wont presently after to fall asleep, which weakens the tone of the Brain, and fill, and too much open its Pores, with a crude and filthy Juice; so that when it hath been for a long time accustomed, by reason of these occasions, to admit into them the Serous superfluities, it afterwards refuses nothing brought to it, but that its passages, like a course or wide strainer, suffers all the grosser particles, both Saline, watery, and earthy, easily to pass thorough them.  
Besides these more remote leading causes (which become the act of the stirred up Morbific) there are more strong Evident Causes, 
The evident causes of this Disease.  for so great danger does not hang over the Brain, as that its whole compass should be invaded, from every morbid provision, nor upon every light occasion, But there are many and divers occasions, by which the sleepy assaults are seen to be incited: the chief of these are great Surfeits, Drunkenness, especially of Wine, or the Drinking immoderately of Strong-waters, then after such excess to lie all night, or sleep in the open Air: further, an evacuation of the Serum, by otherways, after having been long suppressed; also if Spaw-waters being drunk in a larger quantity, and not again rendered presently by Urine, threaten a Lethargy. And so also do recrements of other Diseases, either not well or not at all Cured, being translated to the Head; so as a continual sleepiness often happens after acute Fevers, or such as continue long, and other Chronical Diseases, and especially the Headache, Frenzy, Empyema, or collection of gross Humours upon the Lungs and the Colic.  
Thus much of the Lethargy, 
Another conjunct cause of the Lethargy consists in the afflicting the Spirits with some narcotick.  whose assault proceeds from the Cortex or shelly part of the Brain, being affected; to which succeed either an eclipse or an exclusion of the Spirits there inhabiting, with a sleepiness and oblivion. But as non-natural sleep, so sometimes what is preternatural, begins from the Spirits being first dejected; and which is usual to succeed another Cause. It is obvious to any one, that this ordinarily happens from more strong Opiates, without any previous flood or stopping of the cortical part of the Brain: for it is not probable that Narcoticks stir up the Humours, and send them to the Brain, when it plainly appears, that all the effervescences and flow of these, are allayed by them. But if it should be asked after what manner, and by what means, Opiates cause sleep, and sometimes a deadly Torpor or sleepiness, we say; That this Medicine is a certain kind of poison, beating down or extinguishing the Animal Spirits, by its blasting; the Blood and solid parts in the mean time being almost untouched: 
How opiates causes Sleep.  Wherefore, when the Animal Spirits become raging, and as it were struck with madness, running hither and thither, and will not be quieted and allayed, Opiates being administered, like water flung upon a flame, destroy some of the outmost bands of them, so that the rest being lessened, and flying inwards, quietly lie down. We have at large discoursed of these things in a particular Tract, Of the Operations of Medicines on the Humane Body: For the present we shall note (which is to the purpose) that Narcoticks (or Medicines causing rest) being taken at the mouth, do put forth their powers partly in the Ventricle, and indeed immediately, and partly in the Brain, both that and the Mass of Blood mediating. By what means Narcoticks do operate, whilst in the Ventricle, and provoke sleep, we have shown, Chap. XV. When they are moderate, in either province, they gently intoxicate some unquiet Spirits, and so immediately quiet the rest; but if any one takes Opiates in too large a Dose, he shall presently feel hurt both in the Ventricle and in the Brain, and a little after being insensible, shall suffer a greater evil in either: to wit, 
How they operate in the Ventricle, 〈…〉 what mea●● in the Brain.  a mighty heaviness, and as it were an immovable weight in the Stomach, which seems to opress both it and the neighbouring parts; indeed by this sign, the Fibres of this place (the Spirits which before actuated them being broken) become without life, and as it were dead; then by reason of the Opiate, particles being carried about with the Blood, to the frame or compass of the Brain, and instilled into its Cortical or shelly part, the Spirits being driven away from thence or extinguished, an irresistible, and oftentimes a deadly sleep follows: yea, I have sometimes known, from a more grievous hurt inflicted on the Ventricle, only by the use of a more strong Narcotic, Death itself to have followed before sleep could creep upon them, 
The History of one presently killed by taking too large a Dose of Opium.  coming by a long way about. A strong man vexed with a most cruel Colic, for ease sake (whilst a Physician was sent for) took rashly a great quantity of Opium; a little after he had taken it, he complained of a great burden oppressing, and mightily weighing down the Ventricle: His Friends and the bystanders gave him Cordial waters, Wine, and Strong-Waters, but without any ease: This oppression creeping wider about the Precordia, raised up pains and swoonings; but still being awake, and constant in mind, he cried out, that his spirits more and more failed him; till about three hours after, complaining that his sight was gone, he presently died.  

Sometimes a Lethargy arises from Narcotick Particles begotten in the Body;  But that we may return to the Lethargy, as it is a Disease and not the effects of Opium, whence we digressed; concerning which we are yet to inquire, whether it may arise from a Narcotick Humour begotten in us, as some Chemists assert? We shall tell you our conjecture, that we think this 'tis sufficiently plain, that there are other sorts of Morbific particles produced in our Bodies, than those commonly called Elementary and Humoral, and that they do affect after a various manner, viz. besides the Watery, Earthly, Bilous, Phlegmatic, or Melancholic, we may find others Vitriolic, Nitro-sulphureous, and others participating of enormous Sulphurs and Salts, and active to our evil. The Convulsive Pathology can by no other means be delivered and explained, unless by supposing that some extraneous little bodies, and as it were Nitro-sulphureous, which sticking to the Spirits, and at last cast off by them, stir up the Explosive, 
Even as Convulsions from a nitro-sulphureous, or explosive matter.  that is Convulsive force: In like manner we may think, that others of another nature may perhaps be begotten, such as are of a Sulphureous, Vitriolic, or Narcotick nature, which when they creep into the Brain and nervous Stock, fall upon some Animal Spirits, which they by chance do meet, with extinguishing and fixing them, ordinarily induce their losses and eclipses, such as happen in the Vertigo, Apoplexy, or Palsy, as we shall more fully show hereafter. In like manner, in a great fit of the Lethargy, though it be improbable, that these kind of Narcotick particles should be in heaps derived from the Blood into the Brain, in so great a quantity, that they should at once overturn the spirits dwelling in its whole precincts, and fix them; yet we may believe, that this may be some part of the Cause. Wherefore, in every long sleepiness, or Lethargic disposition, we do suspect the Animal Spirits, to be burdened with such a Lethaean Copula, and that we should direct the darts of every Medicine against it.  
Thus much concerning the formal reason, 
What things belong to the Theory of the Lethargy.  subject, and causes of the Lethargy, properly so called, the sum of all which is, That the Animal Spirits, the inhabitants of the exterior Brain, being hindered from their wont motion and emanation, lie down in a profound and inextricable sleep: but they are hindered either by the proper vice of themselves, because having taken or being distempered by some Narcotick, they are as it were coagulated and become immovable; or because their exterior tracts or paths in the Brain, are obstructed and possessed by some strange guest, so that there is no fit space granted them for their expansion.  
The symptoms of this Disease, 
Its symptoms.  which now come in order to be explained, the chief are Sleep, and forgetfulness, or a cessation of every other knowing or spontaneous function, unequal and slow breathing, a fever, and oftentimes, the distemper growing worse, Convulsions, a leaping of the Tendons, and at length universal and deadly Cramps or Convulsions.  
As to the too former of these, 
The chief of which are, a sleepiness, and oblivion.  we mentioned before, that Memory is deficient altogether for the same reason, as Sleep exceeds; to wit, forasmuch as the Spirits inhabiting the outward part of the Brain, being either bound up or expulsed from their tracts, do not irradiate or beam forth from the Callous Body, into the Cortex or shelly part of the Brain, by which imagination or waking is made; nor do they, being carried inwards, and repeating their former footsteps, represent the Ideas or Images of things before acted. Indeed, Sleep, Watching, and Memory, are affections of the same parts and places: of which it is no light sign, and which vulgarly appears by experience, that Opiate Medicines, by which Sleep is provoked, being often given, hurt the Memory. Yea I myself knew one, having taken a strong Hypnotick, or Medicine to cause sleep, after being sick with a fever, lived many nights and days without sleep, and almost wholly lost his Memory, especially as to any thing long passed.  
As to what respects the other faculties of the Corporeal Soul, 
By what means the other faculties of the Soul, to wit, the knowing, desiring and locomotive, are affected.  to wit, the Imagination, Appetite or desire, Sense, and Motion, although no Narcortick or sleepy chains are cast upon the Spirits destinated to these offices, and that the Pores and passages of the interior Brain, within which they are wont to expatiate, are seen to be open enough, yet these Spirits, because during the fit, they are denied their commerce with the others bound up, of themselves lie down, and are overcome by Sleep. For as a continual sleepiness beginning about the root of the sensitive Soul, to wit, the Cortex or shelly part of the Brain, immediately its whole province is obscured, as it were with a veil, to wit, the knowing, desiring, and selfmoving part of the Soul, and also the intellect itself, its windows being every where shut up, hardly speculates, or beholds any thing.  
Further, 
The evil of the Disease reaches also to the Cerebel.  the power or force of this Disease, is seen to be extended to the other part of the sensitive Soul, presiding o'er the Cerebel and its Regiment; wherefore, during the fit of the Lethargy, the respiration and Pulse are altered: for that becomes unequal and slow, sometimes drawing the breath deep and long, sometimes short, repeated, and as it were double: and this being great and swift, diffuseth a feavourish heat thorough the whole body.  
The reason of the former, 
Hence breathing is often hurt, or altered.  if I am not deceived, is this, to wit, that the same Morbific Cause, which infects the outward part of the Brain, and its inhabitants, infects also in part the Cerebel, and the Spirits there serving for the motions of the Precordia; which being by that means disturbed and hindered, though they omit not their tasks, yet they perform them difficultly, and with interruption; hence the Diaphragma and Muscles of the Thorax, do not so easily and swiftly as before, perform their Systoles, but laboriously and with a longer straining or endeavour, and sometimes with repeated trials or forces. This kind of unequal, long, and difficult breathing, frequently happens also in a Frenzy; wherefore, some judge the cause both of this and that, 
This proceeds not from the Inflammation of the Midriff. From whence the Lethargic Fever.  to be from the inflammation of the Midriff or Diaphragma, but amiss, because the symptom in both these Cephalick Diseases depends on the Cerebel, participating the hurt of the Brain, grievously distempered.  
As to the fever of one troubled with a Lethargy, to be known by the great and quick Pulse, hot breathing, with a burning of the Tongue and Mouth, without any heat in the extreme parts, some deduce this from the same cause as the Lethargy, to wit, either from Phlegm putrefying in the Brain, or from a cold inflammation of the Brain Others on the contrary, affirm the fever to be the primary effect, and thence the Morbific Matter to be carried into the Head, from the burning Blood.  
Concerning these, 
Not from Phlegm putrifying in the Brain.  we grant, that a Lethargy comes often after a fever, but we can say nothing of the Phlegm putrefying in the Brain, or of its frigid Inflammation, which is as much as to say, icy fire; for if this be malignant, or of evil custom, happening also to Children, old Men, and other Phlegmatic, Scorbutic, or very Caecochymical persons, or such as are full of ill humours, about the height of a Disease, not well Cured, oftentimes in the place of a Crisis, the feavourish matter being snatched into the Head, 
Nor is the former always the cause of it in the Lethargy. Lib. de Morb. Convuls. Cap. viij. p. 96.  induces a cruel and oftentimes a deadly Torpor or sleepiness; which notwithstanding ought not to be esteemed the symptom of the Disease, but of that fever. After this manner I have often observed, and elsewhere have particularly described, that Soporiferous Fevers, and as it were marked with a certain sleepiness, have raged and become Epidemical, at sometimes, by reason of the evil constitution of the year.  
But it is no less usual when a Lethargy is the principal distemper, for a fever to follow, and to owe to it as much its original, as its Cure; for a fever beginning after a continual sleepiness, that being shaken off or discussed, ceases soon of itself; such a fever we think to arise, 
More often the effect of this Disease  not from the Blood growing hot by reason of the strife of intestine particles, but because of the impulse of the containing and neighbouring bodies, variously altering and disturbing its course. For indeed the right temper of the Blood very much depends, not only on its particles being truly mixed and overcome, but also upon the motion impressed on the Heart and the Vessels, or the Organical Circulation; 
proceeds from the Organical Circulation of the Blood, being hindered or altered.  to wit, that its Liquor may every where flow with an equal and alike flowing and ebbing; which, if finding any where a stop or Remora, it be retarded, its motion is made more impetuous, and with a Feavourish tumult in the whole channel besides. This manifestly appears in violent passions, acute pains, a breaking of the unity, in all, which the Blood being obstructed in one place, or straitened, it is snatched more vehemently in others, and conceives a Feavourish heat; for this cause, to wit, lest the thread of its circulation should be broken, on which life necessarily depends; 
How none dies without a Fever.  wherefore as the Proverb says, None dies without a fever: For how poor or deficient soever the Blood is, and that the strength of all the moving parts are weak, yet in the instant agony of Death, by the mere impulse of Nature, they either pursue their functions, or the nervous Fibres every where erect themselves, and put forth their utmost endeavours, that they might drive forward the Blood flowing in them, and Circulate it with a rapid motion. I once visited an illustrious Lady, who for some time had been miserably afflicted with Colic and Convulsive distempers, and quite worn out, and at length fell suddenly into a deadly Lethargy. When I perceived her Pulse to beat strongly, I prescribed that four ounces of Blood should be taken out of the jugular Vein, which immediately leaped from the opened Vessel, with such force that, I believe, if it had been suffered, the whole Mass of Blood would have flowed thence: for the next day after, her dead body being opened, I found scarce four ounces more of Blood in her whole Body, and yet she died thus in a fever. The reason of the Lethargic fever is wholly the same, which is seen to arise only from the Vital Organs, being very much incited by labouring Nature, and therefore vehemently driving about the Blood.  

The Prognostic of the Lethargy.  The prognostic of the Lethargy is shut within a straight limit; for the fit of the Disease being for the most part acute, is soon terminated either in Death or health, and for the most part it is wont to give more of fear, than of hope. If it comes upon a malignant fever or hard to be cured, 
When the Disease is desperate.  or if it comes upon other Cephalick or Convulsive Diseases, as the Headache, Frenzy, Madness, Epilepsy, or also upon a long and grievous Colic, or Gout, the Physician can predict nothing but evil: nor is it less to be feared if it happen in a Body full of evil Humours, or one long sick, or in an old Man.  

When it is only so.  In like manner it is an evil omen, if the sick, being presently overwhelmed with a great Torpor or stupidness, and almost Apoplectic, cannot be awakened, and if he breathes unequally, and slowly, or with a great snorting, than the Disease increasing, and the sick troubled with tremble, Cramps, leapings of the Tendons, and at length with Convulsive Motions, it is to be esteemed desperate or without hope.  

When some hope may be conceived.  But if the Distemper be excited, without any great foregoing Cause, with an only Evident Cause, as a Surfeit, Drunkenness, or by the use of Narcoticks, a blow on the Head, or some not deadly stroke, we may expect the event to be less deadly or mortal.  

From whence more hope may be had.  Then if the Distemper, arising from such occasions, happens to a Body before whole and strong; if it does not wholly take away the Sense and Memory at the first assault, and after a short time the symptoms begin to remit a little, of such a sick person you ought not to despair.  

Whence more of hope than of fear.  In every Lethargy, if any Cause of the Disease is seen to be cut off and removed, so that if by the help of Medicines, or the instinct of Nature, copious and helpful evacuations by Sweat, Urine, or by Stool do follow, with ease or help, or if by applying of Blistering Plasters a great deal of water flows forth, if a swelling or great whelks or pustles break out behind the Ears, or in the Neck, if frequent sneezing happens, or water flow from the Eyes or Nose, thence a certain hope of health may be expected.  
Hypocrates l. Coac. c. 145. mentions a Cure of the Lethargy, 
A red Swelling coming upon a Lethargy sometimes cures it.  to be often made by the distemper of the Thorax; saying, That many Lethargicks that are stuffed with Phlegm have recovered: Which words are wonderfully wrested by Interpreters. Mercurialis understands by suppuration, the putrified matter of the Disease, to be evacuated by the Ears and Nostrils. Prosper Martianus will have Hypocrates to be understood in the word Lethargy, not the disease of the Head, but of the Breast. But wherefore are all these subterfuges? when it often happens that the Morbific matter, at first fixed in the Head, and stirring up a continual sleepiness, or Lethargy; the same being thence supped up by the Blood, and deposited in the breast, doth produce an Empyema, 
Lib. 9 of Convulsive Diseases.  or a spitting like those whose Lungs are wasted. In the description of a Soporiferous Epidemical fever, which raged in the year 1661. we noted the same to have happened to many.  
Concerning the Cure of this Disease, 
The Cure of the Lethargy.  for that it has no respite or truces, it is not to be deliberated on: after a sharp Clyster being given, let a Vein be opened presently, for the Vessels being emptied of Blood, they are more apt to sup up the Serum, or other Humours deposited in the Brain. 
Phlebotomy almost always necessary.  Further, in this case, I advise rather to open the Vein in the Neck, than that in the Arm. Because by this means, the Blood being very much heaped up, within the bosoms of the Head, and perhaps standing still, is more easily reduced to an equal Circulation.  
Letting blood being performed, 
Outward Administrations.  immediately other remedies of every kind are to be made use of: Let Vesicatories or blistering Plasters be applied largely to the Neck and Legs; anoint the Temples and Face with Oil of Amber, or Cephalick Balsams; lay over all the Feet a Cataplasm or Poultis, made of Rue, Crowfoot, and Pepperwort, with black Soap and Bay-salt; use hard frictions or rubbings to the Members, frequently apply to the Nostrils Salt of Urine, or Spirits of Sal Armoniac.  
Then let there be administered Cephalick Remedies. 
Internal Rememedies.   
Take of the Water of Paeony Flowers, 
julep.  of black Cherries, Rue, and of Walnuts, simple, each three ounces; of the Water of Paeony Compound two ounces, of Castor tied up in a rag and hung in the glass two drams, of Sugar three drams; mix them and make a julep, 
Spirits.  let it be given about four or five sponfuls every three or four hours; also with every Dose of this, give twelve or fifteen drops of the Spirits of Amber, or of Sal Armoniac, or a paper of the following Powder.  
Take of the Powder of the Root of Paeony the male, 
A Powder.  of a Man's Skull, of the Root of Virginian Serpentworth or Snakeweed, of Contrayerva, each one dram; Bezoar, and of Pearl, each half a dram; of Coral prepared one dram, make a Powder, and divide it into twelve parts.  
Further, 
A Vomit or Purge.  here it is to be considered, whether an evacuation, either by Vomit or Stool, should not be made. I know that this is variously controverted among Authors, and I have also known it performed with various success: which being weighed and laid together, I shall briefly propose my opinion.  
If the Lethargy should arise upon a Surfeit, 
How they are indicated.  or a late Drinking, or if from taking some disagreeable things, or Narcoticks; presently let a Vomit be given; wherefore, you may give Salt of Vitriol, with Wine and Oxymel of Squills; or in strong bodies an Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, or of Mercurius Vitae, with black Cherry water. Let it be given, and if it doth not work of itself, provoke Vomiting with a Feather thrust down the Throat.  
But if the fit of the Disease comes upon a fever, 
When to be avoided.  or any other Cephalick Distempers, or if it be raised up primarily, or of itself, by reason of some foregoing cause before lying in the Blood or Brain, than a Vomit or Purge being given at the beginning, when the matter is flowing, doth oftentimes more hurt than good; because the Humours whilst in motion, are more shaken and agitated, and when they cannot be subdued and brought away, they drive them into the distempered part.  
On the second day, 
Starification.  if the numbness doth not remit, let Phlebotomy be repeated, if the Pulse show it fitting; or else instead thereof, take forth blood from the Shoulders, after Scarification by Cupping Glasses; then a little after (if nothing hinders) let a Vomit or Purge be administered.  

cathartics.  Take of the Sulphur of Antimony five grains, of Scammony sulphurated eight grains, of the Cream of Tartar six grains; mingle them, make a Powder; let it be given in a spoonful of the afore prescribed julep.  
Or Take of Scammony sulphurated twelve grains, of the Cream of Tartar fifteen grains, of Castor three grains; make a Powder, and let it be given after the same manner. In the mean time, let altering Medicines, or such as derive the matter from the place, the same or such like, be still continued.  

Erthines, Sneezing Powders, and Apophlegmatisms, etc.  On the third day, and afterwards aught to be applied such things, which are forbid at the beginning of the Disease, for fear of a new Fluxion, viz. Errhines, or things that Purge the Head at the Nose, Sneezing Medicines or Powders, Apophlegmatisms, or Medicines which draw the Humours from the head by the mouth. Further, it is then sometimes expedient to apply the warm entrails of some animal new killed, to the forepart of the Head, after the hair is clipped or shaved off, and often changed: also sometimes to foment those places with a Discussing and Cephalick Decoction, or Fomentation: but before all other Topics, 
A Blistering applied to the Forepart of the Head very much helps.  I have known great help brought from a large Vesicatory or Blistering, with many running sores made all over the compass of the Head. I saw two sick with the Lethargy, after the Disease held long, and that not only the Memory, but almost all knowledge was lost, Cured chiefly by this Remedy: for in both of them, the ●●eyed places, when they could not be easily covered, poured forth great plenty of thin matter, about half a pint every day. It will not be needful to set down any more Medicines of this nature, being commonly and every where to be had; it now remains, that we illustrate what we have said, with some Histories of sick people, which I shall here add.  

The first History.  A Countryman about thirty years old, of a Phlegmatic Complexion, something inclining to Sanguine, being a long time obnoxious to frequent Headaches, about the beginning of Winter, became sleepy and very stupid; and one day, whilst he was following the Blow in the Fields, lying down on the ground, he fell into a profound sleep, and when he could not be awakened by his servant and others calling him, he was carried home and put to bed; his Friends in the mean time expecting that after he had finished his sleep, he would awake of himself. After the space of twelve hours being past, when he could not be awakened by pulling, thumping, noise, and other means, they sent for me; as soon as I came, I applied Blistering Plasters, large ones, all about the hinder part of the Neck, then taking from him about sixteen ounces of Blood, I caused him to take a strong Clyster, and his Face and Temples to be anointed with Oil of Amber, and Frictions and painful Ligatures to be applied to his Legs. Also I prescribed him to take oftentimes in a day, Spirit of Sut, with a Cephalick Julep. Notwithstanding he lay all that day stupid, without any sense; and if being provoked by some strong or hard pulling, he lifted up himself a little, and opened his Eyes, presently falling down again, and shutting them, he fell into his continual sleep again. About Evening I took care to have Cupping Glasses, with a great flame to be applied to his shoulders, which done, he began a little to awake; and about that time he had a great stool, and very much Serum flowed forth from the Blisters, the Plasters being taken off, than we had great hopes of his health. And therefore at every turn, remedies being applied that night; awaking in the morning following he knew his Friends, and answered aptly to those who interrogated him: But as yet the whole cloud was not vanished, but that being sleepy, he remained several days oblivious, till at length, being purged twice, he perfectly grew well.  

The reason of this.  This case has the exact type of the Lethargy, properly so called, where for the conjunct Cause, it had an heaping up of abundance of Serum about the compass of the Brain, and then a breaking in of it into its infoldings: and when by a timely use of Remedies, the flowing in of new matter was hindered, and that which lay upon the part was partly supped up into the Blood, and partly being rarified into Vapours and Effluvia's, was shaken off, the Cure of the Disease quickly and wholly followed.  

A second History.  a Oxford Gardiner being sick of a fever, about the height of the Disease, instead of a Crisis he fell into a continual Sleep, and lay drowned in it for three or four days, so that he could not be awakened by the use of any Remedies: But at length, his Head being shaved, Blistering Plasters were applied all over his Head, and many running sores left open, and awakening he recovered the use of his senses a little: But his Memory being almost wholly lost, he became so stupid, that he remembered the name of no Man, nor their words, and remained like a Bruit. When he had thus remained foolish for the space of almost two months, and still very sleepy, the cloud began a little to be dispelled: and at length, he returning to his wont labour, was in indifferent good health; but he never had afterwards the same vigour of mind and wit, as he had before this Disease. In this case you have an example of a Lethargy coming upon an ill Cured fever, in which the Morbific Matter, by a sudden translation of it into the outward part of the Brain, had for a little while filled, not only all the Pores and passages, but also had so hurt their Conformation, that the Spirits being for some time excluded, and at length freed, they could not recover their former paths, or wont tracts, till of a long time after.  
I remember very well, 
The third History.  the example of a Lethargy, arising from the use of Opiates, in a Country Village where I lodged by chance one night, by reason of the foulness of the weather. For being about to go to bed, mine Host asked me if I would visit two poor people his Neighbours, distempered after a wonderful and miserable manner. When I showed myself ready to do the office, not only out of Charity, but led also by curiosity, I was carried willingly into a small and poor Cottage, where I found the Father an old Man, and his Son, both of them in two Beds in one and the same Chamber, overwhelmed with a most profound Sleep, which had oppressed them the day before, after they had eaten some roots, which they had dug up in the Garden, being it seems Henbane, which they took for Parsnips.  
After they had both Oil and Oxymel poured down their throats, 
The Cure described.  and a Feather thrust down a great way, that made them vomit, I prescribed for them tincture of Castor, with a spoonful of Treacle-water (which Remedies I had then about me) to be given them at every turn all night: besides, that they should anoint their Nostrils and Temples with the same Tincture; and if it might be done, that a strong Clyster should be given them: the following day the old Man first, and afterwards the Son awaking, returned to themselves, the sleepiness being almost wholly shaken off. In these distempered, after the relics of the Narcotick were cast out by Vomit, left they should do further hurt, there was only need, that by fit Medicines (among which Castor deservedly is esteemed to be contrary to the venom of Opiates) the Spirits being excited, should be set free from the sleepy poison afflicting them.   

CHAP. IU.  
Of some other sleepy Distempers, viz. a continual Somnolency, the Coma, or heavy Sleeping; and the Caros, or a deprivation of the Senses.  
IN the former Chapter, we have fully shown what doth belong to the knowledge, prognostic, and Cure of the Lethargy, properly so called. But we did not only therefore affirm, that the seat of this Disease was in the unequal compass, the cranklings, or infoldings of the outward part of the Brain, because we had there assigned the repository of the Memory, and the porch of Sleep, (although we might from hence conclude it;) but besides, because it hath appeared so to me from Anatomical observations very often, 
Sleepy Diseases do not arise by reason of the Ventricles of the Brain being filled with water.  that the Lethargy does not arise (as is commonly thought) from the interior Ventricles of the Brain being distempered: for we have known, these to be frequently overflown with water, and sometimes distended with extravasated Blood, and yet the sick whilst they lived, were free from the Coma, or any great stupidity. I must confess, that sometimes the Dropsy of the whole Brain causes the continual sleepiness: but in this case not only the internal Cavity, but also the Intersitia, or the spaces between the outward Infoldings, are filled with a flood of waters.  
The Lethargy therefore being confined to the outmost borders of the Brain, 

The ends or limits of the Lithargy, as to the places distempered, are constituted.  
Some sleepy Distempers lesser than that, viz. Sleepiness, and the Coma: The Caros is greater than it.   we so constitute its limits, that those circlings about, being almost wholly possessed, together with the interspersed Marrow, perpetual and inexplicable Sleep, or hard to be rid of, with oblivion or forgetfulness, is induced; in the mean time, the middle part of the Brain, or the Callous body, from whence the Animal Spirits irradiate, or beam forth, into all parts both sensible and motional, being almost unhurt; for the total eclipse of this causes the Apoplexy, as shall be showed hereafter. But indeed on either sides of these ends or limits, other soporiferous distempers are ordinarily found, which though of kin to the Lethargy, yet some of them are lesser than it, as Somnolency or continual sleeping, and the Coma; only one is greater, as the Caros. Therefore we shall now, and in order, speak briefly of every one of these, as also of some opposite passions, viz. thorough waking, and the waking Coma: and first of Continual Sleepiness.  

Continual Sleepiness described.  Most Authors call this not a Disease, but an evil habit, or a sleepy disposition, for the distempered, as to other things, are well enough; they eat and drink well, go abroad, take care well enough of their domestic affairs; yet whilst talking, or walking, or eating, yea their mouths being full of meat, they shall nod, and unless roused up by others, fall fast asleep: and thus they sleep continually almost, not only some days or months, but (as it is said of Epemenides) many years; wherefore we ought to believe this a Disease, and worthy of Cure, which defrauds one of more than half his life.  

It's Seat assigned.  The seat of sleepiness, as that of the Lethargy, is to be placed in the outward part of the Brain; but with this difference; that the material or conjunct Cause of this Distemper, though it vexes, or troubles always without doors, yet it penetrates less deeply than the Lethargy; yea it disturbs or affects almost the whole superficies of the Brain, or the mere Cortical substances of the infoldings, the included marrow being almost untouched: 
In what respect it differs both from the Lethargy and the Coma.  in which respect, it differs not only from the Lethargy, but the Coma also; for in the Distempers which we described, though continual sleep presses on them, yet 'tis easily broken off; then besides, being fully awakened they remember many things, and converse with their Friends, though immediately prone again to sleep: whence it appears, that the cause of this Disease sticks only in the outer border of the Brain, nor does it enter deep into its compass, as other sleepy distempers do.  

The conjunct cause of Sleepiness.  But indeed it may be suspected, that while the Blood every where washing the border of the Brain, with thick rivulets, and instils every where into it a subtle water, for the matter of Spirits, oftentimes a great plenty of water flowing thither with it, and entering together the Cortex, and remaining there, mightily fills it, and (like an Anasarca in the Body) swells it up: But this Cortical or shelly part being swelled up after this manner, and as it were dropical, so presses the Medullary infoldings, every where lying under it, that the expansion of the Spirits being hindered, by reason of the Pores of the exterior part of the Brain being something bound up, 
What the deluge or Anasarca of the Cortical part of the Brain is.  sleepiness is induced; to which it happens, that the Blood, that by reason of the Cortex of the Brain being intumefied with water, as it were between the Skin, Circulates less expeditiously, thorough all the neighbouring parts, and so is apt to fill the Vessels and bosoms, and to stagnate in them; by which means it comes to pass, that the exterior border is yet more compressed, 
To which happen an heaping up, or as it were a stagnation of the Blood, about the compass of the Brain.  and so the spaces requisite for the emanation of the Spirits, are also more straightened. Indeed this appears to be part of the cause, from hence, because this kind of sleepiness, by reason of the Blood not freely circulating in the Head, and therefore apt to stagnate, is wont to make read the Face, with a certain blueness and blackness: Further, whilst the subtle Liquor, which is for the matter of Spirits, passing thorough this pond or deluge heaped together in the Cortex of the Brain, goes forward into the Marrow lying under, it is probable, that with it do creep thorough some extraneous, and as it were very small Narcotick particles, 
Also a Torpor or Sleepiness of the Spirits.  which growing to the Spirits immediately render them torpid or stupid, and prone to sloth of their own accord.  
This Distemper, as I have observed in many, is not very dangerous, for as it often happens, it is wholly Cured, or at least remaining for many years, without the Carus or Apoplexy (which is wont to be feared) it doth not become mortal or terrible. The Cure of this Disease often happens, the seat of it being changed, to wit, when clearing the Brain, the Morbific Matter is transferred to the Cerebel, which coming thither, produces tremble of the Heart, the Asthma, loss of Spirits, and other troublesome Symptoms, commonly taken for Hypochondriacal,  

The Cure of Somnolency.  The Curatory Method suggests chiefly these intentions, to wit, that after a provision or foresight of the whole, that (where it is convenient) Phlebotomy be performed, and a Purge given; then those Remedies to be diligently administered, by which the Blood and the Brain may be freed from the watery deluge, and this latter may be strengthened, whereby it may for the future receive and retain the Serous superfluities. For those ends, once or twice a week, may be given Pills of Amber, or of Cochiae, with the Refine of jalap; at other times, let there be taken daily Morning and Evening, a Dose of a Cephalick Electuary, or Spirits of Tincture of Sal Armoniac, Amber, Sut, with a Cephalick Julep: the forms of which may be picked out of those above described. At eight of the Clock in the Morning, and at five in the Afternoon, let them drink a draught of Coffee, or the Liquor prepared of that Berry, first boiling in it, the leaves of Sage or Rosemary, till it has got a greenish Tincture. Let them drink for their ordinary drink, a Decoction of Lignum Sanctum, adding towards the end, the leaves of Sage or Betony, or other cephalics. Further, it is expedient that two large Issues be made between the Shoulders, and also frequent Blistering Plasters be applied about the Neck. The hair being cut off, let a quilted thing of Cephalicks and Spices be worn under the Cap. Let them also hold their noise often over a Vessel filled with Salt of Urine, or the Spirit of Sal Armoniac; let care be taken that they keep to an exact order of diet, and that those attending the sick, do not only rouse them from sleep, but daily at some set hours keep them waking.  
A certain Gentleman of a Sanguine Complexion, and when he was young, of a sharp and cunning wit, 
An History.  but afterwards growing aged, being given to idleness and drunkenness, became dull and stupid, and also Dropsical, with a great paunch, and his thighs and legs swelled. Yet from these Diseases (which he frequently fell into) when he abstained at any time from drinking, and took Physic, he oftentimes quickly grew well. But at length, though he was freed from the Dropsy, he was oppressed with so heavy a sleepiness, and that almost perpetually, that in what place soever he was, or what ever he was doing he would sleep; then being awakened by his Servants or Friends, his mind appeared well enough, and for a few minutes he would discourse of any thing well enough, then immediately fall again to sleep. To this man I prescribed, after he had taken in vain several Medicines, 
The 〈…〉 Sick 〈◊〉  that every Morning and Evening he should take of the Powder of the Leaves of Betony dried in the Sun, and kept in a Glass, a spoonful in a draught of the distilled water of Lavender Flowers. By which Remedy finding ease, after a few days, he was perfectly Cured within a month, and enjoyed perfect health for four years after: Afterwards by reason of his evil manner of living, the same returned again, but the same Remedy found not the same success; yea there was need of other Medicines besides; sometimes he took the Spirits of Hartshorn, or of Sut, with an appropriate Julep; sometimes Cephalick Conserves and Powders, to which sometimes Steel was added. When he would indulge himself by Drinking, instead of Wine or Beer, he drunk Coffee; but for his ordinary drink, he had sometimes Ale, with the leaves of Scurvigrass, Sage, and Spices infused in it; and sometimes with Woods, Spices, and Cephalick Herbs boiled with it: He lived thus for many years after, almost always intemperate, and full of gross humours, yet free from the Lethargy; at length a Cachexy or evil state of Body invading him, and wasting with a Cough and Asthma, by degrees, he died.  
The next sleeepy Distemper before spoken of, 
The sleepy Coma.  greater than this last, and yet lesser than the Lethargy, is that which is commonly called the sleepy Coma. Those troubled with this, are for the most part oppressed with an heavy sleep, which they almost still indulge, and lie with their mouth gaping, and their lower Jaw fallen down, more like dead than living persons; being roused up by some strong pulling or pinching, they look about, speak to those standing by, answer their questions, but immediately sleeping again; they are much troubled to be hindered or disturbed from sleep so pleasingly creeping on them. And thus indisposed after this manner, they continue for many days, yea sometimes months, sleeping without any fever accompanying, or following it, nor have their breathing hurt, and not very forgetful, in which it differs from the Lethargy: Again, they differ from those sick of the Distemper but now described no less; because, those sick of this Coma, are for the most part fixed to their Bed or Chair, and walk not abroad as the others, nor take any care of their household affairs. They answer to any short questions properly, but they cannot discourse, or deliberate about doing any business.  
Without doubt, 
The reason of it.  the Cause of this is of the same nature as the former, but of a middle degree between those two but now described; for indeed, it may be well suspected in this Distemper, that the Morbific Matter doth penetrate the Brain a little larger than in a Continual Sleepiness: to wit, the turning cranklings, or Cortical infoldings, together with the small Rivulets of the included Marrow are invaded: But yet they reach not to the greater bosoms of the Marrow, within the Callous Body, that are wont to be possessed in the Lethargy.  
The Coma sometimes beginning first and of itself, 
The Coma is either a primary Disease, or it comes after other Distempers.  like the Lethargy, proceeds either from a Serous deluge poured forth from the Blood into the Cortex of the Brain; or else from a Narcosis, or a sleepy stupidness inflicted on the spirits dwelling there; and then, by how much this Distemper is lesser than the Lethargy, by so much it is esteemed less dangerous. But this Disease more frequently comes upon other Chronical or acute Diseases, to wit, the Headache, Convulsions, and frequently ill-judged Fevers, especially in Children, old Men and Women, and Phlegmatic people. Some time since, I observed in the Epidemical fever of the Nerves, (which I have elsewhere described) as some were Lethargical, so many were troubled with this Sleepy Coma; of whom many grew well, the Morbific matter being translated from the Head into the Breast. Further, in other cases, this Distemper of a doubtful event, between hope and fear, requires the careful pains of a prudent Physician.  

The Cure of it when it is a Disease of itself.  In the primary Coma, the Curatory Method suggests almost the same intentions of healing as in the Lethargy: as to the Morbific Matter, endeavour must be had, both that a new flowing into the Brain may be prevented; and also that what is already impacted, may be discussed or taken away. Further, the Animal Spirits ought to be roused up, or excited, and all sleepiness or stupidity shaken from them. For this end, aught to be applied Purging, Blood-letting, Cupping-glasses, Blistering Plasters, repelling and discussing Topics, and Cephalick Medicines to be given, and chiefly such as are impregnated with a Volatile Salt, and many other means of administrations already recited.  

The Cure of the Coma as it is the symptom of another Disease.  But if this Disease coming upon other Distempers, happens to a person, whose Body is already much worn out, the Blood vitiated, or greatly depauperated, you must seriously deliberate before taking away of Blood, or Purging: yea, also abstain very much from them. Yet sometimes that the Conjunct Cause, or matter of the Disease impacted in the Brain, may be put into motion, it may be expedient, to take away Blood moderately, either from the Forehead or Temples, by Leeches, or from between the Shoulders by Cupping-glasses and Scarification. Here Blistering Plasters are in chief esteem, to be applied not only to the hinder part of the Neck, or Head, but to the Legs and Arms, and other parts of the body, by turns. Further, let there be given frequently the Spirits of Hartshorn, of Sut, of Sal Armoniac, Amber, or a Man's Scull, Coral, and others, impregnated with other Cephalicks, with a julep, or any other proper Liquor. The forms or Receipts of these, and of other Remedies, 
In Lib. Of Convulsive Diseases Chap. viij.  used in these cases, together with the Histories of the sick, and examples of Cures, are extant in the description of the aforesaid soporiferous Favour; so that there is no need to inculcate here again, the same, or such like.  

3 Of the Caros.  There yet remains an other sleepy Distemper, or kind of Lethargy or continual sleeping, commonly called Carus, which is greater than the Lethargy, and somewhat lesser than the Apoplexy, and is so near akin to this, that it often passes into it; but yet it is wont to be differenced from either: For those sick with the Carus, breath well for the most part, and when they are strongly pulled, they move their Members, sometimes lift themselves up, 
How it differs from the Lethargy and the Apoplexy.  open their Eyes, and often speak, which Apoplectical persons do not; yet the same, though excited or moved, do scarcely understand any thing, or plainly discern, in which respect they are distinguished from such as have the Lethargy.  

The Seat of the Caros is a little deeper in the Brain than that of the Lethargy.  From these it appears, that the Conjunct Cause of the Carus, doth penetrate deeper towards the middle part of the Brain, and hath its seat in the outmost border at least of the Callous Body; wherefore the Animal Spirits, being restrained from their wont expansion, within this Emporium, the acts of the Imagination and Memory cease, and although the Species being impressed from a more strong sensible, is directed inwards, and oftentimes the local motion is retorted to it, yet because this impression reaches not to the Callous Body, by reason the Spirits are there amazed or stupefied, the sick know nothing what they feel or do.  

It's Conjunct Cause.  The Conjunct Cause of this Disease therefore, is very often the same, but somewhat more strong, than that of the Somnolency, Coma, and Lethargy: The Morbific Matter is seen to possess both the Cortex of the Brain, and the Marrow lying under, and being carried forward, some greater bosoms of the middle part, and the upper borders of the Callous body; yea sometimes, as this matter is partly carried forward by degrees, these Diseases arise, and every next is but the augmentation of the former.  

The Caros is either a primary Disease, or it cometh upon other Distempers.  But sometimes the Morbific Cause; without any gradual progress thorough these parts, affects the middle part of the Brain at the first assault, and there (as it is more lightly or more deeply placed) causes the Carus or the Apoplexy. In which case, it is not to be thought, that the whole compass of the Callous Body, like the Cortical part of the Brain, should be possessed by the soporiferous matter: because it is sufficient, this matter rushing into any one place, and invading some part of the middle Marrow, that presently for that reason, an Eclipse, or at least a beating down of the Spirits follows, in all that region. After this manner it is wont to be, when the Carus comes upon a malignant or ill handled fever, or upon the Headache, or some Convulsive Distempers, or when it is excited by a blow on the Head, or by a fall, or by reason of an Imposthum broken in the Meninge: for by reason of these accidents, the interior Marrow of the Brain is wont to be so pressed together, shaken, or otherways altered, that presently the tracts or paths of the Spirits are obliterated or blotted out.  
The prognostic of the Carus for the most part is but evil, 
The Prognostic of the Carus.  especially if this Disease comes upon a malignant, or a long continued, a gentle and not Cured fever, or on a Woman in Childbed, no less danger is also threatened, if it follows after other Cephalick Diseases, or is excited by reason of a Wound in the Head: but yet in these cases, all hope of Cure is not presently to be cast off; for I myself have observed, some sick after this manner, and esteemed desperate or past all hope, to have recovered.  
The event of this Disease is wont to be various, 
The event of this Disease is various, sometimes it passes into an Apoplexy:  either in Death or in health. The Carus passes not rarely into a soon kill Apoplexy, that after first the animadvertive faculty being lost, with a short breathing, and without motion, then by reason of the evil being transmitted to the Cerebel, there follow alterations of breathing and the Pulse, and quickly death itself.  
But sometimes the Morbific Matter settling more deeply, 
Sometimes into the Palsy.  and falling from the Callous Body, into the streaked Body, one or both together, the Brain clears up a little, so that the sick look about them, talk, and know things, yet in the whole body besides, a Palsy, or dead-palsy on one side follows: but so, that life is not out of danger: for oftentimes, when the Brain begins to be restored, the Cerebel grows worse, that for that cause the Spirits there being evilly disposed or affected, which perform the offices of the vital function, and merely natural, either Convulsions are stirred up in the Bowels, and Precordia, or deadly impediments of the Pulse and respiration; yet sometimes when the Morbific matter is not so plentiful, nor very malignant, it is partly supped up into the Blood, and partly shook off, so that the sick grow perfectly well again.  
The Curatory Method suggests the same intentions of Healing, 
It's Care is the same with the Lethargy and the Apoplexy.  and requires wholly the same Remedies, as those which are wont to be administered in the Lethargy and the Apoplexy. Wherefore, there will be no need to add here a company of Indications, nor to heap together a great pile of Medicines. But what seems more to the purpose, that I give you one or two Histories of sick people, of which I have many by me.  
A known person of about forty years of Age, 
The first History.  who having through Intempernace lost his health, took I know not what Medicines, prescribed by an Empiric, and fell into the Carus; perchance it was because the Morbific Matter being moved and agitated by the Medicine, it rushed into the Head. Visiting this Man on the second day, I found him buried in a profound sleep, and almost insensible; for although he opened his Eyes, moved his Members, when pricked or strongly pulled, yet presently sleeping again, he perceived nothing of what he did or suffered. Though in this case, I could prognosticate nothing but what was sad, however I did not desist from giving him my Medicinal help: abstaining from letting of blood, his strength being worn out, and his Blood depauperated, I took care for a large Blistering Plaster to be applied to the hinder part of the Neck, and a strong Clyster as soon as I could, to be given him, made of a Decoction of Briony Roots, with Carminative Flowers and Seeds, adding thereto of the Species of Hiera two drams: his Nose and Temples were anointed with Balsams. Cataplasms of Rue, and the Roots of Bryony were laid all over his Feet. Besides, every other, or every third hour, I ordered him to drink a Dose of the Spirits of Hartshorn, with a Cephalick julep; yea, and I took care to have administered several other administrations, used in this case. By which, when the Disease did not wholly give place on the following day, I prescribed a Purge of prepared Scammony to be taken in a spoonful of Broth; by which, when he had gone often and plentifully to Stool, he began to open his Eyes, speak to, and to know those standing about him, and a little after returning to himself, he fully awaked. This Disease therefore (as I think) was easily and quickly Cured beyond hope, because that cloud, being by chance sent into the Brain by Physic, might the better be deduced thence by the help of other Physic.  
A noble person about fifty, 
Another History.  fat in body, and in time past obnoxious to the Vertigo, and to Asthmatical Distempers, using for two years' Physic every spring and fall, having also a large Issue between his shoulders, lived in indifferent health: The Summer coming on, and he living in the Country, neglected his Issue for several weeks, so that the recrements there, flowed much less than they were wont; yet he was still well, till about the Solstice (or middle of june) when one morning cheerfully talking with his Friends, sitting in the Porch of his House, rising suddenly he complained, that he was not well; and going into the House, sitting down in a Chair, immediately leaning backward, fell into a profound sleep, and lay so buried in it, that all that day he could not be awakened. Coming to him in the Evening, I took care to have Phlebotomy administered, and also a Clyster, a Vesicatory, and many other Remedies, proper in such a Case. On the next day, his Brain began a little to grow clear, so that he looked about him, and spoke a few words; he seemed to know his Friends, but could not utter the name of any; but by reason of this matter sinking down more deeply into the Brain, a Palsy seized his whole right side. Further, when as yet his great sleepiness continued, that day Blood was taken out of the other Arm, and also other Remedies as the former, were continued: On the third day, being less stupid, he knew many, and could tell the names of some of them, he perceived then his own sickness, and began to be careful for the taking of Remedis. But indeed, whilst his Brain grew better, the evil spread itself on the Cerebel, and the nervous Stock; for on the fourth day, his breathing became unequal, and more laborious, his Pulse weaker, and his whole body troubled with a stifness, and Convulsive shake: On the fifty day, more cruel Convulsions and Cramps did more often infest him; then his Pulse by degrees lessening; on the sixth day, though more freed from his sleeping, he died. In this case, and in others like it, 'tis probable that the Morbific matter did at once invade the Brain and the Cerebel, but whilst it stuck in the Cortex of this latter (contrary to what happens in the Brain) it caused no sensible hurt, because this part, which was hurt, was neither the seat of Sleep nor of the Memory; but afterwards, perhaps on the fourth or fifth day, the matter sinking down from thence, to the middle parts of the Cerebel, whilst as to the other Distemper the sick grew better, the vital function, by reason of the spirits destinated to it being oppressed in their fountain, began to faint, and afterwards suddenly declining, took away unexpectedly all hope of recovery, which before seemed favourable.   

CHAP. V.  
Of thorough or long Waking, and of the Waking Coma.  
EVEN as Light and Darkness, so Sleep and Waking, being placed nigh together, best illustrate the natures of one another; so that it will be to the purpose, after the Sleepy Distempers, to discourse here of preternatural Watching, or Waking; to wit, forasmuch as it exceeding its limits, and hurting some functions, is both a Disease, and requires Cure. In this rank there are commonly two Distempers, to wit, thorough or long Waking, and the Waking Coma; of both which we will now speak in order.  

Long Waking is either the symptom of other Diseases, or else is a Disease of itself.  Concerning thorough Waking, we must here first distinguish, to wit, that it is a symptom coming upon some other Disease, as a fever, Frenzy, Madness, the Colic, Gout, or such like; then the Cure and consideration of it belongs to that distemper, whose issue it is: or else immoderate Waking, arising of itself, without any notable sickness, is seen to be a Disease almost solitary or alone of itself. So I have known some, free from any fever or pain, well in their Stomach, and fit enough for their business, being in Bed, could take no more Sleep than the Dragon of the Hespcrides. Some troubled with this kind of Waking, though destitute of Sleep, scarce seem to want it it; for their Spirits appear neither sluggish, or weary, or exhausted: but others hardly bearing watching, become from thence languishing, and without Appetite, and are forced to fly to Opiates, which sometimes they use daily, and in a large Dose unhurt.  

The cause of natural Waking consists in the restlessness of the Spirits, and the openness of the Cortical part of the Brain.  We have before hinted, that the Cause of Natural Waking, which is interlaced with Sleep, consists in these two things, either in one of them, or both together; to wit, first that the Animal Spirits being sufficiently refreshed, and freed from the stocks of the nervous Liquor, do come forth lively, and are on every side streamed forth, and chiefly from the middle part of the Brain into its circumference; then secondly, although they obtain every where an open sp●ce, and especially in the exterior compass of the Brain, then freed from the incursions of the nervous Juice, yet lest this expansion of Spirits (which is waking) should be protracted to their loss, longer than is fit, the Spirits by it being wearied, become faint, and as it were lie down of their own accord, and at the same time, the nervous Liquor being poured into the Cortex of the Brain, stops or shuts up their passages. Hence it follows, that preternatural Waking, 
In like manner also preternatural Watching depends upon one or both.  or that which is immoderate depends upon these two, either on one or both together; for either they being grown too outrageous, and as it were struck with a fury, will not lie down of themselves, or the nervous Liquor doth not so fill and stop up the Pores of the outward part of the Brain, that from thence the Spirits may be compelled inward to rest: Examples of both of these are ordinarily to be met withal.  
And first of all we shall take notice, 
The former means described, by showing how many ways the unquiet or elastic Spirits stir up long waking.  that the Animal Spirits, sometimes becoming outrageous and so Elastic or shooting forth, or otherways enormous, that they will not only not lie down and be quieted, but scarce be contained within the proper sphere of their emanation; wherefore, being spread abroad in continual waking, so fill the Brain, and keep it extended, that the nervous Juice though it lies heaped up at their doors, cannot be admitted; but if it enters of itself, and the Spirits are called back inwards, from the Cortex of the Brain, presently they being forced thither, or tumultuating within the middle part of the Brain, raise up many, and often most horrid fantasies, whereby sleep is driven away; or directing thence their declination further, into the nervous Stock, there stir up great disorders, which continually drive away, and break off Sleep, though it seems ready to creep upon them.  
As to the former of these, 

First, Because being recalled for Sleep into the middle part of the Brain, they grow tumultuous.  
Secondly, Because being called back into the nervous Stock, they impetuously leap forth.   I have often observed, that some being disturbed with waking, were afraid to sleep, though desiredly coming upon them; for as soon as they shut their eyes to sleep, presently leaping up, they would cry out they should grow mad, with a multitude of confused phantasms, so that they were necessitated to abstain from sleep.  
Secondly, whilst the Spirits become more outrageous, and are for sleep sake recalled towards the interior compass of the Brain, sometimes they convert their rage into the nervous Stock, and then tumultuarily rushing in upon the Nerves, destinated for the Precordia, or the Inwards, raise up inordinations in the respective parts: hence in those thus distempered, as often as they shut their eyes to invite sleep, either tremble, leapings, and binding up of the heart, with loss of Spirits, and breathing stopped, or inflations, and rising up of the Bowels, with a sense of choking, and other symptoms commonly called or taken to be Hysterical, 

And so, either into the interior Nerves, serving the Praecordia and Viscera;  
Or, into the Spinal Marrow, and the exterior Nerves.   follow: or else secondly, the Spirits being recalled from their watches, and turning on the nervous Stock, transfer their rage sometimes on the spinal Marrow, and the Nerves reaching from thence into all the exterior Members: Wherefore, in some, whilst they would indulge sleep, in their beds, immediately follow leapings up of the Tendons, in their Arms and Legs, with Cramps, and such unquietness and flying about of their members, that the sick can no more sleep, than those on the Rack. Once I was consulted with for a noble Woman, who was in the daytime cruelly tormented with the pain about the heart, and Vomiting, but in the night she was hindered from sleep, though it seemed to approach, by reason of these kind of Convulsive Distempers invading her, with it; nor indeed could she sleep all the night, unless she had before taken a large Dose of Laudanum; wherefore, this Medicine at first being permitted her, only twice a week, afterwards she took it daily for three whole months, contracting by it no hurt, either in her Brain, or about any other function; and when in the mean time, by the use of other Remedies, the Dyscrasies' of the Blood and the nervous Juice were amended, and the Animal Spirits were made more benign and gentle, she having after that wholly left off her Opium, 
The causes of the aforesaid Distempers assigned.  could sleep indifferently well. These kind of sleep-destroying Distempers, stirred up either within the middle part of the Brain, or within the nervous Stock, either more inward or more outward, do depend wholly on the evil constitution of the Animal Spirits: for those who ought to be gentle, clear, and bright, and to actuate gently the containing bodies, and to influence them with a benign influence, become sharp and fierce, and like Effluvia's sent from Stygian Waters, unable to be restrained, do distend them too much, and refuse to be governed by the command of the will, and to be quieted by sleep; yea being restrained in one place, they immediately grow tumultuous in another. Such a constitution of the Animal Spirits proceeds from the acid, and oftentimes as it were Vitriolic Dyscrasies' of the Blood begetting it, and of the nervous Juice cherishing and increasing it: as shall be more fully showed hereafter, when we speak of madness.  
In the mean time, 
The Cure of them declared.  as to what belongs to the Cure of thorough or long waking, (which we but now described) because it cannot be long tolerated, therefore those things, which may bring present ease, ought first to be administered; for this end, those things which sooth the Spirits, and gently moderate their disorders, are convenient, as those commonly called Anodynes, viz. Distilled Waters, Decoctions, Syrups, and Conserves of the Flowers of Water-Lilies, Cowslips, Mallows, Violets, Hearts-ease, of the leaves of Willow, Lettuce, Purslain, also Emulsions, or Juicy expressions. If that the unquiet Spirits will not be allayed by gentle flatteries, you must compel them into quietness, as it were with bonds and strokes: plenty of them ought to be diminished, and the places also to be enlarged, in which they may expand themselves in freedom, and without tumult, and quitted from the entanglements of other Humours, to wit, of the Blood and Serum: For which ends, sometimes the opening of a Vein is convenient, and Blisterings are always to be made use of; also Diacodium, and Laudanum, if it be convenient, are frequently given; and in the mean time, whilst that Opiates give some truce to the Disease, the cause of it ought carefully to be rooted out by the use of other Remedies, as much as may be; wherefore, such as take away the sharpness of the Blood and nervous Juice, and render a sweetness to them, are to be administered, day after day, in Physical hours: In which rank are shelly Powders, Apozems, and Distilled Waters; Alterers, made out of temperate Antiscorbutics; the more gentle prepared Chalybeats, Spirits of Hartshorn, and of Sut, and almost before all other things, the Tincture of Antimony is much esteemed.  

The second sort of thorough or long waking, arising both from the too much openness of the Brain, and from the unquietness of the Spirits;  There remains another sort of thorough or long Waking, the cause of which in some, if not in the greatest part, consists in almost a continual openness, or too much gaping of the Pores, or passages in the Cortex of the Brain: For besides, that the Animal Spirits becoming sharp, and somewhat outrageous, refuse to lie down of their own accord, and to indulge rest; moreover, no stop or yoke is imposed upon them from the nervous Liquor, entering into the Pores of the Brain, but being free and quitted of all burdens, they are also expanded within the exterior spaces of the Brain, every where open: wherefore, for this cause, those troubled with long Waking, feel no sleepiness or heaviness in the fore part of their head, no desire or approach of Sleep. I have known some distempered after this manner, who, when they had lived for many nights continually without Sleep, seemed still cheerful, active, strong in their stomach, 
its foreleading Cause.  and ready for business, and not to want Sleep. The cause of this without doubt is, because the burnt and melancholy Blood, supplies the exterior part of the Brain with a nervous Juice, that is not soft and favourable, but too much parched, and stuffed with adust particles, which, for that reason, is apt neither to stay long within the Pores of the Brain, nor gently to embrace and hold the Animal Spirits. Further, the Spirits themselves, procreated out of it, become of their own nature too Elastic, and unquiet, so that they are not easily settled, or are prone of their own accord to Sleep: But these more fixed, do not readily fly away, nor being wearied, do suddenly grow faint, but endure for a long time, without any great refection, and yet remain lively. 
Which also causes waking in Melancholic People.  Concerning this waking disposition of the Animal Spirits, as it is the same in melancholics, we shall have an opportunity of speaking of it more largely hereafter. We may also here take notice, that for the same reason (to wit, that the adust Particles of the Melancholic and torrid Blood, being poured into the Brain, 
For the same reason Coffee causes waking.  together with the nervous Juice, causes waking) the drinking of Coffee also, (in use formerly among the Arabians and Turks) which is drunk by our Country Men, either Physically or out of wantonness, all sleepiness being driven away, doth produce unwonted waking, and an unwearied exercise of the Animal faculty; that some having a necessity to study late in the night, or presently after drinking, or a full meal, by drinking a due quantity of this Liquor become still waking, and perform any hard task of the mind, without sleepiness. Surely the cause of this is, because this drink insinuates adust particles (of which it is full, as may be perceived both by the smell and taste) immediately into the Blood, and then into the nervous Juice; which still detain the pores of the Brain open, by their agility and inquietude, and add to the Spirits, all sleepiness being shaken off, certain provocatives, and madness, by which they are excited to a longer performance of their offices. Further, we shall deliver afterwards, where we speak of Melancholy, those things which belong to the preventive Cure of this long waking, or the removing of the Morbific cause: In the mean time, for the taking away immediately this symptom, as often as it is grievously troublesome, we noted that Opiates were little profitable; for a bare Dose being given, doth rarely cause sleep, and render the sick more weak and languishing: It often better succeeds, if they go to bed, and take some soft and pleasing Liquor, as our own Ale, clear and mild, or Posset-drink with Cowslip Flowers boiled in it, or an Emulsion of Melon Seeds, and Almonds in a great quantity, to wit, two or three pints.  

An History showing an example of this Disease.  I was some times passed consulted with about an old Hypochondriacal person, who besides other Symptoms usual in that case, was for many years obnoxious to frequent, very troublesome, and noisy belchings: he was wont every day, two or three times, for about two hours, continually to belch, with such a noise, that he might be heard far and near, at a great distance: But sometimes for a week or two, and sometimes for a month, this belching would be changed into a long waking, for having that Distemper much remitted, this Gentleman was kept without sleep almost whole nights; and when he had thus been for three days, and sometimes more, perfectly waking, he seemed not to want sleep, and complained not of sleepiness, dulness, or languor of spirits. And when Narcoticks rarely brought to him any help, he took sometimes in the evening a Posset made of Ale and Canary Wine; and night coming on, he sometimes drunk Distilled Waters, by the use of which, oftentimes he got some sleep; then afterwards, his waking perfectly vanishing by degrees; his belching returns: Hence it appears, there was but one cause for either, to wit, the adust particles, and irritative, being poured forth from the bloody Mass, sometimes into the coats of the Ventricle, and sometimes into the Cortical part of the Brain.  
Secondly, besides these distinct Distempers of Sleep and Waking, or their inordinations, there remain other conjunct, or complicated irregularities of them, in which, the acts of either function are prevaricated together. Which indeed is observable in that Distemper or affection called the Waking Coma; of which we shall now speak briefly.  
Those sick with the Waking Coma, 
A description of the waking Coma.  although they are continually prone to Sleep, yet they can scarce sleep at all, but after the manner of Tantalus, up to the chin in the Lethaean River, to taste which as soon as he stoops down, the water slides away from him and sinks lower. For they feel a cruel heaviness in their Heads, with a sleepiness or numbness of all their senses, and faculties, that they hardly endure to turn themselves in their Bed, or to be disturbed by the bystanders with talking, and expect they shall presently fall into a sweet sleep; but when they would indulge it, and endeavour strongly to embrace it, various phantasms rolling about in their mind, keep them still waking; neither are they suffered to take any sleep at all, which seems to them to be still at hand. Upon this, not seldom follows a Delirium, that whilst the sick lie with their eyes shut, they perpetually talk absurd and senseless things, and fling about hither and thither their Arms and Legs excessively, and being raised up, they look about them doggedly. It is an usual thing for those sick of Fevers, to remain a whole night as it were drowned in sleep; and in the mean time are scarce silent a minute of an hour, but murmur various things to themselves; also sometimes cry out, 
The cause of this Distemper shown.  howl, and leap out of Bed. If the reason of these be inquired after, we may say, that the Pores and passages in the Brain, which are the walking places of the Spirits, are very much possessed with a thick and so periferous matter, poured forth from the Mass of the Blood, that the Spirits being very much hindered from their wont expansion, and mutual commerce, an heavy and invincible sleep seems to hang over them; but because some sharp and highly active particles, like so many goads, cleave to these Spirits, they are perpetually incited into motion; and so some of them break thorough the ways, howsoever fast shut and stopped with mounds, and run forth either directly or obliquely as they can; and thus such motions of theirs, however confused and diverted, by reason of impediments, and not able to exercise completely the Animal function, yet they easily drive away or hinder its cessation and rest; for this reason indeed, such who are distempered with this Disease, are like those living under the Pole, who only see (when the Sun is in the Equinox) the light on the Horizon, and have neither perfect night, nor perfect day; so these only enjoy a kind of twilight betwixt sleep and waking.  
The Waking Coma is rarely a Disease of itself, 
It is more often a symptom of other Distempers than a Disease of itself.  but for the most part it is a symptom coming upon other Diseases, as the fever, Frenzy, Lethargy, and the like; wherefore it requires not a Curatory Method peculiarly, but there is only need, that to the Remedies prescribed for the first or primary Disease, there should be added other Cephalicks, which may dispel these clouds and meteors of the Brain; or if both will not be expelled together, the same Medicine which cherishes the parts of the one, getting the better, will immediately overcome the other: so in the Waking Somnolency, it is convenient to procure either perfect sleep, or perfect waking, and in this case I have often given Narcoticks with good success.   

CHAP. VI  
Of the Incubus, or Nightmare.  
THUS much concerning the morbid exorbitancies of irregular sleep and waking; which are almost proper, and as it were of the region of the Brain, and affect not the Cerebel but rarely, 
The Seat of the Incubus is in the Cerebel.  and that secondarily and collaterally, as hath been shown. But there remains a distemper, commonly called the Nightmare, in Latin the Incubus, which is both peculiar to this Region, and also seems in some measure analogical to the sleepy diseases; forasmuch as its fits arise, for the most part from sleep, by reason of the Animal Spirits being bound in the Cerebel or suppressed; their eclipse or interruption (though short) about the exercise of the vital function, is induced.  

A Description of it.  That the subject, nature, and causes of this Disease may be the better known, we shall first consider its Phaenomena, or the appearance of it. The fits of the Incubus, or Nightmare, for the most part, and indeed only falling on one in sleep, are used to be excited mostly after the stomach is loaded with undigested meats, and lying on the back in Bed. They who labour with it, seem to feel the hurt chiefly in the Breast, and about the Praecordia, for respiration being suppressed, and very much hindered, they think that a certain weight lying heavily upon their Breast, doth oppress them, which weight mocks their imaginations with the Image of some spectre or other; and this, whilst they think to shake off, or put away, by the moving of their Body or members, they are not able to stir themselves any way: But after a long space, and sometimes till they are almost dead, they at last awake with a struggling about their heart, and being more fully roused from sleep, the imaginary weight suddenly vanishes, and the motive force of the body is restored, but for the most part a trembling of the heart remains, and frequently a swift and violent beating of the Diaphragma. Then the fit being over, the deception of the fantasy, conceiving the horrid image of the Incubus or spectre, is perceived.  

It most often proceeds from natural causes.  The common people superstitiously believe, that this passion is indeed caused by the Devil, and that the evil spirits lying on them, procures that weight and oppression upon their heart. Though indeed we do grant, such a thing may be, but we suppose that this symptom proceeds oftenest from mere natural causes; though what they are, and in what place the Morbific matter doth subsist, is not agreed on among Authors, nor indeed is it easily to be assigned.  

The Seat of this is falsely placed in the Brain.  Because the imagination is deceived, and the error being propagated further into the senses themselves, so imposes on the sight and feeling, that they believe they plainly see and feel a monster of this or that shape or figure lying upon them; and for that the loco-motive faculty of the whole body is hindered, in the mean time; some have placed the seat of this Disease wholly in the Brain, and would have the oppression of the breast to be merely fantastical: But although we grant the monstrous shape of the Incubus (which is conceived) to be a mere dream; the Precordia to be truly affected, is apparent, and the motion of the Pulse and breathing is suppressed or hindered; for that the heavy weight of the breast is plainly felt by most, in their waking; yea, and when thoroughly fresh awaked, 
The Praecordia truly labour.  and when that is removed, the tremble of the Heart and Diaphragma, and inordinate motions follow: whence it follows that these parts labour and suffer a real hurt.  

The cause doth not stick partly in the Brain, and partly in the Breast.  Wherefore others, that they might the more easily unloose this knot, dividing the Morbific Cause, assign a portion of it to the Brain, and another to the Breast; for they say, that the motion of the Lungs are hindered, by a viscous and very gross humour impacted about them, and that doth excite as it were the oppression of a bulk lying on them, with want of breathing; then Vapours being raised to the Head, do fill the principal Nerves, and so hinder the loco-motive force: which opinion (no more likely than the conceptions of those troubled with the Nightmare) deserves not to be assented to; because there are not any signs of this humour heaped up about the Praecordia, which appear before or after the fit, yea when this region is very much burdened, as in the Phthisis, Asthma, or Dropsy of the Breast, the Incubus does not therefore infest more frequently or more grievously: Further it appears not, how the matter heaped up in the Praecordia, should be only troublesome in sleep, or by what passage or way, the Vapours from thence so suddenly inducing want of motion, should be elevated to the Head▪ Wherefore, the Reason or Aetiology of this Distemper, I think to be taken or judged of far otherwise.  
Therefore this heavy weight or load lying on the breast, 
The next cause of this is, the hindrance of the inflowing of the Spirits to the Praecordia.  seems indeed to be left, because the motion of the Heart, and the organs serving for breathing, is hindered; for from the motion of the heart ceasing, or being hardly performed, the Blood in its bosoms, and in the breathing or Pneumonick Vessels statgnating, and being there very much straightened, a sense of as it were a weight opresses the region of the breast: which also seems therefore the more grievous, because the Lungs, Diaphragma, and Muscles of the Thorax, being hindered in their motions, and as it were bound together, at the same time with the heart, do labour with a great endeavour, to exercise or to put forth themselves. But the most hard question yet is, concerning the Cause, by reason of which the motion or action of the Praecordia is suppressed, or hindered. This seems impossible to be done by matter impacted in the organs themselves, 
This not in the Parts affected;  of which indeed, there must be a very great deal, to suffice for the hindrance of so many parts, and some signs of it at least would appear somewhat out of the fit; wherefore, it seems that we may rather say, that the action of those parts are hindered, because the influx of the animal spirits are hindered or suppressed. This is frequently done in Convulsive Distempers, as we have elsewhere declared, and have clearly showed by Anatomical Experiment, 
Nor in the Nerves themselves:  to wit, by tying the trunk of the Nerves of the eighth pair, in a living Dog: But in those distempered by the Incubus or Nightmare, the obstruction of the Spirits, seems to be excited neither in the organs themselves, nor in their Nerves; for such a cause happening to those awake as well as to those sleeping, doth not become presently movable, but is fixed and permanent.  
Wherefore, 
But happens in the Cerebel, where the first Spring of the Spirits is.  we think the fit of the Nightmare to be induced, for that in sleeping, a certain incongruous matter is instilled into the Cerebel, together with the nervous Juice, which causing a certain torpor or benummedness in the first spring of the spirits, compels them immediately, by little and little, to cease from the offices of their functions; so that as it were another Lethargy being excited within the Cerebel, the vital actions suffer a short eclipse; during which, partly from a strife of the obstructed or bound together Praecordia, 
From whence the sense of the Weight proceeds.  and partly from the blood very much heaped up and stagnating in them, that weight, or a sense as it were of a great bulk lying on them, is caused; then, because all the rest of the faculties depend upon the motion of the heart, 
Whence loss of motion proceeds.  therefore this being suppressed and hindered, presently those eclipses or disorders of them follow; but especially because the flowing of the Blood into the Brain, for the making of Animal Spirits, is interrupted, therefore immediately the flowing forth of these into the nervous System is suppressed, so that the sick, whilst they endeavour to shake off the imaginary load of the breast, are not able to move their Body, or any member; to wit, because the irradiation of the Spirits, (whilst they are destitute of the flowing in of the Blood) is kept from the moving parts: In the mean time, those which reside in the Brain, being spread abroad here and there, conceive confused phantasms, and from the trouble impressed from the Praecordia, horrid dreams of spectres.  
The fit of the Incubus is soon ended, 
Wherefore the fit being so grievous, is so soon ended, without leaving any evil.  because the matter, rarely or never entering deeply into the Cerebel, is easily shaken off, or is supped back again into the Blood: for after the spirits became free from its embrace, and having got the liberty of motion within their wont spaces, they repeat the exercises of their functions: wherefore, the afflux of the Blood then presently returning to the Brain, immediately the afflux or flowing forth, and emanation of the Spirits, are restored, like a light new kindled, both in its middle or marrowy part, and also in the nervous Stock: whence they being awakened, the motive force returns, and the error of the imagination is perceived. But that there follow in the Heart and Diaphragma tremble and most swift beat, 
Whence after the Fit, the tremble of the Heart and the Praecordia.  the reason is, because these Bodies, so long as they were hindered from their motions labouring with an endeavour of exercising, or putting forth themselves, are not able to contain themselves within their just limits, as soon as they are restored, but putting forth at once all their strength, and being too active, exceed due performance of their duty: even as a wand, being held a while bend, being afterwards let go, recovering itself with a certain force, enters into a motion of trembling or shaking.  
After this manner, the fit of the Nightmare, because it immediately stops the vital function, 
The Incubus of itself rarely dangerous.  as it were the first moving wheel in the animal Machine, compels forthwith all the other faculties to cease, yea the whole corporeal soul (more than the more grievous fits of the Apoplexy or the Lethargy) to shake, and as it were to suffer an eclipse. Notwithstanding, little danger is threatened from this Distemper, because the Morbific matter being poured forth from the Blood, into the compass of the Cerebel, is not suffered to penetrate deeply; because the Spirits of that province, being always in a readiness and watchful, most swiftly run to meet the enemy, and oppose his entrance strongly, though the offices of the vital function be omitted in the mean time; further, the Animal Spirits which are in the region of the Brain, being awakened, fly presently to assist those of the labouring Cerebel: For those sick of the Incubus, if by chance they be awakened by any one lying with them, they sooner come out of the fit.  

The Prognostic of the Incubus.  But although it is rare, that any one dies of this Disease only; yet those often obnoxious to it, if they are taken with other Cephalick Distempers, as the Lethargy, Carus, Apoplexy, or the Epilepsy, are in far greater danger: because the Morbific matter, being poured forth from the Blood into the Brain, easily invades the Cerebel so predisposed; so that the sick therefore suffering at once an eclipse of the vital and the animal function, are brought into greater danger of their Life. Hence 'tis a vulgar observation, that those who frequently are troubled with the Nightmare, fall into the Apoplexy.  

The Event of it is shown.  There is wont to be another event of the Incubus, less dangerous, that leads often into the Cardiack passion, and other affections, commonly taken to be Hypochondriack. I knew several while young, grievously afflicted with the Nightmare, who being freed from it in their riper Age, were troubled with the trembling and palpitation of the Heart, and other pains about the Praecordia, and Hypochondria; and also with Convulsions in those parts. We think the cause of this morbid commutation to be, because the Morbific matter, after it was wont so often to besiege the region of the Cerebel, at length an impression being made, it did penetrate more deeply into some private place, and passing thorough its frame, became impacted on the Nerves destinated to the Praecordia.  

It's Cure.  As to the Cure of this Disease, there needs no help for the fits, because they pass away quickly of themselves. The method of Cure after a considering the whole, suggests Blood-letting, (where it is convenient) and a gentle Purge, and chiefly the use of Remedies, which are commonly called Cephalicks. Therefore, here Powders of Amber, Coral, and Pearls, with the Roots of the Male Paeony, Cretick, Dittany, Contrayerva; also Electuaries, Tablets, and Distilled Waters, Tinctures, Elixirs, and other things that are wont to be prescribed in the Lethargy and Apoplexy, have the chief place; but especially a right course of diet being ordered, let gross and ill digested meats be shunned, Pulse and Summer-fruits; nor let sleep, study, or reading be presently yielded to after eating: late and large Suppers, and lying on the back, are to be forbidden.  

Infants and Boys obnoxious to this Disease, how they ought to be handled.  Because Children and Youths, are often sick of this Disease (the sign of which is, that they are shaken in their sleeping, and waking cruelly cry out) and more often suffer its fits, which oftentimes bring them to Convulsive passions, therefore a method of healing them aught to be administered, as soon as they are seen to be distempered: you ought to inquire into the milk they suck, whether it be of itself pure and landable, and truly convenient for the Stomach: let them not sleep presently after they have sucked their fill: The Nurse using a good diet, let her take also Morning and Evening a Dose of Cephalick Powder, or Electuary, drinking after it a draught of Posset drink, with the leaves of Sage or Betony, or the Roots or Seeds of Paeony boiled in it: Let the Infant take twice a day, a spoonful of proper Distilled Water. Let him have an Issue made in the nape of the Neck, and let it lie sometimes on one side, and sometimes on the other, and rarely or never on its back. If a Necklace of Coral, or little balls of the Seeds or Roots of the male Paeony be worn about the Neck, or at the pit of the Stomach, it is not altogether useless; if that in sleep being often and grievously shaken, they are seen to be more dangerously troubled with this Distemper, let Blisters be raised in the hinder part of the Neck, or behind the Ears; also Evening and Morning let there be daily given a Dose of the Powder of Ammoniacum, or other proper Dose, in a spoonful of Distilled Water or julep.   

CHAP. VII. Of the Vertigo, or a turning round in the Head.  
HAving viewed the exterior compass of either part of the Head, 
The Stat of the Vertigo.  and detected, the Diseases which beset the sensitive soul, about the first beginnings, and last springs of the Animal Spirits; we shall next descend to the middle part of the Brain, where the fantasy and common sense reside, and behold what kind of passions these parts are obnoxious to. Concerning this in the first place we shall note, that sometimes troops or rather mighty armies of Spirits, inhabiting these places, are affected, and sometimes also small handfuls or bands: then again many of them are affected together, or else only a few at a time; or they become Elastic from an heterogeneous Copula, and so are compelled into inordinate motions, or as it were explosive or shooting off, as in the Epileptic fit; or suffering an eclipse, as in the Apoplexy, are deprived of all motion. Concerning the former disposition of the Spirits, we have formerly treated largely enough, and the astonishing Disease we shall handle afterwards. But in this place, we shall speak of a certain Passion or distemper belonging to these parts, viz. the Vertigo, in which a certain band or handful of the Spirits are affected, and their motions are seen to be partly perverted, and partly suppressed.  
Being but little solicitous about the names by which the Vertigo is wont to be known, 
A Description of it.  we shall describe the nature, or formal reason of it after this manner, viz. The Vertigo is an Affection or Distemper, in which the visible objects seem to turn round, and the sick feel a perturbation, or confusion of the Animal Spirits in the Brain that they do not rightly flow into the Nerves: Wherefore the visive, and the loco-motive faculties, do often in some measure fail, that those labouring with it fall, and oftentimes are covered with darkness.  
In this fit it is observed, that the imagination and the common sense are in a manner deceived, whilst they believe, the quiet objects to be moved, but the rational judgement remains; for we understand our error, and we presently ascribe this fallacy to the inordination of the Animal Spirits; for that we plainly know that the spirits flowing within the Brain do decline from their wont irradiation or beaming forth, and do not rightly perform the offices of motion and sensation, during the fit.  
That we may find out the Morbific Cause, 
The Causes and the Manner of the non-natural Vertigo.  and the preternatural manner of the Vertigo, we shall inquire after what manner this same affection or Distemper, how extempore or sudden soever it be, is wont to be excited from non-natural things; for men ordinarily become Vertiginous (or have a turning in their head) with a long turning round of the body, looking down from an high place, passing over Bridges, Sailing, and by Drunkenness, and many other ways. It will be worth our while to consider a little further, the means of affecting, by which these exterior actions stir up this turning or rolling about, from whence it will the better appear, what kind of intrinsic causes ●ay be able to excite this passion. In the first place therefore, when men are fowsome time turned about, both in that motion all things seem to be turned about, and also they ceasing from turning about, that still continues in the fantasy; so that the affected oftentimes fall to the ground; further, though they shut their eyes, they still perceive as it were a turning round, like the turning about of a Mill, in the Brain.  
The reason of these is not, 
The Reasons of them shown.  that the deception of the sight is first brought to the eyes, and afterwards continued for some time; because this affection is caused by the turning round of the body, whether they look with, or shut their eyes: But indeed the cause of this apparition wholly depends upon the fluid substance of the animal spirits. For that the spirits flowing within the Brain, are even like to water, or a thick heap of Vapours, included in a Phial, which being shaken round about, together with the Vessel, and made so to turn about, continueth for a time that motion, though the Vessel stands still; in like manner also, when the body of a man is turned round about, the spirits inhabiting the Brain, from that turning about of the Head, like the containing Vessel, are agitated into spiral or round motions; and when therefore they cannot irradiate the Nerves with their wont influx and direct beams, from hence oftentimes a Scotomy or dizzness, and a failing of the feet, together with a rotation or whirling about of visible objects, are induced. The visible Hemisphere seems to turn round, because as the sensible impression is received by the means of the recipient, so the objects, as the spirits, seem to be moved round about.  

Why looking down from on high, and passing over Bridges, cause a turning round in the Head.  Secondly, looking from on high, and passing over Bridges, stir up a Vertigo or giddiness in the Head, for that there is a terror cast on the imagination from unaccustomed objects, as also from the site of the body, or going in danger, whence that being very solicitous, how it should rightly order and more firmly direct the spirits into the bodies of the Nerves, calls them back into the middle part of the Brain, and so perverts them from their wont afflux and irradiation; and whilst it endeavours to set their battle in better array, and to direct them more surely, by too great a care, drives them into a certain confusion and irregular motion. Wherefore 'tis observed, that drunken men, and very bold, because they are not careful or solicitous concerning the guiding of the animal spirits, suffer no such thing. Sailing, or riding in a Coach, causes a turning in the Head by the like reason, as the turning round of the Body; because, the very fluid spirits being too much agitated, like water shaken in a Glass, leap hither and thither disorderly. Further, it is wholly for the same reason, why many going by Ship, or by Coach, are subject also to cruel Vomiting; to wit, because the spirits being snatched into disorder, by too great a motion, and confused fluctuation, run inordinately into the heads of the Nerves of the wand'ring pair, and for that reason stir up Convulsions and Convulsive motions in the Bowels.  

How Drunkenness.  Thirdly, 'Tis observed, that the Vertigo comes upon Drunkenness, as a known symptom; and that to those unaccustomed, the drinking, though moderately, of Wine or strong Ale, also the taking of Tabaco, easily induces the same affection; the reason of which is, because from the Liquor, or vapour so taken, certain fierce particles, and untameable, are carried into the Brain, by the passages of the Blood and nervous Juice; which being improportionate, and incongruous to the Animal Spirits, drive them hither and thither from their wont tracks of flowing and reflowing or ebbing, and so move them into whirlings, and turnings about.  
These are the chief occasions, or solitary evident causes, which do use to bring the Vertigo, or turning round in the Head to some men, how sound of constitution soever they be: which kind of effect, these occasions produce, forasmuch as the Animal Spirits, being disturbed beyond their set courses, and orders, are moved inordinately, fluctuating here and there, both within the passages of the Brain, and also some of them, like a thread broken off, from their wont irradiation, into the nervous Stock. 
A perturbation of the Spirits in the Brain, and a revocation of them from their flowing into the Nerves, depend mutually on one another.  For these being always reciprocal, depend mutually one of another, to wit, a perturbation of the Spirits within the middle part of the Brain, and their flowing forth into the nervous Stock being hindered; for from what ever cause either effect is induced, the other immediately follows. A turning round of the body, going in a Coach, or in a Boat or Ship, also Drunkenness, and the unaccustomed fume of Tabaco, compel the spirits in the Brain to fluctuate and shake disorderly, which, for that cause, are presently inhibited from their wont flowing into the Nerves, that those so affected, can hardly go or stand; in like manner, on the contrary, looking from on high, passing over Bridges, a languishment or syncope falling on them, recall the spirits from their wont emanation, who, for that cause tumultuating within the Brain, or being moved inordinately, cause a Scotomy or dizziness, or a turning round of the objects.  

From what causes the preternatural Vertigo is wont to be excited.  These things being thus premised, concerning the Vertigo, raised up by reason of an outward accident, or from a solitary evident and non-natural cause; we shall next inquire, how and by what means, it is wont to be induced, from an intrinsic and preternatural cause.  
Concerning these take notice, that the Vertigo is sometimes a symptom depending upon some other Distemper, placed sometimes within the Brain, and sometimes without it: but sometimes this is a Disease of itself, which being raised up within the middle part of the Brain, becomes very troublesome, and often terrible, and very hard to be Cured.  

Sometimes the Vertigo is a symptom of other Cephalick Diseases.  As to the former, many Cephalick Diseases (or such as belong to the Head) viz. Acute pain, the Lethargy, Epilepsy, Carus, Apoplexy, with many others, do often accompany the Vertigo; to wit, because the equal expansion of the Spirits in the Brain, and therefore their irradiation into the nervous Stock, from such like various Morbific causes, are easily hindered or disturbed; as shall hereafter appear, when we deliver the Aetiology or reason of the Vertigo, as it is a Disease of the Brain.  


Sometimes it is excited by reason of the Distemper of other distant parts, viz. from the stomach, spleen, etc. and so by two means:  
1. Either by reason of the Flood of the Blood being kept back.   But sometimes this symptom is wont to be produced, by reason of other Distempers, placed a long way from the Brain, and that chiefly by two ways or means. For first it is usual for a dizziness to arise, by reason of the flowing of the Blood being suddenly called away from the Brain, as in a Syncope or Swooning, great want coming near it, wicked hard labour great Hemorrhages or expense of blood, long fasting, in passions of violent sadness and fear; yea by reason of other occasions, when the motion of the blood is deficient or fails in the heart; so that the affected are proclive to faintings and swooning away; presently, because the tribute of the vital liquor is withdrawn, the animal Spirits growing deficient in the Brain, withdraw their radiation from the nervous Stock; for when their spring is cut off, those that remain, leaping back from their emanation, wander about confusedly in the Brain, and very often stir up the Vertiginous Distemper.  
Secondly, 
2 Or by reason of an inordinate recourse, or flowing back of the Spirits towards the Brain.  an inordinate recourse or flowing back of the Animal Spirits, from some inward, or from some outward member, often causes the Vertigo: forasmuch as the Spirits being disturbed from the affected part, by a long series, thorough the passages of the Nerves, at length disturb others inhabiting the middle part of the Brain, and drive them into the like disorders; for this cause it is, that sharp humours gnawing or pulling the Fibres of the Ventricle, because the infestous and irritative matter being moved in the Spleen, Pancreas, or Intestines, causes light dizzinesses in the Brain. I have known from an acute pain, an Ulcer, or a mortified Inflammation in the Foot or Arm, frequent tremble and failings, though short, in the Brain, to have been induced. Whilst that the conceived inordination of the spirits, is transferred from the distempered part, thorough the Nerves into the Brain, a certain Formication or tingling, or as it were the ascent of a cold air, is seen and perceived; wherefore the cause of this Distemper is commonly ascribed to Vapours, arising up to the Head: which error we have elsewhere sufficiently confuted. Further, many are wont, when they have fasted, or stayed long beyond their hour of dineing, to have a dimness before their eyes, and their heads to have a turning, and then afterwards those clouds vanish, having eaten a little; this does not so happen (according to the vogue of the people) for that wind or vapours ascend to the Head, from the empty Stomach, which the aliments being taken in, 
Not by reason of vapours, elevated from these parts is it excited.  do immediately suppress; but because the Fibres of the Ventricle, and the nervous Filaments or little strings, being destitute of the nervous Juice, with which they desire to be watered, are wont to enter into corrugations or wrinklings, and light Convulsions, which kind of Convulsions and disorders of Spirits, for that they are continued thorough the passages of the Nerves, into the Brain, produce the Vertiginous Distemper; which, as soon as the Fibres of the Stomach remit their wrinklings, ceases of its own accord. For this reason I have known some, by a Vomit being given, tearing the coats of the Ventricle, to have been taken with a cruel Vertigo: yea I do suspect, that this Distemper does sometimes arise from meats of ill digestion, and ungrateful to the stomach.  
But the Vertigo is not only a symptom, but sometimes a primary Disease of itself; whose nature, that we may the better search into, we ought to inquire into its subject, the formal reasons, and causes of it; and then these being found out, and truly unfolded, we will proceed to its prognostic and Cure.  
Without doubt the immediate subject of the Vertigo are the Animal Spirits, 
The immediate Subject of the Vertigo is the Animal Spirits.  which every one labouring with this Disease finds to be greatly disturbed, and wand'ring up and down; but the mediate subject are those parts of the Brain, in which the Imagination and common sense reside, and whence the next way lies into the nervous Stock. These are the Callous and streaked bodies.  
For indeed, 
The mediate the Callous Body.  the Animal Spirits love to expatiate themselves, and to he expanded or stretched forth on every side, within these medullary places, as in a most ample Field, and pleasant Garden; wherefore like beams of light, with a full and straight ray, they pass thorough all the Pores and most thick passages of the marrow: hence it is, that whilst they gently flow in one line, from the outmost border of the Callous body (to wit, from the streaked bodies, and turnings and windings of the Brain) towards its middle part, they represent pleasant imaginations and fantasies; and whilst in another line they flow forth, perhaps thorough other passages from the middle of the Callous body, into the infoldings or windings about of the Brain, they transferr thither signets or marks of notions for the Memory; and then, whilst they tend into the streaked bodies, and the beginnings of the Nerves, they actuate all the moving parts, and carry to them, as often as there is occasion, the instincts of the motions they are to perform.  
But in the Vertigo, 
It's formal reason.  these equal emanations of the Spirits, as it were rays of light, seem to be intercepted, and diversely perverted in various places; because some bands or handfuls of the Spirits are obscured, others are bended another way, and moved hither and thither into turnings round and whirling about, and oftentimes snatched transverse, or cross one another. Wherefore, confused phantasms, wand'ring and inconstant images, or actions of sensible things are represented, in the Brain, by reason of the Spirits so disturbed: Then forasmuch as the irradiation into the nervous stock is lessened or hindered, a dizziness and failing of the motive function follows.  
If that we should yet further inquire into what hinders or obstructs the ways, whereby the Spirits are compelled thus to go aside, or tumultuate within the Brain; it seems probable, that these inordinations of theirs do depend upon a two sold cause, viz. first, 
It's Conjunct Cause.  that certain fierce and extraneous Particles, being entered deeply into the Brain, together with the nervous Juice, stick close to the spirits, and move them into enormous motions; but this, as appears from common experience, happens to every one, on the immoderate drinking of Wine or Strong-waters, or the unaccustomed taking of Tobacco, by the eating of some Vegetables, or being anointed with Mercury; for that some Heterogeneous bodies and infestous to the Spirits, 
1 From the perturbation of the Spirits.  follow them, and are snatched with them, even to the middle part of the Brain: why may not such kind of Morbific particles and Vertiginous be supplied from the Blood, and other humours very much vitiated, and insinuated into the inmost conclave of the Brain? Then secondly, 
2 From their ways or passages being obstructed.  we may suspect, that when the serous foulness doth by degrees creep forward with the nervous Juice, and at length penetrated deeply, that it doth contaminate these pure marrows, and greatly stuff up its Pores, so that the Animal Spirits do not shine or beam forth with a clear and full light, but with a weak, broken, and as it were with many shadows mingled or interspersed with it.  

This is seen by things helpful and hurtful.  In an habitual Vertigo, and inveterate, it seems to be plain, that the Conjunct Cause doth contain both these, from the proof, and that not light, taken from things that are hurtful and helpful: For I have observed in many, that this affection or Distemper hath been altered, much for the worse or for the better, upon two occasions; for whatsoever things being inwardly taken, that beget turgid particles, and apt to grow too hot and raging, as Wine, Strong-waters, spiced, peppered, and flatulous or windy food, always hurt those troubled with the Vertigo: and for the same occasions, no less hurtful are those things, by which the brain is filled, and more stuffed, as Surfeits, sleeping at Noon, or overlong in the Morning, the Southern wind, a cloudy, thick, and moist air, a low and watery habitation; on the contrary, the same persons are much helped, as they easily perceive, by a slender and light diet, also by a clear air, and an open soil, where the wind has a thorough passage.  

The more remote foregoing cause of the Vertigo consists both in the vice of the Blood, and of the Brain.  Thus much concerning the subject, the formal reason, and the conjunct cause of the Vertigo; now in the next place, let us inquire into its Procatartick, or more remote leading cause; by reason of whose morbid provision or predisposition, these two evils are wont to be induced on the spirits inhabiting the middle part of the Brain: But here we apprehend both the Brain itself, with the watering Liquor, and also the Blood with its infected humours to be in fault.  

The Reason of the former explained.  The vice of this is most often, that it turns from its right temper, into a sour, acid, and otherways vicious disposition, and being degenerate, perverts the nourishing Juice; and also gathers in its bosom a Serum, and filthiness of divers kinds, which it is ready to pour forth into the Head. But there are many evident causes, to wit, an evil diet, and errors in the non-naturals, also the Scurvy, a long or malignant fever, and other Diseases going before, by reason of which the Blood becomes so full of ill humours, and so hurtful to the Head.  

The vices of the Brain noted.  In the mean time, the crime of the Brain is, for that its temper is humid and weak, its frame loose and infirm, with its Pores too much open and gapeing, more than they ought, so that all the heterogeneous, strange, and elastic Particles, together with the serous, or otherways diseased recrements, being poured forth from the Blood into the Head, are easily admitted into the Brain, together with the nervous Juice; and because of its more open Pores, fall down without any let or stop into the middle part, viz. the Callous and streaked Bodies. This kind of too dissolute or loose habit of the brain, is in some innate and originally; further, those who are of a tender constitution, to wit, delicate, soft, and luxurious Men and Women, whose spirits are not able to suffer any thing strongly, easily contract a Vertiginons' Distemper, or rather increase it; to wit, because when the spirits of the Brain cannot resist the incursions of strangers, they give way to every matter that is driven to them: but in others, though strong, inordinate feeding, a sedentary life, frequent surfeiting, also intemperate sleep, and study, an inveterate Scurvey, evil gross humours, a long deavour, and other diseases of the Head, do very often cause this kind of evil disposition of the Brain.  

The differences of this Disease.  From what hath been said, the differences of this Disease are easily gathered; for that I may pass by what we but now mentioned, that it was either a primary Distemper of itself, or secondary arising or depending upon others: further we noted, that the primary Vertigo, so it were light and not deeply rooted, was only troublesome with fits excited from an evident cause; so that oftentimes the distempered are well enough, but by reason of their evil manner of living, or other accidents they become Vertiginous; but sometimes this Distemper becoming habitual, they are found to be obnoxious to it almost at all times. Secondly, As to the feat of this Disease there is a notable difference; for this is sometimes more outward as is seen happening in the Callous body, and hath almost only the tumults and failings of the Spirits, and the wand'ring, inconstant, and often confused acts of notions and sense, in the forepart of the Head; but sometimes the Morbific matter falling down more backward, about the streaked bodies, stirs up the Scotomy, or turning of the Head, and a loss or failing of the motive function, that oftentimes the Eyes are darkened, and they reel or stumble, and their Legs fail them.  
As to the prognostic of this Disease, 
It's Prognostic  the symptomatick or accidental Vertigo, yea almost all the others, while fresh, are free from much danger, and are easily to be Cured.  
But the habitual, and almost continual, although great danger and suddenly to fall is rarely threatened; yet because it admits of only a difficult and long Cure, it so tires out both the Patient and the Physician, that before the Disease can be Cured, they both become weary of one another.  
The primary Vertigo being placed before, or more outward, which hath scarce a darkness or falling accompanying it, is more safe, and healable, but is often changed into an inveterate Headache, and sometimes also it is cured of itself, by an Haemorrhage, or bleeding at the nose, or by a flowing down of the Haemorrhoids; it is also oftentimes taken away by Medicine.  
The Vertiginous Distemper, arising behind, and intercepting the beamings forth of the Spirits into the Nerves, is far more dangerous, and oftentimes passes into an Apoplexy, or a Palsy, or into Convulsive Diseases.  
There does not properly belong to the symptomatick Vertigo any Curatory Method. 
The Cure of the Vertigo.  There it is only needful to join some Cephalick Remedies, discussing the clouds of the Brain, and quieting the disorders of the Spirits, to those other primary indications; or rather that we may speak to the capacity of the vulgar (which ought to be done sometimes, though feignedly) let some Medicines contrary to Vapours be added.  
The accidental Vertigo, or any other fresh or newly taken, may be healed with Phlebotomy, and a gentle Purge, and sometimes iterated: but that the Disease may be more certainly extirpated, let there be besides administered carefully Cephalick Remedies, such as are anon described.  
For the Cure of an habitual Vertigo, 
There are three chief intentions of healing;  and become inveterate, there ought to be instituted almost the like method, as is against most other Cephalick Diseases, which suggests these three chief intentions of healing, viz. in the first place must be endeavoured that the root or nest of the Disease may be cut off, and that the brain may remain free from any new flow in of the Morbific matter; for which end a right order of diet being commanded, sometimes letting of blood, and most often a gentle Purge in the intervals are convenient. 
1 To take away the root or feeding of the Disease.  Let a dry and open air be chosen, let immoderate and untimely sleep and study be shunned, let morning and evening draughts be wholly abstained from; in the place of the former, let a draught of Tea or Coffee, with Sage leaves boiled in it, be given. Let an Issue be made in the Leg or Arm, and sometimes let the Hemorrhoidal Vessels be kept open with Leeches; let the distempered rise early in the morning, and wash every day the forepart of his Head with water, and also his Temples, and rub them with a course cloth.  
Secondly, 
2 To remove the procatartick causes.  The second curatory intention is, to take away the Procatartick or more remote foregoing causes; wherefore, endeavour that both the dyscrasy or evil disposition of the Blood may be removed, and also that the weak and too loose constitution of the Brain may be mended: For the former, altering remedies chiefly are convenient, as temperate Antiscorbutics, and sometimes Spa Waters, or Whey. To which always may be added for the latter indication, Cephalick Medicines, to wit, such as are prepared of Coral, Amber, humane Skull, the root of the male Paeony, Misleto, the dung of a Peacock, and the like, the forms of which we shall show you by and by.  
The third Intention, 
3 To take away the Conjunct Cause.  which is properly curatory, endeavours to take away the Conjunct Cause of this Disease; which however the Procatartick Causes being removed, for the most part ceases of itself: for if the coming of every extraneous Matter into the Brain be cut off, there will remain nothing but pure and clear Spirits, and they having gotten open and free spaces, within the Callous Body, will from thence flow forth on every side: However, for the scope of healing this, you must prosecute it with the former; with Medicines endued with a volatile salt, whose particles being very subtle and active, do refresh the Animal Spirits, of which sort are chiefly Spirits of Hartshorn, Sut, of Sal Armoniac etc. impregnated with Amber, and humane Skull, Tinctures of Coral, Amber, Antimony, Elixir of Paeony, etc.  

The Curatory Method as shown.  These things being premised, concerning the Vertigo in general, it will seem to the purpose, to draw or shadow forth the Curatory Method particularly, and as it were to direct you by a thread: and in the first place is shown what is to be done for the Cure in the fit, and what out of it, for prevention.  
1. As to the first, although the invasion of the Vertigo seem cruel, it is for the most part without danger, and easily passes over of its own accord; In such a case, if the Pulse shows it, let Phlebotomy be made use of, after having given a clyster; but because the sick think themselves dying, and expect medicinal help, in that case let there be Blisters made in the Neck, and stinking things held to the Nose, as Castor, the Spirits or Salt of Hartshorn, or Urine, or of Sal Armoniac. Further, let these Spirits be given twice or thrice a day with a convenient Dose of Cephalick julep: going to sleep, let them take a Bolus of Mithridate, with the Powder of Castor: let them take the next day, if the Distemper doth not yet vanish, a light Purge, or if the sick be prone or easy to Vomit, an Emetic, than which a better Remedy can scarce be taken.  
Take Pills of Amber twenty five grains, of the Resine of jalap six grains, of Tartar Vitriolated seven grains, of the Balsam of Peru what will suffice to make four Pills, to be taken going to bed, or early in the morning.  
Or Take of the Sulphur of Antimony five grains, of the Cream of Tartar half a scruple, of Castor seven grains; make a Powder: Let it be taken with care, expecting to Vomit.  

Why vomiting Medicines are so much noted in this, and other Diseases of the Head.  That Vomiting Medicines do oftenest help in the Vertigo, besides the testimony of Authors, appears plain enough also from common observation; and besides, since those troubled with the Vertigo do often Vomit of their own accord, many have been of the opinion, that the cause of this Disease most commonly lies hid in the stomach; but it is much otherways, and as we have elsewhere showed; Vomiting frequently follows upon the Spirits being disturbed in the Brain: But that Vomits help much in this Disease, the reason is, because this kind of Physic causes a great revulsion of the humours from the Brain, and very much restrains the Spirits tumultuating in it. When the Membranes and Fibres of the Ventricle, and Viscera planted nigh them, are pulled; various humours, viz. the nervous, serous, watery, pancratick, and choleric are drawn into those parts, and so squeezed forth, so that the Head being freed from their flowing to it, doth easily shake off from it many impacted there before: then as to the Animal Spirits, we have showed somewhere, that there is a most intimate commerce, and agreement between those inhabiting the stomach, and those dwelling in the Brain; to wit, that therefore the grateful or ingrateful affection of the Ventricle, from things taken into it, might bring rejoicing or dejection to the Spirits dwelling in the Brain. Opiates whilst they lie in the stomach cause sleep; in like manner, it doth not a little help in the Vertigo, and other Cephalick Diseases, whereby the Spirits of the Brain wand'ring up and down, and agitated enormously may be repressed, and returned into order; if their Companions or Kindred be stricken down, by the working of the Medicine; because whilst many are called forth from the Brain, to their assistance; the others remaining, remitting their disorders, resume their wont offices or functions: without doubt it is for this reason chiefly, Emetics bring so often help in the Distemper of madness; so that Empirics do almost only use them.  

What is to be done out of the Fit, for prevention sake.  2. But to return from our digression, let us consider what is to be done for the Curing of an inveterate and almost continual Vertigo, out of the fit. Therefore, first a method being instituted concerning bleeding, and purging, according to the constitution and strength of the Patient, and after rest, to be repeated; let a Vomit also, by my advice, be taken once a month (if nothing to the contrary hinders it) for which end let there be given to the weaker, after the stomach is filled with slippery Meats, Wine, and Oxymel of Squils', to about two or three ounces, and after it let a great quantity of Posset-drink be drunk, with Carduus boiled in it, that the Patient may vomit of himself, or by provocation. To others may be given an Emetic of the Salt of Vitriol, or the Sulphur of Antimony, or of the infusion of Crocus Metallorum: as concerning Issues, Blistering, the bleeding at the Hemorrhoidal Veins, Plasters, or quilted Caps to be worn upon the Head, or other Topics to be applied to the sols of the Feet, or to the wrists, for revulsion or derivation sake, let the Physician deliberate.  
Take of the Conserve of the Flowers ●f the male Paeony fix ounces, 
Electuary.  of the Powder of its Root one ounce, of the Seeds of Paeony powdered two drams, of Amber, Coral, Pearls powdered, of each two drams and a half; of the Salt of Coral one dram, of the Syrup of Coral, what will suffice to make an Electuary: the Dose is one dram and an half, or two drams, Evening and Morning; drinking after it of the following distilled water three ounces.  
Take of the fresh leaves of Misleto six handfuls, 
A distilled Water.  of the root of the male Paeony, and of Angellico, each one pound and an half; of the whitest dung of the Peacock two pound, of Cardamons bruised two ounces, of Cast●r three drams: all being cut small and mixed together, pour to them eight pints either of White Wine, or Whey, made of it: Let them be distilled in fit Stills, and the whole liquor mixed together.  
Take of the Powder of the Root of the male Paeony half an ounce, 
Tablets.  of red Coral prepared, of Species Diambrae, each one dram and a half; of the Powder of the Flowers of the male Paeony fresh bruised and dried in the Sun, one dram: make a Powder, to which add of the whitest Sugar, dissolved in the water of Paeony, and boiled to the consistence of Tablets ten ounces: of this make Lozenges according to art, each weighing half a dram; eat one or two of them often in a day.  
Because all things are not convenient to all Men, and that the Physician ought to try divers Medicines, and institute various methods, and to try now this, now that, therefore we shall here add some other forms of another kind.  
Take of our Syrup of Steel six ounces, 
Chalybeats or Steel-Medicines  and drink a spoonful of it in the Morning, and at five in the Evening, with the distilled water, but now described, or any other Cephalick, to the quantity of three ounces; or take of our Tincture of Steel, from fifteen to twenty drops, in a draught of the same distilled water, twice in a day. I have known this to have given notable help to many.  
Let there be given daily after the same manner, 
Spirits.  Doses, sometimes of the Spirit of Sut, Harts-born, or of Sal Armoniac, impregnated with Coral, Amber, or the Skull of a Man: or of the Tincture of Antimony, Amber or Coral.  
Take of the Powder of the Root of the male Paeony one ounce and an half, 
Powders.  of the Seeds of Paeony, Coral prepared, and of the whitest Amber, each three drams; of Pearls prepared, of the Powder of the Flowers of the male Paeony, fresh bruised and dried in the Sun, of each two drams; of Sugar-Candy one ounce: make a Powder, and take one dram twice in a day with a draught of Tea or Coffee, or a Decoction of Sage or Rosemary.  
For poor people may be prescribed, Powder of the leaves of the Appletree, Misleto, dried in the Sun, and powdered, to the quantity of a dram, to be taken twice in a day. Or take of the whitest Peacocks dung six ounces, of the Powder of the Flowers of the male Paeony one ounce, of Sugar two ounces: make a Powder, of which let them take a spoonful twice in a day, in some convenient liquor.  
Let those troubled with the Vertigo drink for their ordinary drink, small Ale, with leaves of the Orchard Misleto boiled in it instead of Hops, and in the Vessel holding about four gallons, let a little bag be hanged, in which put half a pint of Peacock's dung, and three drams of Cloves bruised.  
Examples of those labouring with the Vertigo are so frequently met withal and almost daily, 
Cases and Examples of the Sick.  that there seems no need to add here any; but however, that the image or type of this Disease may be known, I shall only mention some few and more rare cases.  
A Divine about sixty years of age, after he had been troubled for about three months with a light Vertigo, 
The first History.  or as it were a frequent coruscation or brandishing of the Spirits, in the fore part of the Head, at length the Disease growing worse, he became ready to fall, and with a darkness before his eyes; in so much, that in walking he sometimes would fall flat on the ground. Being sent for to Cure him, I prescribed Phlebotomy, with a gentle Purge, and after a little respite, to be repeated again; further, I took care to have the Electuary, and mixtures given him, such as we noted above, with Blistering Plasters, and other administrations not to be neglected: A fortnight after, no ease following from these, I gave him a Vomit of the Salt of Vitriol, and the infusion of Crocus Metallorum, by which when he had easily vomited ten times, he began to find himself better, and by using further altering Cephalicks, for about a fortnight more, he became perfectly well, and from that time, for six years, he took yearly spring and fall a Vomit, with some other Medicines; though he continued in perfect health.  

The second History.  A certain Gentleman about sixty six years of Age, when he had lived for a long time obnoxious to a light Vertigo, and that was wont to be excited only occasionally, about the end of the last Autumn, labouring more grievously with this Distemper, he also became forgetful. Being sent for to visit this Man, after he had been sick about three weeks, I found him very much changed in his looks and countenance, the vigour of both being diminished. Seeing that he was daily distempered towards evening with a small fever, his Pulse beating high and vehemently: I first caused blood to be taken out of his Arm, and after six or seven days, out of the Hemorrhoidal Veins; and then I took care for Blisters to be made behind the Ears and hind part of the Neck, and two large Issues between the shoulders: Inwardly, at physical hours, he took daily Cephalick Medicines, almost of every kind. Within a month's space he seemed to recover, and began to walk abroad, and to take care of his household affairs, and other businesses: but in the beginning of the Winter, taking cold by going daily abroad, he fell into a little fever, with a greater perturbation of the spirits within his Head: for becoming every evening delirious, he hardly knew what he said or did. But within seven or eight days, blood being taken away, and a slender diet used, the fever vanished, but the distemper of the Brain was changed from its former state. For the Vertigo wholly ceasing, he became very forgetful, and Paralytic, in all his right side. As to his Head, being asked, whether it was clear, and free from the dizziness and confused Phantasms; he answered, that as to those things, he never was better in his life: For he well understood his infirmity, knew his Friends and Relations, and others who came to visit him, but could hardly remember the names of any of them; and when he began to talk of any thing, he wanted words to express his mind: Then as to his Distemper in his side, in his right Arm and Leg; there was not only a cozening wholly, and a want of motion, but in either there grew a great white waterish Tumour, in so much that not only the Cure, but his life was despaired of, to be long prolonged; yea, the Magistracy and Offices which he held, were sought for by others.  
However I did not desist from my curatory work, the most skilful Physician Doctor Wharton being called to my assistance. Carefully administering to the sick by our joint counsels, we prescribed solutive Pills to be taken at times, and in Medicinal hours on other days Cephalick, Antiscorbutic and Antiparalytick Remedies: His head being shaved, we ordered a Plaster of Gums and Balsams to be laid upon it, and the loosened parts to be anointed with Oils and Balsams, and to be strongly rubbed. Whilst these things were doing, with some success as to the greater clearness of his intellect, I know not from what cause, he fell into a fever, in the midst of the Winter, so that for several days and nights, he grew extremely hot, with burning, great thirst, and interrupted sleep; his tongue being scorched, and having a white scurf, his Pulse was high, his Urine red, and full of contents. We abstained from Phlebotomy, by reason of his Age and Palsy, and especially because of the Dropsy begun in the distempered side: but with a slender diet prepared of Barley Broths, and Grewel, we ordered him day by day juleps, Apozems, and other Remedies moving Sweat and Urine; and when about this time the Issues between his shoulders flowed very much, the sick man began to grow better as to his Memory, and Palsy, and from thence profiting daily, and by degrees growing well, of both his distempers, together with his fever, he was restored to perfect health within a fortnight, and is still living in health.  

The Reason of the Case described.  In this sick man there was a notable motion, and a various change or translation of the Morbific matter; for what was at first in the middle part of the Brain, viz. sitting on the Callous Body, stirred up the cruel Vertigo; the same afterwards increased, and (as it is probable) being further diffused into the infoldings of the Brain, brought forgetfulness or oblivion to the former Distemper: Then forasmuch as the same matter being moved by the fever, and a little discussed, falling partly on one of the streaked bodies, brought the Palsy of one side, and being partly expulsed into the compass of the Brain, almost took away the Memory, the Callous Body in the mean time obtaining a clearness; and lastly, it was not without the help of the other fever, that the Morbific matter being discussed from these two last nests, was wholly carried away, the sick being restored to health.  

The third History.  Lately being tired out with the continual complaints of a certain man, troubled with the Vertigo, after many other Remedies tried in vain, I prescribed at length, that for the space of a month, he should take daily, twice a day, about a spoonful of the following Powder, drinking after it a draught of the Decoction of Sage or Rosemary, impregnated with the Tincture of Coffee.  Take of the Powder of the Roots of the male Paeony two ounces, of the Flowers of the same bruised and dried in the Sun one ounce, of the whitest dung of the Peacock half a pound, of white Sugar two ounces; make a Powder. 
It is scarce credible how much help he received from this Remedy; visiting me after a month, he seemed a new and another man; being freed of the Vertigo, he not only confidently walked about, but was able to take care of his household affairs, and to meddle with any hard business, which he was not able to do before.   

CHAP. VIII.  
Of the Apoplexy.  
As the seat of the Vertigo, 
The Seat of the Apoplexy.  so also of the Apoplexy, seems to be within the same more inward cloister of the Brain, viz. the Callous Body; to wit, because in either Distemper, although in a far different degree, the imagination and the common sense are affected, viz. in the first, the irradiation of the Spirits is wont to be obscured in some places, and as it were broken with interspersed shades; but in the latter, the same is wholly darkened, and suffers a full eclipse.  
The word Apoplexy denotes percussion, 
A Description of the Disease.  and by reason of the stupendous nature of the Disease, containing as it were something divine, it is called a Sideration or Blasting; for those taken with it, being as it were Planet struck, or with an invisible Numen, fall suddenly to the ground, and being deprived of sense and motion, and the whole animal function ceasing (unless that they breath) they lie a long time as if dead, and sometimes yield to death; But if they revive, oftentimes they are taken with an universal Palsy, or else of one side.  
The immediate subject of the Apoplexy, 
It's Subject.  and the nearest, are the Animal Spirits inhabiting that region of the Brain where the principle faculties of the knowing or understanding soul reside; to wit, the Callous Body: but we conclude the mediate subject, to be the middle part of the Brain; because from hence, the instincts of all spontaneous motions proceed, and in this, the perceptions of all sensible things are terminated: by what means the Cerebel and Praecordia, and all the other parts both Animal and Vital, are secundarily affected, we shall show anon, when the symptoms of this Disease and their reasons are delivered. Upon the coming of the Apoplectic fit, all the acts of every spontaneous and knowing function (to wit, which depend upon the brain itself) are forthwith hindered and cease; the reason of which is, because the Animal Spirits being suppressed in their chief place of meeting, to wit, the Callous Body, both their next motion of expansion in that place, as also their flowing forth into the nervous appendix, 
The spontaneous Functions only deficient in the Apoplexy.  is wholly defective: For therefore, by reason of such an eclipse of them in that place, an immediate and an universal darkness is caused in the whole animal region, which is under this government: yet in the mean time, the Pulse and respiration, as also the motion of the Ventricle and Intestines, are after a sort performed, either perfectly and freely, or at least interruptedly and with pain; forasmuch as their actions proceed wholly from the Cerebel, which is not at all, or but little hurt by the Morbific matter.  
But it will seem difficult to be explained, after what manner, and from what causes, the Animal Spirits are so suddenly, and all at once suppressed, and as it were extinguished, about their first spring of emanation; so that all sense and motion depending thereon ceases every where. 
The opinions of others concerning this Disease.  Concerning this, there are many and divers opinions of Authors; whilst some place the cause of the Apoplexy in the Heart, and others in the Brain; then some lay the fault on the intemperance of that, and others on the evil conformation of this. Further, the obstruction of the Brain is said by some to cause the Apoplexy in the greater Ventricles, by others in its Pores or lesser passages: then the obstruction being taken for the cause of the Disease, and wholly binding up the lesser Pores of the Brain, is said to excite the fit, either because the afflux of the blood, for the begetting of Spirits is hindered from those parts; or because, the flowing forth or emanation from thence, of the Animal spirits is kept back. It would be a tedious thing to examine the opinions of every one, and to consider the weight of their reasons.  
The Theory of this Disease seems to be very exactly delivered by the famous Webferus; for in the first place, for the finding out of its so abstruse and hidden causes, he brings Histories or Anatomical observations, 
The Theory of this Disease is best shown by the famous Dr. Webfer.  in which the Phaenomena are declared in many dead Carcases of those dying of this Disease; to wit, in three struck or blasted, he had found the blood extravasated or out of the Vessels here and there in great clodders, and had largely marked the substance of the Brain; in another the Serous Colluvies had overflowed the whole head, both without and within the Skull. From these footsteps of this most hidden▪ Disease thus detected, the Author concludes, That the principal places affected are not the greater Ventricles, but the middle marrowy substance of the Brain and Cerebel, which is every where porous, and endued with very small passages, both that the vital spirits may flow in thither from the blood, and that the animal may flow forth: But indeed he affirms, That the whole cause of every Apoplexy doth consist in these two, viz. either in one of them, or both of them together: to wit, either because the flowing of the blood thorough the Arteries to the Brain is denied, or else by reason that the flowing forth of the Animal Spirit from the Brain and Cerebel, thorough the Nerves and Spinal Marrow, is prohibited; or for both these causes together. As to the former, he proposes a threefold means, whereby the blood may be hindered; viz. First, Either by reason of the obstruction of the inner Carotid Arteries, and of the Vertebrals, to wit, which happens in the greater Vessels, and chiefly about the ascent of the Brain, from the blood concreted into cloddery pieces; or in the lesser Vessels, which pass thorough the brain from a Viscous Matter planted in them: Or, Secondly, the flowing in of the blood is detained from the brain, by reason of the compression of those Vessels, which sometimes happens, because the Paristhmia, or Kirnels of the hinder part of the Neck, do so swell up, from a Serous heap of watery Humours, that by pressing together the Arteries passing thorough, shuts forth the passage of blood to the Head. Or, Thirdly, The bloody flood may be hindered, because a Vessel being preternaturally opened within the Skull, great quantity of blood is poured forth, which should otherways go to the benefit of the brain. As to the other cause of the astonishing Disease, viz. from the flowing forth of the Spirits being hindered, he affirms that may be caused by two ways; to wit, either by reason of the obstruction of the beginning of all the Nerves, caused by a serous inundation, or by a sudden compression of the same; which is caused either by an heaping up of too much blood in the Meninge, or in some parts of the brain itself, or in its Ventricles; or else by a disposition of the Phlegmonodes.  

Another Reason given by the Author.  These most ingenious reasons indeed seem to challenge our assent, for that more probable or more likely are not easily to be brought; but because we think some of these are to be altered, and others to be added, therefore we shall here institute, though not a different, yet somewhat another reason of this Disease.  

The Exclusion of the Blood from the Brain does not easily happen;  And in the first place, though we grant that the flowing in of the blood, may be sometimes denied to the Brain; yet we do not believe, that it only happens after the aforesaid ways, nor that, for that reason, the Apoplexy doth arise. We have elsewhere showed, that the Cephalick Arteries, viz. the Carotides, and the Vertebrals, do so communicate one with another, and all of them in several places, are so ingraffed one in another mutually, that if it happen, that many of them should be stopped or pressed together at once, yet the blood being admitted to the Head, by the passage of one Artery only, either the Carotid or the Vertebral, it would presently pass thorough all those parts both exterior and interior: which indeed we have sufficiently proved by an experiment, for that Ink being squirted in the trunk of one Vessel, quickly filled all the sanguiferous passages, 
Because all the Arteries communicate one with another, and some of them supply the defects of the others.  and every where stained the Brain itself. I once opened the dead carcase of one wasted away, in which the right Arteries, both the Carotid and the Vertebral, within the Skull, were become bony and impervious, and did shut forth the blood from that side, notwithstanding the sick person was not troubled with the astonishing Disease; wherefore, it may be doubted, whether the blood excluded from the Brain, by reason of some Arteries being obstructed or compressed, doth bring forth this Disease. Certainly there is more of danger, that the cause of the Apoplexy, should be from its too great incursion and extravasation within the Brain, as it was in the three Apoplectic people, cited by the Author; and that not only, because the marrowie substance of the Brain was deprived of the Blood coming to its use, (for such a defect might have been supplied by the other Vessels, extending their branches every where) but rather, because by the extravasated Blood, and not seldom being concreted into an hard and mighty bulk, the marrow of the Brain is pressed together, the passages of the Spirits being by that means shut up.  
But indeed, 
A total Exclusion of the blood from the Brain sometimes happening, causes a terrible Syncopy.  though we deny this to the afflux of the blood into the Brain, being hindered in any part only, yet it may be granted to its total exclusion, for therefore we have often noted, a want of all motion to be caused: which Distemper however hath been rarely taken for the astonishing disease, but rather is wont to be called a Syncopy, or Swooning away, or the Hysterical Passion: If at any time the motion of the Heart be wholly suppressed, presently, the Blood being retained without the Brain, the Animal Spirits fall down, even as the light vanishes when the flame is put out.  
The action of the Heart is stopped or hindered, 
This depends oftenest on the motion of the heart, being hindered, and so either because of the Cardiack Nerves being bound together;  either by reason of the improportionate flowing in of the Blood, as in the violent passions of fear or sadness, or by reason of the Animal Spirits, which serve for its motion, being denied by the Cerebel. This we think to happen sometimes, because of the Cardiack Nerves being Distempered with a Convulsion, or otherways bound together, after which manner it is usual in Convulsive and Hysterical Passions; sometimes for the outward parts, as the Arms and Legs, and sometimes the Inward, to wit, the Praecordia and Viscera, one after another to be affected: but a want of motion follows the inordinations of these, in which the sick lie for some time without motion or sense, with a small or seldom beating Pulse as if dead. Which indeed so seems to come to pass, by reason of the Cardiack Nerves being contracted at that time, and so the Spirits which were about to flow being suspended; though we believe such a want of motion sometimes to be produced by the mere confusion of the Spirits within the Brain, but in this case, the heart itself is lively enough moved, and the Pulse is also strong and landable.  
But besides, 
Or, By reason of the Spirits in the Cerebel, being hindered from their flowing into the Nerves.  it seems most likely, that the motion of the Heart is often suppressed or inhibited, by reason of the Animal Spirits, destinated to the vital function, being suppressed in the fountain itself; to wit, within the Cerebel. We have mentioned this to be done in the Distemper of the Incubus: but without doubt it ought to be attributed to this cause, for that I have observed in some, a failing of the Spirits, with a sudden privation of all the Animal functions to follow, upon a great weight in the hinder-part of the Head, in which the sick become senseless and immovable, with the Pulse and breathing very much lessened, and scarce perceivable, and lie quite cold for many hours; yea oftentimes, a day or two, more like dead than living persons. I have known sometimes those distempered, to be stiff and cold, Pulse and breathing to be thought quite gone; and to be indeed esteemed quite dead, and put into their Coffin, yet after two or three days to have revived again: but whoever awakes out of this fit, whether it be of short or long continuance, does not for that reason fall into a Palsy, or half Palsy of one side, as those for the most part do, who are distempered with the Apoplexy. Further, no doubt but that many die from such a Morbific cause, whose death wrongfully hath been ascribed, either to the mortal Syncopy, or to the Apoplexy properly so called. Truly the case afterwards described, can only have the like reason given for it. 
Hence there is a twofold Apoplexy, one in the Brain, the other proper to the Cerebel.  Wherefore, though it may seem a Paradox, yet it is not incongruous to reason, that we affirm, that there is a twofold Apoplexy, one in the Cerebel, which we but now described; the other seated in the middle of the Brain, into the causes of which, and the manner of it, we shall now inquire.  
But here in the first place we must distinguish concerning the various assault or fit of this Disease, 

The Theory of the former delivered.  
This Disease either accidental, or habitual.   to wit, forasmuch as sometimes being excited, without any previous disposition, or Procatarxis, from a sudden and solitary cause, it is often invincible, and for the most part mortal; against this there can be no preventive method of healing, or preservatories instituted; and the Curatory method which is wont to be taken, proves very oft ineffectual. Or, Secondly, the Apoplectic fit having an antecedent cause, or previous Procatarxis, is brought into act by reason of various occasions, or evident causes.  
As to what belongs to the blasting, 
The cause of the former is, either a great breach of the unity in or near the middle of the Brain;  or being stricken, of the former kind, to wit, suddenly and unthought of, its conjunct or next cause is, either a great solution or breach of the unity, happening some where within or near the middle of the Brain, by reason of which its Pores and passages being obstructed or pressed together, the whole emanation of the Spirits is suppressed: or else it is an huge and sudden profligation of the Spirits, or an extinction of those dwelling in the Brain. We shall show the formal reasons of both of them particularly, 
Or a sudden stupefaction or extinction of the Spirits.  and the several ways of their being affected.  
Extravasated Blood, the breaking of an Imposthum, and a great flood of Serous humour plentifully flowing forth, are wont to effect the greater breach of the unity within the Brain.  

1 A Solution of the unity, either from blood let forth of the Vessels; Or,  From Blood effused or extravasated within the Brain, and there either growing together in clodders, or striking on the affected places, doth often times cause mortal Apoplectic fits, as I myself have proved by Anatomical inspection in some others, besides the instances brought by the famous Webfer; but such Morbific extravasations of the Blood within the Brain, proceed either from an external cause, as a fall from on high, or by a blow on the Head, or by hitting it against some hard thing, and the like; or from an inward cause, to wit, for that the Blood being sharp and thin, and the little mouths of the Vessels, and the places between being too loose, it growing more than ordinarily hot, either of its own accord or occasionally, and flowing forth thorough these, easily breaks into the soft and yielding substance of the Brain. Further, although we have assigned the seat of this Disease in the Callous Body, yet the blood, because effused somewhere nigh or above it; because it compresses the underlying Marrow, by intumifying the distempered places, causes the Apoplectic fit.  

2 From an Imposthume, or the breaking of an Ulcer; Or,  Secondly, An Imposthum or Ulcer is rarely wont to be excited within the Brain, but often in the Meninge, and almost for the same occasions, by which the extravasation of the blood happens: while it is ripening, it causes only an Headache or heaviness, but when it is broke, the filthy stuff flowing from it, into the shelly part of the Brain, gnaws and putr●●ies it, and then by degrees instilling its putrid particles, and very infe●tous to the Spirits, into the middle or marrowie part of the Brain, raises up at las● the fit of the astonishing disease.  

3 From a Deluge of the Serum.  Thirdly, The Serous heap or deluge being poured forth from the blood, into the Head, though rarely or never of itself, yet sometimes by reason of more strong evident causes, runs so suddenly into the Brain, that filling and stuffing soon all its Marrowie Pores, causes astonishment or deprivation of sense and motion: And this I have known to happen to some, from drinking of sharp thin Wine, or Spaw-waters, and sleeping upon it; and I have observed the like effect, from a long and total suppression of Urine, also in Haemorrhages (or fluxes of blood) being suddenly stopped: And lastly, the Serous Recrements in malignant Fevers, being translated to the Head, by a critical transposition, often causes a mortal senselessness, or becoming speechless.  

An extinction of the Spirits from Opiates, or from immoderate Drinking of hot Waters.  Another kind of evident causes, from which sudden blasting or being smitten is wont to be caused, consists in the sudden profligation or extinction of the Spirits, which indeed doth not seldom or rarely happen, from strong Narcoticks, or Medicines causing sleep, and also from the immoderate drinking of hot waters.  
Though we have already discoursed concerning the use and effects of Opiates, I cannot however pass over their way of affecting, assigned by that most famous Doctor Webfer. 
The operation of Opiates, as it is assigned by the famous Webfer.  This Learned Man affirms, That Narcoticks only do too much open and dilate the Pores and passages of the Brain, and as it were open the doors of it, before fast shut, whereby every extraneous and incongruous thing is admitted into the Chamber or sleeping place of the Spirits, together with the subtle liquor poured forth from the blood; and so by a violent incursion, dissipates their ranks and orders. But indeed it appears from what hath been above said, that Narcoticks do not only or always operate so; for we have shown that whilst they are yet within the Ventricle, they often cause sleep, and sometimes death itself: Besides, it should follow from thence, that Opiates being often given should bring still a greater evil, because by dilating more and more the Pores of the Brain, they cause a much more easy entrance to all manner of impurities; but truly it is clear enough, that Narcoticks are most hurtful at the first time being taken, and afterwards being often taken do little hurt, so that some accustomed to Opium, will devour a great quantity of it without hurt; which is certainly a sign, that this doth not so much alter the conformation of the Brain as that it doth immediately agitate or work upon the Animal Spirits; whom at first (because so very improportionate to them) it slays with a mere blast; then afterwards there being a certain familiarity between them, and this Medicine, it disturbs them not.  

The formal reason of the habitual Apoplexy.  Thus much concerning the causes of the accidental and sudden Apoplexy, which falls indifferently upon all men, though not at all predisposed: for which also there can be no preventive Medicines instituted, and it is rarely that it is cured. But besides, we observe, that this Disease is sometimes habitual, and that it remains as a constant disposition in some men, by reason of which, at first they are exercised only with light skirmishes, but after some time they become more grievous, and of which at last for the most part they die. Concerning this therefore, we shall inquire, 1. what the Conjunct Cause of this Disease may be, and the formal reason of it. 2. In what the Apoplectic Disposition or Procatarxis of the Disease consists: Then 3. What Evident Causes it hath.  
1. As to the first, 
1 What its Conjunct Cause is.  we may suppose, upon the coming of the Apoplectic fit, that a certain matter before heaped up, and dispersed in the compass of the Brain, at length doth descend into its middle or marrowie part, and there doth assault all the Spirits, and suppress and beat them down in the very fountain of their emanation: Although it doth not plainly appear, whether they effect it either by stuffing only the Pores of the Marrow, or by driving away the Spirits themselves, or by inflicting on them a numbness; notwithstanding it is likely, that it may be done by either of the ways. And indeed we say the medullary Pores of the Brain, may be somewhat stopped or obstructed, because the same matter, which at first settling on the Callous Body, caused senselesness, being sliden down from thence lower into the Callous Body, and then stuffing its Pores, is wont to excite the Palsy of one side. But yet we may not conclude, that the sideration or being struck, doth arise only from the Pores of the Brain being stopped, because then the fit would oftentimes creep on them gently, and by little and little; forasmuch as all the Pores cannot be possessed by the inflowing matter at once, 
It consists in the Pores of the callous Body, being suddenly stopped, and the Spirits being driven away, by the contact of malignant matter.  but successively, and some after others: But when as this Distemper leaps upon one suddenly, and like lightning, what can we conceive less, than that the Spirits are struck down as it were by a blast, from the malignant contact of the matter rushing upon them? For it seems, that its particles descending on every side from the compass of the Brain, into its middle part or the Callous Body, and entering it from every part, do presently fill the passages how straight so ever they be, and drive to flight hither and thither the Spirits, and compel them into a close place, who being then beset and reduced to a straight corner, when they can neither resist long, or are able to penetrate into other Pores possessed by the Morbific matter, at length are struck flat down, letting go every function of the knowing soul; but then they do not easily nor quickly rise up again, because they are not able to quit themselves from the embraces, or bonds of the malignant matter, nor pass any where into empty or open places; wherefore, they lie long suppressed, till at length sometimes perhaps that matter, though leisurely, is dss●pated, or supped up into the Blood, or issuing forth from the little Pores of the Marrow, slides forward into the Ventricles of the Brain; or at length, that matter sliding a little lower, and being impacted on the Streaked Bodies, either one or both of them, causes the Hemiplegia, or half Palsy, or the Palsy: In the mean time, as the Spirits, within the Callous Body grow free, and getting wider spaces, they resume their wont offices; which they indeed execute, until new matter springing again in the compass of the Brain, and being by degrees increased, descending into the Callous Body, brings on another fit; out of which, if the Spirits get not, by either of the aforesaid ways, being wholly discomfited, they perish by degrees.  
If you should ask after the nature or disposition of this Morbific matter; 
What the nature or disposition of the morbific matter is.  it may be suspected, that the Animal Spirits in the Apoplexy are plainly affected after another manner, than in Convulsive passions; to wit, those obnoxious to this blasting obtain a Copula contrary to the explosive, that is, Vitriolic, rather than Nitro-sulphureous; and so by it their spiritous-saline particles are wholly fixed, and are hindered from entering into any motions or explosions, even as when the Vitriolic particles being beaten and combined with the fulminating gold, they quite take away its explosive or letting off virtue, and congeal and render immovable all other active particles, like the blowing of a freezing air. The Animal Spirits seem to be not unlike the same, and their Copula's have divers sorts of adjuncts, some of which induce an Elastic and very explosive virtue, as in the Convulsive Distempers, and others a stupor, numbness, or immobility, as in the sleepy Diseases, and also in the Apoplexy and Palsy.  
Thus much concerning the Conjunct Cause, 
The procatarctic Cause of the habitual Apoplexy.  and formal reason of the Apoplexy; as to its Procatartick or fore-leading Causes, they are much after the same manner as in most other Cephalick Distempers; to wit, both the Blood is in fault, for that it affords to the Head extraneous particles, and very contrary, or as it were destructive to the Texture or constitution of the Animal Spirits, either begotten in itself, or taken from some other place: and then the Brain is in fault, for that being weak in its disposition, and so its Pores and passages too dissolute and lax, so that it always and easily admits without impediment, the Morbific matter poured forth from the Blood. There is no need that we should here rehearse or unfold particularly the peculiar reasons of either, and the various ways by which it is done; but we shall rather refer you to what we have already said very largely, concerning the foreleading causes of the inveterate Headache, and also of the Lethargy. Further, the like or the same evident causes, which were noted in those Distempers, and in other sleepy Diseases, ought here to be taken notice of, to be shunned carefully by Apoplectic people.  

The differences of this Disease.  From what hath been said, the differences of this Disease may be easily known: 1. What we mentioned but now; The Apoplexy is either accidental, which is suddenly, and at once excited, without any foregoing cause, and almost indifferently in all, from some strong evident cause; or it is wont to be esteemed habitual, which depending upon a previous disposition, hath frequent fits, by reason of several occasions: 2. From the reason of the subject, this Disease is said to be proper, either to the Brain or Cerebel, or common to both: previous and frequent Scotomies or dizziness with mists before the eyes, and the Distemper of the Vertigo, denote the Brain more obnoxious to this Disease: A frequent Nightmare, intermitting Pulse, often Swooning and failing of the Spirits, argue the Cerebel to be evilly disposed.  
3. In respect of magnitude, it is either universal, every function, both merely natural and the spontaneous ceasing; or it is partial, this or that part being affected by itself, then for that the faculties of either, now all, now many only, yet none excepted suffer an eclipse; for in either regiment, the morbific matter descending to the middle or marrowie part, possesses sometimes all its whole substance, sometimes part of it, to wit, the fore part, hinder, or middle part. 4. In respect of the antecedent cause, the Apoplectical disposition is either hereditary or innate; or acquired by means of an evil diet, or other accidents.  

Its Prognostics  The prognostic or fore-judging of this Disease is always denounced deadly or dubious; for the Apoplexy is never without present or future danger. But it is worst of all, in which, besides the abolition of all the spontaneous functions, the Pulse and breathing also are either deficient, or are performed laboriously; and then for the most part it happens, with a foam at the mouth, and snorting; upon which comes a sweat, which is often like melted grease, and indicateth a very sudden death to be at hand.  
Those who are blasted or strucken, and are presently deprived of Pulse and breathing, and a little after growing cold, and seem dead or without any life, are not presently to be had from bed, or left destitute of Medicinal helps: further, though there be no hopes of life, they ought not to be buried under three or four days; because such do sometimes revive again, either of their own accord, or by the use of Rememedies: which certainly comes to pass, not because a vital heat is at last stirred up in the heart (for it is not there extinguished altogether;) but because the Morbific matter being discussed, or evaporated from the Cerebel, the motion of the heart is restored, like a Clock when the weights are put on.  
In the Apoplectical fit, if any help follows upon letting of Blood, there is hope of health. But if after this and other Remedies, the Distemper continues without intermission, above the space of a night or a day, or grows worse, the case is desperate.  
If after the first speechless fit being over, the sick person becomes more numbed and duller, and distempered with a Scotomy, and frequent Vertigo, it is a sign that he will be obnoxious to more fits of this astonishing Disease: for the aforesaid distempers proceed from the Morbific matter, already laid up in the compass of the Brain, and there flowing sprinklingly, and thence descending thorough the very small Pores only, into the middle part: which matter whether Vitriolic or Narcotick, growing to a greater fullness, calls on this blasting or being suddenly smitten.  

The Curatory Method.  The Therapeutic Method, is either Curatory, for the taking away the fit, when it is upon one; or preservatory to prevent it, that it may not return: the former belongs to every Apoplexy, the other only to the habitual.  
The assault or fit of this Disease being come, (if it proceeds not from some outward or vehement hurt of the head) although it is not known, whether it be excited or no from an invincible cause, 
What is to be done in the Fit.  such as the Blood being let forth of the Vessels, or the breaking of an Imposthum in the Brain, yet we ought carefully to endeavour the Cure of it. And because the blood being too hot or swelling up, is wont sometimes to bring in the Morbific cause, or at least to increase it, and the same sinking down, and becoming more settled, sometimes carries it away; therefore in the first place, you ought to deliberate, concerning the moderating its course. And h●re a question arises, concerning the placing of the Patient, to wit, whether he ought presently to be put to bed, or to be detained out of it for some time: some religiously observe the latter, 
In what position the Sick aught to be kept.  and that not without reason; to wit, because in Bed there is a greater propensity to sleep, and the blood growing hot, and flaming forth more plentifully, by reason of the heat of the Bed-cloaths, pours forth still more recrementitious matter into the distempered Brain: on the contrary, whilst the sick is thinly clothed, and placed in a Chair, the blood flows more slowly, and the sinking Vessels seem more apt rather to sup back the humours out of the Head, than to send them thither. Wherefore, if the Patient be strong enough, it will be expedient perhaps to let him stay out of bed for six or eight hours, till the f●ux of the Morbific Matter passes over, and the course of the Blood be made more quiet by Phlebotomy, and other Remedies carefully administered: but the weak, and who are of a tender constitution, let them be put to bed as soon as they are smitten. But let not the sick, whether in bed or up, lie upon his back, but with his head somewhat upright, and inclining either to one side or the other.  
Phlebotomy, 
Phlebotomy.  necessary almost in all Apoplectical persons, is not to be deferred: but the Blood is copiously drawn back by a strong Clyster. In the Clyster may be dissolved the Species of Hierae Diacolycinthia, and a troubled Infusion of Crocus Metallorum. Let a large Blistering Plaster be applied to the hinder part of the Head, 
Other ways of Administration noted.  and other drawing Cataplasms to the Legs and Feet: Let the Temples and Nostrils be anointed with proper Oils and Balsams, and let painful rubbings be used almost to the whole Body: In the mean time, let things that stir up the Animal Spirits, and help them out of their bonds be given them; viz. Spirits of Hartshorn, Sut, and the like, with a Cephalick julep.  
After this the sick being placed in the bed (if he be able and doth easily Vomit) let an Emetic be given him, 
Vomiting Medicines.  of the Salt of Vitriol, Oxymel of Squills, or an Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, and then with a Feather put down the throat, provoke vomiting four or five times, drinking between whiles Posset-drink.  
Vomiting being over, 
Comforters.  let there be given Comforters, as the Elixir Vitae of Quercitan, Spirits of Lavender, or Camphorated Treacle, Tincture of Paeony, or of Amber, or of Coral, with Apoplectical Water, or other appropriate Waters in a convenient Dose, and repeated as the business requires.  
On the second day, 
Cupping-glasses.  the same Remedies being still continued, let dry Cupping-Glasses, or with Scarification, be applied between the shoulders, or to the hinder part of the Neck; or if more blood ought to be taken away, let the jugular Vein be opened; the Clyster repeated; apply to the Nose Spirit of Sal Armoniac, or a fume of Galbanum boiled in strong Vinegar. Besides, let Errhines or Sneezing Powders, and things to chew in the mouth to draw away Rheum be used. Then in the Evening let a Purge be ordered of Pil. Rudii, or a Solutive Electuary of Roses, dissolved in some liquor.  
None of these things helping, 
Hot or glowing Iron.  though there be small or no hope, the top of the Head being shaved, let glowing Iron be held over it, or a large Blister made upon it; and let the other part, especially the Forehead, and forepart of the Head, be bathed with Bez●ardick Vinegar; let Leeches be set to the Temples, or behind the Ears; let also a large Dose of Spirits of Hartshorn, or of Sut, be often poured down the throat; these and other the like administrations, are to be used till you see death at hand; which (as Celsus faith) these sort of Remedies only defer, but some times hasten life.  
The Prophylactick or preventive Method, 
The preservatory Method.  respects both those who have been troubled with one or more fits, and also those who are seen to be prone to it, as those who are born of Apoplectic Parents, or are frequently obnoxious to the Vertigo, the Incubus, or Swooning away; also such who have short and brawny Necks.  
Let Purging and Bleeding be ordered Spring and Fall, 
Purging and Bleeding Spring and Fall.  where it is convenient; as to the former, those who are easy to vomit, let them first take an Emetic, of the infusion of Crocus Metallorum, with the Salt of Vitriol, or of the Sulphur of Antimony; and then after three or four days, let there be given a Dose of Pil. Rudii, or of Amber; and after a due distance between, let it be repeated three or four times: Let two large Issues be made between the shoulders; or if that place doth not please some, let them be made, in one of the Arms, and in the opposite Leg.  
On other days, 
Cephalick Remedies.  free from purging, let altering and Cephalick Medicines be taken twice a day.  
Take of the Conserves of the Flowers of the Lilies of the valley (or of the male Paeony) six ounces, 
An Electuary.  of the Powder of the Root of the male Paeony half an ounce, of humane Skull prepared three drams, of the Seeds and the Flowers of the male Paeony powdered, each two drams; of red Coral prepared, of Pearls, and of the whitest Amber, each one dram; of the Salt of Coral four scruples, of the Syrup of the Flowers of the male Paeony, what will suffice to make an Electuary: The Dose two drams morning and evening, drinking after it two or three ounces of the following Water.  
Take of the Roots of the male Paeony, 
A distilled Water.  of Imperatorian Angelica, each half a pound; of the Root of Zedoary, of the lesser Galangal, each one ounce; of the leaves of the Orchard Mifleto, of Rue, Sage, and Betony, each four handfuls; of the outer rind of ten Oranges, and eight Lemons, of Cardomums, Cloves, Nutmegs, each half an ounce; all being cut and bruised, pour to them of white Wine (in which two pints of the dung of the Peacok hath been infused for a day) ten pints: let them infuse, close shut for three days; then distil it according to art, and let the whole liquor be mixed together.  

Lozenges.  Take of the Species of Diambrae two drams, of the Powder of the Root of the male Paeony, of Zedoary picked, each one dram and a half; of Pearl one dram, of the Oil of the purest Amber half a dram, of the whitest Sugar half a dram, being dissolved in six ounces of the water of Paeony, and boiled up to a consistence: make Lozenges according to art, each weighing half a dram: Let the Patient eat one or two often in a day, at his pleasure.  

Spirits and Tinctures.  Within the fifteenth or twentieth day, that the Remedies may not be irksome, and may profit the better, let them be changed: therefore, instead of the Electuary let there be substituted for two or three weeks, sometimes the Spirit of Sal Armoniac, with Amber or Coral, or else impregnated with humane Skull or Castor; sometimes Elixir of Paeony, or Tincture of Amber or Coral, or Elixir Vitae of Quercitan, or the simple mixture: also instead of it, may be drunk compounded Waters, or Water of black Cherries, or Walnuts; or the simple Waters of Rosemary, or Lavender; sometimes a draught of Posset-drink, with Flowers of the male Paeony or the Lilies of the valley boiled in it; 
Tea, Coffee, and Chocolate prepared, how  or a draught of Tea or Coffee in the morning, (let the water of which it is prepared have such ingredients first boiled in it) or let Chocolate be prepared after this same manner.  

to be made and taken.  Take of the Powder of the Root of the male Paeony, of humane Skull prepared, each half an ounce; of the Species of Diambrae two drams, make a Powder; to every paper add of the Kirnels of the Cocoe Nuts one pound, of Sugar what will suffice; of this make Chocolate: take of it half an ounce or six drams every Morning in a draught of the Decoction of Sage, or of the Flowers of Paeony, or such like.  

A Powder.  Take of the Powder of the Root of the male Paeony, of humane Skull prepared, each one ounce and a half; of the picked Root of Zedoary, Cretick Dittany, Angelica, Contrayerva, each two drams; make a fine Powder of them all, add to it of the yellow of Oranges and Lemons Candied, each two ounces; let all be beaten to a Powder: take about half a dram, or a dram an hour before and after meals.  
For ordinary drink, let a Vessel of four gallons be filled with ordinary Ale, in which six handfuls of white Horehound dried had been boiled, of Anacardine and Cardomums cut and beaten, each one ounce and a half; of it make a bag to hang in it.  

Medical A●.  First of all, a very strict diet ought to be ordered; let a temperate, dry and open air be chosen; let good and wholesome meats be eaten, and slender meals. Let suppers be sparingly taken, or none at all: Let noon-sleeps, drinking bouts, and other customary things about the non-naturals be shunned.  

Examples.  I could here propose many Histories of Apoplectical persons, to wit, of some who were once or twice touched, and yet living; and of others who have died at the first assault, or in the second or third fit. The most Reverend Father in God the Lord Gilbert Archbishop of Canterbury, recovered of a grievous Apoplectical Fit, six years ago, (God prospering our medicinal help, to whom we render eternal thanks) and from that time, though he sometimes suffered some light skirmishes of the Disease, yet he never fell, or became speechless or senseless. But we shall not stay upon this or other examples to unfold them largely, because there is nothing in them very rare, that may illustrate the Aetiology of this Disease. Some of their dead Carcases I have dissected, but only of such as the cause of death was from some former great hurt of the head, as some blow, or by means of some blast; in all which the extravasated Blood, or an Imposthum was the cause of their death: We have been prohibited often by their Friends, from opening those dying of an habitual Apoplexy, who expecting to have them revive again, held it as a deadly thing, and so wholly forbid Anatomy: But I shall here relate a notable Anatomical observation taken about five years since at Oxford.  

A very rare History.  An ancient Divine, an honest and a godly Man, endued with a fat body, a short and brawny Neck, being long unhealthy, and living a sedentary life, contracted a very Scorbutic evil disposition: being troubled with a difficult and laborious breathing, with an heaviness of the Head, and unwonted numbness, was scarce able to endure any thing of labour or exercise, more than that he daily went and came from his Chamber to the Chapel and Hall: one Morning he came to the Chapel a little before Prayers begun, and while he was on his knees, he was suddenly struck, and immediately became speechless and senseless, and fell on the ground; but being carried thence, and his clothes taken off, he was put into a warm Bed. I and other Physicians being presently sent for, and coming as soon as we could possibly, we found him not only without. Pulse, sense, and breathing, but all his Body cold and quite stiff; nor could he be recalled to life or heat, by any Remedies or ways of administrations, though used for some time: by which we suspected, that the Pulse of his heart was wholly hindered at the first stroke, and that its flame being put out, presently all motion of the Blood was suppressed.  
The next day, 
An Anatomical Observation.  seeing the Carcase dead enough, and stiff, we opened it, nothing doubting but that the Distemper so suddenly mortal, would show clear marks of it within the Head. But there, or in any other part, was not the least shadow of this most cruel Disease: The Vessels watering the meanings were moderately filled with Blood, without any Inflammation or Extravasation: The Brain, the Cerebel, and the oblong Marrow, with all their processes and prominences, appeared every where throughout firm, and well coloured, both without and within: nor was there any Serum or Blood poured forth any where, within the Pores or passages, nor yet within the greater Ventricles, nor heaped up; yea the Choroeidal Infoldings placed both within the cavity of the Brain, and behind the Cerebel, seemed free from all fault; so that the Morbific matter, equally thin and subtle like the Animal Spirits, whom it affected, remained wholly invisible, and we could only argue its presence by the effect.  
But lest this should lie hid some where without the Head, after the contents of the head were diligently inspected, we came to the Breast: where the discoloured Lungs being through the whole stuffed with a frothy matter, manifestly showed the cause of the short and difficult breathing. But the Heart was sound and firm enough, free from any obstruction or fleshy Concretions. Further, neither in the neighbouring parts, or in others about the Viscera, was found any Imposthum or Ulcer, by whose contact or stink, the Heart could be suddenly oppressed, or the Vital Spirits (if this be possible) might be choked.  
Wherefore in this case, nothing could be suspected else, but that the Animal Spirits implanted within the middle of the Cerebel, were put to flight, and as it were extinguished suddenly, by some malignant, or narcotick, or otherways deadly Particles, so that the motion of the Heart presently failing, like the first moving wheel in a Clock or Watch, immediately all the other functions, their impulses being taken away, wholly ceased.   

CHAP. IX.  
Of the Palsy.  
THE middle of the Brain, 
The middle of the Brain, which is the Seat of the Apoplexy is also the Seat of the Epilepsy.  or the Callous Body, to which we have assigned the seat of the Vertigo and Apoplexy, seems also to be the primary distempered place in the Epilepsy: Concerning which, as also concerning Convulsie Diseases, since we have elsewhere largely treated, we shall therefore here pass over purposely in this part of the Diseases belonging to the Head, and according to our wont method, descend yet lower, to the other regions of the Brain, and its dependences; and now we shall endeavour next to describe the Distempers which belong to the Streaked Bodies, Oblong Marrow, and also to the Nerves, and nervous Fibres.  
We have formerly showed, 
The streaked Bodies, the Medullar Trunks, and the Nerves, are the Seat of the Palsy.  that these parts do perform all the functions belonging to motion and sense; wherefore, the failing or the enormities of these, are the affections of those Bodies, or of the Spirits inhabiting them. But indeed sense and motion are hurt chiefly after two manner of ways: to wit, either is wont to be perverted or hindered; when Motion is perverted, Cramps and Convulsions; when Sense, pain arises; when either function or both together is hindered or abolished, the Distemper is thence stirred up called the Palsy; which we are at present about to handle. Concerning Convulsion and Pain we have already treated.  
The Palsy is described after this manner, to wit, That it is a resolution, loosening, or relaxation of the nervous parts, 
what the Palsy is.  from their due tensity or stiffness; by which means Motion and Sense, to wit, either one only, or both together, in the whole Body, or in some parts, cannot be exercised after their due manner.  

It's Conjunct Causes are, Obstruction of the passages, and the Impotency of the Spirits.  The nervous pats are loosened, because the Animal Spirits do not sufficiently irradiate them, nor blow them up, nor actuate them with vigour. The cause of which defect is, either an obstruction of the ways, by which their trajection or passage is hindered; or the impotency of the Animal Spirits, for that they are distempered with a numbness, or that being but few in number they do not lively enough unfold themselves. By reason of these various means of being affected, there arise divers kinds of Palsies. For in the first place, as to motion by itself, this spontaneous faculty (which is chiefly and almost only liable to the Palsy) is sometimes taken away in the whole, or altogether in some parts; but sometimes this, being only hindered, is lessened or depraved. 
In the Palsy either motion, or sense only, or both together, is hurt.  Secondly, In like manner also one sense only by itself, or more together, is sometimes wholly taken away, and sometimes only much diminished or vitiated. Thirdly, Sometimes it happens that both powers are hurt at once. We shall speak of each of these in their order; and first of the Palsy, in which spontaneous motion is abolished; which we say is excited from two causes chiefly; to wit, the ways being obstructed, and the Animal Spirits being touched with a numbness, or as it were with a certain malignant blast.  

Spontaneous motion is abolished by reason of the ways being obstructed, either in their beginnings, or the middle passages, or about the ends.  As to the former, an interception of the Spirits from the loosened parts, by reason of their passages being obstructed, that always existing above them, is wont to be caused in various places, and for divers causes; but chiefly it happens in the first sensory, viz. in the Streaked Bodies, or some where about the Medullar Trunks, or lastly in the Nerves themselves; and so, either in their beginnings, or middle processes, or in their extreme ends, (i. e.) the nervous Fibres. When the evil or hurt is brought to the Streaked Bodies, or the oblong, or spinal Marrow, it either obstructs the whole Medullar thread or rope, from whence arises an universal Palsy below the distempered part; or one moiety of it, whence comes the Hemiplegia or Palsy of one side; or it affects in one side, or in both at once, the little heads of some Nerves, whence loosnings or resolutions are caused in this or that member apart from the others.  

The ways are obstructed by Impletion, or Compression, or by a breaking of the Unity.  There are many means whereby the ways or passages of the Animal Spirits are obstructed in the aforesaid bodies. First, Either their passages are filled by an extraneous matter impacted in them: Or, Secondly, They are pressed together by Blood flowing out of the Vessels, a Serous deluge, or some Tumour lying upon them: Or, Thirdly and lastly, the unity or continuity is broken, as by a stroke, or wound, or bruise, also by excess of cold or heat. According as these several places are distempered, and the several means of their being affected, we shall run thorough the chief cases of the Palsy, together with the Aetiology, or reason thereof, with the manifold appearances of Symptoms in them; and in the first place we will speak of the Palsy arising from an hurt brought to the common Sensory, to wit, the Streaked Bodies.  

An obstruction in the streaked Bodies causes the Universal Palsy, or the Palsy of one side.  And indeed, that it so comes to pass, I have proved by ocular inspection, and shall be plainly demonstrated anon by Anatomical observation. Further, as often as an universal or an half Palsy follows, (as it is often wont to do) upon a Lethargy the Carus, or Apoplexy, any one may conceive, that such a change of the Disease, happens from a translation of the Morbific matter; for that this at length going out of the Pores and passages of the Callous Body, which it at first possessed, and sinking down a little lower, runs into the Medullary tracks of one: of the Streaked Bodies or perhaps both of them. And so, when the Animal Spirits are hindered from their wont outflowing, or irradiation into the nervous Stock, the motive faculty only, or (if the obstruction be very great) both this, together with the sensitive, is hindered.  
I have sometimes observed in a Palsy, coming after a grievous fit of some other Disease, that all the moving parts, of either side, have been loosened after a more light manner: For though they were not able to perform the more strong motive endeavours, yet for the most part they could extend, bend, yea and move their members hither and thither, to wit, because the Morbific matter being diffused abroad, thorough both the Streaked Bodies, had not so closely filled every where all the passages: Moreover, on the contrary, I have known in a Palsy of one side, so suddenly excited, that there has been a far greater resolution, so that they so struck, were not able to move any way hand or foot, nor any other member on the distempered side. Further, sometimes it happens, from the Morbific matter being copiously fallen down, and obstructing closely all the Medullary tracts of one of the Streaked Bodies, that all the respective parts, have not only been destitute of motion, but some of them also of sense; so that some members felt not any painful impression, how vehement so ever it was. Such a Distemper happening in a lesser degree, is wont to excite a sense of numbness, or pricking or tingling, such as in members leaned or lain upon.  
If it be demanded, 
Why sense is not hindered as well as motion in every Palsy.  why sense is not always hindered as well as motion in every Palsy, since as it seems either is performed by the same Nerves and Fibres, within the same Medullary tracts, so that one faculty is only the inversion of the other? as to this we may say, that as light beams thorough glass, when wind is excluded, so also sense being safe, oftentimes motion is lost. Besides, sense is only a passion, and a sensible impression, which is propagated from the organ, by a continuity of the nervous process, to the common sensory, without any endeavour or labour of the Spirits; which may be done, though the common sensory be in some measure obstructed, and the Spirits inhabiting it benumbed: But motion is a difficult and laborious action, to which is required, that the Spirits expand or stretch out themselves lively, and not only put forth as it were explosive endeavours in the moving organs, but chiefly about the parts, where the beginning of the motion and its first force is, and from thence, in the whole passage thorough the nervous parts. Wherefore, as but a few Spirits and bound, suffice for sense; many, free, and expeditious as to their expansions, are required for motion.  
But that the Morbific matter being slid down into the Streaked Body, 
In an universal Palsy why all the Muscles of the Eyes and Face are not loosened.  the Muscles of the Eyes, Mouth, and Face, do still retain their motions; it is because that some of them, about the beginning of the Spinal Marrow, below all the Nerves, arising from the oblong Marrow, have their place of obstruction; I say, that it is so, because the Nerves destinated to the aforesaid Muscles, (the motions of which are stirred up by natural instincts) and brought from the fifth and sixth pair, even as the Nerves serving the Praecordia and Viscera, derive chiefly the influences of the Animal Spirits from the Cerebel; whose regiment, though the Streaked Body be distempered, remains often unhurt.  
Not only an obstruction of the Streaked Body, 
A Compression of the streaked Body sometimes stirs up the Palsy.  but also a compression sometimes causes the Palsy, as shall be showed by and by from Anatomical observation; to wit, when the blood is extravasated, and growing cloddery within the inferior cavity of the Brain (and perhaps a Serous deluge is there heaped up) and doth lie heavily upon the Streaked Body, and press it together, so that for that reason, the Medullary tracts being bound together, are hindered from the Spirits flowing into them.  
Next after the Streaked Bodies, 
A Paralytic obstruction doth sometimes happen in the Oblong and Spinal Marrow.  the seat of the Morbific Cause is in the oblong and spinal Marrow; also sometimes in these, though rarely an obstruction, but more often a compression, or a solution of the unity, excite the Palsy.  
As to the former, it is not probable, that great plenty of Morbific matter should be sent from the Brain, into this or that part together and in heaps; for such a great and sudden flux hardly happens beyond the streaked Bodies. But it may be suspected, that Narcotick or otherways deadly Particles, being forthwith poured forth into the Brain, and from thence thrust forth into its appendix, doth at first stick within the more narrow spaces of the Medullary Trunk, and then by degrees being heaped up, causes the Paralytic obstruction, whilst these Particles are carried in the Brain here and there, in the Callous or Streaked Bodies they stir up frequent Vertigoes, and mists before the eyes, and sometimes in the motive parts short numnesses; but these being by degrees heaped up together within the Trunk of the oblong Marrow, or the spinal, forasmuch as they possess all or part of its passage, and by that means either obstruct all the Pores of the Spirits at once, or some ranks or orders of them, they bring forth either an half Palsy, or a loosening of some members, sometimes the superior, sometimes the inferior.  
I have observed in many, 
A Palsy often succeeds stupidity, or becoming foolish.  that when, the Brain being first indisposed, they have been distempered with a dullness of mind, and forgetfulness, and afterwards with a stupidity and foolishness, after that, have fallen into a Palsy, which I often did predict; to wit, the Morbific matter being by degrees fallen down, and at length being heaped up some where within the Medullar Trunk, (where the Marrowy Tracts are more straitened than in the Streaked Body) to a stopping fullness. For according as the places obstructed are more or less large, so either an universal Palsy, or an half Palsy of one side, or else some partial resolutions of members happen.  
But in either Marrow, 
A Palsy sometimes from the pressing together of the Marrowy Cord.  and especially the Spinal, an interception or inhibition of the Spirits, creating a Palsy, most often happens from a compression, or a breaking of the unity: The extravasated Blood, or the Corruption flowing from the broken Imposthum, and perhaps a Serous deluge being deposited within the hollowness of the Backbone; yea also an hard Tumour, being risen somewhere in it, by pressing together the marrowy rope, shuts up the ways of the Spirits. Further, either a stroke, wound, or bruise of the Head, or spin; yea and a distortion of this latter, do often pervert or break off the Marrowy Tracts; 
Sometimes from the unity being broke.  yea an excess of cold taken in Frost and Snow, straitens and stops up the passages of the Spirits. Those kind of cases, and instances, being obvious enough to common observation, there will not be any need here to speak of them particularly, or to unfold them more largely.  

The Seat of the Palsy sometimes in the Nerves themselves, which are either obstructed, or compressed, or the unity broken.  Thirdly, The Morbific cause being sometimes planted lower, possesses either the greater Trunks, or the lesser shoots of the Nerves themselves; and that likewise is either an obstruction or a compression, or a breaking of the unity, by reason of any of these ways, and according to the like means of affecting, within the nervous passages, as in the marrowy, it is wont to be excited.  
The oppilative or stopping Particles being fallen down, from the Brain, and carried forward into the oblong Marrow, enter into the Nerves, destinated to the Muscles of some parts of the Face, and by obstructing the ways of the Spirits in them, bring forth the Palsy in the Tongue, 
1 
An Obstruction.  
Sometimes in the beginning of the Nerves.   and sometimes a loosening in these or those Muscles of the Eyes, Eyelids, Lips, and of other parts; and then by reason of the contrary Muscles being contracted beyond measure, they stir up a Cramp or Convulsion in the opposite part.  
Nor is it less usual, for the same Particles, for that they are fewer, to be carried yet further, without any great hurt into the Spinal Marrow; and lastly going forth from it, to run sometimes into the several Trunks of the Nerves, and sometimes into some handfuls of them; and for that reason, to induce the Palsy to the several Muscles or members, or in some of them only. As often as for this cause, the Muscles of one side of the Neck are resolved, or loosened, the other opposite being too much contracted, render the Neck twisted or awry. It ordinarily happens, by reason of some private Nerves being so obstructed, for some Fingers of the Hand, or Toes of the Feet to be loosened. But if many handfuls of Nerves together happen to be stopped, a Palsy follows, oftentimes in the whole Arm or Thigh. It would be too tedious to mention every case here, by which the Nerves are wont to be stopped, about their beginnings, middle processes, or utmost ends, to wit, the Membranaceous or Musculous Fibres, 
2 Sometimes in the middle.  by reason of compression, or breaking of the continuity, and so deny the exercise of the moving faculty to the respective parts: The reasons of these kind of Distempers are so clear and manifest, 
3 Or in their utmost processes. The other conjunct cause of the Palsy, to wit, the impotency of the Spirits;  and so commonly known, that it would be superfluous to insist on the opening them any longer. But we shall rather pass to the other conjunct cause of the Palsy, which more immediately affecting the Animal Spirits, and sometimes striking down, and as it were extinguishing them, by mere contact, or as it were by a malignant blast, brings in a resolution or loosening in the respective parts.  

Often arises from narcotick or vitriolic Particles, by which the Spirits are put to flight.  What we before affirmed in the Apoplexy, we now again do the same in the Palsy, that there are deadly Particles, not only oppilative or stopping, but sometimes Narcotick or Stupefactive, and as it were extinguishers of the Spirits; which kind of affection, if it be strong, causes sometime Paralytic Symptoms, without any great obstruction of the ways. The breath or steams of Antimony, Mercury, or Auripigment, often causes weaknesses, tremble, and loosening of the Members, in such as are long conversant among the Furnaces of Chemists, and of Metals. We may in like manner believe, that in some Scorbutic and very Cacochymical people, heterogeneous Particles, and as it seems of a Vitriolic nature (passing thorough the Brain, and its marrowy appendix) do enter into the nervous passages, together with their watering Juice, and cast down some handfuls of the Spirits in them, or suppress their motion. Hence suddenly arise stupors, numbness, or looseness in the Members, or Muscles, sometimes in these, sometimes in those, and soon after vanishing in one place, presently spring up again in another: But at length, when these sort of Particles being abundantly poured forth into the Nerves, and laid up in heaps, they become variously fixed here and there; and moreover, shut up the ways of the Spirits, and so cause a fixed and permanant Palsy. 
In every Palsy the matter is not so thick or cold, as it is vitriolic or other ways infestous to the Spirits.  And indeed, in every Palsy, made by obstruction, the Morbific matter is not thick and cold Phlegm, (as Galen and many other Physicians have asserted) for such doth not pass thorough the Brain, much less the nervous passages; but it seems to consist of most subtle and very active Particles, though infestous or deadly to the animal regiment: But indeed the Palsy happens in Men, no otherwise than the blasting, or burning, or withering in Trees; because some winds being endued with very frigid or cold blasts, to wit, with a Nitrous or a Vitriolic Spiri●● when they blow upon the green and tender sprigs of trees, 
The blasting or withering in Trees like the Palsy.  cause them suddenly to wither, for that the tender stalks like Nerves every where inter-woven with the sprigs and leaves, are bound together by the blast of the malignant air so fully, that they receive not any more the Juice sent from the Trunk or Root, by reason of which defect they whither. Much after the same manner, extraneous Particles, and as it were Vitriolic, being admitted within the organs of sense and motion, for that they at once bind up the Pores, or cast down or suppress from motion the Animal Spirits, cause in the respective parts, as it were a withering or drying up. But this is not so caused by mere Phlegm, or a Serous ●●ood, as plainly appears, because those endued with a moist and cold Brain, have always their Nose and Eyes moist, with the distillation of a snotty or watery humour; yea those who are troubled with a Dropsical Brain, in which the Brain, and the tops of either Marrow do as it were swim in water, are not for that reason disposed to the Palsy, unless by the pressing together of the Marrow.  
We have hitherto described the various cases of the Palsy, 
The more remote foregoing causes of the Palsy, which are two:  and the means by which it is caused, together with their several formal reasons, and conjunct causes. As to what belongs to the other causes of this Disease we must first distinguish, that it is either accidental or habitual: The former happens to some, from a solitary evident cause, such as a stroke, wound, bruise, and excess of either heat or cold, without any previous disposition; and besides this, and the conjunct cause, which for the most part is a compression, or breach of the unity, it hath none: The habitual Palsy depends upon a Procatartick cause, which is always an extraneous, and as it were a Vitriolic matter begotten somewhere before, and heaped up, which being from thence suffused into the organs of sense and motion, for that it stops up the marrowy or nervous Tracts or sometimes profligates the Spirits by mere contact, or effects both together, brings forth loosening in the respective parts, by reason of the influence of the Spirits being denied them.  
This kind of Procatarxis or foregoing Cause, 
1 More remote, to wit, a vicious Blood, and for that reason pouring forth a deadly matter upon the head.  depends upon a twofold antecedent or secret leading cause, to wit, one remote, which is a vicious Blood, carrying to the Head a Morbific matter, either begotten in itself, or taken from the Bowels, or some other place; and the other more near, which is an indisposed Brain, to wit, weak, and too lax or lose, or otherways evilly made, and so easily admitting heterogeneous, or strange and deadly Particles.  
The Morbific matter being brought to the Brain, 
2 Nearer, to wit, a weak and loose Brain, admiting the evil Particles. The Palsy is either a primary Distemper, and a Disease of itself;  sometimes induces the Palsy primarily, but more often secondarily, and not but after other Diseases first excited.  
The reason of the former, (to wit, that the habitual Palsy be a primary Disease, and by itself) requires these two things, viz. That the heterogeneous Particles be disposed chiefly for the causing or stirring up the Palsy; then that they be admitted by degrees, and but in small quantity, for if they enter in great heaps, they would first cause the Carus or Apoplexy: and if they be not of a plain Vitriolic nature or quality, when having passed thorough the Brain, they come to enter into the organs of Sense and Motion, they would first occasion in them Convulsive and painful Distempers, yea sometimes the Colic, Gout, or Scurvy first, and then at length, the Palsy.  
2. The secondary Palsy often succeeds Distempers for the most part Chronical, 
Or secondarily, viz. Coming upon or succeeding other Diseases▪  after the natural and vital faculties being by them very much hurt: a slow and long fever, strength being at length worn out, causes oftentimes enervations or resolutions of the whole Body, or of some Members. Long and immoderate sadness, a Consumption, a Scorbutic Atrophy or wasting, being long fixed in Bed, unhealthy old Age; yea and many other passions, after a notable evil first brought to the Brain, and nervous Stock, at length brings on the Palsy. But indeed this Disease more frequently comes upon some other Distempers, either of the Brain, as chiefly the Carus and Apoplexy, or of the nervous stock, and such chiefly are the Scurvy, Convulsions, Colic, and Gout. By what means it succeeds Cephalick Diseases, we have already showed in this; and how the Scurvy, in another tract: we shall now inquire how it is often the offspring of the other three.  
1. We have shown already, 
Wherefore the Palsy often succeeds Convulsive Diseases.  that the Spasme or Cramp or Convulsion, doth sometimes bring in the Palsy, to wit, when from contrary or opposite Muscles, being one of them loosened and the other pulled together: Further, it is an usual thing, for those who are long obnoxious to Convulsive Distempers, to suffer at length debilities in some members, and at length resolutions or want of motion. I have known many Epileptical persons, and others troubled with Convulsions, by reason of the motive function being abolished or inhibited, in this or that part, to become at first lame, and then Bedrid; the reason of which seems to be, because the Morbific matter, being continually admitted within the tracts of the Brain and its appendix, both medullar and nervous, and often thrust forth, doth at length so debilitate and dilate them, so that it gives an open passage besides to other kind of Particles, either Narcotick or Vitriolic; by reason of which, the Palsy comes after the Convulsion. Further, I have often observed, by reason of the divers mingling of the Morbific matter, (like as when Rain and Snow happen together) that the sick have at once been infested both with Convulsive motions, and the Palsy. A notable example of this, with the reason of it, we have fully described in our Tract of Convulsive Diseases, Chap. IX. p. 115.  

Wherefore the Distemper of the Colic.  2. They who are frequently and grievously obnoxious to the Colic, at length become also Paralytic. The case is so frequent here, that the succession of this Disease is accounted among its prognostics; for those who are wont to suffer cruel fits of torments in the Belly, returning by intervals, or are troubled with pains about the Viscera of the Abdomen, cruel and almost continual, at length have wand'ring pains in their Body and Members, and then afterwards stupors or numbness, and lastly resolutions or want of motion. The cause of these effects proceeds, both from the seat of the Disease, and the Morbific matter being changed, to wit, this, which being very small but sharp and irritative, runs only into the Sphlanchnick Nerves, and so by reason of the Fibres of the Viscera being pulled, did stir up in them Cramps and pains; afterwards becoming more copious, and also duller and Narcotick, pours down thorough the Spinal Marrow, and entering into the Nerves destinated to these or those Members or Muscles, brings forth resolutions in the respective parts. We shall more largely show the reason of this, when we treat of the Colic▪  

3 Wherefore the Gout.  It is a very ordinary observation, that the Palsy comes upon the Gout frequently, in the Members obnoxious to it; the reason of it is easily known, forasmuch as in this sickness the Morbific matter is twofold, and doth depose salt and as it were lixivial Particles thorough the Arteries, and as we suppose others sourish or acetosous to come to them by the Nerves; (as shall be more largely shown hereafter) it is no wonder, if that at length, other sorts of Particles become companions to them, by other beaten ways, and at length either by filling or by compressing, obstruct the very small passages of the Spirits.  

The evident Causes of the habitual Palsy.  As to what belongs to the evident causes of the Palsy, to wit, for what fore-causes or occasions those disposed to this Disease contract it the sooner, or that having been taken with it already, are yet wont to be more grievously tormented; I say, whatsoever doth more vitiate the Blood, also those things that stop up the Brain and its nervous appendix, or stir up suffusions of the Morbific matter in it, also what do inflict a Narcosis or stupefaction to the Spirits, or lessen their numbers, may be brought hither. In this rank first occur the disorders in the six non-naturals, an evil manner of living, drinking thin clear Wine, or strong hot liquors, too much sleep, or too untimely, an idle and sedentary life, immoderate Venus, too much loss of blood, a moist Air or marshy dwelling, an House new Plastered, Metalick fumes and vapours, frequent use of Narcoticks, or stupefying Medicines, or too much taking Tobacco, excess of cold, heat, or moisture, vehement and long passions of sadness or fear, with many others, all which we have not here leisure to recite.  

Want or pa●city of Spirits oftentimes the Cause of the Spurious or Bastard Palsy.  Thus much concerning the Palsy, in which the loco-motive faculty is abolished or lost, or very much hindered; by reason of the ways of the Spirits being obstructed, and themselves affected with a certain stupefaction, in the whole, or in the respective parts. There follows another kind of this Disease, depending upon the want and fewness of Spirits, in which, although motion be not deficient in any part or member wholly, yet it is not performed by any but weakly and depravedly only. For though the distempered are free from want of motion, they are not able however to move their members strongly, or to bear any weight; moreover, in every motive endeavour, they labour with a trembling of their limbs, which is only a defect of debility, and of a broken strength in the motive power. For when strength is wanting for the lifting up of any member firmly, and at one essay or endeavour, Nature flagging, acts with a more often repeated trial or endeavour, and so the part being in motion, is compelled as it were to shake and tremble. To which happens, that when the nervous Fibres flagging or growing weak, they are not able to sustain the Tonick endeavour, or the stiffness in the Animal regiment, and these endeavouring or striving to exert or put forth their utmost power, enter into motions as it were Convulsive, and reiterate them perpetually. Wherefore, in some Paralyticks, there is always a trembling and shaking in all the limbs.  
Those who thus become Paralytic, by the paucity or want of Spirits, and so from their small or diminished dispensation into the nervous System, are made obnoxious to such a Distemper, by reason of various causes and occasions.  
First, 
For this Reason Old Men are obnoxious to this Disease.  Extreme or unhealthy old age, or immoderate loss of blood, or the genital humour, induce this kind of Paralytic disposition in many men; to wit, because from the wasted blood and almost liveless, there is stilled forth into the Brain but a very small stock or provision of Animal Spirits.  
Secondly, 
2 Also Scorbutical Persons, and such as are full of ill humours.  Almost for the same reason, the loco-motive faculty grows weak or fails in persons greatly Scorbutic, and such as are full of indigested juice; for such not being fit for any strong exercise, go infirmly and weakly, and are very much tired by any long or swift walking; further, by any more heavy endeavour, they suffer often times a numbness in their limbs, with an impotency of moving them. For indeed, the bloody Mass is in these very watery, and stuffed with impurities, and for that the Brain being weak and loose, as to its Pores, admits easily all sorts of filthinesses into itself; wherefore, fewer Animal Spirits being only created, and those not clear and subtle, but dull and hindered, by the adhesion of a more thick matter (although there is not always an obstruction of the ways, or a Narcotick disposition) they are not able to unfold themselves into motive endeavours.  
Thirdly, 
3 Also others long sick.  Not only Scorbutical persons, but also many others, hardly and long growing well from some Chronical Disease, are distempered with Members very much loosened from their due vigour and strength, and with a languishing of their Limbs; that though they are well in their stomach, and have a good and laudable Pulse and Urine, yet they are as if they were enervated, and cannot stand upright, and dare scarce enter upon local motions, or if they do, cannot perform them long: yea, some without any notable sickness, are for a long time fixed in their Bed, as if they were every day about to die; whilst they lie undisturbed, talk with their Friends, and are cheerful, but they will not, nor dare not move or walk; yea they eat all motion, as a most horrid thing. Without doubt in these, although the Animal Spirits do after a manner actuate and irradiate the whole nervous Stock, yet their numbers are so small, and in so few heaps, that when as many spirits ought to be heaped together somewhere in it for motion, there is great danger lest presently in the neighbouring parts, 
Hence some dare not venture on local motion.  their continuity should be broken. Wherefore, when the spirits inhabiting the Brain, are conscious of the debility of others disposed in the Members, they themselves refuse local motions, for that it would be too difficult a task to impose on their companions; wherefore, the sick are scarce brought by any persuasion, to try whether they can go or not; Nevertheless, those labouring with a want of Spirits, who will exercise local motions, as well as they can, in the morning are able to walk firmly, to fling about their Arms hither and thither, or to take up any heavy thing; before noon the stock of the Spirits being spent, 
Others endeavouring, cannot bear them long.  which had flowed into the Muscles, they are scarce able to move Hand or Foot. At this time I have under my charge a prudent and an honest Woman, who for many years hath been obnoxious to this sort of spurious Palsy, not only in her Members, but also in her tongue; she for some time can speak freely and readily enough, but after she has spoke long, or hastily, or eagerly, she is not able to speak a word, but becomes as mute as a Fish, nor can she recover the use of her voice under an hour or two.  
In this kind of spurious Palsy, 
The Impotency of the Spirits proceeds in some measure from the default of the explosive Copula.  arising from the defect, or rather the weakness of the Animal Spirits, than from their obstruction, it may be suspected, that not only the Spirits themselves, as to their first numbers of them, and particular originals, are in fault; but besides, that sometimes the imbecility and impotency of local motion, doth in some measure also depend upon the fault of the explosive Copula, suffused every where from the blood, into the moving Fibres. For indeed, from a very Cacochymical blood, or full of juice, and for that cause vapid, and liveless; as the Animal Spirits are but few, that are instilled into the Brain, so it is probable, that those themselves derived from the Brain, into the Nerves, being disposed at length within the muscular Fibres, do meet with other Nitro-sulphureous Particles (which we have somewhere shown to be necessarily required to the Musculary motion) from the so vicious blood that are but dull, and degenerate, from the Elastic power; wherefore indeed the Spirits being concreted so evilly within the Muscles, even as Gunpowder being full of more thick feculences, rarely and weakly perform the acts of explosions.  
As to what belongs to the other species of the Palsy, 
2 The kind of Palsy, in which Motion and Sense are hurt at ones.  in which the sensitive faculty is also affected, we say, that this is hurt either by itself, or together with the motive; and such an hurt of both together, doth almost only happen, forasmuch as the passages and ways of the Spirits are more firmly shut up, so that whether they tend forward or backward all their irradiation is intercepted: That sometimes happens, though rarely from the Morbific matter fallen down from the Brain into the oblong Marrow, but more often by reason of a grievous hurt of the Spine or Backbone, as from a fall from on high, stroke, or wound inflicted on them: For from such occasions, by compressing the marrowy cord, or by too much distending or writhing it, all the tracts of the Spirits are blotted out.  

3 Kind, in which sense only is affected.  Sometimes the sensitive faculty is hurt by itself, the motive being still safe; this is sufficiently obvious, and the reason very clear, of the organs, whose Nerves are only sensible, to wit, as of the sight, hearing, taste, and smell. But indeed, that in the extreme habit of the body or members, the touch or feeling sometimes perishes, the loco-motive power being unhurt; as is ordinarily discerned in Lepers, those distempered with the Elephantiasis, and some Madmen, who are wont to go naked, and lie on the ground, whose skin and musculous flesh are so benumned, that they feel not the gashes made in their flesh with a Penknife, nor Needles any where thrust into them; 
Wherefore feeling is sometimes lost, and motion safe.  this I say seems very hard to be unfolded. But as to this it may be said, that perhaps the same Nerves, carry the instincts of motions, and the impressions of sensible things forward and backward, or to and fro, but that the same Fibres, which are loco-motive, are not altogether or chiefly sensible. We have elsewhere showed, that its power is performed by the tendinous and musculous Fibres; but the sensible Species, is almost only received by the membranaceous Fibres; wherefore, the outer skin is the primary organ of feeling; after this, the Membranes covering the Muscles, and lastly those constituting the Viscera, are somewhat affected by the Tangible object. 
What is the proper Organ of feeling.  Wherefore, the loss or hurt of feeling arises, by reason of an hurt, brought to the exterior Membranes; to wit, when the Fibres of these are obstructed by a Vitriolic matter, or are benumbed very much by excess of cold; so that the Animal Spirits, which ought to receive their impressions, are excluded from their organs. And indeed, from hence it appears, that these inhabiting the exterior Membranes, are only affected, because sense being lost, the members whither not, as when deprived of motion, but remain full and round; which is a sign that the Animal Spirits entering still the Nerves, and fleshy Fibres, do contribute their virtue to the office of nourishment; after what manner we have already shown; but when motion is lost, the Spirits are almost wholly banished from those parts, and the flesh consumes, because the nourishing matter, though carried thorough the Arteries, is not assimulated. We have largely discoursed of this in our Treatise of the Nerves.  

The Prognostic of the Palsy.  The Theory of this many-formed Disease being now at length finished, its kinds and differences, all, or at least the most and chiefest of it, together with the reasons of each of them, being rehearsed in order, we shall show next those things which belong to its prognostics and Cure.  
1 Every Palsy, whether accidental or habitual, and either of them, whether universal or partial, or whether suddenly excited or by degrees, if it happens that the knowing and vital faculty be unhurt, it ought not to be accounted an acute Disease; but being free from sudden danger, admits a long Cure, or at least an endeavour of it.  
2. This Disease coming from a solitary evident cause, as from a stroke, a fall, wound, etc. or coming upon the Apoplexy, Carus, Convulsion, the Colic, or other Distempers of the Brain, or nervous System, if it be not in a short time altered for the better, or gives not place to Medicines, it remains for the most part incurable.  
3. If that a total resolution follows, from a total obstruction in the beginning of the oblong Marrow, or from the Backbone being vehemently hurt, and that sense and motion are both taken away, the Distemper is hardly, or scarce at all to be Cured.  
4. Those who are once cured of a Palsy, arising from an evident solitary cause, do not so easily relapse into the same, as when the Disease depends upon a procatartick cause.  
5. A Palsy, happening to men of years, to Cacochymical, very Scorbutical, and intemperate persons, although the Distemper be not very great, is difficultly Cured.  

It's Cure.  As the Palsies are manifold, and are from divers causes, so the Cure is not to be instituted always after one manner, but after a various method, to wit, appropriate to every kind of this Disease. 
Three means of healing, according to which this Disease is, 1. Either accidental; 2. The offspring of another Disease; 3. Habitual.  For the most part there are these three kinds of it, or rather there are three means of healing; of which there ought to be had concerning the Cure of this Disease, now this, now that, or now another; to wit, because resolution (whatever, or in what place soever it be) is either caused, 1. from an external accident, as a stroke, a fall, a wound, excess of cold, or the like, suddenly: Or 2. It succeeds to some other Distemper, as the Apoplexy, Carus, Colic, or a long fever: Or, 3. It is primary and a Disease by itself, by degrees excited, and depending upon a procatartick cause, or a previous provision. Concerning each of these, we shall speak particularly.  
1. Therefore, 
1 The Cure of the former.  when the Palsy is caused, by reason of some accident, with a vehement hurt, there are not many intentions of healing; but only that the part hurt may recover its pristine conformation. And first of all, that the Blood and other humours flowing to it, being weak and distempered, and staying there, might not increase the hurt, Phlebotomy is most requisite in this case, and presently to be celebrated; then the belly being made slippery by the use of Clysters, and a slender diet, if the matter requires it, let there be instituted either easily digested meats, or moderate Hydroticks, or water meats; to wit, that whilst the sick is kept in bed, he may continue in a gentle sweat, that all the superfluities may copiously exhale from the hurt part, and that the Spirits being gently agitated, may repeat their former ways and tracts, within those Pores and passages, so unlocked by the warm Effluvia's.  
For this end, 
A Powder for a Fall.  the Powder ad Casum, described in the Augustan Pharmacopoea, or as it is in ours, is of common use; let there be given of Irish Slate, to the quantity of about a dram, in a draught of white Wine warmed, or of Posset-drink made of it; and repeated every six or eight hours. Besides, if there be at hand the Decoctum Traumaticum, let it be taken ever now and then, frequently in Posset-drink, or a Decoction of the Roots of Madder, or of Butter-burr, or of St. johns-wort Flowers.  
Further, 
Topics to be, applied to the Distempered part.  in the mean time, let the distempered part be carefully looked to, which may be easily known, partly from the hurt inflicted, and partly from the loosened members. If there be any thing dislocated in it, you must take care that as soon as it can, it may be put again in its place; if a Tumour, Contusion, or a wound be excited, they are to be succoured by Balsams, Liniments, Stuphes or Fomentations, or Poultices: But if nothing preternatural appears outwardly, let a Plaster of Oxycrocium and of Red-lead, each alike, what will suffice, be laid upon it, and let the sick be kept quiet, and in a moderate heat, for three or four days. If the resolution remains confirmed, and the afflux of new matter be not feared, let more resolving and discussing Remedies be applied to the distempered places; wherefore, make use of Fomentations, and hotter Ointments, yea natural Baths, if they are at hand, or at least artificial. Sometimes it may be expedient for the distempered Members to be wrapped in Horse-dung, or in warm grains, and to be kept so for some time; and lastly, between while, besides the use of these, to add Clysters and gentle Purges. But if no help follows these administrations, the sick aught then to be handled with the like long method, and with the same Remedies, as those that have an habitual Palsy, or any other coming upon other Diseases and confirmed; which means of Cure, for every common Palsy more deeply rooted, shall be showed anon.  
2. When the Palsy coming upon a fever, 
2 How the Palsy coming upon another Disease is to be cured.  Apoplexy, Carus, or other Cephalick or Convulsive Diseases, is greatly and suddenly excited, first the Physician ought to endeavour the taking away of the conjunct cause, which hath almost ever its seat in the oblong or spinal Marrow. Wherefore, at the beginning of the Disease, Blood-letting, and Purging (if nothing shows the contrary) Clysters, Vesicatories, Cupping-glasses, Sneezing Powders, Ointments, and other administrations used in Cephalick Diseases, to wit, which by any means may shake off, or pull away the deadly matter, fixed to the Medullary Trunk, or to the little heads of the Nerves coming from it, are to be made use of. If that at first, the force of Medicine effects nothing within fifteen or twenty days, for that the Distemper is radicated, and become habitual, it must be expunged by a long method, and equally by preservatory as well as curatory Indications; of which we shall speak anon.  
3. The habitual Palsy, 
The Cure of the habitual Palsy.  depending upon a procatartick cause, whether it be in fieri or in disposition, or whether it be made, or in the nest or bird, either requires a peculiar means of healing  
There are two chief causes of the former, 
Whilst it is In fieri, or doing.  in both which the Curatory Method, respecting only the fore-leading Causes, is designed after the like manner, to wit, whether any falling dangerously ill of the Palsy, or growing well of it, relapses into danger, the same Remedies almost are to be insisted on.  
The intentions therefore of healing are, 
The Intentions of healing respect the Blood and the Brain.  First, That the offices of Chilification, and of making of Blood, be rightly performed, and matter for the procreating the Animal Spirits be supplied, both laudable and sufficient to the Head; then, Secondly, That the Brain being still firm and well made, the heterogeneous Particles being excluded, it may admit all that are fitting, and rightly exalt then into Animal Spirits. For these ends, I think convenient to propose the following method, which ought to be varied, according to the various constitutions of the sick,  
In Spring and Fall, that they enter into the ordinary course of Physic, yea the whole year besides, some Remedis are in constant use. Blood-letting is not always convenient to all men: But though we forbid this, it is not for the same reason with the Ancients, supposing the Palsy to be a cold Disease, but because the Animal Spirits, are both procreated out of the Blood, and become also Elastic in the motional Fibres, by reason of the bloody Copula; therefore, if plenty of this be taken away, they grow weak and deficient. Which thing indeed I have observed in many, and for the most part languish and tremble to have been begun in the Arm, out of which the blood had been taken. 
Blood-letting.  However in some, endued with a sharp and hot blood, and apt to flame forth too much, though disposed to the Palsy, it is sometimes convenient to let blood a little and sparingly.  

A Purge.  About the Aequinox, a Purge aught to be instituted, and after due times between, to be iterated three or four times. But first, if nothing oppose, let a Vomit be given, of the Salt of Vitriol, Sulphur of Antimony, or an Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, or of Mercurius Vitae; then let there be taken Pills of Amber, or of Aloephanginae, by itself, or with the Resine of jalap, every seventh or eighth day. At other times we prescribe Cephalick Remedies, 
Cephalick Remedies.  such as in the sleepy Diseases: viz. Electuaries, Powders, Spirits, and Volatile Salts, Tinctures, Elixirs, with distilled Waters and Apozems, sometimes these, sometimes those, or others. Let Issues be made in the Arm or Leg, yea in fat people, and such as are full of ill humours, in both together, or between the shoulders. Let them drink all the year medicated Beer of Sage, Betony, Stechades, Sassafrass Wood, and Winterines' Bark. Wine and Women ought to be forbidden, or but moderately to be used.  

2 How the Disease in habit is to be cured.  If that the Palsy be excited, after a previous disposition, either of one side, or in some members, and that it still continues, notwithstanding the first attempt of Medicine, a long and complicated method is always requisite, and oftentimes doth not suffice; for not only the Disease, or its conjunct cause, or its foregoing severally, but all together aught to be opposed: for which ends Phlebotomy being for the most part interdicted, 
Blood-letting and Purging cautiously and rarely to be admitted.  only a gentle Purge and rarely is convenient. Besides, some chief Cephalick Medicines, and Antiscorbutics are wont to help against the foregoing cause of this Disease. But all of this sort, are not convenient to all; yea as we have observed in the Scurvy, according to the various Constitutions of the Sick, there are also Remedies of a divers kind and virtue. For to Choleric Paralyticks, to wit, in whose sharp and hot Blood there is much of Salt and Sulphur, 
Altering Medicines ought to be given with choice.  and very little of Serum, the more hot Medicines and endued with very active Particles, are not agreeable, yea are often hurtful; which things notwithstanding are very profitable to Phlegmatic persons, whose Blood is colder, and contains much of Serum, and but few active Elements. Wherefore, for this twofold state or condition of sick persons, it seems convenenient that we institute here a double Method of Cure, and two classes of Medicines, of which these may be given to cold Parlyticks, and those to the hot.  

How the Palsy is to be healed in a cold temperament.  In the former case, for the taking away the Procatartick cause, after Vomiting and Purging being rightly instituted, I was wont to prescribe according to these following forms.  

Electuary.  Take of the Conserves of the leaves of the Garden Scurvygrass, of Rocket, made with an equal part of Sugar, each three ounces; of Ginger Candied in India half an ounce, of the rinds of Oranges and Lemons Candied, each six drams; of the Powder of the Claws and Eyes of Crabs, each four scruples; of the Species of Diambre two drams, of Winterens' Bark one dram and a half, of the Roots of Zedoary, the lesser Galingal, of Cubebs, the Seeds of Water-Cresses, Rocket, each one dram; of the Spirits of Scurvygrass, Laevender, each two drams; of the Syrup of Candied Ginger, what will suffice to make an Electuary. Take of it about the quantity of a Walnut, at eight of the Clock in the Morning, and at five in the Afternoon, drinking after it a pint of the following Decoction, 
Coffee.  warm, or Coffee, with the leaves of Sage boiled in it six ounces, of or ●per Wine three ounces.  

A Decoction.  Take of the shave of Lignum Sanctum six ounces, of Sarsaparilla, and of Sassaphras, each four ounces; of white and yellow Sanders, of the shave of Ivory, of Hartshorn, each half an ounce; infuse them according to art, and boil them in sixteen pints of Spring water, till half be consumed, adding of Crude Antimony in Powder, and tied in a rag four ounces, of the Root of the Aromatic Reed, of the lesser Galingal, each half an ounce; of the Florentine Iris one ounce, of cardamum's six drams, of Coriander Seeds half an ounce, six Dates; make a Decoction to be used for ordinary drink.  

Spirits.  Going to sleep, and first in the morning, let a Dose of the Spirits of Sut, or Hartshorn, or of Armoniacal Amber, or of Blood, etc. be taken, with three ounces of the following distilled water.  

A Distilled Water.  Take of the leaves or roots of Aron one pound, of the leaves of Garden Scurvey-grass, of the greater Rocket, of Rosemary, Sage, Savory, Thyme, four handfuls; of the Flowers of Lavender three handfuls, the outer rinds of ten Oranges, and six Lemons, of Winterans' Bark three ounces, of the roots of the lesser Galingal, of Calamus Aromaticus, the Florentine Iris, each two ounces; of Cubebs, Cloves, Nutmegs, each two ounces; all being cut and bruised, pour to them of white Wine, and of Brunswick Beer or Mum, each four pints: distil it in common Stills, and let all the liquor be mixed together.  
Sometimes in the place of the Electuary may be taken for fifteen or twenty days a Dose of the Tincture of Sulphur Turpentined, 
Tinctures and Elixirs.  of the Tincture of Antimony, or of Amber: Also sometimes Elixir Proprietatis, or of Paeony; let them be taken in a spoonful of distilled Water, drinking after it three ounces of the same: Also sometimes the following Powders or Lozenges may be taken by turns, in the medical course.  
Take of the Powder of Viper's flesh of Monpillier prepared one ounce, of the hearts and livers of the same half an ounce, of Species Diambre two ounces; make a Powder, take one dram once or twice a day with the distilled Water three ounces, or with Viper Wine, with a Decoction of the leaves of Sage, of the root and seeds of the Burdock, and the Candied roots of Eringo, made of Spring-water, what will suffice, and boiled to one moiety; six or eight ounces in the Morning warm, expecting to sweat after it.  
Take of Bezoartick Mineral Solar half an ounce, 
Powders.  of Cloves powdered two drams; mingle them, make a Powder and divide it into twelve parts, let one be taken after the same manner, twice in a day; between these kind of Remedies, gentle purging may be often used.  
Take of the Powder of the picked roots of Zedoary, 
Lozenges.  the lesser Galingal, each half a dram; of Species Diambre one dram, of the Powder of the seeds of Mustard, Rocket, Scurvygrass, Water-Cresses, each half a dram; make of them all a fine Powder, add to it of the Oil of the purest Amber half a dram, and with white Sugar dissolved in the compounded Paeony water, and boiled up to the consistency of Lozenges six ounces: make Lozenges according to art, weighing each half a dram: Eat of them three or four twice in a day, drinking after every Dose, of the liquors before mentioned.  
Take of the Powder of Virginian Snakeweed two drams, 
Pills.  of the lesse● Galingal one dram, of the gummed extracts of the remains of the distillation of the Elixir Vitae of Quercitan two drams, of the Flowers of Sal Armoniac, (or the most pure Volatile Salt of Sut or Hartshorn) one dram, of the Balsam of Peru one scruple, of the Balsam of Capivus what will suffice to make a mass; let it be made into small Pills involved in the Species Diambre. The Dose is half a dram evening or morning.  
Take of the Resine or Gum of Guaicum three drams, of the Species Diambre one dram, of the Chemical Oil of Guaicum rightly rectified one dram and a half, of liquid Amber what will suffice to make a mass: let it be form into Pills, to be taken after the same manner.  
If that the Palsy happens in a Choleric temper, 
How the Choleric or hot Palsy is to be cured.  or to a young Man, it admits only of milder Medicines, and all the more hot things, and Elastic, do but embitter the Disease: The following forms are in use, for the taking away of its foregoing cause.  
Take of the Conserves of the Flowers of Betony, 
An Electuary.  of Fumitory, of Primroses, each two ounces;; of the Species Diambre one dram, of Ivory, Crabs Eyes, and Claws, each four scruples; of the Powder of the Flowers of Paeony two drams, of Lignum Aloes, of yellow Sanders, each one dram; of the Salt of Wormwood one dram and a half, and with the Syrup of the Flowers of Paeony what will suffice, make an Electuary. The Dose is two drams twice in a day, drinking after it, either the simple water of the Flowers of Aron, or of the following Compounded Water three ounces, or of the Decoction of Sage, with the leaves of Tea infused in it four or six ounces.  
Take of the Roots of Aron or Cuckopint, 
A Distilled Water.  of the male Paeony, Angelica, Imperatoria, each half a pound; of the Flowers of Sage, Rosemary, Marjoram, Brooklime, Water-Cresses, each four handfuls; of the rinds of six Oranges, and four Lemons, of Primroses, Cowslips, Marigold flowers, each three handfuls; let them be all bruised and cut, and pour to them of new Milk six pints, of Malaga Wine one quart; distil them in common Stills, and let the whole liquor be mixed together.  
Sometimes instead of the Electuary may be taken between while, 
Chalybeats or Steeled Medicines.  for fourteen or fifteen days, of the Syrup of Steel, of which let one spoonful be taken in three ounces of the distilled Water: It may be made after this manner.  Take of the whitest Sugar dissolved in black Cherry Water, and boiled up to a consistency, eight ounces, adding to it of our Steel in Powder three drams; let them be stirred together over the fire, and then by degrees pour to it of the Water of Rosemary warm twelve ounces; let it boil gently for a quarter of an hour, scumming it, and pouring it forth warm thorough an hair sieve or strainer. 
There may be also made steeled Lozenges after this manner, to wit, with Sugar sufficiently boiled with Steel, adding of the Chemical Oil of Amber or of Rosemary half a dram, and presently let it be poured forth that it may flow into a consistency of Lozenges: The Dose is two drams twice in a day, drinking after it of distilled Water, or of the following Apozem six ounces.  
A Decoction.  Take of China Root one ounce, of the shave of Ivory, Harts-born, each half an ounce; of white and yellow Sanders, of the Wood of the Mastick-tree, each half an ounce; let them be infused in warm water and close stopped for a whole night, six pints; in the morning add to them of the Roots of Chervil, of sweet smelling Avens, of Broom, and Parsley, each one ounce and a half; of the dried leaves of ground Ivy, Sage, Germander, Betony, each one handful, of Coriander seeds three drams; let them be boiled till half is consumed, then add to it of white Wine half a pint, and strain it into a jugg, upon the leaves of Water-Cresses bruised two handful: Let it infuse warm and close shut, for two hours, strain it again, and keep it in a close Vessel well stopped. 
In the Scorbutic Palsy, the Juices and expressions of Herbs, do often bring notable help.  
The juice and expressions of Herbs.  Take of the leaves of Brooklime, Water-Cresses, and Plantain fresh gathered, each four handfuls, bruise them together, and pour to them of the distilled Water but now described eight ounces, squeeze the juice strongly forth, and keep it in a glass, and take of it twice or thrice in a day three or four ounces. 
At the extreme Physical hours, viz. Morning and Evening, may be taken these following Pills.  
Pills.  Take of Millipedes prepared three drams and a half, of Pearls one dram and a half, of the Root of the Cretick Dittany one dram, Venice Turpentine what will suffice to make a mass: let it be form into small Pills, the Dose is half a dram, drinking after it a draught of the distilled Water. 
For ordinary drink, let there be prescribed, either a Bochet of Sarse, China, yellow Sanders, etc. or small Ale, with the dried leaves of ground Ivy, boiled in it; and of Sage, with the Wood of Sassafras, infused therein.  
2. Whilst these things are doing, for the taking away the foregoing cause of the Disease, there is no less a curatory care required, for its conjunct cause; to wit, that all obstructed places being opened, they might admit the Animal Spirits, free from stupefaction, and that they may pass freely thorough.  
There are two chief kinds of Remedies, which conduce to those ends, viz. one particular and private, to be applied to the distempered places: to wit, that by Fomentations, Ointments, 
Topick and particular Remedies.  Plasters, and such like outward applications, the sleepy Spirits might be awakened, and their passages opened: the other universal, to wit, that the Blood and Spirits, and the other humours (and the active Particles flowing in the whole Body) being very much agitated, and put into a rapit motion, like a torrent, they might cast down and remove all impacted heaps or stays, by which the Spirits are obstructed.  
The administrations used to the distempered parts are so ordinarily and commonly known, that it were superfluous to insist here on the describing them more largely. First Liniments, made out of Oils, Ointments, and Balsams, are to be applied according to the temper of the Patient, more or less hot, and with frictions or strong rubbing twice a day. Sometimes, before these are made use of, Fomentations made of Cephalick Herbs, or spices boiled in Spring Water, adding to it sometimes Strong Waters, Wine, or Bear or their Lees. Further, oftentimes it is convenient to make about the distempered places Blisters, and to use Cupping-glasses, and Medicines to take away the hairs, and to raise pimples. Little Bags and Plasters often help. Moreover, if the business will admit it, let the Paralytic members be covered over with hot grains, or with the refuse of the Grapes when flung out of the Wine-press; or let them be thrust into the belly of a Beast new slain, or bathed in an artificial Bath, or in the natural Baths, and be kept for a long while in any of these.  
But if these help not, 
Universal Remedies.  you must then come to universal Remedies, or great Remedies; of which sort, in the first place, are Diaphoreticks or sweeting Medicines, Mercurial Medicines stirring up Salivation; and strong Vomiting Medicines: of each of which we shall speak briefly.  
In the Cure of the Palsy, 
1 Diaphoreticks.  sometimes Diaphoreticks, or Medicines causing sweats, do very much help; and that they sometimes are hurtful, the common people do ordinarily observe. Wherefore it is very requisite, that we should unfold the reasons of this so different effect; and that so indications may be taken as to the use or rejection of them.  
Therefore, 
They are not to be administered indifferently to all. , a plentiful sweeting is wont to be helpful sometimes to Paralyticks, chiefly for two reasons; to wit, for that it doth thrust forth or exterminate in a great measure the impurities of the Blood, and the nervous juice, being apt to breath forth; so that the Morbific matter doth not flow any more to the Brain, and the distempered parts; and that whatever hath already flowed forth from them, is partly conveyed forth of doors. Then, Secondly, Because the Effluvia's of heat falling away from the boiling blood, do very much open the nervous Passages before obstructed, whilst in evaporating they pass thorough them, and make an open way for the Spirits. Wherefore this administration is chiefly and almost only convenient for those, whose Blood is not stuffed with fixed Salt and Sulphur, but is diluted with a limpid and saltless Serum. For on the contrary, Paralyticks whose blood and humours are full of fierce, Exotic, and fixed Particles of enormous Salts and Sulphur, and unfit to be exhaled, 
They often hurt the Choleric.  do often receive great harm by a violent and forced sweeting. Of this kind of effect we have assigned these two causes, to wit, because that the Morbific Particles, by reason of agitation being too much exalted, become more outrageous; then secondly, because these being more plentifully brought to the Brain and nervous Stock, they oftentimes increase the old obstructions, and not rarely produce new.  
That a plentiful sweeting or Diaphoresis may be easily provoked, both internal Medicines, and outward administrations are wont to be made use of. The former stir up either the Blood or Serum into an heat, or provoke the heart into more swift motions; and for that cause (whether one or both be done) when the bloody liquor is rapidly circulated thorough the Heart and Vessels, and is wrought into a frothy swelling up, there is a necessity, that very many Effluvia's, which are the matter of sweat, should go away from it. 
Sweeting Medicines.  For this end, Medicines of a various kind are commended to Paralyticks, of which the most noted are, a Decoction of Guaicum, Sarsaparilla, etc. Spirits and Oil of Guaicum, the simple mixture, Flowers and Spirits of Sal Armoniac, Aurum Diaphoreticum, the Salt of Vipers, as also the Powder and Wine of the same: the solar Rezoartick minerale, Tincture of Antimony, etc.  
External administrations move sweat, because they hold in, and stir up the moderate heat in the whole body; and so the blood being made hot, is compelled to move more swiftly, and to evaporate more, and at the same time, the Pores of the skin, being unlocked, readily let forth all the Particles that are apt to exhale. For this use, besides the Bed-cloaths (which only hold in the Effluvia's of heat sent from the body, about it still) there are little sweeting Chairs, or Stoves, made hot with Coals or with the Spirits of Wine: 
Stoves, Baths, Natural Baths.  also Hothouses and Baths of various kinds and forms, and our natural Baths, are wont to be made use of: But of all of them, our natural Baths of the Bath (if they agree with the temper of the sick) are thought to be the best Remedy; which the many Crutches, hung up as so many trophies of this Disease being overcome, belonging to many Cured of the Palsy, do sufficiently show.  
But as the best Medicines, 
When the use of Baths is hurtful in the Palsy.  if they prove not a Remedy to the Disease, often pass into poisons; so the use of Baths, when it cures not some Paralyticks, renders them much worse; so that when as the sick had before many members distempered and resolved or loosened, there was no other occasion for them of leaving behind them there their Crutches, unless it were because they could use them no longer. We have above showed the cause of this; to wit, because bathing, shaking, or moving the blood, and all the humours, more exalts all the Morbific and extraneous particles, and they becoming more outrageous, drives them from the Viscera into the bloody mass; from whence (when they cannot easily evaporate) entering into the Brain and nervous Stock, increase the Paralytic Distemper, and very often adds to it the Convulsive. For this reason Bathing sometimes actuates or stirs up the Nephritick, and the Gouty disposition; and further, in many where there was not a disposition, it causes a spitting of blood, the Asthma, or Consumption. Wherefore Baths ought not to be tried without the advice of a Physician, and then having tried them, if they seem not agreeable, they are to be soon left.  

Salivation.  I have by my own experience sufficiently tried, and known also by that of several other Physicians, that some Paralyticks have been cured by Salivation excited by Mercury. But I think this kind of Remedy, is only to be used to the habitual Palsy, to wit, which hath its foregoing cause in the Blood and Brain, easily movable, and its conjunct cause, in the nervous appendix, not very fixed. But when this Distemper is caused from an outward and great hurt, or follows upon the Carus, Apoplexy, or Convulsions, a Salivation or spitting is attempted in vain, and sometimes not without great hurt. But whoever are endued with a weak and too loose a Brain, and are obnoxious to frequent Convulsive motions, are not rashly to make use of Mercury. Yet sometimes a Salivation in an habitual Palsy, are not very fixed, hath highly profited, forasmuch as by taking away the impurities of the blood, it cuts off all the nourishment of the Disease; also, because some Mercurial Particles, whilst passing thorough the Brain, and entering the nervous passages, divide the Morbific matter impacted in them, and drawing its parts one from another, variously disperse some forward, and others backwards; when oftentimes it is the fault of other Medicines, that they only urge forward the heap obstructing the ways of the Spirits, so that if they pull in not to pieces, they drive it more firmly into the obstructed places.  

Vomitories.  In some measure it is for this reason also, that Vomits do frequently yield notable help in the Cure of the Palsy, to wit, because they draw away the nourishment of the conjunct cause, yea and do not always drive forward, but pull back the matter impacted in the Nerves, do greatly shake, and often break it in bits; so that when the continuity of the heap is broken, the Animal Spirits themselves easily dissipate the Particles of the Morbific matter, loosened one from another. We have before mentioned another reason of the help of Emetics in the Sleepy Disease, which also may have a place in the Palsy.  

Histories and Examples of Paralyticks.  Instances and examples of Paralyticks are so ordinarily and almost daily met with, that their various Types and Histories would fill a Volume, if they should be described. Wherefore I shall only add here some few and more rare ones, to wit, one or two, by which the chief kinds of this Disease may be illustrated. For as it will be little to the purpose, to describe the resolutions of members, excited by outward accident, as from a fall, wound, or stroke; I shall insist only on those cases, where the Palsy either arises by its self, after a previous disposition, or comes upon some other Disease.  

The Example of the Palsy habitual▪ excited of itself. The first History.  Some time since, a certain Gentleman, strong, and well fleshed, and beyond the tenth lustre of his age, almost ever healthful; at length being given to a sedentary and idle life, and from thence becoming more dull and heavy than usual, refused any exercise, and more hard motion of the body: moreover he was wont to be melancholic and sad, upon any light occasion, yea sometimes to break forth into weeping and tears, without any manifest occasion. This man a little after (which I also observed in many others) was distempered with an imbecility and trembling of all his members, and then with a resolution of the lower parts; to which Disease (for that he was melancholic, and soon weary of Medicines) he gave himself up as overcome, and by degrees being made more weak and languishing, he died within six months.  
I remember many others, but especially two committed to our Cure, who were highly ingenious and very learned, in the former part of their life; but afterwards in their declining age, partly through the evil disposition of the body, and partly through the perturbation of the mind, became dull ●nd forgetful, and after that (notwithstanding the use of the Remedies in the beginning of the Disease) Paralytic.  

The Reason of it.  In these kind of cases, first the Brain itself, as to its temper and make, seems to be so weakened, that the Spirits inhabiting it, becoming torpid, and wand'ring out of their tracts, did not rightly perform the acts of Memory and Imagination; then by reason of their failure and disorders in their first spring or fount, (which are not enough taken notice of till they become uncureable) there is a necessity, that an impotency or an eclipse of the motive faculty, should succeed in the nervous appendix. But the Cure of these Distempers, as often as they are excited from such an occasion, is ever very difficult, because the antecedent cause is hardly or scarce ever taken away.  

The second History more rare and notable.  A young man, of a Sanguine temper, ingenious, and for the most part healthy, sitting in a Chair after a large supper, and immoderate drinking of Wine, was so distempered with a numbness or stupidity in his right hand, that his Gloves which he held in it, fell of themselves out of his hand; then getting up, and endeavouring to walk, he felt a resolution or loosening in his Thigh and Leg of the same side, and a little afterwards falling into a certain hebetude or dulness of mind, and stupefaction, yet without an Apoplexy; for he was still himself, answering aptly to questions asked him, though but slowly and with difficulty, and doing those things that were bid him. Presently a skilful Physician being sent for, Phlebotomy, Vomiting, and Purging, were celebrated in order, Cupping-Glasses, Scarification, Ointments, Frictions, and other fit administrations were carefully applied: Nevertheless the Palsy increased, that besides the motion of his members on the right side being taken away, he also lost the sight of that eye; yet still being stupefied and sleepy, he was compos mentis, and knew his Friends, and being conscious of his infirmity, and solicitous for the recovering his health, he took all remedies were given him; but notwithstanding all this, the animal functions daily more and more languished, and at length by their consent the vital; so that about the seventh or the eighth day, from thence, falling sometimes into a Delirium, and sometimes into Convulsions, or other distractions of the Animal Spirits, his strength being at length quite lost, he yielded to Death.  
His Head being opened, 
An Anatomic Observation, ● which the Ca● is explained. ●  the anterior cavity of the Brain was filled, partly with Ichorous Blood, partly concreted and in clodders or gobbets, with plenty of Serum: Hence, as it is easy to conceive, from this deluge, pressing upon one of the Streaked bodies, and binding up its Pores and Passages, the flowing of the Spirits into the nervous appendix of that side was hindered, and for that reason, the resolution in the respective members was excited; and because of the optic chamber, where it is inserted into the Streaked Body, being also pressed together, the Eye of that side lost its sight; further, because the Callous Body, chambering that den, was somewhat pressed by the heaped matter, from thence the hebetude and stupefaction of the chief functions of the soul were excited, yet without their subversion or inordination. By reason of the evil being fixed on the substance of the Brain, and the Spirits inhabiting it, these sorts of Distempers do proceed, and not from the impletion of the Ventricle, as appears clear enough by this instance, and by what we have elsewhere mentioned.  
A Servant to a certain Nobleman, 
The third History.  being about forty years of Age, endued with a sharp Blood, and Choleric temperament, and for some time obnoxious to the Vertigo, whilst he was riding in the Country to a certain Village, being taken suddenly with a dizziness in the Head, he fell upon the ground headlong, and being instantly taken up by the inhabitants, and put to bed, he lay for many hours insensible, and as if dead. But afterward being awakened, he felt an universal Palsy, and all his members loosened on both sides. Visiting this Man the day after, I took from him presently about twelve ounces of Blood, and prescribed forthwith some other Remedies, both outward administrations and also inward Medicines to be carefully given him, and indeed with good success; for after five or six days, he began to bend and stretch forth his hands, and feet, yea, though slowly, to move them about hither and thither; then by the constant use of Remedies, within two months, he was able to rise up, to stand on his feet, and to walk a little with the help of Crutches; then using at home for some time daily a temperate artificial Bath, he got strength and motion by degrees in his members; at length as soon as the season of the year served, going to the Bath, within a fortnight's time, by the use of the Baths, he grew perfectly well, and leaving his Crutches behind him returned whole.  
In this case, 
The Reason of this.  the Apoplectic matter falling down out of the middle of the Brain, being divided and largely poured forth, entered both the Streaked Bodies, and so caused the universal Palsy; but forasmuch as being more stretched abroad, the same was the less thickly impacted in the Marrowy Pores, therefore being more movable, and apt to be shaken off, it did admit so easy and quick a Cure. To this man the more hot Remedies were not agreeable, so that I was compelled sometimes to iterate Phlebotomy, and to give him only temperate Medicines. That the Palsy doth sometimes succeed, not only Cephalick Distempers, but also the Colic, and Scurvy, (as we have already hinted) the following History, (of which we have somewhere made mention as to its Scorbutic reason,) will manifestly declare.  
A young and handsome Woman, 
The fourth History.  after being brought to bed, fell into a Tertian fever, this coming at length daily upon her, and protracted, brought in a most cruel and continual Colic. The pains at first tormented her only in her Belly, with vomiting and most sharp torments. Being a long while vexed with these, and almost worn out; at length she began to be molested with a stupefaction, and a sense of tingling, such as comes upon a member laid upon. Nor was it long after that but a Palsy (which this other Distemper very often foreruns) followed in her whole Body. In this condition being brought to Oxford, she was committed to our Cure (the noted Physician Dr. Lydell being also called to our assistance.) In this sick Gentlewoman, not only all her greater Members, as her Arms and Legs, but almost every lesser joint or limb, was almost wholly loosened, that she could not move hand nor foot, or the fingers or toes of either. Further, she was so distempered with a wasting away, that she was nothing but skin and bones, however (and from which only we had any hopes) she had a good Pulse, and a lively aspect.  

The C●rt expoposed.  After we had administered to her for many weeks, most choice Medicines, both Antiparalytick and Antiscorbutic, almost of every kind, and according to the various methods, without any success; at length we proposed to her, and to her Friends, Salivation, as the most powerful, though also most dangerous of all other Remedies; they not long deliberating upon it, resolve to try a Medicine rather doubtful than none, and though the same should be wholly inefficacious. Therefore by God's help, we gave her in a small Dose, precipitate of Mercury cum sole, and the next day repeated it. On the third day, a moderate and easy Salivation beginning, gently succeeded for a week, without any malignant symptom; but then the sick complaining of a grievous Headache, and Vertigo, began to be afflicted with Convulsive motions; so that there was a necessity to let her lie down, and depress the Salivation, and as soon as we could, to break off this course, by the Serous Flux of water being called away from the Head, to the other parts; which indeed Clysters, frequently given, Epispatick or drawing and revulsive Plasters, applied to several places, together with Cordials and Opiates inwardly given her, did quickly effect; and then presently this Gentlewoman finding herself a little better, began to stretch forth and bend her fingers and toes, and sometimes to move her members from one place to another. Her spitting ceasing, being gently purged, she took for many days a Decoction of China, Sarsa, Saunders, Ivory, etc. with the addition of the dried leaves of Betony, Sage, female Betony, etc. and between while with that, Spirits of Hartshorn, or of Sut, Cephalick and Cardiack Confections, also Powders and proper juleps. Within a month's space, being held up by her Servants, she could stand on her feet, and walk a little in her Chamber; moreover, sleeping and eating moderately, she every day got flesh and strength, and at length by the use of the temperate Baths at the Bath, she grew well.  

The Reason of it.  The reason of the aforesaid case seems to be after this manner: First, the vicious blood had contracted an intermitting fever, then by reason of the long stay of that fever, the same being made more vicious, did also impart its evil to the Brain and nervous Stock; the matter being poured forth from the blood on them, together with the nervous juice, being only at first Spasmodick or Convulsive, and entering much into the Intercostal Nerves, excited the Colic; but then, that being more largely poured forth into the Nerves of the spinal Marrow, brought on painful contractions in the nervous Fibres, in almost the whole habit of the Body; and when from the assiduous and plentiful incourse of the Convulsive matter, the passages of the Brain and Nerves being very much unlocked, became very open; at length the more thick and vitriolic Particles entering with them, disseminated the Paralytic Distemper thorough the whole Body. Concerning its Cure, the Remedies used before Salivation did not profit, because they urging this Morbific matter still forward, drove it more deeply and closely into the nervous passages; but the mercurial Particles, because they dissolved the matter so compacted, first opened the way of Cure, which afterwards being much helped daily by Cephalick Medicines, it was at length consummated by the use of the Baths.  

The fifth History, showing when the Baths are hurtful.  But that Baths are not profitable to all Paralyticks, yea (as we said above) very hurtful to some, this following History (whose mournful catastrophe happened whilst we were writing these) will manifestly declare. A Merchant of London having put his foot out of joint, became upon it lame in that part, but as to all things else he was sound and strong enough; when he had tried for some time several kinds of Topick Remedies, and they effecting nothing; at length, by the counsel of a Physician, going to the Bath, he began to try the temperate Baths, by the use of which growing presently worse, and beginning immediately to have a Palsy in his other Members, he had abstained from them, but that the Physician, then present, promising him that he should afterwards be better, exhorted him to persist; wherefore he again entered into the Bath, for about thirty days, until at length all his lower members, to wit, from the Os sacrum to his Feet, being wholly loosened, withered away; besides in his Breast was excited a very great difficulty of breathing, and as it were Asthmatical: For that his breast was not able to be dilated sufficiently, by introducing the breath deeply, the Muscles dedicated to respiration being as it seems also affected with the Palsy; wherefore growing shortwinded, he laboured with a continual endeavour of those parts, and with an agitation of the whole Thorax. In this condition leaving the Bath, he was bid by his Physician, to abstain for a whole month from any Remedies taken from Medicine; which when he had strictly observed, out of hope to grow well again, that time being elapsed, it was then too late to deliberate on the use of any Medicines; for besides his Paralytic and withered members, his belly swelled, his breathing was yet more hard and troublesome, that he could now scarely draw breath: His Pulse was very weak, and upon any motion of his Body, he had frequent swoonings away, and loss of Spirits: Hence, as there 〈…〉 rce any place left for purging, Cordials and Antiparalytick Remedies were only to be insisted on, but notwithstanding the use of which, this sick man, within a fortnight's time, labouring for many hours under a Dyspnoe or want of breath, at length expired. The immediate cause of whose Death I suspect to have been the manifold concretions of the blood in the Heart; for when the motion of the Praecordia for a long time was very much hindered, there seems nothing more probable, than that these kind of gobbets as it were fleshy, should increase within the Ventricles of the Heart.  
For the illustrating of the Theory of the Palsy, a little more, and also of the Lethargy and Carus, I shall add this other example, with Anatomical observations; which happened whilst the former were in the Press.  
A little one a little above three years old, 
An example of the Palsy from a Lethargy.  of a moist or humid Brain, as appeared by most grievous sore Eyes, and the watery whelks or pustles of the face, to which it was sometimes obnoxious; falling ill about the beginning of Autumn, with a slow fever, and lost Appetite, it became very torpid and sleepy, so that it would sleep almost continually day and night; but being awake, he knew those standing about him, and answered very aptly to their Questions. To this Child, fit Remedies being presently and diligently given, viz. Clysters, Blistering Plasters, Purges, also Juleps, Spirits of Hartshorn, Powders, with many others used in these cases, they prevailed so much, that within six or seven days the sick Child being free from its fever, waking enough, and desiring Food, seemed to grow well, and to have scarce any more need of a Physician: But in a short time after (by what occasion uncertain) falling into a relapse, and again sleepy, was presently seized with a most grievous stupefaction, so that it was hardly to be awakened, and scarce knew any one, or what it did itself; the next day being plainly stupid, though being strongly pulled, it did open its Eyes, it would roll them about hither and thither, and saw nothing; but within a day or two, a Palsy followed in its whole right side. The former Remedies were repeated, and besides sneezing Medicines, chawing Medicines to draw down Rheum by the mouth, a taking away of Blood, with Poultices applied to the Feet, and all its Head being shaved, drawing Plasters were put all over its Head, with other Medicines, and ways of administrations prescribed in order, nothing profited, but that this sick Child, after its lying so insensible for four or five days, at length its breath and Pulse failing, died.  
It's dead Body being opened, we found almost all things sound enough in the lower and middle bellies, (i. e. in the Belly and Breast) unless that in the right Kidney, a whitish mattery Humour, or as it were a thin Corruption, had begun to be heaped together, which plentifully flowed forth out of some parts of the Kidney being disfected and squeezed together: This did seem to have been the beginning, or a certain rudiment of a future Imposthum, and perhaps by reason of the Serum not sufficiently separated here, it's greater plenty had slowed to the Brain.  
For the top of the Skull being taken away, the anterior region of the Head, almost to the insertion of the fourth bosom, swelled up, being covered with clear water, shining thorough the Membranes, which presently flowed forth, when the meanings were dissected: Further, in this place, portions of the Brain being by pieces cut off, appeared too wet, and without any red or bloody pricks: but in the hinder border of the Brain the Vessels were red with blood, and the Cortical substance appeared without tumour, or deluge of water, more close and firm: From these (as we have affirmed before) it manifestly appeared, that the cause of the Lethargy did depend upon the watery flood, or as it were Anasarca or Dropsy of the outward part of the Brain.  
The Brain being cut piece-meal, and an hole made in the anterior cavity, distended by the water, the clear water being before as it were penned up, within a more narrow space, leapt forth, a great plenty of which had filled all the Ventricles to the top, and (as it seems) by compressing the Optic chambers, (as in the other case above described) brought in blindness, and by entering or pressing together one of the Streaked Bodies, or its Pores, caused the Palsy.  
The Choroeidal Infoldings appeared as it were half boiled, whitish, and almost without blood. It is probable, that the water did flow forth of these Vessels, by which the Ventricles of the Brain were overflown, all, or at least the greatest part of it; although in this case, if (as some think) the watery Latex or Humour sliding down lower from the shelly part of the Brain, the Brain being at length thoroughly passed thorough, did rain down into these bosoms, we may from thence aptly fetch a reason, wherefore the Lethargy at first thought to be cured, returned afterwards more cruel, accompanied with blindness and the Palsy; to wit, because at first the stock of the sleepy matter falling down, from the shelly part of the Brain, into its cavity, the animal function was a little cleared; but afterwards, when new matter sprung up in the Cortex of the Brain, and this sliding forward into its bosom, was heaped up to a fullness, for that reason happened the relapse of the former Disease, with those companions of blindness and the Palsy.  
But although the Dropsy of the interior Brain, or the inundation of its Ventricles, by compressing either the Streaked Bodies, or the optic chambers, raised up the Palsy or blindness, or by pulling the beginnings of the Nerves, the Convulsive Distempers; yet it appears most evidently by our late Anatomical observation, that the Lethargy did not arise from any such cause, but only from the exterior part of the Brain being overflowed, or pressed together.  
A certain Gentleman a long time unhealthy, after he had laboured almost for five months with the Colic, or rather with a wand'ring Scorbutical Gout, in which not only the Viscera and Loins were troubled with great torments; but moreover the Membranes and Muscles of the whole Body, were almost continually tormented; and at length he suffered sometimes most horrid Convulsions in his Members, sometimes resolutions, and sometimes a Frenzy in his Head, and sometimes as it were Apoplectical fits, or a darkness in his Eyes, so that being worn out, his strength and spirits wholly exhausted, he died. Almost seven days (except the last but one) before he died, being more strong as to his Sense and Intellect, he lived almost perpetually without sleep; though gentle or the more strong Opiates were given him, yet he could not sleep at all. A little before this waking, from a Vesicatory applied to the hinder part of his Neck, an immense quantity of water flowed; and from that time even till he died, it still flowed forth; hence, as I suspect, he became so waking by reason of the watery humour being so greatly drawn away from the Brain.  
The head of this dead Man being opened, the interior cavities of the Brain, or all the Ventricles being filled to the top with clear water, appeared as if they were distended; yea the medullary cord itself, about the top of the Backbone, seemed to be drowned and compassed about with water laid up there. Without doubt, for this reason, the Pains and Convulsions so cruelly tormented him in his Loins, Members, and all over his Body; and by reason of the deluge in the Ventricles, he became obnoxious to blindness of his sight, and to frequent loosening of his limbs: Nevertheless, hence no Lethargy, but a waking was induced, by reason of the waters being so much derived from the compass of the Brain by the Blistering Plasters. He had also a Dropsy in his Breast, by reason of his Lungs being much vitiated. His Liver appeared of a mighty bulk, besprinkled every where with white spots, and almost without blood: so that to these faults of the Viscera, the vices of the Blood and nervous juice ought in some measure to be ascribed.   

CHAP. X.  
Of the Delirium and Frenzy.  
THUS much concerning Cephalick Diseases, 
The Distempers of the Brain follow, in which Reason is hurt as well as the other Animal Functions.  by which the Animal Functions by themselves, and as they are Corporeal, without any respect to the Animal Soul, are wont to be hindered or perverted: In some of which, viz. the Vertigo and Palsy, the Intellect for the most part remains clear and lively, and in the rest, like the eye placed in an obscure place, it beholds the species, either not at all, or a few objects only of a more rude appearance, but is not easily snatched into any great error or fury; which kind of symptoms are ordinarily induced by reason of other Distempers of the Head, and of the Spirits inhabiting it, of which we are now about to treat. For if at any time the Imagination is so disturbed, or perverted, that it falsely conceives, or evilly composes or divides, the species and notions brought from the Sense or Memory; 
Who are said to be Foolish, or to talk idly.  presently for that reason the intellect beholds or forms conceptions and thoughts only deformed, distracted one from another, and very confused: Which indeed are represented to it from the Brain evilly affected, and as it were monsters from a multiplying or distorted Glass. 
This is either shorter, as the Delirium; or longer, and with a fever, & called Frenzy; or without a fever, as melancholy, madness, stupidity.  As there are many ways, by which the Imagination, and by consequence the mind and will, and the other powers of the superior soul, are wont to be perverted or depraved, all of them are noted by the common word Foolishness, or talking idly. But this Distemper is distinguished into shorter, which is called a Delirium; and into a longer or continual; which is either conjoined with a fever, and termed Frenzy; or it happens without a fever, and then their is joined with it, either raving, sadness, or stupidity, and so it is divided into madness, melancholy, and morosity or foolishness: we shall speak of each of these in order; and first of the Delirium and Frenzy.  
Although the Delirium is not a Disease of itself, but only a symptom proceeding from other Distempers, yet because it happens in some of them, that for the most part it is cured by Remedies appropriate to it, therefore it will not be amiss for us to inquire a little more strictly into the causes and nature of it. This word taken after an especial manner, 
What the Delirium is.  is the same with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or a going crooked, or out of the right or strait way, and denotes an hurt of the same Animal Function such as ariseth in fits of the fever, Drunkenness, and sometimes in the passions called Hysterical, and induces men for a short time to think, speak, or do absurd things, either some of these, or all of them together.  
The Delirium is excited, 
It's formal Reason.  forasmuch as the Animal Spirits being either too much irritated, or acted into confusion, are carried tumultuously into disorders hither and thither, within the globous compass of the Brain, where the Fantasy and Memory have their seats; and so whilst the various images of the imagination and the memory being excited at once, are confounded together, they object only incongruous and absurd fantasies to the rational Soul, and so both the acts of the intellect and the will, are only inordinately chosen or drawn forth. In like manner it happens, by reason that the Animal Spirits being moved, within the middle of the Brain or the Callous Body, that incongruous conceptions, and confused thoughts, are objected to the rational Soul; as in a long circumgyration or turning about of the body, the images of visible things are carried to the common sense, whence all things seem to be turned about, and sometimes to be lifted up, and sometimes to be depressed to the ground; that nothing is beheld stable or standing in its due place, and position. In a Brain rightly disposed, the motion of the Animal Spirits are performed, as it were in certain numbers, ways and measures; whilst some Spirits are raised up in these tracts, others lie still in those, and so they succeed one another in their motions; and the several acts of every faculty are made distinct, like so many wavings of water in a River; but in the Delirium, all the Spirits leap forth at once, and meeting one another tumultuously, or variously laying hold on one another, are agitated like mad Bacchanals. Further, even as these being struck with such a fury within the compass of the Brain, do stir up manifold and very much disturbed cogitations; so whilst they are carried without its confines into the nervous original, they produce incongruous speeches, absurd gestures of the body, and members, and not rarely Convulsive motions. But for that such a rage of the spirits, (otherways than in the Frenzy or Madness) presently grows cool, and their tumult being over, none of their wand'ring tracts are imprinted in the Brain, the Delirium soon passes over, and the distempered come immediately to themselves again, without any marks left of their foolishness or idle raving.  
If it be demanded, from whence this short fury is impressed on the spirits, inhabiting the Brain, that the Reins of the mind being shaken off, they turn thus all things upside down in their government; 
The Causes of the Delirium.  we say, that they conceive this kind of inordination, from a twofold reason; to wit, this rage or madness is brought immediately to them, 
1 Either from the Blood: Or  from the blood washing the frame of the Brain; or some Animal Spirits, outwardly dwelling in the nervous Stock, enter first of all into some disorder; then the same being communicated by the nervous passages, affecting in like manner the spirits there inhabiting, 
2 From exterior Spirits planted in the nervous Stock.  stirs them into a Delirium. There are various causes and kinds of either of these: the chief of which we shall here touch upon; and first shall be showed, how, and for what occasions, the Blood, being either swelled up with too much heat, or being pregnant with an envenomed matter, is the parent of the Delirium; forasmuch as it insinuates into the Pores and passages of the Brain, either fierce and untameable particles, or such as are malignant and deadly to the Animal regiment.  

By what, and how many ways the Delirium is caused by the Blood:  First, As to the first, in the fits of intermitting and in the height of continual Fevers, the blood growing hot, by an immoderate burning, sometimes stirs up the Delirium, by the mere force of its Ebullition or boiling up; to wit, for that it swelling up very much, whilst it passes thorough the small shoots of the Arteries, every where diffused thorough the outward compass of the Brain, 
1 By reason of its too great heat.  it very much blows them up and distends them; and so pressing together the substance of the Brain, variously drives in the Spirits, and as it were compels them into very confused troops: Moreover, from the blood so swelling up, with a frothy rarefaction, the Effluvia's of heat, and with them heterogeneous particles, entering into the Pores and passages of the Brain, agitate the Spirits, and tumultuously snatch them hither and thither.  

2 By reason of untameable Particles carried from it into the Brain.  Secondly, Almost for the like reason Drunkenness, a deep Sleep, or a Delirium, is brought in; to wit, forasmuch as the bloody mass doth insinuate the spirituous particles of the Wine, (by which it grows hot) into the Pores and passages of the Brain, by which the Spirits dwelling in them, are either plainly overturned, or are moved into inordinate and confused motions. For that the untameable little Bodies of Wine or Beer plentifully drunk, open the shut places of any Brain, how sound and firm soever it be, and penetrating deeply into the Marrowy passages, disturb and plainly overturn the Acts both of reason and of the imagination.  

3 By reason of malignant Particles suffused from it.  Thirdly, The blood suggesting not only feavourish and turgid, or vinous and untameable particles, but sometimes malignant, and as it were venomous to the Animal regiment, stirs up a Delirium, either with or without a fever. As to the former, in the Plague, Small Pox, malignant Fevers (although the heat be but moderate) the malignant matter being translated to the Brain, because it dissipates a great company of Spirits (rather than that it drives them into tumults) brings forth abrupt, incoherent, and at length distracted notions.  

4 By reason of Effluvias, or venomous Particles, obtruded also on the Brain.  For the like reason also, some intoxicating and venomous things taken inwardly, and (as some affirm) outwardly applied, quickly cause a Delirium. This is commonly reported of the furious nightshade, Mandrakes, and some other plants; as for the roots of wild Parsnips, the thing is very well known. A certain intimate friend of mine told me, and he was a Man that might be credited, and also very learned, That he entering into the House of a certain Gentleman, found the Mistress of the Family, her Daughters, and all her Maids (excepting one) become all at once Delirious, and speaking absurd and incongruous speeches, run up and down and leapt about the House; and for that he plainly thought them all mad; he learned of the sober Maid, who had her reason, and was herself, that all that had happened from their eating of Parsnips, which she had not tasted: Which indeed the event showed to be true; for after they had tired themselves, and fallen to sleep, they all at length awakened sober. We have not here leisure to examine, whether this or other kinds of intoxicating things, infestous rather to the animal government, than the vital, do communicate to the Brain their evil, by the passage only of the Blood, or also in some measure, by a contact of the spirits residing in the Ventricle.  

5 By reason of its afflux being denied to the Brain.  But moreover, we advertise you, that sometimes a Delirium is excited from a want, and great dissipation of the Animal Spirits; because their series or orders being kroken off, and drawn one from another, like as if they were tumultuarily heaped together, cause confused and incongruous notions. Hence it is observed, that some have become Delirious by great Hemorrhages, or long watchings, and excessive want of Food; for this reason, many are wont to die delirious, and talking idly.  
There remains the other kind of Delirium, 
How a Delirium proceeds from the irregularities of the exterior Spirits.  in which the Blood being faultless, the Animal Spirits flowing some where in the nervous flock, first enter into disorder; then the same affection creeping thorough the nervous passages to the Brain, stirs up the Spirits inhabiting its middle part into a Delirium. This is sufficiently obvious in the passions that are called Hysterical; to wit, after a swelling up of the Belly, and an oppression of the Heart, doth succeed sometimes a lying speechless, sometimes a talking idly, with weeping and laughing. In like manner I have observed in a most cruel Colic, that sometimes after great torments about the Bowels and the Loins, they have fallen into a Delirium, than a little after this ceasing, the torments have returned. I knew a young Maid (as we have somewhere else mentioned) from the taking of an Emerick Potion, whilst it worked, was wont constantly to fall into a Delirium. I have also often noted, that a Gangrene beginning in some external member, has caused a Delirium. And this in a Wound or Ulcer, is ordinarily noted for a mortal sign; because it denotes the Animal Spirits in the distempered part to be slain.  
Nor doth this symptom coming upon those who are long sick and almost worn out, 
The Prognostic of a Delirium.  give any better prognostic; in the fits of intermitting Fevers, it is almost ever safe; but in continual Fevers dubious, and of something a suspected event; in malignant it more often fore-speaks evil; in Convulsive Diseases, the first assaults of a Delirium for the most part are free from danger, but yet its frequent coming, frequently turns that disposition into a Carus, Apoplexy, or Palsy.  
This Distemper, 
It's Cure▪  as often as it is seen to be safe enough, requires not a Cure; for the fit quickly and easily passes over: yet, because some, who have a loose and weak Brain, and the Animal Spirits too easily dissipable, and apt to flight and confusion; being disturbed by any light occasion, are wont presently to grow Delirious and to talk idly; therefore there is need of Medicine for these, not only of Hellebore, but also Cephalick Remedies, which may strengthen the Brain, and fortify it against the incursions of the Morbific matter; also which may fortify the Animal Spirits, and render them more fixed and strong for resisting. We have above described the forms of these kind of Medicines, and their manner of administration, which are profitable for the taking away the foregoing cause of any other Cephalick Disease.  
A Delirium coming upon continual and malignant Fevers, requires a peculiar was of healing: for in the first place, it shows the morbific matter dangerously translated towards the Head, and therefore ought to he called back from thence, by any means; for which end may be laid Plasters that draw blisters to the hinder part of the Neck, other Plasters or Pultisses, or the flesh of living Creatures, or their warm bowels to the feet; inwardly may be taken temperate Cephalicks, as Powder of Coral and Pearl, black Cherry Water, or Water of Cowslip Flowers, or Poppy Water, and others sweetening and cherishing the spirits.  
These being thus premised, concerning the first and most light manner of foolishness or talking idly, we will proceed to its higher degree, viz. the Frenzy, which is far longer, and more durable, than the former Distemper. In the Delirium, a perturbation of the Spirits, inhabiting of the Brain, being excited, is like a waving of waters, from a stone flung into a River; but in a Frenzy, their commotion seems as it were the storm of waters, raging in a tempest.  
The Frenzy is defined, 
Of the Frenzy, what it is.  to be a continual dotage, or deprivation of the principal faculties of the Brain, arising from an Inflammation of the meanings, with a continual fever. 
The Paraphrenesis.  To this Disease there is another of kin, viz. the Paraphrensie, commonly called, or additional Frenzy, whose cause is not an inflammation of the Membranes which cover the Head, but as they affirm of the Diaphragma. Further, in either Distemper (as also in the Pleurisy but falsely) it is affirmed, that the fever doth arise as it were only symptomatical, from the same conjunct cause, viz. from the Inflammation of some part. But indeed, that the Frenzy doth rather succeed the fever, and is produced, because the boiling blood doth transfer its adust or burnt recrements to the Head; Hypocrates long since, and now every common body, observes: to wit, for that the Urine of one sick of a fever, being changed from a troubled and thick, into a thin and waterish Urine, shows a Frenzy at hand: Wherefore, from hence, the cause of this Distemper is concluded to be a translation of the Feavourish matter into the Brain.  
But as to the conjunct causes of the Frenzy, 
Their Conjunct Causes.  and Paraphrenesis, we may easily show, that the former doth not always proceed from the Inflammation of the meanings, nor this latter from the Inflammation of the Midriff. I have often seen in Anatomical Dissections, the meanings, yea sometimes also the exterior compass of the Brain, beset with an inflamed tumour, and the sick not distempered with a Frenzy, but on the contrary with a stupidity, and have died with a Carus, or some other sleepy Diseases. 
The Frenzy not from the Inflammation of the meanings.  And truly, that it is so, reason plainly declares; for the meanings being inflamed, and by that made more tumid, press together the Brain very much, and about its compass shut up the ways and passages of the Spirits; so that the functions of waking and memory being hindered, the Lethargy (as it appears de facto) necessarily follows: Notwithstanding, far otherways in the Frenzy, all the passages and Pores of the Brain, for the excursions of the Spirits, seem to be too largely open, because the Images hidden or laid up, are raised all at once, out of the utmost, and all the places of the memory, which together with others, suggested from the Fantasy to the common sensory, tumultuously, bring forth such manifold and highly confused notions. There is only wanting to the sensitive soul, for its expansion to be straitened or loosened, within the Head (which certainly the inflammation of the meanings would effect) rather than that it should be dilated above measure, and that all the Pores of the Brain should be unlocked and carried beyond its wont compass. Perhaps it may happen, from a long continuance of this Disease, that the Blood being greatly heaped up within the Vessels of the meanings, and there stagnating, that it may at length bring forth an Inflammation in them; and then for that reason, we may suspect, (because it often so falls out) that the Frenzy doth pass into the Carus, or Lethargy, of which phrensical persons often die.  

The Paraphrenesis not from the Inflammation of the Diaphragma.  No less do we reject the Inflammation of the Diaphragma, which cause of the Paraphrenesis, Galen in times past, and moved by this authority, most Physicians in every age since, asserted: Anatomical observations plainly prove the contrary. Some time since, dissecting the dead Carcase of a Maid, dying of a sudden Leipothymy or swooning away, we found in the fleshy part of the Diaphragma a great Imposthume, with a bag full of filthy matter, and watery little bladders; yet she was not troubled ever with a Delirium or Frenzy. Some time since also when we had made an Anatomical Inspection of a Gentleman of the University, (of whom we have made mention in a late Tract) who died of a long spurious Pleurisy, it manifestly appeared, that a great Imposthume being ripened in the Pleura, and the intercostal Muscles, and broke inwardly, that a vast plenty of matter had flowed forth into the cavity of the Thorax, which gnawing the Diaphragma lying under, had made a great hole in it; nor was this man however in all his sickness Delirious, or Frantic. Wherefore, I think this Distemper scarce ever to be produced from such a cause: but that opinion seems to arise from hence, because oftentimes in a true Frenzy, together with a continual raving, the motion of the Diaphragma is wont to be hindered or perverted; as is gathered from the unequal and difficult breathing, to wit, sometimes anhelous or breathing short, and as it were suspended, sometimes short and swiftly repeated, with sometimes a double breathing; 
Wherefore breathing is hurt in this Disease.  which kind of symptoms, and also at the same time the alienation of the mind, are said to proceed from the Midriff being inflamed, and for that reason convulsed; wherefore the Ancients called the Diphragma Phrenes: But there was no need for this, if they had considered, that the whole action of the Diaphragma, doth depend upon the flowing forth of the Animal Spirits from the Cerebel, and therefore there is a necessity, if the Phrenetick matter invading the Brain, some part of it should with it rush into the Cerebel, that besides the raving, the motion also of the Midriff, though of itself innocent, should be altered; as we have showed elsewhere more largely.  

The formal Reason of the Frenzy.  Therefore the formal reason of the Frenzy seems to consist in this, that the Animal Spirits being at first very much irritated in the whole Brain, are driven into inordinate, very confused, and also impetuous motions; so that the acts of every Animal Function are depraved, and variously perverted; and at the same time, very many Ideas of things being raised up out of the memory, the old are confounded with the new, and some evilly joined, or wonderfully divided, are confounded with others, the imagination suggests manifold Phantasms, and almost innumerable, and all of them only incongruous; and the common sensory represents the images of sensible things distorted, double, or incoherent; that hence the mind and the will, choose or pick out nothing but ridiculous and impertinent conceptions and passions; and cause the actions of the body to become almost only irregular. Moreover, the spirits being struck as it were with madness, tumultuate not only in the Brain, but also in the Cerebel, and every where in the nervous Stock; wherefore, Frantic people not only talk idly, but breath unequally, speak aloud, strike with their fists, fling about their hands and feet, yea and stretch forth all their members with a mighty strength, and a most strong force, that indeed the whole Soul seems to grow hot and furious in the whole body, to be mad, or rather as it were to be inflamed with a sudden burning. And truly a Frenzy cannot be more aptly defined, than that it is a burning or inflammation of the whole sensitive soul, or animal spirits, as to their whole Hypostasis or Constitution. This burning always beginning from the spirits inhabiting the Brain, and wand'ring from thence into the other parts of the sensitive soul, 

This Disease proceeds from the burning of the Animal Spirits.  
The Inflammation of the meanings stirs up rather the inveterate Headache, or the Lethargy, than the Frenzy.  
Prosper Martianus also asserts this.   seems to receive from the Blood, first growing hot and raging with a Feavourish fire, both the first incentive matter, and then the constant food of the burning. For indeed it is probable, that the blood burning Feavourishly, doth pour forth on the Brain sometimes sulphureous Particles, together with the spirituous, which being half inflamed, and after a sort burning forth, penetrate together with the others, and from thence immediately entering into all the marrowy and nervous passages, adhere every where to the spirits, and so render them being inflamed, highly raging and implacable. Certainly it is more likely, that the Frenzy is rather excited after this manner, by an inflammation of the Spirits, than from that of the meanings or of the Brain, which more surely causes an Headache or Lethargy, than a Fury, as we have frequently found by Anatomy.  
And indeed, that it is so, is not only ours, or any new opinion, but that great follower and best interpreter of Hypocrates, Prosper Martianus, who hath affirmed the same thing, almost in express words, viz. Comment on his Book De Morbis 3. vers. 99 pag. 151. he says, That Hypocrates doth call the Frenzy a Delirium with a fever, which is continual, and depends upon a firm and stable Distemper: to wit, from an inflammation of those parts, which serve to institute Nature, Reason, and the Mind; For so the Animal Spirits, whose viciousness cause the Delirium, do not grow hot as it were by a simple quality, but are altered as to their substance. This Man manifestly distinguishes between heat and flame, and affirming that to be in respect of quality, and this an alteration in respect of substance, plainly ascribes the cause of the Frenzy to the inflammation of the spirits. He has in the same place more things apposite to our matter, to wit, that the containing cause of the Frenzy was not the inflammation of the meanings, but of the Spirits, whose substance is indeed altered, that is, forasmuch as it is become fiery, such a continual Delirium is excited.  
I have oftentimes compared the production of the Spirits from the Blood into the Brain, 
Chemical Spirits in their distilling are sometimes inflamed.  to a Chemical Distillation; of which it is observed, if the spirituous sulphureous liquor be provoked with too strong fire, that in Distilling it sometimes takes fire, and ascends in the Alembick with a very great flame. This is known of Oil of Turpentine, of itself, or with the Flowers of Sulphur, to the great loss of some. In like manner we may believe, 
So the Animal Spirits.  that the blood growing more strongly hot, doth often communicate also a burning to the Spirits distilled out of it, viz. that some half burnt Particles, do insinuate themselves into the Pores of the Brain, which rushing into all the passages of the Spirits, both there and in its appendix, every where enkindle the Spirits, and compel them into most swift motions, almost like Lightning.  
But because the Frenzy doth not come upon all Fevers, 
What the Indisposition of the Brain is to the Frenzy.  but only on those highly burning, the reason is plain by what follows; to wit, the closure of the Brain ought to be so shut up, that not only any extraneous thing might not be poured into them, but that the more intense flame of the Blood, however burning it be, and though planted round about, might not be able to break thorough; wherefore, some distempered with a burning fever, although the Blood grows hot thorough the whole, the Bowels burn, the Marrow rages, the Tongue and Jaws roasted like a coal, yet the Brain being still firmly shut up, all the Animal Functions remain whole and sound. But on the contrary, others who have a weak and too loose a Brain, and their Blood more sulphureous than it ought, become Phrensical not only from a burning fever, but sometimes from a more gentle visit. By reason of what foregoing cause, and for what occasions, or evident causes, this is wont to happen, is the next thing we shall inquire into  
Hitherto hath been shown that the immediate subject of the Frenzy is the sensitive Soul, or the Hypostasis of the Animal Spirits, and that the formal reason of the Disease doth consist in their Inflammation, 
The Procatartick Causes of the Frenzy,  and that the conjunct cause is the sulphureous particles poured forth from the Blood into the enclosures of the Brain, and there continually enkindling the Spirits; and now it is no difficult matter to assign its procatartick or foregoing causes, which we find partly in the Blood, and partly in the Brain and its inhabitants.  
The previous disposition of the Blood, 
which are partly in the Blood, and  disposing to the Frenzy, is sometimes simple, sometimes twofold; the former is an hot, sharp, or bilous constitution of it, to wit, that contains very many sulphureous Particles in itself, which are apt to inflame the Blood in a fever more than aught to be, and to insinuate its burning into the Brain. This disposition, when it is very potent and active, often produces this Disease of itself; but for the most part, there is another disposition of the Blood, which helps that former, and renders it more efficacious, to wit, that, besides the sulphureous and inflameable Particles, there are others sharp and penetrative, which enter into the Pores, and open them, so that the former more easily enter in, or are introduced: This the saline little Bodies, conjoined with the sulphureous, do in a manner effect; hence Choleric and Melancholic persons growing Feavourish, are more prone to become furious; but much more do the Heterogeneous Particles, implanted in the Blood, and moved by a fever, open the doors of the Brain, and intromit all that are inflameable: wherefore a Frenzy frequently comes upon the Smallpox, and malignant, and Pestilential Fevers.  

Partly in the Brain.  The other provision to a Frenzy, which is of the Brain, consists partly in its temper and conformation, and partly in the disposition of the Spirits inhabiting it: As to the former, those endued with an hot and dry Brain, are found to be most prone to a Frenzy; not because that constitution is more obnoxious to an inflammation or burning, (for to this it is less apt) but because in such a Brain, otherwise than in an hot and moist, or cold and dry, the Pores and passages are more open, and too much gaping, and so give an entrance to the incentive matter, suggested from the fever: which besides, they much more easily admit, if the Spirits being very fugacious or apt to flight, or pathetic, or passionate, are upon every light occasion ready to fall into passions of sadness, fear, anger, or hatred; so that they resist not the incursions of the extraneous matter, and more readily conceive a burning themselves.  

The evident causes of the Frenzy.  The evident causes of the Frenzy are either more remote, viz. whatever things are wont to excite a Feavourish intemperance; as Surfeits. Drunkenness, a very vehement disturbance of either body or mind, usual evacuations being suppressed, with many others; or more near, as a fever, and its dependences and adjuncts; to wit, if it be pestilential, malignant, or after an evil manner; if it arises by reason of a Surfeit taken from very incongruous Meats or Drink, or if it succeeds violent passions, as of Love, hatred, envy, indignation, or sadness; or immoderate studies: for these kind of occasions render the Blood and Animal Spirits, growing Feavourishly hot, very propense to the frantic Distemper.  

The differences of it.  Since that this Disease depends rather and more immediately upon the Soul than upon the Humours or solid parts being distempered, its kinds and differences are neither various nor manifold: In respect of magnitude, the Frenzy is either great or moderate, also continual or intermitting; to wit, according as the Animal Spirits are more or less inflamed, and as they receive the food of their burning continually from the Blood, or by turns. Secondly, As the burning begins only in the Brain, or together with it in the Cerebel, it is commonly distinguished into the Frenzy, or the Paraphrenesis; which is as much as to say, that either the spontaneous Animal Functions are only or chiefly hurt, or else together with them the vital also. But this Disease as to the fever, on which it depends, hath its nature and manner malignant, or free from malignity; also according to the temper of the sick, the Frenzy is distinguished into Sanguineous, Choleric, Phlegmatic, or Melancholic; and this not improperly, for the Animal Spirits are wont to grow hot and burning, after a divers manner, in this Disease, according to their various dispositions.  

The Prognostic.  The Prognostic in this Disease is always doubtful, and the event is to be instituted with an evil suspicion: For the Frenzy of itself (as Trallianus says) is a most acute and most dangerous Disease; then, if it comes upon a Pestilential, or malignant fever, or of some other evil kind, we cannot but expect the end of it to be mortal.  
If a Frenzy happens in a sound body, well habited, of a Sanguine temperament, and young, there is greater hopes of health, than if it were sickly, aged, lean, or Choleric, and obnoxious to violent Passions.  
If the Frenzy remitting by frequent turns, have lucid intervals, it is better than if the fury should be undiscontinued: But if the sick sometimes seem to be better, yet after moderate sleep to awake always furious, it is a sign that the Disease is pertinacious, and for that reason dangerous; for that a new stock of incentive matter is from thence carried to the Brain; which indeed we have elsewhere shown to be made far more plentifully in sleep than waking.  
A Frenzy is in a short time terminated with the fever, either in health or death; or else it is protracted, and remains after the fever; or at length it is healed, or passes into other Diseases, to wit, the Lethargy, or Madness, or Melancholy.  
If the fever having a laudable Crisis, either by Sweat or great quantity of Urine, is fully cured, for the most part the Frenzy also ceases; but if the fever be not cured and carries still the Morbific matter to the Head, so that besides the Animal Functions being depraved, the vital begin to fail (which appears by the Pulse and breathing being altered for the worse) if the Urine be pale, if that frequent bleeding at the Nose, if Vomiting, and Convulsion happen, the Physician concludes death to be at hand.  
Sometimes a fever, though it be not at once or fully Cured, yet passing away afterwards slowly and by degrees, leaves a Frenzy, or a talking idly behind it; which, if it doth not by its stay obliterate the former tracts of the Spirits in the Brain, either will end by little and little of its own accord, or is to be healed by the help of Remedies.  
If that by reason of the Frenzy being long protracted, the meanings, or the Cortex of the Brain, be possessed from the Blood, or Serum, there heaped up, and stagnating; with an inflamed tumour, or a serous deluge, the Lethargy, or sleepy Diseases follow; the Cure of which is often very difficult, or not at all. But if from a long Frenzy, either the Animal Spirits (though their burning should cease) contract a vicious nature, or that the passages and Pores of the Brain are perverted, a perpetual raving oftentimes succeeds, the former Disease passing into Madness, or Melancholy, or foolishness or stupidity. Wherefore it is vulgarly said of those that are Frantic, and not soon Cured, that their Brains are cracked or broken, so that after that, they are always Mad or raving.  
In the Cure of the Frenzy, 
The Cure of the Frenzy.  we ought to respect at once the fever and the Fury. The Feavourish burning of the Blood, or its immoderate growing hot (which for the most part is the antecedent cause of the other effect) ought in the first place to be appeased and allayed, and the Animal Spirits to be cherished, and freed from any great burning. If the Frenzy happens about the beginning of the fever, or the middle of it, the same Remedies in a manner, and the same method or curing conduce to either end: But if this Distemper comes upon this, whilst it is at a stand, or at its height, the means of Curing are oftentimes repugnant to either, and there is need of great caution, lest whilst we endeavour to help one Disease, we do not increase the other; in this case, the vital indication concerning the preserving of strength, obtains the first place; and the taking away of blood, or purging, is not to be rashly and copiously celebrated.  
In the former case, 
Phlebotomy.  when the fever and the Frenzy are almost both of an age, Phlebotomy rarely or never is to be omitted, but is presently to be performed, and if strength will bear it, let it be afterwards repeated. For nothing depresses and diminishes the immoderate flame of the blood, like to this Remedy, and nothing more averts or recals its burning from the Animal regiment: Wherefore▪ if the matter requires it, let a vein be opened, sometimes in the Arm or Hand, sometimes in the Leg or Foot, and sometimes in the Neck or forehead: perhaps sometimes it may be expedient to open the temporal Artery: yea also to take away blood in other places by Leeches, and sometimes by Cupping-Glasses. For this gives the chiefest help, and according to Galen, is the most powerful and principal Remedy, and is wont to fulfil very many indications in a Frenzy.  
But for the prevention of the Feavourish matter being carried from the Bowels into the Head, 
Clysters.  Clyters are of chief use; with which, if need be, let the Belly be continually kept slippery. Vomiting Medicines, and Purging, unless very gentle, have very rarely any place here. Cataplasms of Rue, Chamomel, Vervine, Bryony Roots, red Poppies, with Soap, may be laid all over the Feet; or instead of them, may be applied Pigeons or Chickens, cut up and laid warm: In the mean time, as you see occasion, there ought to be prescribed juleps, Apozems, Powders, and Confections, by which the rage of the Blood, and the burning of the Animal Spirits may be allayed.  
Take of Pipin Water, Black Cherry Water, and Cowslip Water, 
A julep.  each four ounces; Water of the whole Citrons two ounces, of Pearl powdered one dram, of Syrup of the juice of Citron one ounce; mingle them and make a julep: let three ounces be taken three or four times in a day.  
Take of Grass Roots, 
An Apozem.  of the Leaves of Woodsorrel, and Pimpernel, each one handful; of Barley half an ounce, of Apples cut, of Currans, or Strawberries, or Raspberries, one handful; let them be boiled in four pints of spring-water, till a third part be consumed; clarify it, and strain it; then add to it of the Syrup of Violets one ounce, and of Sal Prunella a dram and a half.  

A Drink.  Take of the Leaves of Borage fresh gathered and young, four handfuls, of Woodsorrel two handfuls, two Apples sliced, of Sal Prunella two drams, the pulp of one Orange, of white Sugar one ounce; let them be bruised together, and pour to them of spring-water two or three pints▪ let them be strongly squeezed forth, and kept in a Glass, and cleared from its settling; let six or seven ounces be taken of this often in a day, when they will. For the quenching of thirst, let the excellent drink of Palmerus, viz. Spring-water with Sugar, and the juice of Lemons, or Water, or Posset-drink with Elm leaves, or Pimpernel infused or boiled in it, be drunk: Emulsions of the Decoction of the roots and flowers of Water-Lilies, with Melon-seeds; or else Spring-water distilled with the pulp of boiled Apples dissolved in it.  

hypnotics.  Hypnoticks or Medicines causing rest, are often very necessary in this Disease; but yet the stronger are not convenient in the beginning, nor let them be frequently used; because sleep caused by Opiates, carries more morbific matter to the Brain, and fixes it more deeply there.  
Take of the Water of Cowslip flowers four ounces, of the Syrup of Poppies half an ounce, of Pearl one scruple; make a drink to be taken at night late.  
Take of the Seeds of white Poppy two drams, of Sugar-Candy a dram and a half; bruise them together, and pour to them of white Poppy Water six ounces; make an expression, to be taken after the same manner.  
Narcoticks or Stupefying Medicines, which are made of things merely cold, are cautiously to be exhibited; because they agree not with some, who have the Fibres of their Stomach very tender and sensible. I have often observed these kind of Hypnoticks, to have stirred up a great oppression in the Ventricle, and then presently an Inflation or blowing of it up; and a little after distractions and inordinations of Spirits use to follow in the Brain, yea in the whole Body; so that there was not only a frustration of sleep, but great disquietness was stirred up.  Take of liquid Luadanum, prepared with the Salt of Tartar, or the juice of Quinces, Let a Dose of it be taken in a convenient liquor. 

External Medicines causing Sleep.  Things inviting Sleep, as Epithems or moist Medicines applied to the Temples and Forehead, are often used with success; of which sort are Rose-cakes dipped in Vinegar, Rose-water, and grated Nutmeg, and Embrocation or washing with Water or Milk, Ointments of Oil of Nutmeg by expression, Ointment of Poplar, to which sometimes may be added of Opium five or six grains; or a Cake of Poppy flowers, with Vinegar and Nutmeg, etc. Further, for this end, rather than for the taking away the inflammation of the meanings, the hot Lungs of a Lamb or Wether, as also Pigeons or Chickens slit in two, 
Epithems.  do often give notable help. Also for this use Housleek bruised, and mixed with a Woman's Milk, and applied to the hinder part of the Head being shaved, is wonderfully praised; Also the Epithem of Penotus, of twelve grains of Nutmeg, of Camphir half a scruple, and the Tincture of Rose-water impregnated with red Sanders twenty ounces, is commended by some.  
Further, they are wont to apply Epithens not only to the Head, but also to the Heart, Liver, and other parts: A little bag of silk may be applied to the Praecordia, with Cardiac Species being sewed or quilted in it, with silk, and sprinkled with Rose-water, or Vinegar of Roses; also rags wet in Rose Vinegar, may be laid to the Testicles: The Feet way be hathed with a Decoction of Willow leaves; Lettuce, or the heads of white Poppy. But these kind of cooling Topics only, and cherishers are to be used in the beginning of the Disease; but in its height, resolves and softners, are to be added, as the Flowers of Chamomel, Melilot, Elder, etc. also the leaves of Mallows, Orage, Margerum, Hyssop, and such like: In the declining of the Disease, resolvers only, and those sparingly are to be administered.  

The means for the preserving of strength.  In the mean time, there ought to be great means used, for keeping up of strength, for that too much failing, all hopes of Cure is lost. For strength is quickly worn out, by reason of great watchings, the perpetual agitations both of the body and mind, a thin Diet, and Phlebotomy sometimes often requisite. Wherefore, great care must be had, lest whilst we endeavour to root out the Disease, by Purging or frequent letting of Blood, we should suddenly debilitate the Vital Function: If this begins to fail, the Frenzy being let alone, a better diet may be granted, and especially Cordials are to be used.  
Take of the Tincture of Coral half an ounce, 
Cordials.  take of it twenty drops, twice or thrice in a day, with a Dose of a Cephalick or a Cordial julep; or let it be given with Coral dissolved in Milk, made with the juice of Oranges, one spoonful often in a day.  
Take of the Rob or Conserves of Raspberries, and Barberies one ounce, of prepared Pearl, of Magistery of Coral, each one dram; of Confection of Hyacinthae two drams, Syrup of the juice of Alchermes, what will suffice; make a Confection, and let the quantity of a Nutmeg be taken three or four times a day, drinking after it of the following julep three ounces.  
Take of the Water of the Flowers of Water-Lilies, red Roses, and of Elm leaves, each three ounces; of the Syrup of Coral two ounces, of the Cordial Water of Saxony one dram▪ mingle them.  
Take of the Conserves of the Flowers of Water-Lilies, and of Violets, each one ounce; the Stalks of Lettuce candied or preserved half an ounce, of the Powder of red Coral, bruised in a mortar with the juice of Orange and dried, two drams; of the Species of Diamarg. frigid. one dram, of white Poppy seeds one dram and a half, with what will suffice of the Syrup of the juice of Woodsorrel; make an Electuary; let the quantity of a Nutmeg be taken often in a day.  
In the Frenzy, not only the Belly, but also the Bladder, and their offices, aught to be thought on, and often solicited or provoked.  
Wherefore, the sick are to be warmed, and the Urinal given them, and asked to make water; but if they will not, or cannot, let the region of the yard below the belly be bathed with a Decoction of Pellitory of the wall, Elder Flowers, and of the Seeds of Parsley, and wild Carrot Seeds, or daucus; with a Sponge; and after the Fomentation, anoint it with Oil of Scorpions, and Ointment of Dialthaea: In a long suppression of Urine, you may put up to the bladder a piece of Wax Candle.  
The Histories and cases of Frantic people are so many, 
The Histories of sick persons in Hypocrates Lib. Epidem.  and so diversely described, and so accurately by Hypocrates in his Books De Epidem. that there seems little need here to add others; especially, because it would be an immense work and tedious, to relate the various manner and cases of Madmen: In the mean time, as to the event of the Disease, there is great diversity; for that for the most part the fever being cured, the Frenzy ceases by little and little; or else, that having no, or an evil, Crisis; either death, or a long raving follows. But that our Hypothesis, of the Inflammation of the Spirits, may be illustrated, I shall propose here one more rare instance.  
I was one time sent for to Cure a Maid, 
A notable History.  that was strong, and having a fever, was highly raging, being continually bound in her Bed. I took from her a great quantity of Blood, and caused it to be again iterated; I often took down her Belly with Clysters; yea I ordered all the other administrations in order, usual in this case; in the mean time she took juleps, Emulsions and Hypnoticks: But these little or nothing availing, she continued still for seven or eight days without sleep, and furious, perpetually calling and bawling for cold drink; wherefore an Hydropic being granted her at her pleasure, yea to satiety; she was nevertheless not any thing less quiet, or thirsty: I therefore bid them (for that it was Summer time) that in the middle of the Night she should be carried by Women forth of doors, and put into a Boat, and her clothes being pulled off, and she tied fast with a Cord, should be drenched into the depth of a River, the Rope being tied only about her middle, that she might not be stifled in the Water; but there was no need of that, for the Maid of her own accord, fell to swimming, that scarce any Man could do it better, who had learned the art: After about a quarter of an hour, she came forth of the Water sound, and sober, and then being had to Bed, she slept, and sweat very much, and afterwards, without any other Remedy she grew well. This Cure succeeded so happily and so suddenly, forasmuch as the excess both of the Vital and the Animal flame, being together immensly increased, was taken away by a proper Remedy for the more intense Fire; to wit, by the moistening, and cooling of the Water.   

CHAP. XI.  
Of Melancholy.  


The Distemper of the Animal Spirits, being after a 〈◊〉 manner, as it is the cause of the Frenzy, so it is of Melancholy, Madness, and Stupidity.  
The definition of Melancholy. That it is a Distemper of the Brain and Heart.  
Its Examples or Types various, and almost infinite.   AS the Frenzy arises from the burning of the Animal Spirits, (as we have elsewhere shown) or as Prosper Mart. seems to affirm, from their substance being inflamed: so indeed other Distempers of raving arise from their substance being altered by other ways, and from their genuine nature being changed, from a spirituous-saline, into an acetous or sharp disposition, like to Stygian Water, or else into a liveless; which therefore are either Melancholy, or Madness, or Foolishness or Stupidity: of which we shall now speak in order, and first of all of Melancholy.  
Melancholy is commonly defined to be, a raving without a fever or fury, joined with fear and sadness. From whence follows that it is a complicated ●istemper of the Brain and Heart: For as Melancholic people talk idly, it proceeds from the vice or fault of the Brain, and the inordination of the Animal Spirits dwelling in it; but as they become very sad and fearful, this is deservedly attributed to the Passion 〈◊〉 the Heart.  
It would be a prodigious work, and almost an endless task to rehearse the divers manner of rave of Melancholy persons; and there are great Volumes already of Histories and examples of this sort; and more new and admirable observations and examples daily happen. Fabulous antiquity scarce ever thought of so many metamorphoses of men, which some have not believed really of themselves; whilst some have believed themselves to be Dogs or Wolves, and have imitated their ways and kind by barking or howling; others have thought themselves dead, desiring presently to be buried; others imagining that their bodies were made of glass, were afraid to be touched lest they should be broke to pieces. 
Melancholy is ●ither, 1. Universal, or  There are extant manifold and various kinds of the Imagination so depraved, concerning which may be commonly observed; That the distempered are Delirious as to all things, or at least as to most; so that they judge truly almost of no subject; or else they imagine amiss in one or two particular cases, 
2 Particular.  but for the most part in other things, they have their notions not very incongruous. We shall first inquire into this more universal Distemper, for that the Imagination is prevaricated concerning very many things; to wit, by what causes, and with what difference of Symptoms, this is wont to come to pass; afterwards we shall speak of the special raving or idle talking.  

The primary Phaenomena of a Melancholic D●●●rium.  Although the universal Distemper of Melancholy contains manifold Delirious Symptoms, yet they chiefly consist in these three; 1. That the distempered are almost continually busied in thinking, that their Fantasy is scarce ever idle or at quiet. 2. In their thinking they comprehend in their mind fewer things than before they were wont, that oftentimes they roll about in their mind day and night the same thing, never thinking of other things that are sometimes of far greater moment. 3. The Ideas of objects or conceptions appear often deformed, and like hobgoblins, but are still represented in a larger kind or form; so that all small things seem to them great and difficult.  
After this manner the Phantasms in the Brain evilly affected, are objected to the Intellect, almost after the same manner as the visible images are showed to the Eye, by the interposition of some Optic Glass; to wit, where every object appears an horrid and huge monster, and for that reason a small portion only of the visible matter or thing, being increased to that immensity, is received by the aspect; then by reason of its horrid and unusual appearance, the image being once conceived, is not easily or suddenly let go: we will now consider by what affection of the Brain and Spirits, these appearances happen.  

From what disposition of the Spirits they proceed.  Here we shall first of all inquire into the disposition or preternatural Constitution of the Animal Spirits: For inasmuch as they are after an irregular manner, they always or for a long time continue in their irregularities; and when the Palsy, Apoplexy, Vertigo, or Convulsion, are not joined to this Distemper of theirs, which argue obstructions of the Brain, it may be inferred, that the Animal Spirits, not fetching their force elsewhere, are driven into such inordinations; nor do chiefly conceive their disorders, by reason of the Pores and passages of the Brain being obstructed; but rather, in this case, they cause these aforesaid Symptoms in the sick from the default of their own Nature.  
Such an indisposition of the Animal Spirits is wont to be described after this manner; 
As they are compared to Light, they are called opacous, or full of darkness.  to wit, that they, when as they ought to be transparent, subtle, and lucid, become in Melancholy obscure, thick, and dark, so that they represent the Images of things, as it were in a shadow, or covered with darkness: The explication of which does not seem incongruous; forasmuch as we have already showed, that the Animal Spirits flowing forth from the enkindled Blood, go forth after a manner, as the rays of light from a flame. And it sufficiently appears, that the light shows and illustrates itself diversely, according as it proceeds from the burning of bodies, flaming forth after a various manner; as of Spirits of Wine, Oil, Fat, Mineral Sulphur, Nitre, and others: in like manner the Animal Spirits, forasmuch as stilled forth from the Blood, having got this or that, or some other disposition, they are either subtle, clear, or dull, thick, and as it were sooty, they variously pass thorough and irradiate the organs of the Animal Functions, and so for that reason, diversely pervert their actions.  
But further, 
These kind of Spirits in Melancholy compared to those in Chemical Liquors.  when as the Animal Spirits are not wholly lose and free as the little bodies of light, but mutually cohere or stick together, and left the continuity of the soul should be broken off, they ought to be contained in a certain Latex; therefore these, with the Vehicle to which they cleave, may be very aptly compared to some Chemical Liquors, drawn forth by distillation from natural mixtures. Which Analogy indeed seems fittest for the unfolding the mad distempers.  
1. Liquors Chemically Distilled, 
1 They are not like the Spirit of Blood, as they should be.  are, according to the active Elements after a various manner combined in them, of a divers kind: the chiefest of these, by the consent of all, are said to be such, as in which the Spirit being united with the Salt, doth volatise it, and on the other side is sharpened by it, and after a sort fixed or kept. Of this sort they conceive the great Elixir and the Liquor Alcahest to be; and indeed in a manner are the Spirits of Blood, of Hartshorn, of Soot, and such like, very subtle, volatile, and penetrating, yet not apt to be inflamed, or suddenly to be dissipated. And indeed, the Animal Spirits seem to be after a manner, having obtained a sound and legitimate disposition, like a spirituous liquor stuffed with a volatile Salt, which is distilled from Blood; besides, to this there is given from the fire an high Acrimony and Empyreuma, or smatch of burning, which are wholly absent from the liquor watering the Brain and Nerves.  
2. Other Chemical Liquors are sulphureous and burning, 
2 Nor like the Spirit of Wine: Such rather in the Frenzy.  as the Spirits of Wine and Turpentine, which consisting of Spirit and Sulphur combined together, are easily inflamed, and depart one from another of their own accord, and fly hither and thither what way they can find; the Animal Spirits of this nature, as we showed in the former Chapter, seem to be in the Frenzy.  
3. Some Liquors or Spirits are produced by Chemical operation, 
3 But these are like acid Spirits, distilled out of Salt, Vinegar, Box, and such like.  in which the fixed Salt being carried forth to a Flux, hath obtained the dominion; of which sort are such as are distilled from Vinegar, ponderous Woods, and some Minerals, with a gentle fire; whose particles are very movable, and unquiet, but of a short activity; so that Effluvia's do not long flow from them, that if they should be distilled in Balneo, nothing but an insipid Phlegm would be carried into the Alembick. And indeed, the Animal Spirits in Melancholic Distempers, are to be suspected to be of this kind of acetous nature, with the dominion of a fluid salt, as shall hereafter be more largely showed.  
4. Some Stagmas drawn forth by Spagyric art, 
4 Stygian Waters are like the Nature of the Animal Spirits in Madness.  are sometimes most sharp, to wit, in which the untamed Particles of a fluid Salt, and also Sulphureous, and Arsenical, being combined together, are exalted; as are the Stygian Waters distilled out of Nitre, Vitriol, Antimony, Arsenic, Verdigriece, and the like, all which are of a fierce nature, very penetrating and not to be broken, so that their Effluvia's are agitated with a perpetual motion, penetrate every thing, and are also diffused far and wide. And these kind of Liquors, may be aptly likened to the disposition of the Animal Spirits, acquired in Madness, as shall be anon declared.  
But for the present, 
The formal Reason of Melancholy aptly represented by acetous Chemical Liquors.  that we may deliver the formal reason and causes of Melancholy, let us suppose, that the liquor instilled into the Brain from the Blood (which filling all the Pores and passages of the Head, and its nervous Appendix, and watering them, is the Vehicle and bond of the Animal Spirits) hath degenerated from its mild, benign, and subtle nature, into an Acetous, and Corrosive, like to those liquors drawn out of Vinegar, Box, and Vitriol; and that the Animal Spirits, which from the middle part of the Brain, irradiating both its globous substance, as also the nervous System, and do produce all the Functions of the Senses and Motions, both interior and exterior, have such like Effluvia's, as fall away from those Acetous Chemical Liquors. Concerning which there may be observed these three things, 1. Their being in perpetual motion: 
There are three chief affections of these, which agree with the Animal Spirits in Melancholy.  2. Not long able to flow forth: 3. not only to be carried in open ways, but to cut new Porosities in the neighbouring bodies, and to insinuate themselves into them. From the Analogy of these conditions, concerning the Animal Spirits, it comes to pass, that Melancholic persons are ever thoughtful, that they only comprehend a few things, and that they falsely raise, or institute their notions of them. We shall consider of each of these a little more largely.  

1 Effluvias falling away from these Liquors are perpetually in motion.  1. Therefore we shall take notice, that the Effluvia's falling away from these distiled Acetous Liquors, are perpetually in motion: for the Spirits of Vitriol, or of Vinegar, or Sea Salt continually evaporate: the reason of which is, because those Particles of the fluid Salt do scarcely agree with any others, but where ever they are stopped, being apt immediately to leave their subjects, seem to endeavour to get new consorts. And hence some have thought nothing more like to perpetual motion, than the Acid Spirits of Minerals, shut up and Hermetically sealed in a Phial; for so the Vapours or Effluvia's will creep about the sides of the Glass, with a continual Circulation. 
In like manner also the Spirits in the Fantasy of a Melancholic person.  In like manner we may suppose, That the nervous Acetous Liquor is instilled from the Blood, sometimes stuffed with a fixed Salt, or with Vitriolic Particles, or other heterogeneous, into the Brain, for the matter and Vehicle of the Animal Spirits; and so these being admitted within the middle part of the Brain, for the acts of the Animal Functions, do not quickly pass thorough and irradiate all the Pores and Passages, but like little acid Atoms, creep about here and there, slowly, but incessantly, and as it were with a certain unquiet motion of tingling or creeping, diffuse themselves by little and little thorough the whole neighbourhood: Hence a storm of thoughts is perpetually stirred up, by which the Brain is wont to be busied without intermission; so that Melancholic persons have continually, day and night, disturbed Fantasies; for that their Animal Spirits consist of a continually movable matter; Hence also they look with eyes turned inwards, or fixed, or obliquely, and sullen or dogged, and exercise the other faculties both sensitive and loco-motive inadvertently; because the Spirits being worn out and distracted by continual motion, do not well actuate or beam into the nervous System.  

2 Effluvias from acetous Chemical Liquors do not proceed far.  2. Though the Effluvia's continually fall away from an Acetous Spirit, prepared by Chemical Art, yet they do not go far, but gather together on an heap thickly, near the superficies of the liquor, and penetrate only the neighbouring bodies, not touching those that are at a distance: Hence the Spirits of Vitriol, Salt, or Vinegar, will not ascend out of the Cucurbit into the Alembick unless urged with a very strong heat; but being included in a low Phial, they shall corrode and pierce thorough the stopple.  

In like manner the imagination of a Melancholic Person, though always employed, comprehends only a few things.  It is after the same manner, concerning the Fantasy of Melancholic persons; for inasmuch as the Animal Spirits being degenerate into an acid nature, do not irradiate or quickly pass thorough the whole compass of the Brain, as before, but flowing in the middle part, are carried with its force only into the nearest Pores and Passages; therefore cogitations raised up from thence, though they be continual, yet they comprehend but a few things: and so, as when many bands of Spirits are thrust together in straight bounds, every small object, and of very little moment, seems to them very great and of notable weight; 
And therefore every thing is conceived with a greater Image than it should be.  certainly after the same manner, and for the same reason, as when the visible images passing thorough a Microscoptick Glass are carried to the Eye; for, because many beams of the same thing are concentered, its magnitude seems to be increased into an immense greatness; so when as every intentional Species or Image, by the conflux of very many spirits together, is form in the Brain, it appears to the soul greater and of more weight than usual. Every one may experiment this truth in himself: For when as we become thoughtful, from eating gross or melancholic meats, or by reason of the passion of sorrow (the reason of which affection is, because the Animal Spirits are unfit for a more free expansion) than we are very solicitous and fearful, concerning every little thing, as if than our health or fortune were for ever in danger. Hence also, because the Animal Spirits, though almost ever in motion, are notwithstanding still limited within the same short bounds, Melancholic persons persist a long while in thinking and revolving in their mind often the same thing.  

3 Effluvias from acetous Liquors do not evaporate so much from open Pores, as they make new.  3. But there yet remains another similitude of the Animal Spirits, with those distilled from Vitriol, and other saline bodies, to wit, that as the Effluvia's sent away from these kind of Acetous Spirits, do not evaporate so much from open spaces and tracts, before made, as they cut out Pores and Passages that are new, for themselves, in an objected body; so that they easily pass thorough, and render friable or crumbling, the Cork or stopple to the Vessel where they are; which happens not from the Spirit of Wine, to any thing that stops up the Phial; so indeed in Melancholic persons, it is usually wont to be. For because the Animal Spirits, being as it were pointed with saline Particles, whilst they flow from the middle of the Brain, they observe not their former tracts and ways of their expansion, but they thickly make for themselves new and unwonted little spaces, 
And in like manner the Animal Spirits, whilst they form in the Brain new Tracts, produce unwonted and incongruous Notions.  within the globous substance of the Brain: Hence cogitations are brought before the Soul, not such as they were wont to be, but new and incongruous, and for the most part absurd. But indeed, because the Fantasy is prevaricated, about the Conceptions of things, and by reason that the acts of judgement and reason are falsely framed, the only cause is, for that the Animal Spirits leaving their former walks, and going backward and forward in their ways in the Brain, being carried hither and thither obliquely and transverse, affect altogether unaccustomed and buy ways, which indeed is proper for them to do, out of the Acetous disposition, with which they labour; to wit, forasmuch as the Effluvia of those kind of Liquors expand themselves not in a direct or free emanation, as the rays of light; but by a bending motion, and as it were creeping, they craul on every side into the neighbouring part.  
Thus much for the primary Melancholic Distemper, 
In Melancholy, after the Animal Spirits being for some time vitiated, the Conformation of the Brain is also hurt.  to wit, a Delirium or Raving, being excited by reason of the vices of the Spirits inhabiting the Brain: The beginnings of which, although they proceed chiefly, and oftentimes, almost only from the Acetous disposition of the Spirits, yet afterwards, the conformation of the Brain itself is often brought to be a part of the cause; to wit, forasmuch as the Recrements of the Melancholic Blood, being perpetually poured forth, renders its substance more thick and dark, and the primary tracts or paths of the Animal Function being near blotted out, new, oblique, and by-paths are made; insomuch, that the Spirits, though better should be begotten, could not easily irradiate the Brain, or presently recover their former passages.  
Melancholy is not only a Distemper of the Brain and Spirits dwelling in it, 
The Affection of the Praecordia in this Disease, as to fear and sadness, is delivered.  but also of the Praecordia, and of the Blood therein enkindled, from thence sent into the whole Body: and as it produces there a Delirium or idle talking, so here fear and sadness; but by what means we shall now see.  
First, 
After what manner the Corporeal Soul is affected in these two passions.  in Sadness, the flamy or vital part of the Soul is straitened, as to its compass; and driven into a more narrow compass; then consequently, the animal or lucid part contracts its sphere, and is less vigorous; but in Fear both are suddenly repressed and compelled as it were to shake, and contain themselves within a very small spaces; in either passion, the Blood is not circulated, and burns not forth lively, and with a full burning, but being apt to be heaped up and to stagnate about the Praecordia, stirs up there a weight or a fainting; and in the mean time, the Head and Members being destitute of its more plentiful flux, languishes. The formal reasons of these Distempers, and their causes, we have before exposed.  
But because these are habitual in Melancholic persons, 
The cause of either depends partly on the blood;  the cause is partly in the Blood, and partly in the Animal Action of the heart. For the Blood, because of the saline particles being exalted, becomes less inflammable; from whence it is neither sufficiently enkindled in the Lungs, or doth it burn with a plentiful and enough clear flame within the passages of the Heart and its vessels; but is apt to be repressed, and almost blown out with every blast of wind: Hence, when that the vital flame is so small and languishing, that it shakes and trembles at every motion, it is no wonder if that the Melancholic person is as it were with a sinking and half overthrown mind always sad and fearful. By reason of this kind of saltish dyscrasy of the Blood, melancholics rarely have a fever; yet being taken with it, by reason of the irregular burning of the Blood, they are more in danger.  
No less doth it come to pass, 
and partly on the Animal Action of the Heart.  by the fault of the Heart, that Melancholic persons become sad and fearful, by reason of the course of the Blood being retarded, and called back from thence: for, because that Muscle is actuated but with an inflowing of weak and enormous Spirits, it cannot perform its contractions strongly enough, and constantly, whereby the Blood may be driven forward into the whole body, without stop or leaping back: So the Blood and the Animal Spirits affect one another mutually, with a reciprocal evil, and bring hurt one to the other. That is, the Melancholic Blood consisting of Saline Particles, carried forth together with Sulphureous, begets Animal Spirits, endued with an Acetous nature, as hath been shown; and these Spirits wrongly performing the offices of the Vital Function, cause such an evil disposition of the Blood to be increased.  
Thus much of Melancholy in general, 
The procatartick Causes of Melancholy are,  viz. of its Essence, Conjunct Causes, and chief Symptoms, together with the reasons of them. Before we proceed to the kinds and differences of this Disease, we ought to explain, from what kind of causes, both Procatartick and Evident, it is wont to arise, and to be cherished; and first, from whence either part of the Soul, viz. both Animal and Vital, doth acquire their morbid dispositions.  


Partly the acetous Nature of the Spirits, and partly the Melancholy dyscrasy of the Blood: The Distemper begins sometimes from this, sometimes from that.  
How it begins from the Spirits and the Animal Government.   First we say, the former of these to be Acetous, like to the Spirit of Vitriol or Vinegar, and this to be Salino sulphureous, or Atrabilary or Melancholic; further, as the one doth cherish the other, so they at first beget one another. For sometimes Melancholy beginning, and for a long time persisting, from the Animal Spirits being disturbed, and driven into a certain confusion, causes the Melancholic disposition of the Blood; and sometimes also the Blood, at first contracting this evil disposition, perverts the nature of the Spirits.  
That Melancholy doth very often arise from the Animal Government, every common body doth sufficiently note; to wit, forasmuch as the Animal Spirits conceive inordinations from violent passions of the mind, in which, when they remain long, they bend the whole Soul, yea and the Body, from their due temper and constitution: So especially destroying Love, vehement sadness, panic fears, envy, shame, care, and immoderate study, are wont oftentimes to excite this Distemper. For by reason of these kinds of occasions, the Animal Spirits being thrust down, beyond their wont paths of expansion, and remaining in their error, by reason of the assiduity of Passion, at last they go into these deviating tracts, which afterwards observing, they are hardly reduced into their former due ways. Then, forasmuch as for that reason, the motion and vigoration of the Heart (as hath been showed) is lessened; therefore the Blood is defective in its due temper, and sanguification, and is from thence made more fixed and Salino-sulphureous, and the Animal Spirits coming from it, are but degenerate into a sourness; and so the Blood being depraved by the latter, increases to the Melancholic disposition, begun from the Spirits.  

By what means this Disease arises from the Blood.  No less often doth it come to pass, that the seeds of Melancholy, being at first laid in the Blood, do at length impart their evil to the Spirits: For this reason, some are made obnoxious to this Disease from their Parents. But an inordinate living, long intermission of wont exercise, usual evacuations, as of the Menstrual Blood, or the Piles, or bleeding at the Haemorrhoidal Veins, also the Seed, or the Serous Matter, being suddenly suppressed, and many other occasions, easily infect, and foul the Blood, and render it Melancholic; whose depraved disposition is of necessity communicated to the Spirits.  

Melancholy doth not arise from an atrabilary humour heaped up in some place or mine.  But we cannot here yield to what some Physicians affirm, that Melancholy doth arise from a Melancholic humour, somewhere primarily and of itself begotten, and they assign for its birth, several places, to wit, the Brain, Spleen, Womb, and the whole habit of the Body; for besides, for that no such mines of such an humour appear, unless perhaps some be planted in the Spleen; moreover the Blood itself is it, which conceives at first the Melancholic intemperance, or any other by itself, and then deposes the Recrements of the same nature, in proper emunctories or receptacles. For neither is the yellow Bile or Choler laid up in the Gallbladder, or the black Bile so called, or Melancholic humour in the Spleen, unless the bloody Mass begets those humours before hand: If at any time these, or other Recrements, being any where laid up, are received of the Blood, they produce its effervescency or growing hot, but not presently or easily its intemperature.  

By what means according to the Ancients, it is said to arise from the Head.  Therefore, because sometimes the original of Melancholy is ascribed to the Head, and the intemperature of the Brain from these, to wit, too hot, and accused to be from those, too cold, I rather think it ought to be affirmed, that this Distemper doth sometimes at first begin from the Brain, and the Soul dwelling in it: because Hypocrates also plainly asserts it, 6 Epidem. Sect. 8. T. 58. For distinguishing Epileptical and Melancholic persons, beings made so together, or else successively, as to the formal reasons of the Diseases, he saith, The defluxion which floweth from the Brain, from the ill affection, state, or temperament thereof, if it flows into the Body causeth the Falling-sickness; if into the cogitation or the mind, Melancholy. So in Melancholy he grants, the Soul distinctly, and as it were apart from the Body, or Brain, to be affected.  

How from the Womb.  Secondly, Because sometimes the original of this Disease is deduced from the Womb, it is not to be thought, that the Melancholic humour is there at first generated, but the occasion of Melancholy doth proceed from thence; either bacause the whole Blood being infected, and made degenerate by reason of a stoppage of the Menstrua, strives to go into a Melancholy dyscrasy or intemperature; or because, by reason of the provocations of Venus or Lust, being restrained, not without great reluctancy of the Corporeal Soul, the Animal Spirits being for a long time forced, and restrained, become at length more fixed and Melancholic.  

How from the Spleen.  Thirdly, It is a common opinion, and also ours, that sometimes Melancholy is either primarily excited, or very much cherished from the Spleen, being evilly affected, and so from thence is called by a peculiar word, Hypochondriack; as we have showed at large in another Tract of Convulsive Diseases. But the Blood is first in fault, begetting in itself from the beginning Melancholic foulnesses, deposes them in the Spleen, which receiving again, after their being exalted into the nature of an evil Ferment, is more vitiated in its disposition, by their foulness.  
Fourthly, 
How from the whole Body.  But besides, it is said, there is another kind of Melancholy, distinct from the Hypochondriack, and the former, that is begotten in the whole Body together; this is nothing else, than the Mass of Blood being degenerated from its true nature, by reason of errors in the six non-naturals, and for many other occasions, doth acquire at Atrabilary or Melancholic disposition; that is, where the Spirit being depressed, the Sulphureous Particles, together with the Saline, and also with some Earthy, are carried forth; for the Melancholic disposition of the Blood is very much akin to this Sulphureous-saline, which we have showed oftentimes to excel in some kind of Scurvy. For what causes, and upon what occasions, this is wont to be produced, may be sufficiently known from the Aetiology of that Disease, being at large explained.  
The differences of this Disease may be easily gathered from what hath been said: 
The Differences of the Disease.  for in respect of its first subject, which is sometimes the Soul, sometimes the Body, or rather the Blood, 
1 In respect of its first Subject.  it is called either Animal or humeral Melancholy. Again, it is impressed according to that, with various powers, to wit, it is first impressed either on the Rational Will, or the sensitive, concupiscible, or irascible Appetite; also it is divided into very many kinds, as it is employed about divers things, to wit, either Sacred, or Magical, or Humane, the huge cense or bead-roll of which is almost infinite; the chief of which, that are wont to come within the Cure of Medicne, are Religious, Amorous, and Jealous Melancholy.  
2. By reason of the temperament of the sick, 
2 By reason of Temperament of the Sick.  according to which, the Particles of the Melancholic blood, being made sometimes Sulphureous, sometimes Saline or Earthy, the Spirituous being depressed, are exalted more or less, a Delirium, or sadness, fury, or stupidity, are more or less variously joined to Melancholy.  
3. The Disease is either continual or intermitting, 
In respect of the next Cause, as it is singular, or conjunct.  according to the conjuct cause, either stronger, both the Hypostasis of the Spirits, and also the bloody Mass, being both together vitiated; or else lighter, and less deeply fixed; so that the Distempered sometimes are well enough for many days or months, yet apt to relapse upon any great occasion.  
4. In respect of the hurt Imagination, 
In respect of the Imagination diversely hurt.  there are very many types of melancholics to be met with, yea almost innumerable; yet the chief difference of which is, that some are dilirious in all things, and others in one thing only.  
The Prognostic of this Disease, 
The Prognostic of this Disease.  though as to health or death, it is for the most part safe; yet by reason of the event, it is very uncertain: For some quickly grow well, others not of a long time, and others are never cured.  
This Distemper suddenly excited, from a solitary evident cause, as a vehement Passion, is far safer than by leisure invading, after a long Procatarxis or foregoing cause. For the former, if the evident cause be presently removed, often ceases of its own accord, or with a little help; but in this latter, for that the Mass of Blood, and the whole heap of Animal Spirits, are departed from their due disposition, and not rarely the conformation of the Brain, as to the tracts of the Spirits, is altered; The Cure very difficultly, and not under a long time succeeds.  
Melancholy being a long time protracted, passes oftentimes into Stupidity, or Foolishness, and sometimes also into Madness; further, sometimes it brings on Consulsive Distempers, or the Palsy, or Apoplexy, yea sometimes a violent Death.  
As to the Cure, there is little or no hopes, if the Distempered being very contumacious and refractory, reject all Medicines, and every method of Physic. Further, there is scarce any better thing to be expected from them, who lying sick with only imaginary Diseases, take all Remedies, and require still more, and of divers kinds, to be given them.  
As the Cure of Melancholy, 
The Cure of the Disease.  as it is always difficult and long, so it is wont to be mighty intricate and perplexed; for that it ought to be diversely and variously instituted, in respect of the evident, Procatartick, and Conjunct causes of its kind, also by reason of the Symptoms daily arising. Neither is it only behoveful oftentimes to change the Remedies, and Method of healing, but also variously to make use of between while, warnings, deceits, flatteries, entreaties, and punishments.  
But first of all, 
The evident Cause first to be removed.  the Evident Cause of this Disease, if any noted thing went before should be inquired into; and if it may be, either presently removed, or else its removal to be in some sort feigned. Further, the affections of the mind being vehement, and stirred up from thence, are either to be appeased, or subdued by others opposite. Wherefore, to desperate Love ought to be applied or showed indignation and hatred; Sadness is to be opposed with the flatteries of Pleasure, Music, a desire or vain glory, or also a panic terror. In like manner, as to the rest of the Passions, you must proceed to quiet, or elude them.  

Three primary Indications.  The Curatory Method, accommodated for the healing of Melancholy, suggests many other indications, the chief of which, and to which the rest may be the better placed, are these three, commonly noted, viz. Curatory, which respects immediately the Disease, and its Conjunct Cause; Preservatory, which cuts off the Procatartick, and Evident Causes; and Vital, which is employed about conserving of strength.  

1 Curatory.  As to the first Indication, the intention of the Physician is so much to lift up, make volatile, and corroborate the more fixed or dejected Animal Spirits, that being also apt to go backwards, or out of the way, that afterwards they may irradiate more freely, being stretched forth, the whole Brain, with a full and not broken beam, for the Acts of the Imagination, Judgement, and other principal faculties; and so lively actuate the Praecordia, and make them to vibrate or beat strongly, that the Blood being more plentifully enkindled, it may be projected from thence, without stop or stagnating, into the whole Body.  
Therefore, 
The healing of the Spirits, is best performed by admonitions and artificial inventions, concerning the business of Life.  for the healing of the Spirits, first of all it is to be procured, that the Soul should be withdrawn from all troublesome and restraining passion, viz. from mad Love, Jealousy, Sorrow, Pity, Hatred, Fear, and the like, and composed to cheerfulness or joy: pleasant talk, or jesting, Singing, Music, Pictures, Dancing, Hunting, Fishing, and other pleasant Exercises are to be used. They who care not for Sports or Pleasures (for to some melancholics they are always ingrateful) are to be roused up by employing them in more light businesses; sometimes Mathematical or Chemical Studies, also Travelling, do very much help; moreover, it is often expedient to change the places of habitation, in their native soil. Those who will still stay at home, are to be warned, that they take care of their Household affairs, and that they should govern their Family; that they should build Houses, plant and order Gardens, Orchards, or Till the Ground. For the mind being busied with necessary cares or duties puts aside, and at last deserts more easily, vain and mad cogitations. Melancholy persons are seldom to be lest alone, for that then they indulge their airy fantasies and speculations, and suffer them to continue longer. The Soul sinks down inwardly, and leaving the body, enters into a certain Metamorphosis, and puts on a new shape, and oftentimes different from humane manners. Wherefore, the Distempered aught to be disturbed almost always with the discourses of their familiar Friends; to wit, that the Animal Spirits, being called outwards, may be solicited from their diversions, into their former and accustomed tracts. But if the sick be seduced with fantastical illusions, and imagine some prodigious things of themselves, and firmly believe them; their mind is to be drawn from them, by artificial inventions; very many causes and examples of this sort of Cure are to be found in Books, and a discreet Physician may institute the like as occasion serves.  

Yet oftentimes there is need of Medicine besides.  Although a fresh Melancholy may be cured sometimes by the mere discipline and institution of the mind and Animal Spirits, yet in a long or inveterate, where the Spirits have contracted an acetous nature, and the Blood an Atrabilary or Melancholic disposition, and that the Brain is hurt, as to its Pores and passages: other Indications called Preservatory are required, 
The Preservatory indication, concerning the Procatartick Causes of the Disease.  for the taking away of the Procatartick causes. Concerning this thing, the Medical intentions are first, that the Blood be reduced to a better temper, and genuine, to wit, a spirituous saline; then to enliven the Brain, and to render it bright and clear, its Pores being unlocked; and also to corroborate the Animal Spirits, and to excite them into a lively flowing forth. For which ends, the following method I think good to propose, which notwithstanding aught to be varied, according to the various constitutions of the sick.  

Phlebotomy.  The taking away of Blood has place almost in all melancholics, and sometimes it is often to be iterated. For the adust and liveless Blood, being at times drawn away, a new and more spirituous comes in its place. Concerning the quantity, place, and manner of celebrating this Remedy, Authors have various opinions; but the motion and the affections of the Blood, being truly weighed, it will at first suffice to take a moderate quantity out of the Arm, and afterwards if need be, a lesser, or to draw it from the Sedal Veins by Leeches. How the Salvatella Veins being opened (as is said) should bring such notable help to melancholics, I confess I cannot understand: perhaps it may help them, if the Melancholic persons be firmly persuaded, that this Phlebotomy will cure them before any others: the frequent opening the Hemorrhoidal Veins, invites Nature to an endeavouring afterwards for that evacuation, which succeeding of its own accord (as Hypocrates says) does not seldom Cure this Disease.  

Purging.  Purging, for that it draws back the nourishment of the Disease, from the firsts ways, and removeth the impediments of other Remedies, aught to be celebrated at the beginning, and repeated at intervals. But that some think, for the sooner rooting out of this Disease, Hellebore or Elateriums are chiefly to be used, and cite Hypocrates for their Author; we apprehend, if the success be minded, those things do not ordinarily agree with, yea more often do hurt to the sick: For indeed, more strong Purgers do not take away the cause of the Disease, to wit, the dyscrasy of the Blood, but rather increase it; besides, they more debilitate and strike down the Animal Spirits, before dejected. But Hellebore was so often prescribed by Hypocrates, because in his Age other cathartics were scarcely known, or at least they were not in frequent use: But now it is thought much better, gently to draw forth the receptacles of the humours, by more gentle and easy Purgers, and to cleanse only the Viscera and the first ways, without any great commotions of the Blood and Spirits.  
Vomiting Medicines (as in most Cephalick Diseases free from a fever) are wont to help after a peculiar manner in all mad Distempers. 
Vomiting.  The reason of this partly consists in this, because the viscous load of the Ventricle, which (as we have elsewhere shown) doth very much burden the Soul, being purged forth, the Spirits by that means being more free, expand themselves more lively and cheerfully. Further, forasmuch as Vomiting presses together and evacuates the neighbouring receptacles of the humours, to wit, the Gall Bag, the passage of the Pancreas, and the Glandulas of the Mesentery, procures that their contents be not transferred into the Head.  
Take Oxymel of Squills one ounce and a half, 
Vomitories.  of Wine of Squills one ounce, of the Syrup de Peto two drams; mix them, and make a Vomit: if it doth not work, or but slowly provoke Vomiting with a great deal of Carduus Posset-drink.  
Take of the Decoction of the middle bark of Elder four ounces, of the Salt of Vitriol one scruple to two scruples, of Oxymel simple three drams; mix them, and take it after the same manner.  
To robust and well-set persons may be given of the Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, or of Mercurius Vitae, also the Emetic Tartar of Mynsicht, or the Sulphur of Antimony.  
Take of the Root of Polypodium of the Oak half an ounce, 
Purgers.  of Epithimum three drams, of Sena half an ounce, of Tamarinds six drams, of the seeds of Coriander three drams, of yellow Saunders two drams; let them be boiled in fourteen ounces of Spring-water, till it comes to ten ounces; adding to the Colature, or when it is strained, of Agarick two drams, of Rhubarb one dram and a half, being clarified, add of the Syrup of purging Apples two ounces; let six ounces be taken, and repeated within three or four days.  
Take of the best Sena three drams, Epithym, Rhubarb, each one dram and a half; of Yellow Saunders half a dram, of Coriander seed two scruples, of the Salt of Wormwood half a dram, of Celtic Spike a scruple; put these into white Wine, and the Water of Pipins, of each four ounces, kept close all night; to the liquor being strained five ounces, add of the Syrup of Epithimum six drams, of Aqua Mirabilis two drams; mix them and make a Potion. In strong bodies or hard to work on, may be added to these, of the strings of black Hellebore macerated in Vinegar one dram or two.  
For those who had rather make use of Pills, Boluses, Powders, or Syrups, take the following.  
Take of the Pil. Tartar of Quercitan, 
Pills.  or of Amber of Crato half a dram, of the Resine of jalap or of Scammony six or eight grains, or Tartar vitriolated half a scruple, of Ammoniacum dissolved in Aqua Mirabilis, what will suffice to make a Pill: let four be taken going to sleep, and unless they work first one in the morning following.  
Take of Calamelanos, of the extract of black Hellebore, each one scruple; of the Resine of jalap six grains, of Ammoniacum solut. what will suffice; make four Pills, let them be taken with Government.  
The Powder of Haly, 
Powders.  the Powder of Valesco de Tarenta, of Peveda, and others, are very much commended. And indeed in Country bodies, or robust, this Cathartick may seem convenient. Take of Epithimum half an ounce, of Agarick, Lapis Lazuli, each three drams, Scammony one dram, Cloves thirty; make a Powder: the Dose is from half a dram to a dram.  
Take of the Powder Diasenna, of Diaturbith with Rhubarb, each half a dram; make a Powder: let it be taken in a draught of Posset-drink, in a Decoction of Epithimum simple four or five scruples.  
Take of the best Senna two ounces, 
Syrups.  of the Roots of Polypodia of the Oak two ounces, of Epithimum one ounce and a half, of yellow Citrons half an ounce, of Tamarinds one ounce, of Coriander seeds six drams, boil them in Barnet water four pints, till half be consumed, strain it, and let it be evaporated in a warm Bath, to the consistence of a Syrup, adding towards the end, of pure Manna, and of white Sugar, each four ounces; make a Syrup: the Dose is two spoonfuls or three, in three ounces of some convenient distilled water, or in any other liquor. Or,  
Take of the same liquor evaporated to the consistence of Honey six ounces, of fresh Cassie four ounces, of the jelly of Currans two ounces, of Cream of Tartar, of the Salt of Wormwood, each one dram and a half; of the Powder of Diasen. two drams, of yellow Sanders powdered two drams; mix them and make an Electuary: Dose three drams to half an ounce.  

Altering Medicines are of the greatest moment;  Purging is not to be used continually, nor too frequently, yea it suffices that it be administered within six or seven days space, and at other times, let the belly be taken down by Clysters, if it be bound. As to other Medicines, which are not evacuators, though the Ancients relied not much upon them, we put our greatest confidence of Cure in them. For they (to whom also many moderns consent) thought there was nothing more to be done for the curing of Melancholy, than to Purge forth the Melancholic humour; wherefore, making Purges their chiefest business, they instituted the other Medicines called Preparatory, only for the sake of this, to wit, making it their scope, that as soon as the humour being reduced to a fit consistency, by altering Medicines, and that the ways for its excretion were open enough, then that it should be carried forth of doors by Purgers. 
and not pargi●g Medicines, as the Ancients thought.  Which kind of Hypothesis seems not agreeable, neither to reason, nor to Medical experience; because Melancholic people rather receive hurt than help by often Purging, how methodically soever it be instituted. Therefore, we, placing the cause of this Disease in the dyscrasy of the Blood and Spirits, and in the weakness or evil conformation of the Viscera and the Brain, esteem altering and corroborating Medicines to be in the first rank for Remedies, and for the sake of these, that Purgers may be used sometimes between while. Therefore Purging being rightly prescribed at due intervals, for the removing impediments, as to the rest you may proceed according to these forms.  

An Electuary.  Take of the Conserves of the flowers of Gillyflowers, and of Brage, each two ounces and a half; of the rinds of Myrobalans preserved six drams, of Coral prepared, and of Pearl, each one dram and a half; of Ivory, and Crabs Eyes, each one dram; of Confection de Hyacintho two drams, of the Syrup of Coral and red Poppy what will suffice; make an Electuary: take two drams Morning and Evening, drinking after it three ounces of the following julep, or the distilled Water.  

A julep.  Take of the water of the Flowers of Cowslips, and of black Cherries, each six ounces; of Balm four ounces, of Dr. Stephen's his Water two ounces, of Sugar six drams; mingle it and make a julep.  

A Distilled Water.  Take of the leaves of Balm, borage, Bugloss, Fumitory, Water-Cresses, and Brooklime, each four handfuls; of the flowers of Pinks, Marigolds, borage, and Cowslips, each three handfuls; the outer rinds of six Oranges and six Lemons, being all cut and bruised, pour to them Whey made of Cider eight pints; distil it in a common Still, and mix all the liquor together.  

Lozenges.  Take of the Powder of Pearl, of Ivory, of Coral prepared, each two drams; of the Species Laetificant (or making merry) of Diarrhod. Abbatis, each one dram; of the Oil of the rind of Citrons half a scruple, of white Sugar, dissolved and boiled to the consistence of Lozenges, in what will suffice of Balm Water, six ounces; make Lozenges according to art, weighing a dram: take two or three at nine of the Clock in the Morning, and at five in the Afternoon, drinking after it a draught of the distilled Water or of Tea. Or,  

An Apozem▪  Take of the Roots of Chervil, of Polypodium of the Oak, each one ounce and a half; of the leaves of Heart's Tongue, Ceterach, Scolopendria, Germander, each one handul; of Tamarisk half a handful, of the bark of the same half an ounce, of Raisins of the Sun stoned two ounces, one Apple cut; let them be cut and bruised, and boiled in four pints of Spring-water, to the consumption of a third part; about the end add of the leaves of Water Cresses one handful, let it be strained and clarified: take of it six ounces twice or thrice in a day; sweteen it with Syrup of Fumitory.  

Spaw-Waters.  Spaw-Waters coming from Iron, are wont oftentimes to give great benefit for the Curing of melancholics, to wit, because they being plentifully drunk, wash out salino-sulphureous Tincture of the Blood, and destroy its evil ferment. Moreover, they wipe clean the silthiness of the Viscera, unlock obstructions, and what is of great benefit, they corroborate, by their astriction, both the weak and too loose Viscera, and also shut up the little mouths of the gaping Vessels of the Brain, by which a passage lay open into it for the extraneous matter, together with the nervous juice. And for this reason, to wit, by corroborating the Viscera, and by locking up the passages of the Head, Vitriolick● prepared of Iron are wont to be given profitably in Melancholy, and also in the Vertigo.  
Take of our Steel prepared three drams, 
Chalyb●ates.  put it into a quart of the Water above described, take of it three or four ounces twice in a day, by itself, or with any other solid Medicine.  
Take of the filings of Iron one ounce, 
Steeled Medicines.  put it into a glass with the juice of Oranges two ounces; let it stand for a day, shaking it sometimes, then pour to it of the Water of Pipins, and of White Wine, each one pint; or of the more thin and sweet Cider one quart: take of it three ounces, twice in a day, after the same manner.  
Take of the Vitriol of Steel, of the Cream of Tartar, of Crabs Eyes, each one dram; mix them; make a Powder, and let it be divided into nine parts: Take one part every Morning in a draught of the distilled Water, or the Decoction, or in a proper Broth.  
Take of the Syrup of Steel four ounces: take of it one spoonful twice in a day, in a proper Vehicle.  
Take of the Extract of Steel, of our Steel prepared with a proper Decoction three drams, of the Powder of Ivory, of yellow Saunders, of Lignum Aloes, each half a dram; of the Salt of Tartar two scruples, of Ammoniacum dissolved in the Water of Worms what will suffice to make a mass; let it be made into small Pills; let three or four be taken every Evening, drinking after it three ounces of the water of Apples, or of Cowslip flowers.  
Whey, 
Whey.  if it agrees with the stomach, being drunk very plentifully, for many days, for the same reason as Spaw-waters, viz. by washing out the Salt, and Sulphureous particles of the Melancholic blood, is often given with success. Whey with Epithimum infused in it, or boiled in it, is highly praised by some.  
Let Broths be made of a boiled Pullet, 
Broths.  with the roots of Polypodium, Chervil, Fenil, Butcher's Broom, and the leaves of Ceterach, Harts Tongue, Scolopendria, etc. take a draught of it in the Morning, and at five of the Clock in the Afternoon, in which dissolve of the Vitriol of Steel six grains, to ten of the Salt of Wormwood, and of the Cream of Tartar, each a scruple.  
The juices of Herbs and their expressions bring sometimes notable 
juices of Herbs.  help to the taking away the Discras●e of the Blood. Take of the leaves of Borage, of Water-Cresses, each six handfuls; two Apples pared, the Pulp of two Oranges, and of white Sugar one ounce; let them be all bruised together, and pour to them of the best Cider a pint and an half; make an expression very strongly, and let it be kept in a glass. The Dose is four ounces twice or thrice in a day.  
In the summer time, 
A Bath.  a Bath of sweet water, for that it wipes away the filth impacted in the Pores of the skin, and moveth transpiration insensibly, is very profitable to some.  
Because Melancholic persons sleep but badly, 
hypnotics.  and from long and frequent waking become worse, therefore Anodynes, and sometimes the more gentle Hypnoticks (when there is need) may be prescribed to be taken late at night, for this end are convenient, a Decoction of Cowslip flowers, or of the leaves of Lettuce, or the water of red Poppies, or the Syrup of the same: Further, Emulsions of the Seeds of the white Poppy, of the Syrup de Meconio, and others that are only agreeable and cherishing of the Spirits.  
As there is an infinite Company of melancholics, as well as of Fools, therefore we shall illustrate our Hypothesis with two Examples only, in one of which the Disease begins from the sensitive part of the Soul, or the Animal Spirits; and the other from its Vital part, to wit, from the Blood.  
Sometime since, 
The first History.  a noted person about forty years of Age, of a florid countenance, cheerful, and nimble about any business, being afflicted in his mind, by reason of a certain affair, and very much dejected, he became thereupon very sad, Melancholic, and with a dark and cast down countenance. When I went first to visit him, he complained of a manifold hurry and distraction of thoughts, which were so many, that he was bus●ed in his Fantasy almost night and day continually, he lived without any sleep: Nor were these cares concerning the commonweal, 
An Example of Melancholy beginning from the Spirits.  or the proper business of his Family; nor about the health of his Soul, or of his Body, was he at all solicitous; but was rather troubled perpetually about small matters, and of no moment. He was so fearful of all things, that he presaged loss or death immediately to happen to him, upon every small accident. And lastly, he was so sad, as if he would contend in wee●●●● with Heraclitus. Further, he laboured with such a straitness of Heart, and so g●●●● a constriction, that he seemed to feel all his Praecordia to be drawn together like a Purse, and he thought that there still lay there an immense burden, and mighty weight, under which he imagined he could not go, unless stopping towards the Earth. Whilst he talked, and discoursed with his Friends, this constriction of the Praecordia, and the weight did somewhat remit; but then again, they were wont to be repeated more vehemently, shaking for fear at any unaccustomed object: Nor did he labour only in his Praecordia, but with a certain constriction in his whole Body besides, and as if a certain burden lay on the region of his Loins, and also on his shoulders and arms.  

The Cure.  The reasons of these Symptoms are clear enough from our Hyphothesis. As to the Cure, after various Medicines being given, without any success, I at last persuaded, because it was then Summer time, that she should drink of our Artificial Spa Waters, for a fortnight: Therefore, first two quarts of Spring-water being poured upon half a dram of our prepared Steel, for a night, and afterwards as much in four quarts of water; the sick man every morning drunk the clear liquor, and within four or five hours he rendered the greatest part of it by Urine: He took besides, going to sleep and early in the morning, a Dose of an appropriate Electuary, (such as is above described) with a Cephalick julep; within two months he became much better, and afterwards by degrees returned to himself.  


The second History.  
An Example of Melancholy arising from the Blood.   Whilst I was writing these, a young Noble man, being lately returned from his Travels beyond Sea, and becoming unhealthy, put himself upon our care. This person being formerly endued with a Sanguine and cheerful temperament, splendid in his appearance, as also with an acute wit, and of a ready ingenuity, whilst he traveled in the Countries abroad; but one Summer living in Spain, he felt a great alteration in himself, from the great heats in that place: for first of all, from the frequent heatings of his Blood, he became obnoxious to an heat arising in the palms of his hands, and in the bottoms of his feet, with prickings over all his body, which in a short time vanished. Then he found himself very bad as to his Appetite and Sleep; moreover being dull and sad, he began not to mind, yea sometimes to avoid any pleasant business, or the converse of his Friends. At length his indisposition daily increasing, without any evident cause, or real trouble of mind, he became Melancholic, so that being ever thoughtful, fearful, and sad, nothing could delight him; for his studies, exercises, travelling, conversation with learned men, or any other thing which he before delighted in, now became to him a trouble and a terror. After this manner being distempered for two years, he was so changed from himself, as if he were another Man. For his Cure he had consulted the most skilful Physicians in Spain, France, and Holland, and lastly in England, and had tried several methods of healing almost without any benefit. The Melancholic distemper of his blood, at first contracted by the intemperature of the Air, still remaining, and afforded to the Animal regiment, Spirits as it were acetous, that is such as we but now described. To this Noble man, at the beginning, we thought good to recommend these following Remedies.  

The Curatory Method proposed.  Take of the Decoction of Senna Gerionis (with Tamarinds half an ounce) four ounces, of the Syrup of purging Apples one ounce, of Aqua Mirabilis two drams; mix them, and take it with government, repeating it within nine days. After Purging let Blood be taken away with Leeches, about four ounces.  
Take of our Syrup of Steel six drams, take a spoonful in the morning, and at five of the Clock in the Afternoon, in the following liquor three ounces, walking after it for an hour or two.  
Take of the leaves of Balm, borage, Bugloss, Pimpernel, Elm-tree, Heart's Tongue, Water-Cresses, each four handfuls; of the Roots of borage half a pound, of Pinks and Marigold flowers, each three handfuls; the outer peels of eight Oranges and four Lemons, of Mace half an ounce; these being cut and bruised, pour to them of Whey made of Cider eight pints; let them be distilled in common Stills.  
Take of the Conserves of Gillyflowers, Betony, borage, each one ounce and a half; of Pearl powdered two drams, of red Coral prepared one dram and a half, of the Species Confect. de Hyacintho two drams, of the Syrup of Coral, and red Poppies, each, what will suffice: make an Opiate to be taken going to sleep every night, the quantity of a Chestnut, drinking after it of Cowslip flower water two or three ounces.  
After sixteen or twenty days, changing the method of altering Medicines, the following things were used in their places.  
Take of the Powder of Ivory, Pearls, red Coral prepared, each two drams; of male Paeony roots one dram and a half, of the Wood-Aloes half a dram, Lozenges made out of Oranges four ounces, of the solution of Tragacanth made of Balm Water, what will suffice: make Troches weighing half a dram: let him eat four in the Morning, and at five in the Afternoon, drinking after them a draught of Tea.  
Take of the same Powder without the Lozenges half an ounce, of the flowers of Sal Armoniac, and of Salt of Coral, each one dram; with Turpentine of Chio six drams, make a Mass: take half a dram Evening and Morning, drinking after it of the distilled water three ounces.  
His food was only good and easily digested meats: he drank small Ale, with the leaves of Harts-tongue infused in it. He tasted sometimes a little Water and Wine, or Cider, and he was almost continually employed, sometimes in some easy affairs, sometimes in moderate exercises, or in several sorts of recreations.  
Thus much concerning universal Melancholy, 
Universal Melancholy.  by which the sick are affected almost indifferently by any object, so that they are entangled in every place, and by any accidents and circumstances, with a multitude of thoughts continually, with raving, fear, and sadness. 
De Morbis Convulsivis, Cap. 2. Particular Melancholy,  We have largely enough handled the symptoms of this Disease being manifold, and the reasons of them, partly in this Chapter, and partly in another Tract.  
It is called special Melancholy, when the sick respect a certain particular thing, or some kinds of things, of which they think almost without ceasing; and by reason all the powers and affections of the soul being continually employed about this one thing, they live still careful and sad; moreover, they have absurd and incongruous notions, not only about that object, but also concerning many other accidents and subjects. In this Distemper, the Corporeal Soul, bending from its proper kind, assumes a certain new one, but not being conformable, either to the Rational Soul, or to the Body, or to itself, it enters into a certain Metamorphosis.  
This kind of Distemper, 
is excited by reason of two sorts of Affections concerning Good or Evil.  is produced by many ways, and on various occasions; for vehement passions, desire, fear, anger, pleasure, yea all other passions both of the concupiscible and irascible Appetite, being long continued, and carried forth to the height, are wont to excite the same. But there are two general occasions, from which special Melancholy chiefly and most frequently doth arise; to wit, first, when there lies a most heavy pressure on the mind of some present evil, or an evil just at hand, whether it be true or imaginary: or secondly, if the loss or privation of some good before obtained, or despairing of something wished for or desired, happen. In these opposite cases, the Corporeal Soul being either drawn forth outwardly, omits all domestic care, either of itself, or of the Body, or of the Rational Soul: or being pressed inwardly, it relinquishes or perverts the offices of Reason, and of both the Vital and Animal Functions. It would be an huge work to enumerate the various cases in either kind, and their ways of affecting; out of the great plenty, which being of the greatest moment, seem to require the care of a Physician, are chiefly furious Love, jealousy, Superstition, despair of Eternal Salvation, and lastly the imaginary Metamorphosis of the Body or its parts; and the good and evil phantastics of fortune; of these, severally, we shall speak briefly.  
Concerning the power of Love, 
Love-Madness.  saying nothing here of some most noble Lord, or Heroic actions, (which appear chiefly on the stage of the Theatre, and on that of humane life) it is a most common observation, that if any one being taken with the aspect and conversation of any Woman, begins to desire her and to grow mad for her inwardly, and for his most devoted affection has nothing but loss and contempt allotted him, unless he be very much supported by a firm reason, or is averted as it were by other cross affections, there is great danger lest he falls into Melancholy, Stupidity, or Love-Madness; with which passion, if by chance he be distempered, he forth with seems transformed from himself, as it were into an animated statue, he thinks on, nor speaks of any thing but his Love; he endeavours to get into her favour, with the danger of both the loss of his Life and Fortune; in the mean time, he not only neglects the care of his household affairs, or of the public, yea his own health, but becoming desperate of his desires, he oftentimes lays violent hands of himself: But if he be content to live, yet growing lean, or withering away both in Soul and Body, he almost puts off man; for the right use of reason being lost, omitting food and sleep, and the necessary offices of Nature, he sets himself wholly to sighing and groaning, and gets a mournful habit and carriage of body.  
If we should inquire into the reason of this Distemper, 
The Reasons of Symptoms in mad Love.  it easily appears, that the Corporeal Soul of Man being obnoxious to violent affections, when it is wholly carried into the object most dear unto itself, viz. the beloved Woman, and cannot obtain and embrace her, there is nothing besides that can quiet or delight it; yea being refractory, it grows wholly deaf to the Rational Soul, and hears not its dictates, but carrying only tragical notions to the Imagination, darkens the sight of the intellect. Further, forasmuch as the Praecordia (the more plentiful afflux of the Spirits being denied to them) do slacken of their motions, the blood heaped up in the bosoms of the heart, and apt to stand still, stirs up a great weight and oppression, and for that reason, sighs and groans; in the mean time the face, and the outward members grow pale and languish, for that the affluence of the Blood and Spirits is withdrawn: Hence in our Idiom or Speech, the Heart of despairing Lovers is said to be broken, to wit, because this Muscle is not lively enough actuated by the Animal Spirit, and so is shaken weakly and slowly, and doth not amply enough cast forward the blood with vigour, into all parts. Indeed in Love, the Corporeal Soul intimately embracing the Idea of its most grateful object, endeavours all it can to be joined, and fully united to the same; emitting toward her, the roots of the affections, with which it is most strictly enfolded, seems from thence to draw its chiefest life and growth; so that the body being neglected, when as it inclines itself wholly towards the thing beloved, if by chance being broken off from this union, it suffer a divorce, like a plant taken out of its natural soil, for that it does not receive any more, or assimilate food convenient for itself, it soon withers: Hence the Animal Spirits leaving their accustomed offices, and wont tracts of expansion, do not actuate or irradiate either the Brain or the Praecordia, nor the nervous Appendix, after their due manner: wherefore, not only for the present an untrimmed, and a delirious disposition of mind, with a mournful habit of body, are excited; but from thence the vitiated Blood, and the Spirits, having gotten an acetous nature, an habitual Melancholy is introduced.  

jealousy.  Such an inordination of the Animal Function as Mad-Love hath, about the acquisition of its object, the same or very like hath jealousy, about the retention of the same, being gotten; so always (as well in the fruition as in the desire) Res est solliciti plena timoris Amor: Love is ever full of careful fear. This Soul, if it be not secure of its most dear prey, it presently grows hot, and pours forth darkness and clouds upon its own serenity: Then afterwards being infected by a Choleric tincture, it receives every object, as if it were imbued with a yellow colour: for indeed, as the ferment of the stomach being too much endued with a sourness, perverts all things that is put into it, into its nature; so jealousy being once arisen, changes all accidents and circumstances, into the food of its poison; and when the sensitive Soul, being as it were bowed inward in this passion, becomes not conform to its Body, for that reason the Oeconomy of the Functions both Animal, Vital, and vegetative being depraved, jealousy makes one rave, and to wither away.  

Superstition and Desperation.  Superstition, and a despair of Eternal Salvation, are wont to impress on the sensitive Soul, the Blood, and the Body, almost the like Distempers of Melancholy, as Love and jealousy; but their way of affecting is somewhat different: for in those the object, whose acquisition or loss is endangered, is wholly immaterial, and its affection being at first conceived by the Rational Soul, is impressed on the other Corporeal: In the prosecution of which, if ●he easily obtains her desires, than no perturbation of the humane mind arises; but if (as it often is wont to happen) the Corporeal Soul being oppugned or refused, it will not stand to the monitions of the Rational, but presently growing hot, moves inordinately the Blood and Spirits, opposes the Corporeal goods and blandishments to the spiritual objects, from the intellect, and endeavours to draw the man to its side; and so whenas there is a continual skirmish between the two Souls, and that sometimes the superior Will, and sometimes the sensitive Appetite prevails; at length the judgement seat of the Conscience is erected by the mind, where every several action is scrupulously examined. 
The reason of the Symptoms.  By reason of this more frequent strife of the Souls, the Animal Spirits being too much and almost perpetually exercised, and often commanded, and as it were drawn hither and thither into contraries, at length they depart something from their vigour and their nature, and at length being made more fixed and Melancholic, for that they are detained from their wont expansion, cut unaccustomed and by-tracts in the Brain, and so induce a Delirium or idle raving, with mighty fear and sadness. In this sort of Distempers, the Corporeal soul being snatched as it were violently, departs both from itself, and from the Body, and according to the characters of the impressed Idea being modified, it is wont to assume a new image, either Angelical or Diabolical; in the mean time, the Intellect, because the Imagination furnishes it only with undecent and monstrous notions, is wholly perverted from the use of right reason.  

The imaginary Metamorphosis of Melancholic Persons.  By the like means of affecting, it happens that some Melancholic persons undergo imaginary Metamorphoses, as to their fortunes, or as to their bodies, viz. whilst one imagines himself, and plays the part of a Prince, and another a Beggar; another believes that he has a Body of Glass, and another that he is a Dog, or a Wolf, or some other Monster; for after the Corporeal Soul's being distempered with a long Melancholy and the mind blinded, it wholly departs both from itself, and also from the Body, and affects, and as much as in it lies, truly assumes a new image or condition.   

CHAP. XII.  
Of Madness.  
AFter Melancholy, 
Madness and Melancholy are akin.  Madness is next to be treated of, both which are so much akin, that these Distempers often change, and pass from one into the other; for the Melancholic disposition growing worse, brings on Fury; and Fury or Madness growing less hot. oftentimes ends in a Melancholic disposition. These two, like smoke and flame, mutually receive and give place one to another. And indeed, if in Melancholy the Brain and Animal Spirits are said to be darkened with fume, and a thick obscurity; In Madness, they seem to be all as it were of an open burning or flame. But indeed, for that as we have already shown, that the Animal Spirits being enkindled or inflamed do excite a Frenzy with a fever, which is wanting in Madness, their affection will be better illustrated in this Disease, as well as in Melancholy, by the Analogy of Chemical Liquors.  
Whenever therefore Madness without a fever being excited, 
The Subject of Madness are the Animal Spirits.  with a remarkable hurt of the animal Function, is wont to be permanent, and continue long, its next and immediate subject are the Animal Spirits; which acting not by consent, nor from any force from another, but of themselves, are habitually distempered, and depart from their proper and genuine nature, 
The dispositions of which are like to Stygian Water.  to wit, a Spiritual saline, into a Sulphureous-saline disposition, like to Stygian-Water, as we have showed above; therefore they perform only inordinate acts, and so persist a long while to act amiss or evilly. To this vice of theirs, perhaps the Brain, or the Blood, or other parts may contribute somewhat, but the Spirits themselves are first and chiefly in fault.  
It is observed in Mad men, 
Three chief Accidents in Madness.  that these three things are almost common to all: viz. First, That their Fantasies or Imaginations are perpetually busied with a storm of impetuous thoughts, so that night and day they are muttering to themselves various things, or declare them by crying out, or by bawling out aloud. Secondly, That their notions or conceptions are either incongruous, or represented to them under a false or erroneous image. Thirdly, To their Delirium is most often joined Audaciousness and Fury, contrary to melancholics, 
Which are also to be found in Stygian Water.  who are always infected with Fear and Sadness. These primary symptoms of Madness in the Animal Spirits, endued with the nature of Stygian-Water, may be thence most aptly deduced as appears clearly by what follows.  
For first, 
1 The Particles of this are always in motion.  the Particles of Stygian-Water are highly active and unquiet, and in perpetual motion; hence the Effluvia's falling from them continually strike the Nostrils, and the Liquor being poured forth from the Vessel, meeting with some other bodies grows very hot, and penetrates their Pores and Passages; the reason of which is, because the Saline Particles being conjoined with the Sulphureous, shake one another, and will not cohere with any of another kind. In like manner we may suppose that the Animal Spirits being stilled forth from the Blood; filled as it were with a Nitrous sulphur, are endued with a notable mobility or unquietness; 
And in like manner the Animal Spirits in Madmen.  which, for that reason, being stretched forth from the middle of the Brain on every side, both in its compass and in the nervous System, and being from thence perpetually reflected, produce unbridled Fantasies, and almost never interrupted, and also great and perpetual inordinations, both of the sensitive and loco-motive function.  
Secondly, 
2 The Effluvia's of Stygian Water, every where make new Pores and Passages. In like manner also the Animal Spirits in Mad men.  the Effluvia's exhaling from Nitrous or Stygian Spirits, do not so much evaporate from open spaces, but being very penetrating, cut every where new ones, almost in every subject, where they are able to break thorough; yea most bodies containing these kind of Spirits, or the things laid upon the mouths of the Vessels, are so bored thorough by them, that they are presently rendered friable or brittle, and fall into small bits. In like manner we believe, that the Animal Spirits in the Distemper of Madness, becoming very movable, and very much sharpened, out of their morbid nature, do so likewise leave their former tracts of going and returning to and fro, and do cut for themselves, every where in the Brain, new little spaces or walks, and plainly ●●vious; in which, whilst they slow, they produce unaccustomed notions, and very absurd, whence there is a necessity, that the distempered do speak, and imagine for the most part incongruous and discomposed things; at once confounding things passed with things present, or to come; and contrary or opposite things.  

3 The Effluvia's of Stygian Water are diffused far.  Thirdly, it is observed, that the vaporous little bodies falling away from the Nitrosulphureous Spirits of Minerals, do not only subsist in the neighbourhood, (as the breath exhaling from acetous Liquors) but are diffused very far, and on every side into remote places. I have often seen, when the Spirit of Nitre has been mixed with the Butter of Antimony, that the whole Chamber has been filled with a black smoke ascending from those Stygian Liquors: When Aqua fortis or the Spirit of Nitre being poured from the Alembick, or drawn forth by a gentle heat, a most sharp vapour has pierced the Nostrils and Lungs of those standing afar off; which certainly happens by reason of joining together of the fluid Salt, and the raging Sulphur; the little bodies of either of which mutually incite one another, and so being combined together, are carried farther. Indeed, 
In like manner as the Animal Spirits in Madmen.  after the same manner it seems to be concerning the Animal Spirits in Madmen, which, for that they are of the same nature as Stygian Water, quickly passing thorough both the frame of the Brain and its Appendix, cause the distempered not only to be furious, but as it were Demoniacs or possessed with the Devil; so that being free from any fear or languishing, they enter upon any thing boldly, and expose themselves fearless to sword or fire; also by reason of the prodigious putting forth of their Spirits, with a mighty strength, they often break asunder bonds and chains, and overthrow at once many strong men, resisting and going about to restrain them.  

What the Conjunct Cause of Madness is.  The comparing of the Animal Spirits with Stygian Water, or the Nitro sulphureous Spirit, clearly shows what is the conjunct or immediate cause of Madness; to wit, which seems to consist, not so much in an adult bile or humour, or black and sharp vapour, being suddenly suffused into the Brain, and inciting the Spirits inhabiting it into rage and fury; (for such a vapour or humour either exhales of its own accord, or may be soon removed by the help of Remedies; and so the madness thence excited, would pass away as quickly and as easily as the Fury or Delirium produced by the eating of wild Parsnips) but rather raging Madmen are habitually so made, because their Animal Spirits degenerate from a gentle and benign nature, as also a subtle and very active disposition, to wit, a Spirituous-saline, into another more sharp, to wit, partaking of a fluid Salt, an Arsenical Sulphur.  

How the Animal Spirits acquire a disposition like to Stygian Water.  As to what belongs to the more remote or antecedent causes of Madness, viz. by reason of which the Animal Spirits acquire a most sharp disposition; before we come to these, we ought to show how, and by what reason or means, a certain Corrosive Latex or water (such as we suppose the Animal Spirits with its Vehicle to be) is begotten, and is able to subsist in the humane body.  

It is showed in the first place that corrosive and as it were Stygian Particles, are begot in the humane Body.  Truly, that most sharp humours are sometimes begotten in our bodies, plainly appears by many observations. We have elsewhere made mention of a Noble Man, grievously obnoxious to distempers of the Brain and Nerves, whose sweat (when he was in a fit) presently eat thorough his shirt, or made it so crumbling or friable, as if it had been dipped in Aqua fortis. It is an usual thing for some to render by Vomit oftentimes as it were a Vitriolic water, corroding the coats of the Oesophagus and the palate. Further, Cancrous, Scrofulous, and Pestilential Ulcers, show a most sharp humour, by which the flesh and Membranes are eaten, as it were with Aqua fortis, with a blackness poured on them. Further it is observed, that Corrosive Stagmas, not chiefly brought forth in the Blood, are affixed to the musculous flesh, or to the Parenchyma of the Viscera; but more frequently being procreated in the nervous liquor, being laid up with its Latex in the nervous parts, or their Emunctories, do produce Aposthums, and Pocky, Septick, and other foul and filthy Ulcers. For these are most often excited in the Glandulas, or near the Tendons, or Membranes; and when as the humour falling away from them is first thin and watery, and afterwards becomes black very stinking, and corrosive; it is a sign indeed, that the nervous Liquor itself is changed into that sort of putrefaction.  

Wherefore the Nervous Liquor oftentimes becomes corrosive. Because the volatile Salt most easily degenerates into an acid and most sharp, with the acquired Sulphur.  It easily occurs, if the reason of these be inquired into, that the Latex watering the Brain and nervous Appendix, doth contain in itself, together with a subtle Spirit, great plenty of volatile Salt. Therefore, when this is so depraved, that the Spirit being depressed, the Saline Particles degenerate into a flux, and acquire to themselves little Sulphureous bodies, it becomes plainly Corrosive and Stygian. Wherefore, malignant humours and Ulcers chiefly happen in the nervous parts, and their Emunctories, and there are excited upon any light occasion (as when a small hurt happens to the Breast of a Woman, a Cancer follows) because, indeed, the nervous humour being hindered somewhere in its passage, doth there stagnate, presently the Spirit being depressed, or flying away, the Saline Particles degenerating from a volatile to a four nature, get to themselves soon after strange companions, and snatching either Earthy or Sulphureous little bodies, or of some other kind, begin to congeal into S●●●hous, Strumous, 
Hence the Reasons of tumors and Ulcers in the King's Evil and the Cancer, are given.  or Cancrous Tumours. And when after this manner, by the stagnating of the nervous Liquor, and by its getting an heterogeneous concretion, the Mine of a Tumour is blown up in some part, and the supplements of the same liquor are continually perverted into the like nature of viciousness; to which also happen, the Melancholic impurities, poured forth from the Blood, and other humours, which with their joined forces increase the rage (even as when divers Salts and Sulphurs are destilled together) and constitute in the distempered part, a Septick matter, and like to the Escharotick or crusting up of Stygian Water. According to this reasoning or Aetiology, the irregularities of these kind of Tumours, as also the appearance of the Kings-Evil, are most aptly unfolded. If that the nervous Liquor so corrosive, and made degenerate, doth not grow into Tumours, flowing into the nervous Fibres, it is wont to cause here and there most cruel Pains and Cramps.  
But as this Liquor of the Nerves, 
Hence also the Madness of the distempered Spirits.  being depraved after this manner, stirs up the aforefaid▪ Distempers in the nervous parts; so it is not difficult to conceive, that the same water, for that it is for a Vehicle of the Animal Spirits, flowing in the Brain, doth acquire, together with those Spirits, a Corrosive and as it were a Stygian nature, and for that reason excites Madness. 
The Original of Madness either from the Spirits themselves, or from the Blood.  The depravation of the Animal Spirits, together with the juice watering the Brain, or the disposition of Madness, is wont to arise after various ways and for divers causes; but truly, for the most part this Distemper (as we have observed of Melancholy) begins either from the Spirits themselves, or else from the Blood.  
First, 
It begins for two occasions from the Spirits.  Madness beginning from the Spirits, arises sometimes from an evident solitary cause, as a violent Passion; sometimes also it proceeds from a foregoing cause lying in the Brain, as when it comes upon Melancholy or a Frenzy. We shall a little weigh the reasons of either case, and the various manner of their being made.  
1. As to the former, 
1 By Reason of a violent Passion, by which  when a vehement affection puts any one besides himself, that happens to be made thus; either because the Animal Spirits are too much overthrown, and hurried into confusion; or because they are elevated above measure, and endeavour to stretch themselves forth beyond their sphere.  
First, 
They are either too much cast down,  The Spirits are wont to be cast down by a violent and terrible Passion; so it often happens, that some being struck with a panic fear, by seeing a true or an imaginary Spectre or Ghost, afterwards fall into a perpetual Madness. Further, some by reason of some notable disgrace or repulse, others by reason of their hopes of obtaining their Love being suddenly and unthought of frustrated, and others by reason of a rash breaking their oaths or vows, and violated Conscience, being first highly troubled in mind, anon become Mad. The reason of which is, because the Animal Spirits being driven beyond their orders and wont passages, and put into confusion, do make for themselves new and devious ways, which entering into, immediately they bring forth delirious Phantasms; in the mean time, the Saline Particles of the nervous juice, the spirituous being depressed, depart from their volatileness; and suffering a flux, assume to themselves the Sulphureous little bodies poured forth from the Blood, into the then weak and open Brain; From whence this Liquor, being most sharp like Stygian Water, and the Animal Spirits becoming fierce and very much incited, become furious.  
Secondly, 
Or elevated above measure.  Sometimes the Animal Spirits, whilst they are too much elevated, almost after the same manner induce both to themselves, and the nervous juice, the mad disposition. Hence Ambition, Pride, and Emulation, have made some mad; the reason of which is, because whilst the Corporeal Soul swelling up with an opinion and pride of its own excellency, lifts up itself, and endeavours on every side to expand or stretch itself forth most amply, beyond the border or sphere of its body, the Animal Spirits being tumultuarily called into the Head, will not be contained within their wont bounds, but being there broken and diversely reflected, by reason of their too much excretion, are compelled into new and plainly devious tracts; wherefore, both they being thrust forth from the course of their proper emanation▪ and also the nervous Liquor, do quickly acquire a sharp and incitative Disposition, as was said but now, for that reason Madness follows.  
Thus much concerning Madness, 
2 Madness beginning from the Spirits succeeds Melancholy, or the Frenzy.  excited by reason of a solitary evident cause; but this Disease doth also arise from a Procatartick cause, preexisting in the Brain, and chiefly from Melancholy or the Frenzy going before; in that the Animal Spirits with the nervous juice being a little more exalted, and in this a little more depressed, acquire the disposition of Madness. As to the former, it is a vulgar observation, that sudden and great Melancholy is for the most part next to Madness: the reason of which is, because, when the Animal Spirits, together with the nervous liquor, degenerate into a sourness, are perverted, there only wants the accession of Sulphur, by which they afterwards getting a Stygian nature; 
1 By what means it comes upon Melancholy.  may induce Madness; (as when an acid Liquor distilled out of Vitriol or Salt, by the addition of Sal Nitrosus, becomes Aqua fortis) but indeed, in a great passion of Melancholy, because the Spirits being disturbed, the passages of the Brain are too open, the Sulphureous Particles carried from the Bilous and Rancid Blood, find an easy entrance, and so the former sour or acid disposition, turns into a Stygian or Maddish. Hence it is observed, if any one of a more hot temperament, falls into a Melancholic Delirium, with fear and sadness, forasmuch as the Sulphureous Particles in its humours, are joined to the Salts being depressed into a flux, that sadness and thinking at the beginning, 
2 How upon a Frenzy.  very readily a short time after becomes madness. Secondly, for that also a Frenzy often ends in Madness, the reason is almost the same with the former, but inverted; to wit, because in a Frenzy the Spirits and the nervous Liquor becoming Sulphureous, and too much inflamed, afterwards burning forth, get to themselves Saline Particles, and so in like matter get a most sharp and as it were a Stygian nature; wherefore the fever then ceasing, the Fury becomes fixed and continual.  

2 The Original of Madness sometimes from the Blood.  2. The disposition of Madness, hath no less frequently its roots in the bloody Mass, and is at length produced into act, to wit, when as the Blood being depraved, and becomes Nitro-sulphureous, it either perverts the nervous Liquor, as also the Animal Spirits, or supplies them but evilly. Which kind of taint of the Blood is either hereditary or acquired.  

1 It is either Hereditary.  First, It is a common observation, that men born of Parents that use sometimes to be mad, are obnoxious to the same disease, and though they have lived above thirty or forty years prudent and sober; yet afterwards without any occasion or evident cause, they have fallen into Madness. The reason of which is, for that the Blood at that time bending from its due temper, by degrees into a Nitro sulphureous, affords to the Head Animal Spirits, 
The Reason of which is shown.  and also the nervous juice, participating (as hath been said) of a most sharp nature. We have formerly shown, that in our Complexion, Elementary Particles do persist during life, apart from the secondary, afforded by nutrition, and have their times of crudity, maturity, and defection; wherefore we suppose, the morbid seeds do ripen into fruit, according to the periods of Ages. Further, we take notice, that oftentimes the fruits of Diseases of this kind, do remain ripening for a long time, or perpetually as long as life; yet sometimes falling off as it were of their own accord, do wither away; then sometimes in another tract of time, from the infection being left, new fruits do spring up, and by little and little rise up to their height. Wherefore, Hereditary Madness is sometimes continual, and sometimes intermitting; Its fits are wont sometimes to come again after a shorter time, and sometimes after a longer interval.  

2 Or acquired, and so either,  Secondly, As the foregoing Cause of Madness sticking in the Blood, is oftentimes innate or original, so sometimes the same is by degrees begotten, either by an evil manner of diet, or by the suppression of usual evacuations, or by reason of a fever going before, or for some other causes, and at length being brought to maturity, breaks forth into Madness. 
By reason of errors in the six Non-naturals;  It is an usual thing in great want of sustenance, that some poor people, being constrained to feed only on very disagreeing meats, and of ill digestion, become at first sad, with an horrid aspect, louring and dark, and a little after Mad. The Haemorrhoids, and the after flow of Women in Childbed, being restrained in their flux, or some evil and foul running Ulcers being suppressed, dispose some towards this Disease. Further, those who originally, or by acquisition, are endued with a more sharp temper, and with fierce manners, and threatening countenance, by reason of the dispositition of their Blood, being nigh to a Nitro-sulphur, are in danger to fall into Madness, from some strong evident cause.  

Or by reason of Poisons.  Thirdly, Venomous Ferments being insinuated to the Blood and nervous juice, as first of all from the biting of mad Animals, or by the taking of some poisons, are wont to stir up Madness. Concerning the reasons of the former, we have proposed our conjectures in another place. 
An History of a Mortal Madness, from eating the leaves of Wolf's Bane.  Of late a very Noble Lady, and to be credited, told me from her own knowledge, that a certain Gentleman, having eaten at dinner time the tender leaves of Wolfs-bane, in a Salad with other herbs, in the Evening found himself ill, and complaining of a great unquietness and agitation of his Blood and Spirits, he desired his Friends to send for a Chirurgeon to let him blood, or that otherwise he should grow Mad; which indeed, as he said, came to pass; for before he could be let blood, he fell into Madness, and died in a night's space: This kind of deadly Distemper so suddenly happened, for that this poison had not only perverted the Blood and Animal Spirits, as to their temper, but had slain or beat them down immediately, with its malignant Ferment.  
Thus much for the formal Reason, and Causes of Madness. 
The Reasons of the symptoms of Madness explained.  The primary Symptoms of it, we have mentioned to be a Delirium and a Fi●ry; the reasons of which appear clear enough from what has been already said. To these we may moreover add Boldness, Strength, and that they are still unwearied with any labours, and suffer pains unhurt, of which we will speak briefly.  
Madmen are not as melancholics, 
1 Wherefore Madmen are audacious.  sad and fearful, but audacious and very confident, so that they eat almost no dangers, and attempt all the most difficult things that are. The reason of which is, because the Animal Spirits being very fierce and provoked, both fortify the Imagination, that no object may seem greater or bigger than it is wont to be, and actuate also the Praecordia with vigour, so that they cast forth the Blood strongly and swiftly, and drive it forwards lively to the utmost borders of the Body. In this Distemper the Soul endeavours to be carried forth, and to leap beyond the compass or sphere of the Body, and so striving on every side, against the incursions of any exterior things, bears itself without fear.  
Secondly, 
2 From whence their immense strength.  Madmen are still strong and robust to a prodigy, so that they can break cords and chains, break down doors or walls, one easily overthrows many endeavouring to hold him. The certain cause of which is, because in the Blood and nervous juice of Mad people, are contained Particles as it were Nitro sulphureous, or otherways most sharp, and as it were Stygian; from whence the Animal Spirits are endued, or are strong with an Elastic or Explosive force, stupendous, great, and far beyond what's natural.  
Thirdly it is observed, 
3 Wherefore they are never tired.  that Mad men are almost never tired; for although by playing mad pranks, and striving many days and nights they strongly exercise their members, and live in the mean time without sleep or eating, yet they scarce languish at all, nor desist from their agonies for want of strength. Which without doubt comes to pass, for that the Animal Spirits, though very movable and Elastic, are not however volatile and easily dissipable, but by reason of the Saline Particles being depressed from their volatileness into a flux, being joined with the Sulphureous, become firm and more fixed; and therefore continue longer in their activity. In like manner as we have observed in Aqua fortis, which though it be contained in a vessel that's open, perpetually sends forth very many Effluvia's, and yet still retains its substance unwasted, and its corrosive force, otherwise than the spirit of Wine or Blood, the virtue of which soon evaporates.  
In the fourth place, almost for the same reason, 
4 Wherefore they are not easily hurt.  Madmen, what ever they bear or suffer are not hurt; but they bear cold, heat, watching, fasting, strokes, and wounds, without any sensible hurt; to wit, because the spirits being strong and fixed, are neither daunted nor fly away. Further, the blood having gotten a Nitro sulphureous dyscrasy, is incapable of any other sudden mutation; wherefore, although insensible transpiration be hindered, and other usual evacuations suppressed, or the supplies of the nourishing juice degenerated, yet neither a Catarrh, nor fever, nor Atrophy, or evil digestion easily comes upon Madness. For in this Distemper, although the Particles of the Blood do greatly swell up, yet by reason of the abundance of Salt they do not conceive a Feavourish burning. Even as also Aqua fortis, though it grows very hot and burns other subjects, yet itself is not at all inflamed, but rather resists burning.  
The differences of this Disease are easily gathered from what hath been before said; 
The Differences,  for first as to its beginning, 
1 In respect of the Original.  it is either occasional, which sometimes quickly ceases, the evident cause being taken away presently; or habitual, depending upon a foregoing cause lying in the Blood, and that either hereditary, or acquired.  
Secondly, 
2 By reason of the Magnitude.  by reason of the magnitude, Madness is either highly furious, that the distempered aught to be bound or locked up, lest they should attempt any mischief to themselves or others; or else it is more gentle, in which the sick, being conversant with others, 
3 In respect of Time.  abstain from any malice or hurt. Thirdly, In respect of time, Madness is wont to be long or short, continual or intermitting. Fourthly, As to the various kinds of Deliriums, the shapes or types of this Disease are almost innumerable; all which to run thorough, is neither possible, nor worth the while; but most commonly, the distempered are mad alike in all things, or else chiefly as to one particular thing, having their judgement concerning other matters for the most part right.  
As to the Prognostic of Madness, 
The Prognostic.  if the distempered be not obnoxious to a fever, nor any other Diseases besides, nor easily hurt by external accidents the Disease is not mortal of itself; yet the Cure is very difficult, because there is made a great alteration in the Blood and Spirits, and the sick resist every method of healing, and are enemies to Physicians and to themselves.  
If Madness be inveterate or hereditary, or is caused by the biting of a Mad-Dog, it is hardly or not at all to be cured. What is excited upon some occasion, or from a solitary evident cause, or succeeds a fever, also upon which comes a Manginess, Whelks, the Haemorrhoids, or spots in the skin, is easily cured.  
Those who are obnoxious to this Disease at intervals, about Midsummer, or when the Dog Star arises, are in greatest danger; also those who are altered according to the changes of the Air, or when long cold and foul weather are opposite in the constitution of the Heaven.  

The Cure.  As there are two kinds of Madness, to wit, Continual, and Intermitting; so the means of healing aught to be twofold.  

What the indications are of continual Madness.  1. The Curatory method to be administered, as to continual Madness, suggests the commonly noted three primary Indications, viz. The first Curatory, which respecting the Disease itself, endeavours to correct or allay the furies and exorbitances of the Animal Spirits. Secondly, Preservatory, which being leveled against the causes of the Disease, endeavours to take away or amend the sharp and Nitro-sulphureous Dyscrasies' of the nervous Juice and the Blood, as also the Stygian disposition of the Spirits. Thirdly, Vital, which directs such a means of diet and restraint, which is only fit in this Disease, for the nutritive and vital function to have and be sustained with.  

1 The Curatory Indication.  The first Indication, viz. Curatory, requires threatenings, bonds, or strokes, as well as Physic For the Madman being placed in a House convenient for the business, must be so handled both by the Physician, 
As to Discipline.  and also by the Servants that are prudent, that he may be in some manner kept in, either by warnings, chiding, or punishments inflicted on him, to his duty, or his behaviour, or manners. And indeed for the curing of Mad people, there is nothing more effectual or necessary than their reverence or standing in awe of such as they think their Tormentors. For by this means, the Corporeal Soul being in some measure depressed and restrained, is compelled to remit its pride and fierceness; and so afterwards by degrees grows more mild, and returns in order: Wherefore, Furious Madmen are sooner, and more certainly cured by punishments, and hard usage, in a straight room, than by Physic or Medicines.  

As to Medicine.  But yet a course of Physic ought to be instituted besides, which may suppress or cast down the Elation of the Corporeal Soul. Wherefore in this Disease, Blood-letting, Vomits, or very strong Purges, and boldly and rashly given, are most often convenient; which indeed appears manifest, because Empirics only with this kind of Physic, together with a more severe government and discipline do not seldom most happily cure Mad folks. But indeed, this more sharp handling is not convenient for all Mad people, but to the most furious. Others more remissly Mad, are healed often with Flatteries, and with more gentle Physic.  

Phlebotomy.  In most Mad folks the taking away of Blood copiously aught to be in the beginning of the Disease, as it is the common practice and vogue of the people. And indeed, while there is strength, the opening a vein ought to be repeated, sometimes in the Arm, sometimes in the Neck Vein, Forehead, or Foot; and sometimes it is expedient for the Hemorrhoidal Vessels to be opened by Leeches; for these evacuations being timely made, both the raging of the Spirits and the lifting up of the Soul, are best of all suppressed; then besides the Dyscrasies' or evil habits of the Blood (for that what was sharp and Corrosive in it being drawn forth, a new and gentler comes in its place) are amended.  

Vomiting Medicines.  That Vomiting Medicines are highly profitable for the curing of Mad people, it is almost a Proverb, so that the most part of Hellebore, yea almost all Anticyra is allotted to them. By what means Emetics do often help in Cephalick Diseases, we have shown already. Quacksalvers in this case, give with success many times, though rashly and with danger, a large Dose of Stibium: But Chemical things are here more convenient, both because they move more strongly, and because also the sick may be more easily deceived by them.  
Take of the Sulphur of Antimony eight grains to ten, of the Cream of Tartar half a scruples; mix them together by pounding them; make a Powder: let it be given in a spoonful of grewel; or if it be to be given deceitfully, to one not knowing of it, let it be put into a bit of white Bread, and so let it be taken in Milk or Broth. Let this Vomiting Medicine be often repeated, to wit, once in four days.  
Take six or seven grains of Mercurius Vitae; let a Powder be made, and given after the same manner. The Emetic Tartar of Mynsicht, and of Hercules Bovius, and other various preparations of Mercury may be given after the same manner. Aurum vitae or the Solar Precipitate, also the Lunar Precipitate, are esteemed by Chemists for specific Remedies against madness; and indeed, Mercurial Medicines, for that they operate not only by Vomit and Stool, but oftentimes by Sweat, Urine, or Salivation, do notably help. A long and plentiful spitting or flux at the mouth hath perfectly cured some Mad people.  
3. The more strong Purging Medicines, 
Purging Medicines.  (where strength and the constitution may bear them) because they depress the raging of the Spirits, and of the Blood, and very much evacuate the Emunctories, that are for the receiving the recrements of the Blood, and nervous Juice, do often bring help in this Disease. For this use preparations of black Hellebore, as chiefly its extract, and Wine of the Infusion of its strings, or the pulp of an Apple with the roots of it boiled together are much praised.  
Take of the Extract of black Hellebore, of Calamelanos of each one scruple: make a Bolus.  
Take Calamelanos one scruple, of Diagridium from twelve to fifteen grains; make a Powder.  
Take of Confectio Hamech, or of the Electuary of the juice of Roses half an ounce to six drams: let it be given in broth.  
Take of the Decoction of Senna Gereonis, or of Epithimum (with the roots of black Hellebore two drams) six ounces; make a draught.  
Take of the Powder of Diasennae two drams: let it be taken in Posset-drink.  
In the mean time, 
The preservatory Indication. Altering Medicines.  whilst these things are doing, let the Preservatory Indication respect the cause of this Disease. Wherefore, with these frequent purge and letting of Blood, between whiles let altering Medicines or Remedies be used, which may attemper the Blood and nervous juice, and reduce them to their due temper; if that the sick be tractable and orderly enough, they will not refuse to take such things methodically.  Take of Crystal Mineral, or of the best purified Nitre two ounces, of Pearls powdered two drams, of Sugar Candy two drams and a half, of Camphor half a scruple; let them be all beaten together to a moist fine Powder: let two drams of this be put into a glass vessel that will hold two quarts of Spring-water, or of clear small Ale, or Beer and ●●ld; let it be given for ordinary drink at pleasure. 
Put to Whey being made hot the flowers of Violets or Water-Lilies, 
Whey.  and after they have infused for two hours, let them drink it plentifully; also the Spa Waters are convenient for Mad people to drink orderly, and plentifully.  
Take of the tops of green and the tenderest borage, and Bugloss, 
An Expressions.  each four handfuls; three Apples pared, of Sal Prunella two drams, of Sugar half an ounce; let them be bruised together, and pour to them of Spring-water three pints; make a strong Expression: take half a pint thrice in a day or oftener.  
Take of the Conserves of borage flowers, 
An Electuary.  and of Violets, each three drams; Confectio de Hyacintho, of Alchermis, each two drams; of Coral prepared a dram and an half, of the Powder of Pearls one dram, of the Salt of Coral one dram, of the Syrup of red Poppies what will suffice; make an Electuary, of which take two drams twice or thrice in a day, drinking after it of the following liquor four ounces.  
Take of the waters of the flowers of the Water-Lilie, 
A julep.  borage, Bugloss, and of black Cherries, each four ounces; of red Poppies six ounces, of red Rose-water two ounces, of Camphor tied in a rag and hanged in the glass half a dram, of the Syrup of Coral one ounce and a half; mix them and make a julep.  
Take of the yellow flowers of the Willowtree what will suffice, 
Distilled Waters.  let them be distilled in a common Still, and let the Distillation be repeated, by putting to it fresh flowers for three times: Give of it four ounces twice or thrice in a day, sweetening it with the Syrup of Water-Lilies.  
Take of the leaves of the Willow, Meadowsweet, Pimpernel, borage, Balm, each six handfuls; of the flowers of the Water-Lilie, of the tops of St. johns-wort, each four handfuls; of Camphor powdered three drams, all being bruised together, pour to them eight pints of new Milk; let them be distilled in common Stills.  
Let the brains of Wethers be distilled with Milk, and give of the water three or four ounces thrice in a day.  
Further there are to be used Specific Remedies, 
Specificks.  so called, of which is famous, a Decoction of Pimpernel with the purple flower, also the tops of Hypericon or St. johns-wort, and other Decoctions, Opiates, and Powders of Antilyss● are frequently noted among all the famous Empirics.  
Concerning the cure of Madness, 
A Decoction and Infusion of Apples.  excited from the biting of venomous or mad Animals, for that it is almost only Emperical, and commonly known, we shall not discourse of it in this place, and since we have elsewhere proposed our conjectures concerning it. But a Decoction or an Infusion of Apples, either raw or boiled in Spring-water, the liquor of Tea, Emulsions, with many other things, whose forms we have shown in the Cure of Melancholy, are convenient in this case.  

Other Chirurgical Remedies.  Moreover, from Chirurgical Remedies, besides opening of a Vein, many other helps are wont to be had for the curing of this Disease. Cupping-glasses with Scarification, often help. Blisterings, Cauteries both actual and potential are praised of many. Others commend cutting an Artery, others Trepaning, or opening the Skull, others Salivation. But these kind of administrations, besides that their effects are uncertain, can hardly be performed, or not at all safely, by reason of the intractability of the sick; wherefore, it were here superfluous to inquire into the reasons of help or cure to be expected from them. The hair being shaved off, sometimes it is expedient to apply to the forepart of the Head the hot Lungs of a Lamb or Wether, and other Fomentations, and so to change them. But these sorts of Remedies also are hardly to be applied and repeated methodically, because of the reluctancy of the sick, and so often afford more hurt than help.  

3 The vital Indication.  3. The vital Indication institutes how mad people ought to be handled, concerning their government, diet, and sleep. In this Disease there is no need of keeping up the flesh, as in most other Diseases: For the spirits ought not to be refreshed with Cordials, nor strength to be restored with Medicines; but on the contrary, both being too raging of themselves, things are to be administered as it were for the suppression or extinction of a flame raging above measure. Therefore let the diet be slender and not delicate, their clothing course, their beds hard, and their handling severe and rigid. But sleep, for that it is very necessary, aught to be caused sometimes by Anodynes; for which end, Hypnotick Remedies or Medicines above prescribed for Melancholy, are also convenient in this Disease. In inveterate and habitual Madness, the sick seldom submit to any Medical Cure; but such being placed in Bedlam, or an Hospital for Mad people, by the ordinary discipline of the place, either at length return to themselves, or else they are there kept from doing hurt, either to themselves or to others.  

Histories and Examples of mad people are to be sought in Bedlam, or Hospitals for mad people.  There is no need to illustrate the nature of this Disease with Histories and Examples, or to describe the manifold Types of it; but rather let them go to the Hospitals of Mad people, where they may behold, not without a wonderful spectacle, as it were a new and monstrous nation of men, contrary to rational people, and as it were our Antipodes; all which, if they were gathered together in one place, and that all, Madmen and Fools were joined to them; I know not whether this world would not be equally divided between them and the sober and prudent.  

The Cure of Intermitting Madness.  Thus much concerning the cure of continual Madness. The intermitting, either has perfect lucid intervals, in which the sick return to themselves, or the fury only ceases, the Delirium being still lest, insomuch that the distempered become gentle and tractable, yet still they continue amiss, as to their imagination and judgement, and speak and do many absurd or incongruous things, and afterwards sometimes again become furious.  

The Curatory Indication.  The Cure of either of these Distempers, as to the Curatory Indication, is the same, as in continual Madness, so that there is no need to show here any other Medicines, or method. But as to what respects the Prophylaxis or Preservatory Indication, by which the means of healing is instituted out of the fits, cautions and threatenings are to be given them; in whom only the Fury intermits, the Delirium remaining, the very same Remedies of Medicine, which we have prescribed for the taking away the foregoing cause of Melancholy are convenient.  

Preservatory.  In Madness which perfectly intermits, as to all its Symptoms, at the chiefest convenient times, to wit, Spring and Fall, they ought to enter into a solemn course of Physic; and besides, there is a continual need of looking to, or governing the sick, both as to diet and to their manner of living, that they may be always preserved in an equal and a moderate temper; and also, that as soon as the signs of the approaching fit appear, its coming may be hindered by Blood-letting, and by administering of Medicines.  
Therefore, in the times of the Aequinoxes, let Blood be taken out of the Arm, and seven or eight days after out of the Hemorrhoidal Veins by Leeches. Let Purges and Vomits be given twice or thrice at due intervals. Moreover, between while, let them take in order altering Remedies, at Physical hours. The Formulas or Recipes of these are set down both in this Chapter and in the former for the cure of Melancholy. Let the diet be slender and of good digestion; as concerning exercise or motion, sleep, and other non-naturals, let them be all moderate. When the approach of Madness is seen to be at hand, and constantly before the Summer Solstice, let Phlebotomy be celebrated, with Vomiting, and a more slender or sparing diet.   

CHAP. XIII.  
Of Stupidity, or Foolishness.  
STupidity, or Morosis, or Foolishness, although it most chiefly belongs to the Rational Soul, and signifies a defect of the Intellect and Judgement, yet it is not improperly reckoned among the Diseases of the Head or Brain; forasmuch as this Eclipse of the superior soul, proceeds from the Imagination and the Memory being hurt, and the failing of these depends upon the faults of the Animal Spirits, and the Brain itself.  
We have before clearly showed, 
Stupidity arises chiefly from the failing of the Imagination and Memory.  that the Rational Soul doth subsist in a sensitive or corporeal Soul, and that its principal seat is the Imagination: Further from this, and the Memory, either the notions themselves, or their occasions of all things are supplied, which the Mind beholds; wherefore, when it happens that these Corporeal Functions are defective or hindered, forthwith the eye of the Intellect, as if covered with a vail, is wont to be very much dulled, or wholly darkened. Therefore, that the reason of Foolishness and Stupidity may be rightly delivered, first we ought to inquire by what means, and from what causes, the Imagination and the Memory are often defective or fore-hindred.  
That we may proceed methodically, 
Wherefore the Organs of these Faculties labour in this Disease.  concerning these, hither aught to be referred, what we have discoursed before concerning the Functions of the Corporeal Soul, and their subjects and instruments. we have at large declared that the Callous Bodies, or the middle of the Brain is the seat of the Imagination; and the Cortical Marrows of the Brain, the seat of the Memory; and further, that the Animal Spirits are the immediate organs of either. Wherefore, because their powers being hindered (which are the first or chief movers of any other Function, both rational and sensitive) the Imbecility and dulness of the mind, the slowness of the ingenuity, stupidity and madness at length do often arise; the fault is either in the Brain itself, or the Animal Spirits, or both together, and at first now these, now that.  
1. As to the Animal Spirits, we have largely enough declared, of what sort they ought to be, of their proper and genuine nature, and what they are by reason of their preternatural disposition, in the Frenzy, Melancholy, and Madness. But besides (which we before mentioned) it may be suspected, that these Spirits being sometimes almost destitute of active Particles, become as it were liveless or vapid; to wit, when the spirituous Particles ought to excel, and to get to themselves volatile Salts; in Stupidity, both these, together with the Sulphureous, being too much depressed, they are almost drowned and overwhelmed with the watery and terrestrial. For indeed, Fools are not so dull or of such thick understanding, as their soul seems to be endued with, and their Animal Spirits are rather form of clay than their Heart. There are many occasions or evident causes, by which the Animal Spirits acquire so deadish a texture, the chief of which we shall touch on by and by.  
2. But it doth not frequently come to pass, that Stupidity is excited by the mere solitary fault of the Spirits, or of the Corporeal Soul itself, but more or rather the Brain itself is found to be first in fault: For as there are many things requisite, by which this exact subject or machine of the Animal Function is constituted, if by chance any thing of them be deficient or depraved, it easily follows, that such so distempered have little wit.  
First, 
1 As to Magnitude.  It is a vulgar observation, That the wit and ingenuity doth depend somewhat on the magnitude and figure of the Head, and consequently of its Brain; for as to its bulk, it is a Proverb, that it argues little of Brain or too much Foolishness. And although this does not always happen, yet it does for the most part. The reason of which is, because in a little Brain but a few Spirits are begotten and exercised; but in a greater, consisting for the most part of a vile or base texture or frame, it is less fitted for the quickness or sharpness of the mind.  
Secondly, 
2 By Reason of the Figure.  The genuine and best figure of the Brain ought to be globous; to wit, for the end that the Spirits may be poured forth with an equal efflux on every side, from its middle part to the whole compass, and may be from thence retorted every where by equal angles of reflections. But those who have a flat head, or too sharp, or otherways improportionate, are affected for the most part with some noted fault of the Animal Function; for these kind of Brains, like distorted Looking-Glasses, do not rightly collect the Images of things, nor truly object them to the Rational Soul.  

3 As to its Substance or Texture.  Thirdly, The substance of the Brain should be well tempered, and of a laudable frame; not only as to the qualities of heat and cold, of dryness and moisture, but its Systasis or Constitution consisting of plenty of a volatile Salt and Spirit, with a moderate proportion of the rest should be thin and airy, that the Spirits may pass thorough the whole, and cut out to themselves paths; also it should be moderately firm and compacted, that the tracts and passages being made, may remain, and not be presently blotted out again, by the sinking of the too so●t parts. But in Stupidity, it is to be suspected, that there is in the Brain an excess of some manifest quality, as of moisture or coldness, for which reason, Children and old people are wont to be affected with a dulness of their senses; or sometimes, the Texture is too thick, and Earthy; so that the spirits do not easily irradiate it, or cut tracts for themselves; to wit, they cannot penetrate an opacous or thick body, no more than rays of light. To this kind of deadish Texture of the Brain, those that are born of Plowmen and Rustics, as if they were form of a worse clay, are obnoxious; hence in some Families, reckoning many descents backward, there is scarce one witty or wise man found. In some places, the influences of the Heaven and Air incline, as it is thought, the Inhabitants to Stupidity; so, to be born in Batavia, is proverbially, as much as to say, a Fool.  

4 The evil conformation of the Brain, as to its pores and passages.  Fourthly, Besides these vices of the Brain, which are for the most part original and born with it, sometimes its evil conformation, as to its Pores and Passages, by reason of some acquired inordinations, is a cause that the Animal Function is not rightly performed. For first of all, as to what appertains to the smaller Passages and Pores of the Brain (which the spirits themselves frame every where thorough its whole substance, and perpetual flow into them for the exercise of the Animal Functions) it sometimes happens that these are either defective or perverted, and so bring on a dulness of mind, or Foolishness. These little spaces are defective, because the consistency of the Brain being either too obdurate or too fluid, it will not endure to be cut thorough after a due manner, or to remain or continue so bored thorough. But we suspect those Passages to be perverted, either because they are too loose or too straight, or else, for that their making is unequal. Too straight Pores do not sufficiently admit store of matter for a good plenty of Spirits: Those loose above measure, receive together with that matter, Heterogeneous Particles, and infesting the Animal Regiment. They seem to be unequally form, where they are more open in one part of the Brain, and more straight in another. For this cause we think it to be, that some understand, or know things well enough, but still judge evilly; for that their notions and conceptions, like the visible Images, passing thorough a divers Medium, become distorted. Further, perhaps for this reason it comes to pass, that some excel, or are strong in Imagination and Fantasy, yet are very deficient in Memory, and others on the contrary.  

3 Stupidity sometimes proceeds from both of them being in fault together.  3. It sometimes happens, that both these conjunct causes do concur together to Foolishness, to wit, because both the Animal Spirits are dull and torpid, and also the Brain evilly conformed. And in truth, which part soever is first in fault, it quickly will make the other in like manner guilty. Because when the Spirits being blunt and sluggish do not freely pass thorough the Brain, the Pores and Passages in it are not either sufficiently cut thorough, or else they close again; and the Spirits if they cannot expand themselves, by reason of the evil texture of the Brain as they should do, they at length becoming slothful and idle, grow heavy, and acquir● a vicious disposition.  

What the Antecedent Causes of Foolishness, are,  Thus much concerning the Conjunct Causes of Foolishness, as to its Procatartick and Evident, there belong more occasions, by reason of which the aforesaid evils are wont to be brought to the Brain, or the Spirits, or to both together.  

1 An Hereditary Disposition.  For in the first place, Stupidity (as we but now observed) is sometimes original or born with one, and so it is either hereditary, as when Fools beget Fools, the reason of which is clear enough, to wit, the same weak Particles flowing for the constituting the Animal Organs in the Son, which were in the Father's or Stupidity being born with one, is as it were accidental, to wit, it frequently happens, that wise men and highly ingenious, 
Why strong or wise men are not always begotten of strong and wise Man.  do beget Fools and Changelings, or heavy witted: which we suppose so to come to pass sometimes for this cause, for that the Parents being too much given to study, reading, and meditation, the Animal Spirits that inhabit the Brain, are so much wasted, that for the supply of them, the most generous Particles of the Blood are still carried to the Head, and but few only, and small, are permitted to descend to the Spermatick Bodies. 
The first Reason.  When the rational Soul becomes greatly solicitous in bringing forth its child (which are the works of the Intellect) than the Corporeal Soul (the Spirits being called away to wait on the other) becomes not at all, or very weakly prolific.  

A Second Reason.  Besides this reason, there is another frequently to be met with, wherefore the first implanted sagacity of men, as well as of Brutes, is not often propagated from the Parents to the Children: For when as we presume certainly, the Colt of a generous Horse, or of a delicate strain, or the Chickens of a Game-Cock, that they will patrissare, or be like their Sires, so that they are sold at a great rate, and the virtues of these, if not broken by inordinate and preternatural feeding or bringing up, descend by a long series to their young from age to age: This often happens otherwise to men, to wit, because the Parents do so enervate and weaken their bodies by intemperance, luxury, and evil manners, that they beget only languishing and unhealthy Children. Hence it is, that for the most part, those who are born of Parents broken with old age, or of such as are not yet ripe or too young, or of drunkards, soft, and effeminate men, want a great and liberal ingenuity or wit. Nor does there happen a less detriment to them of the Animal Faculty, whose sires are obnoxious to evil affections of the Brain, as the Palsy, Epilepsy, Carus, Convulsions, and the like; so that to be born of Parents who have a sound mind in a sound body, is far beyond a large patrimony.  
Secondly, 
2 Ripeness and the Declination of Age dispose some to Foolishness.  There are more evident causes, by which Stupidity is wont to be induced, to some originally whole. Some at first crafty and ingenious, become by degrees dull, and at length foolish, by the mere declining of age, without any great errors in living; to wit, because the nervous liquor, and the blood, (whose evil dispositions the Animal Spirits partake of) like some Wines, and other fermented liquors, depart from their vigour after a perfect Fermentation; and by little and little degenerate into a dead and pallid substance. For it is observed, the wits of some people do receive a various increase and decrease, according to the periods of their Ages. I have known many in their childhood very sagacious, and extremely docil or apt to learn, that by their literature and discourse have caused admiration, who afterwards becoming young men, were dull and heavy: and those who at first were very beautiful, were afterwards not at all handsome, or beautiful in their aspect. In like manner, it often happens on the contrary, that many at first indocil or unapt to learn, and wholly unfit for literature, and seeming of an ill favoured countenance, when they have become young men, or have put off their childhood, have had both an excellent wit, and become beautiful. The reason of the former is, that some ripe wit, or ingenuity, like garden fruit, does not remain long in the same condition, but soon declining, quickly withers. For in every mixture or concretion rightly made, there is required, that a progression from crudity to maturity be made gently and by little and little, that is, the active elements do not at first arise above the rest, and show themselves above measure, but being involved with the others, rise up and put forth themselves by little and little; for otherwise, being too free in the beginning, and made loose, they easily fly away, leaving their subject almost dead or taste less. Wherefore, Boys who are seen to be dull in their first Age, may be hoped afterwards, when the temper of the Brain (the superfluous moisture being evaporated) is come to maturity, to become ingenious enough.  
Thirdly, 
3 Great hurts of the Head sometimes cause Doting, or want of Ingenuity.  Sometimes great strokes or bruising of the Head, especially such as happen from a fall from some high place, do bring hurt or debility to the Animal faculties. I have known some very learned, and men of great wit and judgement, who outliving some of these falls by chance, afterwards were of a heavy and dull ingenuity. It is commonly said of such so distempered, that their Brain is turned; and indeed a vehement Convulsion or shaking of the Brain, greatly perverts, and not seldom presses together, or shuts up the accustomed tracts and paths of the Spirits, so that they perform the acts of the Memory and the Imagination for ever after, hardly, and amiss; so as some by some great wound inflicted on the Head, have become sottish, and afterwards mad.  
Fourthly, 
4 Frequent Drunkenness.  Frequent Drunkenness and Surfeiting, especially if they sleep in their Cups, and lie as it were buried in Wine and Sleep, do very much decay the wits of some, and make infirm the use of their Reason; to wit, because by them, Heterogeneous little Bodies, and infesting very much the Animal Regiment, are introduced. Almost for the same reason, the frequent use of Opiates very much troubles the sharpness of the mind.  
Fiftly, 
5 Vehement Affections.  Violent and sudden passions, as in the first place, an unexpected and very great affright, or terror or vehement sadness, have caused Sottishness or Foolishness in some, so that they have been scarce able to express the sense of their mind in words, or to perform the familiar actions of life. Which certainly comes to pass, forasmuch as the spirits inhabiting the Brain upon such an occasion, are very much dissipated and drawn asunder one from another, and afterwards, are not able to repeat the the former footsteps of their motions; in like manner as Soldiers, being put to flight by a sudden and violent attack of the enemy, 
6 The more grievous Diseases of the Head, oftentimes excite Foolishness.  recover not easily their orders and stations.  
Sixthly, It is observed, that some men have contracted also Foolishness, by reason of cruel Diseases of the Head. This frequently happens in a great and long Epilepsy, for that this Distemper, possessing the middle part of the Brain, perverts, and so fills and stuffs up with feculencies, all the Pores and passages, the Spirits being thereby frequently and vehemently thrust forth, that the tracts of the Spirits being shut up; the acts of the internal Senses and Motions are hindered. I knew a young maid, at first of an acute wit, and lively ingenuity, who after she had long laboured with the Falling-sickness, became sottish and foolish, like a changeling. Further, I have taken notice in many, that Stupidity hath accompanied the Palsy, or has gone before it (as we mentioned in the Chapter of the Palsy) to wit, the same matter which brings a resolution or loosning, being in the Streaked Body, being heaped up in the Callous, causes often, if not an Apoplexy, or Carus, a Foolishness.  

The Differences of this Disease.  Many differences of this Disease are to be met with; and first, there is commonly wont to be a distinction between Stupidity and Foolishness, for those affected with this latter, apprehend simple things well enough, dextrously and swiftly, and retain them firm in their memory, but by reason of a defect of judgement, they compose or divide their notions evilly, and very badly infer one thing from another; moreover, by their folly, and acting sinistrously and ridiculously, they move laughter in the bystanders. On the contrary, 
How foolishness and stupidity differ.  those who are Stupid, by reason of the defect of the Imagination and Memory, as well as of the Judgement, do neither apprehend well, or quickly, nor argue well; besides they behave themselves not as the others by toying and gesticulation, but sottishly, foolishly, or like a dull Ass; so that the simplicity of these is the more miserable, who show so the Disease in their countenance and behaviour. In Foolishness, it seems, that the Animal Spirits being somewhat active, though less firm, do pass thorough only more short and oblique tracts, and do not beam thorough the Brain, with an equal and constant irradiation, but leaping forth, or running out desultorily or after a leaping manner, sometimes here sometimes there perform the acts of the Animal Functions, perfunctorily only, or ridiculously. But in Stupidity, the Spirits being obtuse and dull of their own proper nature, and flowing, very little pervious in the more thick Brain, cannot exercise themselves rightly, for the performing the offices of the Animal Regiment.  

Degrees of stupidity.  Stupidity (whose Pathology we here chiefly deliver) hath many degrees; for some are accounted unfit or incapable, as to all things, and others as to some things only. Some being wholly fools in the learning of letters, or the liberal Sciences, are yet able enough for Mechanical Arts. Others of either of these incapable, yet easily comprehend Agriculture, or Husbandry and Country business. Others unfit almost for all affairs, are only able to learn what belongs to eating or the common means of living: Others merely Dolts or driuling Fools, scarce understand any thing at all, or do any thing knowingly.  

The Prognostic of the Disease.  As to what belongs to the Prognostic, Stupidity being contracted from the birth or hereditary, or happening from unknown causes, if it still persists to ripe age, it is almost never healed: but when it happens that Children being at first dull and almost insensible, by reason of the complexions of both their Brain and Spirits being ripened, they are made ingenious and docil enough.  

Evil if from an hurt of the Head.  This Disease excited from an evident solitary cause, as from an hurt of the Head, or a violent passion, also coming upon an inveterate Epilepsy, if it continues for some time, it is afterwards incurable.  

What is excited from a Lethargy admits a Curt.  What succeeds a Lethargy, and any other sleepy Diseases, depends chiefly on the hurt of the Memory, and sometimes vanishes of its own accord, those Distempers being cured. Therefore, when in these cases the cure of Stupidity is instituted, here are convenient almost the same method of healing and Remedies, which we have prescribed in the Preservatory Indication of the Lethargy; the chief intentions of which are, that the Animal Spirits being freed from any torpor or benummedness, cut forth or frame Pores and passages within the translucid Brain, and may be expanded truly in them.  

Sometimes it is cured by a fever.  Sometimes a fever has cured some Fools, and stupid, and rendered them more acute. Huartus tells of a certain man that was a Fool in the Court of Corduba, that being distempered with a malignant fever, came so much to himself in the midst of the Disease, and with that judgement and discretion, that the whole Court stood in admiration; and so remained his whole life afterwards, one of the most prudent men of his time. We ourselves have known a certain man of a very blunt, Boeotick or dull wit, who talking idly in a fever, most suddenly brought forth most acute speeches, and seasoned with a great deal of salt or ingenious wit. Further, we before spoke of a generous old Gentleman, who having lost his memory, and so the use of discourse, received great help by the distemper of a fever happening afterwards; the reason of which seems to be, because the feavourish burning sometimes rarefies and dispels the darkness covering the Brain.  
As to what respects the cure of this Disease, 
The Cure requires both a Master and a Physician.  Stupidity, whether innate or acquired (if it be not plainly Madness or Stolidity, uncapable of all learning) though it may not be cured, yet is often wont to be amended. Wherefore it must be the work both of a Physician and a Teacher, that the wit of such that are so affected, may be somewhat trimmed, and they being at least brought to the use of reason in a little measure, may be accounted out of the number of Brutes.  
For this end, 
What the labour of the former aught to be.  because dull or senseless Beetles, or the more dull Loggerheads or Blockheads, do not readily learn the common notions of things, no more than Children the first elements of letters, therefore they are to be instituted in all things, by the frequent care of a Master, and the same things are again and again to be inculcated to them. For by this means, the Spirits, though slow and torpid, are a little sharpened by perpetual exercise, and they being continually excited in the Brain, how rude and crass soever they be, do cut forth at length for their expansion, some tracts or passages, though more imperfect. 
What the Medical intentions art.  But that this may the more happily and easily succeed, medical Remedies ought to be administered, which may purify and volatize the Blood and nervous Liquor, together with the Animal Spirits; and also, that may clarify the Brain, and render it as it were Diaphanous.  
For the purifying the Blood, 
What kind of Remedies are shown.  let there be sometimes administered a gentle Purge, and Phlebotomy in a small quantity, if there be strength, several times; for that end also Issues are convenient, in the Arm or Leg, or both, for the driving the filthiness from the Brain: 
1 Evacuating Remedies.  In fat folks, and such as are endowed with a moist Head, let them sometimes be made between the shoulders. Further, some in this case cry up with wonderful praises a Trepaning, by which the Brain may more freely breath forth, and evaporate. Let their diet be light and attenuating; their dwelling in a free air, and dry; their sleep moderate.  
After these have for some time been administered, 
2 Altering Medicines.  in the ordinary and usual manner, if that in the left part of the breast there is no beating of the heart in the Arcadian youth, or if there be no sign of hopes, it will be in vain to spend labour and pains, and Medicines any further on them: but if by the use of these, any signs of help, or any hopes appear, sometimes it will be to the purpose to add to these, altering Remedies, to be daily taken at medical hours, for a long time. The Recipes or Formula's of these are already delivered in our Pharmaceutice for the taking away the foregoing causes of most Cephalick Diseases; and thence may be taken: moreover what do besides respect this particular case, we think here good to add, being some magisterial Receipts.  
Take of the Spirits of Armoniacum, 
Spirits.  succinated, or with Amber six drams; let it be given from fifteen to twenty drops Evening and Morning, in three spoonfuls of the following distilled water; drinking after it seven spoonfuls of the same.  
Take of the fresh leaves of Misletoe of the Apple tree six handfuls; 
A Distilled Water.  of the lesser Sage, Rosemary, Savory, the greater Rocket, Mother of Thyme, Calaminths, Penyroyal, Marjoram, each four handfuls; of the roots of Angelica, of Imperatoria, each six ounces; of Zedoary, the lesser Galingal, of the Aromatic Reed, of Winterans' Bark, each two ounces; of Cloves, Nutmegs, Mace, Cinnamon, Ginger, each one ounce; of Cubebs, Cardamums, Grains of Paradise, each six drams; all of these being cut and bruised small together, pour to them twelve pints of the best Canary; let them be digested cold, and close shut in a vessel for three days, than distilled according to art: let the whole liquor be mixed together, and sweetened with Sugar when it is taken: The Dose is two or three ounces.  
After the use of the Spirits of Armoniac for fifteen or twenty days, 
Tinctures, Elixirs.  other Medicines about that time may have their turns, such as Spirits of Hartshorn, of Sut, Humane Skull; Tinctures of Coral, Antimony, Castor, Amber; the Elixir Vitae Quercitani, Elixir Proprietatis, Spirits of Lavender. etc.  Or Take of the Conserves of the flowers of the Lily of the valley six ounces, 
An Electuary.  of the roots of Acori veri preserved six drams, of Ginger preserved in India, of preserved Nutmeg, each half an ounce; of Species Diambrae two drams, of Lignum Aloes, yellow Saunders, the picked roots of Zedoary, of Cubebs, of jamaica Pepper, each one dram and a half; of Coral prepared two drams, of the Syrup of Candied Ginger what will suffice; make an Electuary. The Dose two drams Morning and Evening, drinking after it of the distilled Water three ounces. 
For those whose Brain is too abounding with moisture, 
Coffee.  let them drink every Morning a draught of Coffee, with Sage leaves boiled in it: For those who have their Animal Spirits too poor and liveless; 
Chocalate.  let them take Chocolate, as we have described it above, which seems most profitable. For ordinary drink let small Ale or Beer be prepared in a vessel containing three or four Gallons, and after it has worked, put into it in a little bag, 
Physical Beer.  these following things. Take of the leaves of Sage, the sharp leaved and dried, four handfuls; of Cubebs one ounce, of Cloves and of Nutmegs bruised, etc. Mix them according to art.  

Outward Applications.  Outward Applications have also a place here; such are a quilted Cap, Plasters, and Liniments: and sometimes let these, sometimes those or others be administered.  

A Cap or quilted thing for the Head.  Take of the flowers of the Lily of the valley, Rosemary flowers, Stoechadoes, each one handful; of Celtic Spike two drams, of the roots of Cypress, the lesser Galingal, the Florentine Iris, each three drams; of Labdanum, Benzoin, of Toluvian Balsam, of Amber, each two drams; of Nutmegs, Cloves, Mace, Cinnamon, each one dram and a half: make of them all a fine powder, quilting it in a Cap with silk between.  

A Plaster.  Take of the Plaster of Floris unguent▪ so called, two ounces, of Tachamahac, of Carranae, of the Balsam of Tolu, each three drams; of the Powder of Amber, Myrrh, each two drams; of Cloves, Nutmeg, Mace, each one dram; being all liquefied or melted together, let them be made into a mass, of which make a Plaster, spread it on leather, and the head being shaved, put it to it.  

A Lineament.  Take of the Oil of Palms half an ounce, of Capive Balsam three drams, of the Balsam of Peru one dram, of the Oil of Nutmeg, by expression two drams, Oil of Amber half a dram; make an Ointment for the Head.  
I might here add many other Medicines, and ways of Administrations, but in this almost desperate case, where oftentimes no Remedies are wont to help, and the Cure never perfected, these may suffice.   

CHAP. XIV.  
Of the Gout.  
AMong the Diseases of the Head and the nervous stock, we may refer hither some Distempers that are chiefly wont to infest the Feet and the Belly, 
The Distempers of the Gout and Colic are Distempers of the nervous Stock.  to wit, the Gout and the Colic. That the seat of either is in the nervous parts, we may very well conclude from the primary Symptom, to wit, pain. The cause of this latter, Charles Piso has affirmed to exist within the Head, and Fernelius affims the same of the other. Wherefore we shall endeavour to deliver the pathology of either, together with the apposite means of healing them; and first we shall speak of the Gout.  

The Subject of the Gout.  The name of the Gout denotes plainly its subject; because that it is almost only Articulate, or is in the space where the heads of two or more Bones meet together. This Disease is wont to be excited more frequently about the Internodia or knit of the Bones of the Feet; because this part being greatly declining, and remote from the Praecordia, and the fountain of Heat, receives readily the Morbific matter, and does not easily overcome it, or quickly put it off. Yet the Gout often happens in the jointings of the Hip or huckle bone, the knee, the bending of the arm, the shoulder, the wrist, the ankle, and of other parts.  

Its appearances rehearsed.  The fits of this Disease (which are almost ever intermitting) invade either wandringly, or periodically; which being finished, sometimes sooner, sometime more slowly, the intervals happen lucid or quiet enough; presently after the first assault of it, for the most part pains arise without any tumour; though afterwards, about the height of the Disease, the distempered part often swells up; the pains in the beginning yield to no Remedies, but are made more cruel by cathartics, and are not presently put to flight by Topics, or wont to be allayed. The Fit most often falls upon one without any previous distemper, but suddenly; yet sometimes there will be an heat of the blood, or a little feavourish distemper going before. The disposition to this Disease is sometimes hereditary, and sometimes acquired, by reason of an evil manner of living. The occasions or causes, which being wont to move this disposition, stir up the Gouty pains, are all violent alterations or passions, inflicted on the humours or spirits. Hence Surfeiting immoderate drinking, especially of sharp and thin Wines, transpiration being hindered, wrath or indignation, immoderate Venus or Lust, sadness, also the changes of the air, and of the year, and any great mutations ordinarily induce fits of this Disease. Those obnoxious to this disease, are sometimes in danger to be distempered also with the Stone, or Gravel in the Reins; and so on the contrary, those obnoxious to the Stone, are wont to be troubled with the Gout. Yea the Gout growing grievous, it every where heaps up about its nests, to wit, in the joints, a calculous or stony matter, and there excites a stony or hard bulk.  
The distempered parts, 
The parts affected.  whose pains are stirred up in the hauled Fibres, for the most part are the Periostea, or the heads clothing the Membrane of the Bones, and perhaps the Tendons and Ligaments there planted about. But sometimes the pain in these parts, wholly depends upon a breach of the unity, and this proceeds from a certain matter being impacted in those Bodies, or lying upon them; first of all we shall inquire, what sort of morbific matter this is; secondly, from whence it comes; and thirdly, by what means it so stirs up periodical Gouty Fits, by breaking the unity in them.  
As to the Morbific Matter it seems, 
The Morbific Matter.  first that it is not the Blood or nervous juice of itself; nor is it one only simple humour laid up a part from the others. We deservedly excuse the Blood from this censure, because these pains only infest Bodies for the most part without Blood; yea, and almost them only. For although in the neighbouring parts, by reason of the course of the Blood being hindered, sometimes a tumour happens with an inflammation; yet this is not the Disease, but a Symptom, and for the most part comes upon the Gout. Further it appears, that the nervous juice (how ever sharp, or biteing, or pricking, or pulling it is supposed to be) does not excite of itself the pains of the Gout; because then the Distemper would cause pains also, or as much in some other passages of the nervous parts, and also in the Internodia or knit of the Bones.  
It is improbable, 
It is not any simple or singular Humour suggested from any of them.  for the same reason, that any singular, excrementitious, or superfluous Humour or Matter deposited from the Blood or nervous juice, to cause the pains of the Gout. For if such were only carried thorough the Nerves, it would excite pains by order, and a continual tract, not first in the feet or extreme joints, but by irritating the nervous Stock in its whole journey. If that according to the opinions of Hollerius, Sennertus, and other Moderns, it be affirmed, that some impurities falling off from the heated Blood, and received by the joints, is the material cause of the Goutish pain; than it should follow, that all who are greatly obnoxious to the Goutish Distempers, are also most prone to Feavourish burnings or heats; and that a Feavourish heat should precede every assault of this Disease; neither of which to be true, common observation doth witness. For those troubled with the Gout, as it were with a privilege (to wit, by reason of the Saline dispositions of the Humours) are free from a Feavourish Distemper. Further, the Fits of the Gout most often arise of a sudden, without any great swelling up or ebullition of the Blood, and presently at the beginning become very cruel; which also argues, that the Morbific Matter is not by degrees laid up in the distempered part, as in a Mine, and then to excite pains by its fullness. For if it were so, the beginnings and the increase of the Disease, being always made gradatim, they would be longer and more durable; not doth the distemper (as it often is wont) being presently vehement, by and by change its seat, and quickly vanishing in one place, anon arise up in another.  
When therefore any singular humour (of which sort soever it be supposed) seems not efficacious enough, 
In the Mine of this Disease two humours concur, and mutually grow hot.  for the provision of the Fits of the Gout; we may affirm, That in the nest or mine of this Disease, (whether it be one or many), that many fermentative juices, and those not easily to be mixed, do meet together; then from the strife and growing hot of these, the painful Vel●ications or pullings of the nervous Fibres do arise.  
Formerly discoursing of the wand'ring Scorbutic Gout, 
In like manner, as when the Spirits of Vitriol are poured upon Oil of Tartar.  and the Rheumatism, we plainly showed what was also the cause of this Gout, of which we now treat; viz. forasmuch as it appears by a very vulgar experiment, that salts being put in a divers state, to wit, some of them being fixed or Alchalizate, and others having gotten a flux, or sharp, or acetosous things, being put together, do very much boil up and grow hot, and their humidity causing a white and hardish Coagulum or curdling; as for instance well known, when the spirit of Vitrial is poured to oil of Tartar, it manifestly appears; and why may we not think, that in the fits of the Gout, there is something like it? to wit, that from the fight and mutual conflict of the Liquors, which are of a divers Saline nature, the nervous Fibers are pricked and provoked, and at length, from the various Coagulations of either juice, that there is sometimes heaped together in the distempered places, a Calculous or stony matter.  
That we may show the genuine matter of the Gout, 
A Vitriolic Matter partly supplied from the Nervous Liquor.  we ought to refer hither, what we have elsewhere said, concerning the nourishment of the solid parts. For indeed, we have showed, that to that office both the Blood, and the nervous Liquor do bring their tributes; to wit, when the nourishing juice is carried from the Blood, thorough the Arteries, to all the parts of the whole body, another liquor being deposited from the Brain, thorough the Nerves, and their dependences, doth actuate that former, as it were with an inspired spirit, so that it is made full and fertile, and so more easily insinuates into the Pores and passages of the part that is to be nourished, and is assimilated into its susbtance. There will be no need to repeat here what we have formerly discoursed at large; as to what respects the present matter, we shall take notice, that the nutritious humour, distributed from the blood, consists of a little Spirit, but of more plenty of Water, Earth, and Sulphur, and moderately of Salt, somewhat volatile; further, whilst the nutritious humour is distributed, for that its Particles, which are for the cherishing or nourishment of any part, aught to be proportionate, and to remain like itself; therefore, whilst the spirituous are destinated to the Brain, and the sulphureous to the flesh, the inwards and the fat, it is behoveful, that the most Saline and more fixed, should be laid up about the jointings of the Bones, and then growing full with the nervous liquor, to be assimilated with them.  

Either Matter, growing degenerate or depraved, turns to the Gout.  But if by reason of the vicious dyscrasy of the Blood, it happens that Particles saltish above measure, and fixed, should be laid up in the joints, and by reason of their incongruity are not presently assimilated; they soon after grow together into an heap, or a certain Morbific mine. But the Fit of the Gout is not wont for that reason to be excited, but an heaviness only and languishing of the distempered member, 
1 From the Blood, for that it becomes full of a fixed Salt.  which is oftentimes taken away by abstinence, or exercise, or Physic; the strange Particles being discussed, or supped back again into the Blood.  
But if the Particles of the nervous liquor degenerate from a volatileness into an acetous Flux, 
2 From the nervous Liquor, for that it is acetosous or sharp.  a flowing arising from thence, they ●all down in too great plenty into the little joints, and because they there grow hot, with the Saline or Lixivial Mine, there before laid up, they stir up the Fits of the Gout.  
The Saline or Tartarous Matter therefore being laid up from the Arterous Blood, about the jointings together of the Bones, 
The former is, as it were, the feminine Seed of the Gout;  is as it were the feminine seed of this Disease; which notwithstanding, though there be heaped together a great plenty of it, is of itself wholly unfruitful, like an Egg without a Cock; until the nervous liquor growing turgent, sends its acetosous Recrements falling from it, into the nest of the former; which immediately, 
The other masculine.  as it were the masculine seed, renders the other prolific. For inasmuch as those two Particles which are of a different state and original, do meet together, and mutually concur, they pull or haul the Fibres of the Membranes and Tendons, and so stir up the fit of the Gout; the allaying of which, wholly depends upon the mutual subaction or bringing under, and the difflation or blowing away of the most sharp Particles of either kind.  
These things concerning the formal reason, and the conjunct cause of the Gout, being thus laid down, 
The Procatartick, or foregoing Causes of the Gout.  we will proceed to the further unfolding its Procatartick or foregoing causes: And we say, that these are a Saline matter, laid up from the Blood in the joints, and acetous or sharp Recrements, sent into the same nest, from the swelling up of the nervous liquor.  
First therefore, that this sort of Saline Mine is laid up about the jointings or knitting of the Bones together, 
1 A Mine of fixed Salt laid up about the Internodia, or Knitting togegether of the Bones.  is plainly argued by the sudden and unlooked for assault of this Disease, and from its difficult cure; for the matter doth not flow into the distempered part altogether, and at once, in such abundance, that it should excite a fit so grievous and tedious; besides, for that the pains are repeated still within the accustomed nest, it seems that their fetation or hatching doth most certainly depend upon the Egg somewhere laid up before hand. But that this matter is not merely Excrementitious, but a portion of the nourishing juice, 
This Matter is not merely Excrementitious,  degenerate towards a fixed Salt, being destinated to the same bony parts, we may lawfully conjecture, because an humour merely Excrementitious, would cause in the distempered place, a continual trouble and tumour; moreover, this plainly convinces, from the cure of the Gout, by torture or cutting of the part: For Authors worthy to be believed, have told us in their writings, that the Member being cut off, in which the sickness uses to be, or greatly wounded, that the Disease has ceased without any relapse; in like manner as a most grievous Tooth-ack, and continual, is most often cured by pulling out the distempered Tooth.  
If that the Goutish humour were (as it is commonly said) a Choleric, or a Phlegmatic humour, 
nor a Bilous or Phlegmatic Humour.  or any other merely Excrementitious, it flowing afterwards to some other member, after the former distempered were cut off, would there excite a new Morbific Mine; but this happens only in some accustomed joints, for that this or that part is become more weak, and so admits into itself the more easily, all other filthy portions; and neither assimilating nor sending them away, suffers them to increase into a Morbific Mine. Further, the Recrements also of the nervous juice, that are sharp and acetous, fall down more readily into the same part by reason of its debility.  
But to the Saline Procatarxis, 

To this previous procatarxis, to wit, a fixed Salt, the dyscrasy of the blood, and the debility of the Distempered Member doth help.  
What the Saline Particles of the blood ought to be, to wit, in a middle state, between fixation and volatilisation.   or foregoing cause of this Disease, lying in the Joints; not only the weakness of the distempered member, but much more and first of all, the evil disposition of the Blood doth help. We shall weigh a little the reasons, and the manner how it is done, of either.  
1. And in the first place, the fault of the Blood is, that its elementary Particles, and chiefly the Saline, are not in a fit state or condition. For they ought to be within the mass of the Blood, in the middle betwixt a fixed and a volatile constitution: they are called fixed, so long as the Sulphur and Earth being combined, do pertinaciously adhere to them; as it is observed in fresh and raw Urine, from which you shall not easily draw by distillation, either Salt or Spirit: But the saline Particles are votatilised, when leaving the Sulphur and Earth, they adhere to the spirituous, and with them fly away; as it is seen in the spirit of Urine, being distilled after a long digestion. Then there is a middle constitution between these, when the Saline Particles are so loosened and dislocated from the Sulphureous and Earthy Particles, that upon occasion they may be easily laid hold on by the Spirituous, and ascend together with them; as it is in Urine putrefied by digestion, from which with a very little heat, you may force out Spirit and Salt. In like manner the Saline Particles in a living body, seem first of all to be in a degree of fixity, within the Chyle; from which, notwithstanding, through Concoction in the Bowels, being rightly made, they begin to come forth a little. Secondly, these are made volatile in the nervous juice: And, Thirdly, they are of a middle constitution in the bloody mass; to wit, which are exalted by a continual circulation or digestion, so that they are in some manner volatile, that being associated, partly with spirituous particles, and distilled forth with them into the Brain, they go into Animal Spirits; and partly going into the nutritious juice, together with the sulphureous and others, they increase in their nourishing the solid parts.  
But sometimes it happens, 
When, being too fixed, they become Morbific.  that the saline Particles (at least not all) are not rightly exalted within the bloody mass, but remaining in a state of fixity, give a beginning or cherishing to many Diseases. That we may say nothing of the Scurvy, Dropsy, and many others, we only say for the present, it may be suspected, that the first seeds of the Goutish distemper depend upon this cause; 
And so they bring forth the Scurvy, Dropsy, and other Diseases, and especially the Gout.  for when the nervous juice, being destinated to the heads of the bones (where it is chiefly received) ought to consist of very much Salt, there is a necessity, that its Particles, because they are too fixed and thick, cannot be admitted presently into the Pores and passages, should increase into a Morbific Mine. Besides, that more easily and more often happens, if the weak or broken Fibres of the bodies, planted near, cannot by wrinkling themselves, shake off what is troublesome or superfluous.  
As to the secret leading or evident causes, 
The Saline fixed, or Arthritical Disposition of the Blood, proceeds from various Causes.  from which the nutritious liquor being brought from the blood to the joints, is imbued too much with a fixed Salt, and by reason of which, these parts become too prompt and easy for the receiving what is improportionate to them, the chief of these, for that they are various and manifold, we will briefly touch upon.  
1. And first of all, 
1 Sometimes it is Hereditary.  an hereditary disposition is wont to produce either evil. For those troubled with the Gout, for the most part beget Gouty Children, and this Disease descending from the Parents to the Children, is wont not only to have the like fruits in both, and also to ripen about the periods of the same age; but for the most part, it hath its first roots in the same members, and observes every where the like progresses: concerning the reason of which, I think, we have already said enough, being the same as other Diseases propagated ex traduce, or from the Parent.  
2. But indeed, 
2 Oftentimes acquired, by reason of an evil manner of living.  the Gouty disposition is brought in oftentimes without any original fault, by reason of an evil manner of living, and errors in the six non-naturals. For those who are given to Surfeiting and drinking much, and indulge their appetites by an inordinate eating and drinking, and especially if they feed on salt and spiced meats, and guzle down great plenty of Wine, easily contract this Disease. For by this means, the Chyle is indigested, and endued with very unfit and untameable Particles, and so ill prepared in the Bowels; and then from a more liberal drinking of Wine, saltish settlements and heterogeneous feculences or dregs, which subsist somewhere in the first passages, being too much exalted, are carried into the Blood: to which enormities of living▪ if a sedentary life, idleness, or sleeping at noon be added, so that the superfluities neither exhale, nor the Saline impurities are dissipated by exercise, but left to settle about the jonts, certainly too much of this Alchalisate seed is sowed for a plentiful harvest of this Disease of the Gout.  
3. The debility of the little Joints, 
From what Causes the debility of the joints is excited.  and Goutish disposition is not only hereditary, but excited frequently by reason of various occasions. The falling down of the Morbific matter often induces this: for if by chance it happens, that at first, the fit of the Gout comes in this or that part, afterwards the peccant humour more easily falls down into the same member; and quickly constitutes, as it were, a nest, where the Eggs may be continually laid up. Besides, a solution or breach of continuity also, or some hurt inflicted on any joint, by wet, or cold, by a blow, or putting out of joint, oftentimes stirs up the Goutish disposition.  

2 The other foregoing Cause of the Gout, from the acetous part of the nervous humour.  Secondly, But indeed, as the Blood brings a Saline Mine for the Morbid seed, and the Joints receive and hide it readily; yet this provision, without the coming of the other seeds, is like an addle Egg, wholly barren and unfruitful; because, for the constituting of this Disease into act, it is required, that the nervous liquor, by chance swelling up or growing turgid, pours forth Saline impurities of another condition, to wit, acetous, falling away with a certain effervescency, or heat, and as it were a firing of the other Mine. Wherefore, we think good to set down this other foreleading cause of the Gouty Disease in the nervous humour, and its acetous or sharp affluxions, or flowing to the parts.  

Such an acetous disposition does not come upon the whole Mass of the nervous humour, but only some portions or recrements of it.  And indeed, that the Saline Particles of this Liquor degenerating from a volatilization to a flux, do become acid, we have showed by very many instances and reasons; both formerly, and also in this Tract. But for the provision of this Disease, it is not requisite that the whole Mass of the nervous juice should be acetous; but it is sufficient, that some portions of it in the Brain, or elsewhere in the nervous stock, being depraved, or that its Recrements laid up here and there, had contracted this kind of Nature, from which afterwards growing turgid, when as the acid Particles run together to the Saline Mine laid up in the Joints, they stir up the Gouty fit after the manner aforesaid.  

It is shown that acetous fluxions do proceed from the nervous humour.  But truly, it manifestly appears, that acetous fluxions being brought from the nervous humour, do frequently happen; by a notable instance or experiment, often cited by me; viz. I have often observed, That those obnoxious to the passions or pains of the Nerves, have suffered or felt a light rigour or stiffness in their whole Body (which is a corrugation or wrinkling of almost all the nervous parts) and then presently, the Convulsive Distemper would follow; at which time the Urine was rendered very copiously and clear, which being without any lixivial or nitrous savour (which otherwise it always has) was very sharp, like mere Vinegar: indeed by this most clear sign it appears, that the humour being risen up to a fullness in the nervous parts, and moved by its swelling up, doth bring in the Convulsive Distempers; and when a portion of the same sweeting or dropping forth, is laid up in the Glandulas, immediately being reduced thence into the Blood, by the passage of the Veins and Lymphducts, it did excite the flood of the sharp Urine: Indeed in like manner, from the same humour swelling up in a lesser measure, and still remaining within the nervous passages, and settling in the Joints, we think the Gouty fits do arise.  

And so part of the Gouty Mixed is sent from the Brain and Nerves.  Indeed it is an argument, that part of the Goutish matter doth proceed from the Brain and Nerves, because for the most part, those obnoxious to this Disease, do complain a little before the fit, of an heaviness of the head, and of a dulness, with a Vertigo, and sleepiness; but as soon as they begin to suffer the pains of the Gout, as if the Clouds were blown away from the Brain, they enjoy a more free understanding, with a great and unwonted sharpness of wit. Besides, when as there are sometimes many Saline Mines of this inveterate Disease, deposited in divers Members, it is observed, that the pains do very much invade, first the superior places, and then by degrees descend to the rest; wherefore, when perhaps at first the Vertebrae of the neck were troubled, a little while after the shoulders, or other members of the Arm were possessed, than the Disease reached to the Loins, or the Hips, and lastly the joints of the Legs, and so to the lowest joints, sometimes these, and sometimes those.  

The evident Causes of the Goutish Fit.  The Evident Causes, which in respect of the nervous liquor stir up the Gouty Fits, do either pervert the Particles and portions into an Acetousness, or else stir them up before degenerated into Fluxions.  

1 The drinking of sharp Liquors.  1. Acid liquors, as thin Wines, Cider, stale Beer (experience being mistress) are to be shunned by Gouty persons, more than a Mad-Dog, or a Snake. For these kind of Drinks do not only bring into act the cause of this Disease, but contribute more Acetous Particles, (by carrying them to the Brain, and nervous Fibres) to its nest, and increase the Morbific matter.  

2 Immoderate Exercise.  2. Immoderate or unseasonable exercises of the Body, violent passions, immoderate Venus, and a disorderly feeding, and whatsoever besides greatly disturbs the spirits and humours or shakes them, and by that means stir up the fluxions of the nervous juice or its recrements, induce the pains of the Gout.  

3 Evacuations being suppressed.  3. Usual evacuations being suppressed, also taking of cold and wet, for that by this means the blood, and by consequence the nervous liquor, conceive effervescencies and fluxions, do bring on the fits of this Disease.  
4. For the same reason, 
4 The Circulations of the Heaven, Air and Year.  the changes of the Heaven and of the Air, as also the Tropics of the year, are wont to bring on the pains of the Gout; so that it is become a Proverb, That Gouty persons carry their Almanac in their joints; and deduce most certain Prognostics of the weather, from their pains: For as often as the humid constitution of the year, or the blowing of the Southern, or the Northern Winds, or Snow, are at hand, they are wont to predict these from the coming of their pains. Further, every Quarter of the Year, especially Spring and Fall, they are more grievously tormented. Wherefore the Aequinoxes are always religiously observed by them. The reason of these consists partly in this, forasmuch as insensible perspiration is variously altered, by reason of the mutations of the Air and Year; therefore the Effluvia's which are wont to transpire, being restrained, do ferment the Blood and the nervous Humour, and easily stir them up into Goutish Fluxions. Besides, the humours of our Bodies, even as the Sap of Vegetables, and other natural and artificial Liquors do diversely grow hot, about the changing of times, and enter various states or conditions of either fixation, or sometimes of volatileness, or of a flux.  
The chief differences of this Disease, 
The differences of the Gout.  are taken from the distempered places, and so there are ordained as it were distinct species of the same, to wit, the Chiragra or Hand Gout, 
1 As to the places affected.  the Ischia or Hippolito Gout, the Gonagra or Knee Gout, and the Podagra the Foot or Toe Gout; in the mean time, pains are wont to be excited in some other members, and are noted by the common name of the Gout. Whether the pains of the Teeth, or of the Loins, and pains of other parts ought to be referred hither, we have not now leisure to inquire.  
This Distemper, 
2 As to its Original.  as to its original, is said to be hereditary, or acquired; as to the temperament of the sick, it is Hot or Cold, or Sanguine, Choleric, or Phlegmatic, to wit, because the Blood being hindered in its circuit, about the distempered places, sometimes an Inflammation, or a watery swelling come upon the pains.  
As to the relation of other Diseases, 
1 In respect of other Diseases.  the Distemper of the Gout is either singular, or else complicated with other Diseases, and chiefly with the Scurvy, or the Stone. Of which kind of combinations, because they are intimate and frequent (as if they were of kin to this Disease) it will seem to the purpose, for us to inquire into the reasons.  
A long Gout oftentimes gets to it the Scurvy, 
It is wont to be complicated with the Scurvy.  and some Scorbutic Distempers are so like the Gout, that they are not easily distinguished. The reason of the former is, both the like dyscrasy of the Blood in either Distemper, depending upon a fixed Salt, as also for that Gouty people, being for a long time fixed either to their Bed or Chair, the Scorbutic disposition easily comes upon them. Secondly, The Scorbutic Distempers which imitate the Gout are the Rheumatism, and the wand'ring Scorbutic Gout; the reasons and causes of which, and how they may be discerned from the Gout, we need not repeat here, having already delivered them in our tract of the Scurvy.  
The Gout hath so near a relation to the Stone, 
2 With the Stone.  or Gravel in the Reins, that either distemper, as if they had the same original, most often meet together; for scarce any is sick of the Gout, but is found to be also obnoxious to the other Disease. Further, an inveterate Gout, is wont to excite stony Concretions in the Joints, such as the Stone doth in the Reins. 
The Reason of this is showed.  Hence I think it is most likely, that the Stone or Gravel in the Reins, doth arise from a like, if not wholly the same cause, that we assigned for the Gout, to wit, the Saline fixed matter, being deposited from the Blood, in the Reins, doth grow hot with the acid humour, being there poured forth thorough the nervous passages, and by that means doth frequently induce Nephritick pains, or of the Reins; then, from either matter being coagulated, after growing hot, doth form the Stone. For the illustrating this Pathology farther, (here being no place for it) it shall be deferred to another time.  
Every Body is wont to give a Prognostic of the Gout, 
The Prognostic of this Disease.  to wit, that it is safe enough, but most hard to be Cured. 1. As to the former, this Distemper is not only free of itself from danger, but on the contrary, preventeth most other Diseases. For Gouty people, by reason of the Saline fixed dyscrasy of the Blood, are little obnoxious to Fevers; but for the most part live free from a Consumption, and other more grievous Distempers of the Bowels or Head; because the Recrements of the Blood and nervous Juice are continually laid up in the Joints. 2. But as to the latter, the so great difficulty of Cure, the reason is, that for the taking away the foregoing cause of this Disease, there is required a most perfect amendment, of a double Humour, viz. of the Blood and nervous Juice; to wit, that they may beget no Saline fixed or plainly acid Particles; and moreover, a restitution of the weakened Joints; neither of which can ever be easily obtained. And besides this, it happens, that the Conjunct Cause of this Disease subsists in places greatly at a distance, so that the virtues of no Medicine are able to reach them.  

The Gouty Matter being restrained, or any other way translated, oftentimes excites dangerous Distempers.  Sometimes it happens, by reason of the Fluxions of the Gouty Matter, being suppressed or beat back, that sometimes torments of the Ventricle, of the Bowels, and of the Belly, sometimes a straitness of breathing, an Asthma, or other Distempers of the Breast, and sometimes also an Apoplexy, and other sleepy, or Convulsive Diseases are excited; which being observed, it may be objected, that the Mine of the Gout is not the same as we but now described: because its Saline part, if it were the same which is destinated for the nourishing of the Joints, would not be from thence expelled or deferred, or laid up elsewhere; then as to the other part, to wit, the laying up of the acid seeds in the accustomed place, it seems that it should not be easily repercussed, or of itself suppressed in its way, or any where else translated, to be very hurtful to any part. But indeed, it is easy to reply to this, that an acetous portion of the Gouty Matter, may be repelled or suppressed, flowing thorough the nervous passages, and so it being poured in to other parts, 
The acetous recrements of the nervous Liquor do chiefly effect this.  doth oftentimes excite most grievous evils. Indeed the nervous Liquor and its Recrements, for that they consist of very subtle and active Particles, upon every light stop or repulse, are driven into divers deflections and flow; moreover, when these grow turgid, or meet with the Particles of humours of another kind, and grow hot with them, they stir up various Distempers, or such as are painful and Convulsive; and not rarely, because the dissimilar Particles are mutually coagulated, sometimes Strumons, sometimes Cancrous, or otherways malignant Tumours arise. Instances very remarkable of these kind of effects, we have shown in our Treatise of Convulsive Diseases; But especially concerning a Maid, who by reason of the Inguinal Glandulas, or the Kirnels about the Groin, 
The first Instance of such a● Effect.  being hardly pressed and hurt with a Truss for a Rupture, fell into a Vertigo, and Convulsive Distempers, and shortly after had great Scropul●'s or running Sores, growing on the same side, in the Neck. After the same manner, by reason of the Goutish Mine being restrained from its wont place, and suppressed within the nervous Passages, or otherways translated sometimes most wicked Distempers arise.  

A second Instance.  Whilst I was writing these, I was sent for to a Noble Matron, who sometimes past being obnoxious to the Gout, and that very much, after about three months' last passed, she had laboured almost continually with a languishing of the Ventricle, with a queasiness, ●auscousness, and vomiting; at length, I know not upon what occasion, falling into frequent swoonings or loss of spirits, a little after she was troubled with a Vertigo, with a loss of memory, and sometimes with a light Delirium; and when she had continued thus for some days, and free in the mean time from the Gout, and growing well in her stomach, she eat with an appetite broth twice or thrice in a day, and once a day flesh meat, and digested it without any trouble: by this manifest sign indeed it appears, that the Recrements of the nervous humour, which were wont before to fall down by the Spinal Nerves into the Feet, to the Mine of the Gout, afterwards being deposited in the Ventricle, thorough the Nerves of the wand'ring pair, and the Intercostals, did stir up the continual troubles in it; which at last partly restagnating in the Brain, and being partly translated into the Cardiack Nerves, (or those going to the Heart) those last Distempers of Swooning, of the Vertigo, and the Delirium succeeded.  

The Cure.  The Curatory method suggests three primary Indications, the first of them Curatory, to be administered only in the Fits, for the allaying the pains, and for the sooner ending of them. Secondly, Preservatory, being destinated for the intervals of the fits, endeavours the taking away of the foregoing cause of the Disease, 
Three primary Indications.  that the fits of the pains may more rarely, or less, or not at all be repeated. Thirdly, Vital, which institutes, by what kind of food, and by what Remedies, strength may be sustained in the cruel Torments, and life be prolonged, and also refreshed or cherished, notwithstanding the frequent and almost continual troubles of the Disease.  

1 Curatory, for the allaying the pains in the Fits.  1. The first Indication, to wit, the allaying of the pains, contains these two chief intentions, to wit, that the breach of the unity be taken away; and in the mean time, that the irritation, or the growing hot of the Fibres, or of the Spirits flowing in them, may be quieted or appeased.  

1 For the taking away of the Breach of the Continuity.  1. For the taking away of the breach of the unity in the distempered places, both the flow of the humours, which are apt to tend thither, aught to be hindered, and the Mine already impacted to be dissipated, and shaken off, and its Particles suppressed, from their mutual effervescencies or growing hot. For these ends are destinated, evacuating and altering Remedies, and of either both internal and external. We shall here add some forms of these, and the more select ways of administration, in their order.  

Phlebotomy.  Phlebotomy or letting of Blood, in a fresh Gout, or not very inveterate, and especially in a more hot constitution, being used about the beginning of the Disease, doth often bring help; but in an habitual Disease, and in a frigid temperament, and old age, it is wont to be more hurtful than profitable; because it depresses the vigour of the Blood, and of the Spirits, not too much raging, without a lessening of the Morbific matter.  
The business is very much controverted concerning Purging about the beginning of the Disease, 
Purging.  whilst some Physicians most strictly abstain from all Purging, before the declination or end of the fit; others on the contrary, constantly give strong Purges about the beginning of the Disease, and oftentimes with good success. The reason of the difference seems to be placed chiefly in this, to wit, because some Gouty persons are yet firm in the constitution and tone of the humours, and the Vessels containing them, and being not yet weakened in their joints, as often as the Blood and nervous Liquor are disturbed by Medicines, their superfluities and recrements are not presently precipitated into the Mine of this Disease, yea these being provoked by the Medicine, and also obeying the incitement, are drawn forth by the mo●ths of the Arteries, into the cavities of the Intestines; and in the mean time, the Vessels being emptied, they draw or sup back a certain part of the Morbific Matter. But it is otherwise in tender and weak Constitutions, for from the least commotion of the Medicine, the purge of either humour fall down into the Gouty place. Therefore to whom Purging is convenient, it ought to be instituted with the more strong Medicines, 
Forms of Purges.  and Elaterium. For this matter, these are of known use. The Electuary Caryacostinum. The Purging Syrup de Ramno. Pills of Hermod●ctyls. The Compounded Pill ex Duobus. The Pill of Rhasis; which if we may believe the Author, will quickly make the sick to walk. Take of the best Aloes half an ounce, of red Roses two scruples, of Hermod●ctils barked one dram and a half, of Diagridium one dram, of Honey of Roses what will suffice; make a Pill. Roderick of Fonseca, wonderfully cries up the root of black Hellebore, and among other things, an Apple with its small strings put into it, to about half a dram, roasted under the ashes, and so eaten.  Take of Calowel●nos one scruple, of the Resine of jalap three grains, or of Scammony three grains, of the Oil of Cloves one grain, of the Balsam of Peru what will suffice; make th●re or four Pills, for one Dose. 
In the time of Purging, it will be of some moment, perhaps, as Solenander advises, to restrain the falling down of the humours into those places, by a Plaster, or other defensive Medicine, laid upon the distempered places.  
Vomiting, 
Vomiting.  to whom it is wont to be safe and easy, may be also convenient in this Disease; for which end, the Emetic Tartar of Mynsicht, the Sulphur of Antimony, or its Flowers, Mercurious Vitae, Vinum Emeticum, Gambogia, may be administered.  
But in the Goutish fit, 
Altering Medicines, or such as preserve from the Gout.  the Powders of Stones, Bones, and Shells, as also of sharp Vegetables, do help; which being called the Alexiteria of this Disease, subjugate all the Particles, and by growing hot with them, do as it were mortify them, and at last they being overcome, they carry them forth either by Urine or Sweat.  
Take of the Powder of Crabs claws compounded two drams, 
Pills.  of Ivory, of the Root of Cretick Dittany, of the Root of male Paeony, each one dram; of the Wood of Aloes, of yellow Saunders, each half a dram; make a Powder, let it be taken half a dram or a dram, either by itself, in a spoonful of red Poppy Water, drinking after it six spoonfuls of the same, or let it be reduced into a Bolus, or Pills, with Andromach Treacle, or Venice Turpentine what will suffice: the Dose one dram twice a day, drinking after it of the distalled Water afterwards described two or three ounces.  
Or Take of the same Powder six drams, 
An Electuary.  of the Conserves of Gillyflowers, and of Betony, each one ounce and a half; of Diascordium one dram, of the Syrup of Poppies what will suffice; make an Electuary: the Dose one dram to two, Evening and Morning.  
In the mean time, while these things are doing, besides, altering Medicines, and allaying, have their turns, for the calling away to some other place, the flowing of the Morbific matter into the places distempered, or for the carrying it forth; such as may allay the swelling up of the Blood, and the nervous Juice, and stop the Fluxions of the Recrements falling from them; for this end a slender diet, and spoon meat (if it be convenient) being ordered; let Emulsions, juleps, and Apozems made of gentle things, and Anodynes, be prescribed.  
As to what belongs to the other intentions of healing, 
2 The Spirits ought to be allayed, or quieted.  viz. the Discussion of the impacted Mine, and for the allaying the burning or growing hot of the Fibres and the Spirits; this latter must be endeavoured, without which, being performed, the other intention will not satisfy: for this end therefore it is expedient, to give both external Medicines, viz. Topics of a various kind; as also internal, viz. Hypnoticks.  
For that there are an immense company of Topics, 
1 By Topick Remedies.  these are only Anodynes, which respect only the pain by itself, or are such as aim at this together, and the tumour; or they are repelling, or resolving, and discussing: There are various Formula's of every one of these, and ways of administrations: But the chief in use are Fomentations, Poultices, and Plasters; of these we shall show the most celebrious; and first of all, Anodyne Applications, which please the Fibres with a certain delight. For this use the most common practice with the vulgar are, 
Poultices.  〈◊〉 or Poultices of Milk and 〈◊〉 of Bread, or of those with a Muccage, or jelly of the leaves and of the roots of Mallows, and Marshmallows, and such like.  
Others praise a Poultice of the fresh dung of a Cow applied warm.  

A Fomentation.  Take of the Water of Nightshade, and of the Sperm of Frogs, each six ounces; mingle them: Lint being dipped in this, let it be applied warm.  
Take of red Lead three ounces, of distilled Vinegar one quart; let them digest for several days; and use this liquor by itself, or else the water drawn of by distillation.  
Also a Water distilled, made of a Tincture of Verdigriese, distilled in Vinegar, often times allays the pains.  
I had from a Gentleman, oftentimes heavily obnoxious to the Gout, that he in the most cruel torments of this Disease, had always present ease, from a Fomentation, of the water distilled from the contents in the stomach of an Ox fresh killed.  

Outward Narcoticks.  For the extreme torments of the Gout, outward Narcoticks ought sometimes to be applied. Take of the leaves of Henbane, and of Hemlock, each three handfuls; let them be put into boiling water, and as soon as they grow tender let them be taken out: These being bruised, add to them, of the Powder of Chamomel flowers about two drams, and the yoalk of one Egg; make a Poultesse.  
Or take of the Tincture of Saffron, made in the Spirit of Wine four ounces, of Camphor, of Opium, each one dram; let them digest close shut and warm, till they are dissolved; anoint the pained part with this liquor. There are to be found other innumerable Medicines of this sort in Medical Books, and are every where ordinary, and wont to be prescribed almost by every vulgar person; which also suffices for the fulfilling of the other Intention, to wit, the repercussion of the Humours, when it is seen necessary.  

Resolving Topics consisting chiefly of Saline Particles, even analogic, or correspondent to the Morbific Mine.  As to what respects Resolving and Discussing Topics, they are not required to be of the same kind, which open only the Pores, and evaporate the Serum, and make the Blood circulate, as in an Inflammation, or a white hard swelling; but whose Saline Particles, being destinated for the opposing those Salts of the Goutish Mine, may either by embracing them carry them forth of doors, or by precipitating them may suppress them from their painful heats. Wherefore in this Disease, when Fomentations or Poultices of Cha●●mel, Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Line and Fenegreek seeds, bring little or no help; yea by loosening the nervous parts, do oftentimes much hurt; the Salt of Armoniac or Sea Salt, or Nitre, or of Vitriol, quick Lime, and dissolutions of the like, or distilled Liquors, always troublesome to other humours or pains, are wont to give the greatest help.  

Forms of these.  These kind of Liquors in the Goutish Fits, to be applied to the grieved part, are variously prescribed, by Quercitan, Crollius, Hartman, and other Chemists; and as other famous Physicians have often ●ound them by experience good, and approved of them, we may conclude that they are helpful for the aforesaid reason.  
There will be no need here to repeat the forms of these, though I could easily set down many other preparations of this sort; yet I shall here give you one or two of them only.  
Take of Sal Tartari, and Armoniac powdered, each two ounces; put them into rain or spring water two quarts, and with a linen cloth dipped in it warm, apply it.  
Take of the Spirits of Vitriol not rectified one pint, of Sea Salt calcined and powdered one pound; distil them in a Glass retort in sand; a very pure Spirit of Salt will come forth, which being expulsed from its lodging by a Vitriolic Stagma, leaving the possession▪ easily ascends: To the dead head pour two pints of the Spirit of Wine, digest it close and warm, adding of Camphor two drams; let it be applied warm to the grieved part with linen rags.  
Take of the Filings of Iron, of the Flowers of Sal Armoniac, each six ounces; mingle them well by pounding them together; let it be distilled in a Glass retort till the Flowers are sublimated; to the Caput Mortuum being pounded, pour the Spirits of Wine, digest it, and keep it for use.  
I have heard of some that for the allaying of the pains of the Gout, have enclosed the distempered foot in a little Bay, filled with Sea Salt calcined and powdered; from which they have still expected a certain and sudden help.  
In the declination of the Fit, 
Plasters in the declination of the Fit.  for the strengthening the part, and for the shaking off the relignes of the Morbific matter, Plasters are profitably applied; which however are not all convenient to all, but for some more, for others less hot; But the most efficacious to most people are those in which are Red Lead, Ceruse, and Soap, boiled with Oil. Or Take of the Plaster of Red Lead two parts, of Paracelsus one part, wax them, and spread them upon Leather.  
2. Internal Remedies for the pains of the Gout, 
Opiates.  that are made use of, are only Narcoticks, or such as stupefie, which ought to be administered in cruel and long torments. Of these we shall chiefly commend Preparations of Opium, with Salt of Tartar or its Tincture. Further, for this use, the Laudanum of Paracelsus, or that of London, Pills of Styrax, and Cynogloss, or Dog's Tongue, Syrup de Maeconie, or of Poppies, Treacle Andromach, and Diascordium, are wont to be helpful or give ease.  
The Indication Preservatory, 
2 The preservatory Indication, out of the Fit.  or so called, respects the taking away of the foregoing causes of the Gout; wherefore, that the fits of pains may more rarely, or less or not at all infest them: For this end, Evacuating, Altering, and Corroborating Remedies, together with an exact diet, are prescribed to be given out of the Fits.  
1. Gouty people therefore ought constantly to be purged Spring and Fall; 
Usual Purging and Vomiting.  and then also it will be expedient to Vomit, if nothing gainsays it; and sometimes afterwards at intervals, to repeat them. Let those who are endued with a more strong stomach and Praecordia, take Emetic Minerals prepared out of Antimony or Mercury. Those who are of a more tender constitution, may take after the eating of slippery meats, Wine of Squills, or the Salt of Vitriol with Posset drink; and then the stomach being filled with warm water, or simple Posset-drink, or with the leaves of Carduus boiled in it, let Vomiting be twice or thrice or oftener provoked. For Purging to be often celebrated also at convenient times, between, the forms of purging Medicines already prescribed are convenient enough. Or Take of the strings of black Hellebore cleansed one ounce, of Lignum Aloes and of Cloves, each two drams, bruise them, and pour to them of the Spirits of Wine, not rectified, one quart; let them digest warm and close shut, for several days. The Dose two or three spoonfuls in the morning, twice or thrice in a week; and let Vomiting and Purging be always begun before the Aequinoxes, lest perhaps the Fit being first begun should pervert the course of the Medicine.  
Letting of Blood, 
Phlebotomy.  or the opening of the Hemorrhoidal Vessels, are sometimes convenient Spring or Fall, in an hot temperament, and for such as are endued with a more sharp Blood. Cauteries, made in the Arms, and between the shoulders, are profitable to every one almost obnoxious to this Disease.  
But besides, 
Altering Medicines called Antidotes of the Gout.  altering Medicines, Antidotes so called by the Ancients, against the Gout, are of known use; and in a long time, together with an exact method or Government concerning the fix non-naturals, often bring great help; in this rank the chief are Medidicines endued with a Volatile Salt, and Balsamic Sulphur, forasmuch as these exalt the fixed Salt, and reduce what is Acetous; besides, bitter and astringent things, as these Herbs, Chamaepitys, Centaury, Germander, the Roots of Gentian, and Aristolochia, or Birthwort, etc. (as by experience has been approved of in this Disease) for this reason seem to be profitable; because they help the offices of Concoction, and Chylification, or making of Chyle; and restrain the Saline fixed feculencies or dregs, that they may not be carried into the Blood. We shall here set down some forms of each of them.  
Take of the Powder of Chamaepitys six drams, 
Pills.  of Crabs Eyes two drams, of Venice Turpentine what will suffice, make small Pills, take three or four Morning and Evening, for thirty or forty days, drinking after them of the following distilled water two or three ounces.  
Take of the leaves of Cypress Tree, 
A Distilled Water.  of the Ash, and of Misleto of the Apple tree, each six handfuls; of the roots of sweet smelling Avens, Burdock, each one pound, the outer rinds of ten Oranges, and of six Lemons, of Nutmegs, and Mace, each one ounce; let them be all cut and bruised, and pour to them seven pints of new Milk and of Malaga one pint; let them be distilled according to art, and the whole liquor mixed together.  
Or let there be a simple Water prepared of the leaves of Burdock by pouring it twice or thrice upon fresh leaves.  
Take of the Powder of the Seeds of Burdock six drams, of Crabs Eyes two drams, of Nutmeg half a dram, of Capive Balsam what will suffice to make a Mass, which form into small Pills: let four be taken Evening and Morning for many days.  
Take of the Tincture of Antimony one ounce; 
Tinctures.  the Dose twenty drops to twenty five, Evening and Morning, with three ounces of the water but now described.  

Powders.  For poor people I was wont to prescribe after this manner. Take of the Powder of the leaves of Sage half a pound, of Crabs Eyes, and of the Sugar of Crystal, each two ounces; mix them; let it be kept in a Glass, and take one spoonful twice in a day, with a draught of a Decoction of the leaves of Sage, or of the roots of the Burdock.  
Or of the Powder of Dorncrellius prescribed to be taken after the same manner.  
Take of the Powder of the leaves of Germander, of Gout Ivy, of the lesser Centaury, of Marjoram, of Sage, of Betony, of the roots of Gentian, and of round Birthwort, each one ounce; of Sugar one pound; mix them and make a Powder.  
Or of the Powder of John Anglicus, called by himself Saracenick.  
Take of the Powder of the leaves of Chamaepitys, one ounce, the bones of a Man's foot burnt two drams, of Liquorish three drams, mix them.  

Medicated Beer.  For ordinary drink, let there be prepared a Bochet of Sarsaparilla, of Saunders, wood of Rhodium, shave of Ivory, Hartshorn, etc. or let there be prepared small Ale, in a Vessel holding about four gallons, instead of Hops let their be boiled the leaves of Germander and Chamaepitys, and after it has worked, put into it of the leaves of dry Sage four handfuls, of Sassaphras two ounces, of the roots of sweet smelling Avens eight ounces.  

A Milk Diet.  Among Altering Medicines a Milk diet has not the last place, that the Patient should use for three or four Months, no other food: let him drink Morning and Evening new Milk from the Cow; about noon, and at other times, let him eat white Bread boiled in Barley, or Water-gruel of Oatmeal: I have known some by this kind of diet to have received notable help; but others, to have received much hurt or to grow worse, by the use of Milk, and the Gout being nothing cured, to have contracted great obstructions of the Viscera, and a Cachochimical disposition or fullness of evil humours. Therefore this method is not rashly to be entered upon, without the counsel of a prudent Physician, and by a sedulous observation, whether it be convenient or not.  

Drinking of one's own Urine.  Of late it has been a common custom, for people having the Gout, to drink every Morning their own Urine; which I know has been beneficial to some. The reason of which help seems to be, because the Saline Latex of the Urine, passing thorough the Blood, doth carry with it to the Reins, the Saline fixed Particles that were before wont to be carried into the joints. Wherefore, this method, when it is helpful to the distemper of the Gout, for the most part increases the Stone: which I think sufficiently appears from the following History.  

A notable History of the Stone converted into the Gout, and on the contrary of the Gout into the Stone.  A very Learned and Pious Man of this Nation, and also the glory of Learned Men Dr. H. H. after he had lived for many years, grievously obnoxious to freqent fits of pains, of Vomiting, and a making of bloody Urine, at length by the constant use of the following Remedies, he lived above seven years almost free from the Stone, and without any grievous Fit. The method of Cure which had been taught him by a certain Gentleman, was after this manner, without any Physic or medicine, abstaining from Wine and Cider, he drank for his ordinary drink small Ale, made of Oaten Malt; further, once in a week in the Morning, he took a draught of the same Ale, to about a pint, with the Powder of small old rotten Bones three spoonfuls dissolved in it: By the use of these, within a few months he seemed to be in health, and freed from the Stone, but shortly after he began to be sick of the Gout, and was infested with most grievous Fits of it, all the time he was free from the Stone; and at length upon every light occasion, was become so obnoxious to them, that presently after feeding, if he exercised either his body or mind, by walking or study, he most certainly expected the Fits of his pains. The reason of which was, because the Blood being filled to a plenitude with Saline fixed Particles, and the nervous Liquor still with Acetous, when being incited, and also poured forth on the fresh nutritious juice, they grew turgid, presently they deposed their superfluities, viz. the Morbific matter of either kind, into the very weak Joints.  
This venerable person therefore, being tired out with so frequent and almost continual torture, by the counsel of a certain Friend, drank every morning of his own Urine, by the use of which, within a month or two, he was less tormented with the goutish Fits, but with an evil turn, the Distemper of the Stone began to grow again upon him, for he was from thence troubled with a pain about his Loins, with Vomiting, and a pain in making water, and a little after a total suppression of Urine followed, which being not to be helped by any Remedies, in about a fortnight's time this Reverend Gentleman died.  

The reason of this showed by Anatomical Observation.  The Carcase being opened, all the Viscera, except the Reins appeared most sound and firm, but the right Kidney was almost consumed, a small heap of the Gland●la's being only left, all the Vessels and the ureter being joined together, and wholly shut up, so that no Urine at all had passed there of a long time: The left Kidney being large enough, contained within the cavity and its passages, a great heap of Sand or Gravel, and little Stones; besides there was a round hard and whitish stone fallen into the ureter, three inches deep, and there fixed, and had wholly shut out the passage of the water; the Membrane of the ureter, where the Stone stuck, was become so thick and callous, and so free from pain, that here it could by no means be moved either upwards or downwards.  
It seems in this case, that when the coagulated Particles of the Blood and nervous juice, to wit, the Saline fixed and the Acetous, meeting together at first in the Reins, did stir up for a while the Distemper of the Stone; afterwards, by the use of the abovesaid Powder, the saline Particles being still thrust forward into the habit of the Body, and not easily rendered, heaped together the Goutish seed plot in the Joints, the Reins being in the mean time free. But at length, when by the drinking of his own Urine, the saline Mine was brought back into the Reins, the Disease of the Gout was changed into the mortal Disease of the Stone.   

CHAP. XV.  
Of the Colic Passion.  
IT has been mentioned in the former Chapter, 
Why the Colic is counted among the Distempers of the Brain, and the nervous Stock.  by what right we have referred this Disease among the Distempers of the Brain and nervous Stock, to wit, both in respect of the Symptoms urging, which are pain, and Convulsive motions, as also from the reason of the cause, by Charles Piso placed in the head, and truly not improbably.  
Concerning the word Colic, from the Intestine called the Colon, we shall not strive, for that it is supposed, 
From whence the denomination.  though wrongfully, to be chiefly affected in this Disease. The Distemper may be described, That it is an hauling or notable pulling of some parts of the Abdomen or the Belly; 
A description of the Disease.  from whence a very acute pain arises, and with it for the most part, a Vomiting, as also Convulsions, and Contractions almost of the whole Viscera of the Belly, are wont to be joined. And for that the Navel, and its neighbouring parts, are sometimes as it were with a Perforation, or boring thorough, drawn inwards, and sometimes swell out, with an inflation or blowing up, and as it were with a great leaping forth; the Intestines, by an inverse motion of the Fibres, are oftentimes pulled together upwards: wherefore the Belly being extremely bound together, renders little or nothing; yea although it be often provoked by Clysters, it doth not easily part with its contents: It appears clearly, that the Ventricle, with the Duodenum, and the bladder of Gall, are in like manner pulled, by Vomiting, and by the casting forth of great plenty of yellow or green Choler: Sometimes the ureters, and the bladder of the Urine, are so contracted, that in all the fit, the Urine is wholly suppressed, or but very sparingly rendered: Besides, a Vertiginous Distemper of the Head, frequently precedes, or follows the fits of this Disease: yea, the Colic growing worse, and inveterate, oftentimes causes pains in the outward members, and at length ends in the Palsy: Therefore, forasmuch as very many parts are wont to labour in this Disease, we shall inquire, which is primarily affected, and by what means the other suffer; then what is the conjunct cause of the Disease, in what place it subsists, and from whence it draws its original.  
As to the part primarily or first of all distempered, 
The seat of the Disease is not always, or often in the Intestine, or Gut Colon.  though the Disease being urgent, the whole region of the Belly is wont to be disturbed, yet its primary seat ought to be placed, where the pain chiefly infests, and pertinaciously sticks: But this, by the consent of very many Physicians, is said to be some where in the Gut Colon. Wherefore Celsus saith, That the Colic is a Distemper of the greater Intestine; which also reason seems to persuade, something; for whether the Morbific Matter is supposed to be heaped up in the Cavities of the Intestines, or to be wholly fixed in their Membranes, certainly there are extant deep little Cells in the folds of the Colon, for its receptacles, and thick coats of this Intestine, 
viz. neither in its Cavity or Coats.  in which the peccant humour may be deeply fastened. But indeed this opinion (to which we cannot easily assent) as also the denomination of the Distemper, seems to have grown in credit in the Schools of the Physicians, from this only, because we ordinarily observe, that the Intestines enter into pains and torments, being irritated by wind, medicines, Choler, and perhaps other humours, contained within their cavities; hence, as it is obvious, may be inferred, that the Colic pains do arise from the sharp and provocative contents of the Intestines, and especially of the Colon. But if it were so, without doubt, those things which loosen the Belly, and draw forth plentifully the wind, and the dregs or Faces, should give certain ease; the contrary of which often happens, to wit, by some more violent, or often Purging, the Disease has grown worse.  

Pains commonly taken for Colicks.  Wherefore, that the seat of this Disease, and the nature of it may be truly known, we ought first of all to distinguish here, concerning the torments of the Belly, or pains commonly esteemed for Colicks: to wit, these are either merely occasional, arising from a solitary evident cause, and ordinarily happen without any previous disposition to some men, and especially to those who being of a tender constitution, have very sensible Fibres, and Spirits quickly dissipated; 
These are merely accidental or habitual.  after this manner, disagreeable or unwonted eating or drinking, also medicines, taking of cold, and many other alterations about the six non-naturals, oftentimes excite great perturbations, with pains in the Viscera of the lower part of the Belly: which kind of Distemper, aught to be esteemed, not the Disease, but only Symptoms excited from a manifest cause.  

These latter are properly the Disease.  But besides, the Colic properly so called, happens to some, not only produced by an accidental cause, but falling upon some men predisposed by a peculiar right, depends wholly upon a foregoing cause ripened by degrees. The more grievous fits of this Disease, for the most part, have their periods, and observe the changes of the Air and Year; further, being excited, they do not easily give place to any Remedies, nor quickly pass over; but notwithstanding the use of Fomentations, and though the Belly be taken down very much by Clysters, or Purging, they oftentimes continue with great fierceness for many days, and sometimes weeks. The pains in every fit still repeat the same part, and are followed with a concourse, for the most part, of other the like Symptoms: But the pains of the Colic, though they have not the same se●● in all, but sometimes exercise their cruelties under the Ventricle, sometimes about the Navel, or the Hypochondria, and sometimes in the lower part of the Belly, or about the Loins; yet as often as they are repeated in the same sick person, they mostly observe the same nest.  

The conjunct cause of the Disease are not the Contents of the Intestines.  For the unfolding the Aetiology of this Disease, it is not enough to affirm, that the Intestines are pulled, either by their sharp contents, or irritated by the Blood, and other humours poured into them, and breaking the continuity. For as to the former, it is extremely improbable, that the Bile, or Choler, or Phlegm, or the Pancreatic Juice, or any other simple humour, or growing hot or fermenting with others, should be able to excite such fixed, cruel, and long continuing pains: Besides, because the Intestines being besmeared with their own dung, cannot be easily pricked by the Contents, though sharp; nor are they wont to be exasperated by them; insomuch that the sharpest stools, which oftentimes fetch off the skin at the Fundament, very little trouble, or not at all, the passages of the Guts; further, these being grievously provoked, whatever is troublesome, contained in their cavity, is easily shaken forth, and either by driving it forward, upwards, or downwards, is quickly thrust forth; as is plainly perceived in the Disease of the Choler, and other Dysentrick Distempers; nor indeed is there almost any loading of these provoking the Membranes, and stirring up pains, which may not be exterminated or carried forth of doors by one purge or other. 
Not the humours impacted in the Membranes.  Then, secondly, as to what respects the suffusions of the Blood, or Serum, within the coats of the Intestines, by which an Inflammation or painful Tumours are excited; Indeed we grant, that sometimes it may so come to pass, yea I have known it by ocular inspection; but from thence we have observed, not the Colic but the Iliack passion to have been excited. For when I have opened several dying of the Iliack passion, I found almost in all, that the cause of the Disease, and of their Death, was an Inflammation or Ulcer of some Intestine; neither is this any wonder, because a Solution of the continuity, in a very tender and highly sensible Membrance, doth stir up Convulsions, and painful Corrugations or wrinklings together, and so continual and cruel; that therefore the peristaltic motion of the distempered Intestine, whereby the dung or dregs of the Belly are carried forward toward the Anum or Arsegut, should be hindered and wholly inverted.  

The nervous Liquor seems most of all to contribute to the cause of this Disease.  Therefore, that we may thoroughly inquire out both the Matter and Mine, as also the seats, and the ways of flowing to them, of this Disease of the Colic, by some other means; it may deservedly be suspected, that it is the nervous Juice, and its Recrements; and that the rather, because this passion hath so intimate an agreement or consent with the other Distempers of the Brain and the nervous Stock, as we have already showed. Charles Piso hath affirmed, That as most distempers of the whole Body, so also the pains of the Colic, are excited by a Serous heap or deluge gathered together in the head; and he contends, that the seat of this Disease, is neither in the coats nor cavities of the Intestines, but in the Peritonaum or inner rim of the Belly, and that the cause sticks wholly in the Brain, near the original of the Nerves. To wit, he supposes, 
Charles Piso 's Opinion cited,  (which he saith he hath found by Anatomical observation) The serosities laid up in the hinder region of the Brain, to beset the little heads of the Nerves of the wand'ring pair, and so some of the utmost branches and shoots of them inserted into the Peritonaeum or inner rim of the Belly by the Caul, to move into Convulsions; and from the contraction or drawing together of this, most cruel pains, both in it, and in the underlying Viscera, as it were breaking them to pieces, to be excited. For the proof of this opinion, he brings an example of a certain man dissected, being dead of a most grievous fit of the Colic, in whom the hinder region of the head near the Cerebel, was so much drowned with a clear water, as also the nervous original of the wand'ring pair, that the marrowy substance appeared very much moistened, like wet Paper, Sect. 4. Chap. 2.  
But indeed, 
and examined.  though we should grant, that the Colic should arise from the humour of the Brain, and from the default of that watering the nervous parts; yet we think that this painful passion is excited, not after that manner as this Author has laid down. Because we think neither the seat of this Disease to subsist in the Peritonaeum, nor its primary cause to be within the head. For as to this, although the Morbific matter being heaped up in the head, near the origine of the Nerves, doth sometimes produce in the parts at a great distance, Numnesses, Cramps, and Convulsive motions, as we have elsewhere shown, by many instances, with the reasons of the Distemper; yet it is much otherwise in a very cruel pain, such as the Colic is wont to be: For as to this being excited, which always proceeds from a breach of the continuity, it is required, that the dolorifick cause or improportionate object, should be fixed in the distempered member itself, or at least a certain part or portion of it: Neither is it sufficient to say, that the Convulsion proceeds from a remote cause, 
The seat of the Morbi●ick Matter not in the Brain.  and so the pain from the Convulsions: For although pain oftentimes doth produce Convulsive motions, yet these do not produce pain of themselves, at least great and continuing long. Wherefore in the pain of the Colic, the matter drawing asunder the sensitive Fibres, and pulling them one from another, and so provoking them into painful Corrugations or wrinklings, doth not still stay in the Brain; but descending from thence, thorough the nervous passages, towards the Intestines, seems to be heaped up somewhere in their neighbourhood, nigh to the pained parts, and there either growing turgid or swelling up, by reason of their fullness, or growing hot with some other humour, do bring in the fits of this Disease.  
We indeed reject the Mine of the Colic, 
The part primarily affected in the Abdomen, not in the Peritonaeum. But more rightly it seems to be the Mesentery.  from the Peritonaeum; because this Membrane being very thin, and gifted but with very few and only small Vessels, is neither capable of any great affluxions of Humours, neither can itself, though pulled together, be able to urge the Viscera lying under it, into pains, by compressing or drawing them together. But the Morbific matter being slid down from the Head, by the Nerves, into the Belly, finds very convenient nests in the Mesentery; in which very many and great Nerves have there their noted infoldings and distributions: Wherefore, as this part is very sensible, and very much obnoxious to the flow in of the humours of the nervous Stock, it may be deservedly affirmed to be the seat of this Disease of the Colic.  
We have shown formerly, 
Where the seat of the Distempers called Hysterical, often lies hid.  the causes of some Convulsive motions in the Abdomen, which are commonly called Hysterical, to lie hid in the Mesenterick Infoldings; moreover, in the same places, we did then assert, That the Colic pains had sometimes their nests, and confirmed it sufficiently by Anatomical observation. But the matter is something divers, and not the same, that is wont to excite the so different Distempers of either, under the same roof. In the Passions called Hysterical, we have largely declared in a former Treatise, That the Animal Spirits being burdened with an Elastic Copula, are let off, or as it were exploded one from another, and so the containing bodies are unwillingly forced into irregular or preternatural Motions. But in the pains of the Colic, the same Spirits, by reason of the matter troublesome to them, and improportionate, being provoked, and so pulled and distracted one from another, do put the sensible Fibres into very troublesome Corrugations, or wrinkling themselves together: By what means this comes to pass in the pains of the Colic, also what are the conjunct, and the foregoing causes of this Disease, and the reasons of the Symptoms, we shall a little further explain.  
Therefore we shall suppose, 
The Colick-mine is affirmed to be within the nervous, and other mesenterick infoldings of the Abdomen.  that for a Seedplot or Mine of the Colic Distemper, some Recrements of the nervous humour being fallen from the Brain, thorough the Nerves, and slid down into the Mesentery, and other infoldings of the Abdomen, are there heaped up; which if they be thick, and very viscous, so that they cannot be received by the Lymphducts or water-carriers, and so sent away, or that they cannot sweat forth by the small shoots of the Vessels into the cavities of the Intestines, stagnating in those parts, and being by degrees heaped together, do arise at length to a provocative fullness; then this matter growing more degenerate by standing, and becoming more infestous, grows turgid occasionally, or of its own accord, or perhaps grows hot or ferments with a Saline fixed humour, poured forth thither, from the Blood, torments the shoots of the Nerves, and the nervous Fibres (of which the Mesentery hath an infinite number) with very troublesome and painful Corrugations; which kind of Distemper of these, doth not plainly cease, till the hot or Fermentative matter being shaken off, or pressed forth into the cavities of the Intestines, is at length overcome.  

From which, planted thereabouts, the Colic Symptoms are excited.  Further, forasmuch as from the Mesentery and its Infoldings, nervous shoots and Fibres are most thickly put forth into the bottom of the Ventricle, the bladder of the Gall, the Choledoch passages, all the Intestines, and on every side almost into all the Viscera of the whole Abdomen; therefore whilst the Colic matter grows hot or ferments in its Mines, it there stirs up torments, and oftentimes most cruel pains; and together with them in many other Membranous parts Cramps, and Convulsive or painful Contractions, are every where excited. Hence, by reason of the Mesentery being primarily distempered, a most sharp pain under the Navel shows itself, like as if a stake were driven thorough it, or a wimble a boring it; then round about almost in the whole Abdomen or lower region of the Belly, by reason of the Intestines being variously drawn down, or backwards, in divers places together, wand'ring pains run about hither and thither; and by reason of the motions of the Fibres being disturbed or inverted, both in these, and also in the urinary Vessels, the Belly is almost always bound up, and sometimes a suppression of the Urine, or a rendering but a very little succeeds: yea also the Duodenum, the Gallbladder, with its passages, and the bottom of the Ventricle, being distempered with a Spasm or Cramp, and their Fibres drawn upwards, from thence frequent Vomiting, with a copious casting forth of yellow or green Choler, doth infest during the fit.  

The yellow or green Bile or Choler, that is cast forth by vomiting, in the Colick-Fits, is not the material cause of this Disease.  But some do contend that this Bile or Choler (which is sometimes cast forth as green as a Leek) is the material Cause of the Disease; and that abundance of it dropping or distilling forth into the Viscera, doth excite the Colic pains in the Intestines. I say, that this humour about the beginning of the fit, is contained without any offence in the Bladder or bag of the Gall; but afterwards by reason of the Convulsions of the Viscera, being from thence pressed forth, and as it were drawn or stroked out into the Stomach, it is carried from the distempered Ventricle by Vomit; but there perhaps meeting with some other acid humour, it acquires a greenish colour, yea sometimes a blackish (as we have sometimes found by Anatomical observation.) And indeed, it appears clear from this, because those who are of a more cold temperament, and beget little Choler, when they are sick of the Colic, cast forth by Vomit little or nothing of the yellow or green Bile; and yet they are wont to be vexed with as cruel and sharp pains as others.  

Wherefore pains of the Loins often come upon the Colic pains.  In the fit of the Colic, to the pains of the Belly, most cruel pains, raging about the Loins, in the bottom of the back, are very often joined; which certainly cannot arise from the irritation of any Intestine. But it may be easily conceived, that these are excited from the Morbific cause implanted in the Mesentery; forasmuch as some most noted Nerves, belonging to the Loins, enter into the greatest nervous infolding of the Mesentery; hence not only painful Convulsions are delivered by consent from one part to another; but besides, it is probable, that some Recrements of the Back and Loins, are derived by this passage into the Mesentery; and in some measure, for this reason Scorbutical people are so very obnoxious to pains of the Belly, and to a Flux.  

In what the foregoing cause of this Disease consists.  Thus much concerning the nature and seat of the Colic, as also of its conjunct cause, and of the Symptoms of the same coming into act: As to what belongs to the foregoing cause, it consists chiefly in these two things, to wit, first of all for that many Recrements are heaped together in the nervous Liquor; and secondly, because they being chiefly received from the Nerves, destinated to the Viscera of the lower Belly, and brought into the Mesentery, 
1 The nervous Liquor is in fault, because the Morbific Matter is gathered together in it.  constitute the Morbid Mines there: 1. The former of these happens for the most part, from the fault and vice of the Brain; to wit, because this admits together with the nervous liquor, Heterogeneous Particles, and infestous to the Animal Regiment within its borders; besides also, for that it doth not send away presently these and other ordinary Recrements by convenient sinks: Wherefore, the incongruous matter, when it cannot be otherways carried from the Brain, it most easily rushes into the most open Nerves of the wand'ring pair. And for this Reason it is, that Women from every inordination of the Brain, 
2 The nerves of the wand'ring pair, and their mesenterick Infoldings, because they receive into themselves this matter.  frequently contract the disposition called Hysterical; to wit, because the Recrements of the nervous Liquor, whether they are Spasmodick or Convulsive, and Elastic or letting off, or painful, or provocative only, being more apt to be deposed into the wand'ring pair, so ordinarily excite Convulsive Symptoms, like to the Colic. 2. Because this matter running into the pair of the wand'ring Nerves, is laid up in the Mesentery, or in other Infoldings within the Abdomen; the reason is, that in these nervous Infoldings, many and large Nerves of the same conjugation are at last terminated: wherefore, if the Recrements of the nervous humour, subsiding here as it were upon its bottom, neither can be drawn back by any of the Vessels, nor pass into the cavities of the Intestines, there is a necessity that it must erect in this part it's morbid nests.  
The evident causes are of a double kind, 
The evident causes of this Disease.  to wit, first, those that do injury to the Brain and nervous stock, by causing a greater provision of the Morbific matter: or, secondly, those which by agitating or shaking the Blood and humours, stir up the Mines gathered together, and before quiet, and provoke them into painful heats or fermenting. It would be tedious here to examine the manifold, and divers occasions, by which the Colic pains are brought upon those predisposed; for these often are caused by great inordinations in the six non naturals, and the mutations of the Air, and the Year; and moreover (by what help should be expected) by the untimely administering Medicines themselves.  
From what has been said, 
The differences of this Disease.  the differences of this Disease may be easily known. For, first, by means of the causes, we have shown the Colic to be either accidental, which is caused by reason of the Intestines being provoked by sharp contents, such as we but now described it. Secondly, By reason of the place affected, the Colic is sometimes superior, sometimes inferior, sometimes lateral or of the side, as the Morbific matter is fixed, either sometimes in this part, sometimes in that part of the Mesentery, or in other infoldings of the Abdomen. Thirdly, By reason of the sickly condition and temperament of the sick, it is called a Bilous, or Choleric, a Phlegmatic, or a Melancholic Colic; also either simple, or Scorbutic; not that these imaginary humours excite of themselves the Colic, but according to the dispositions of the Body distempered, various Symptoms are made, or caused to vary.  
As to its Prognostic, 
It's Prognostic.  it is commonly known, that the accidental Colic, to wit, excited from a solitary evident cause, is most often safe, and with an easy matter cured; but the habitual, as to its disposition, it is very difficult to be rooted out, so that the fits may no more return; and its fits sometimes are pertinacious, notwithstanding Remedies, and sometimes continue many days, yea weeks, and months.  
2. The Colic disposition frequently succeeds long intermitting Fevers, and continual, being evilly handled; for that the nervous Liquor being highly vitiated, gathers together many Recrements, which are deeply deposed into the Infoldings of the Abdomen, as it were the more open receptacles. Further, for this reason, an Epidemical fever rages some years, to which the Colic is joined, as its Pathognomonick or peculiar Symptom: hence in like manner, a long and grievous Scurvy causes also the Colic, because it perverts the nervous liquor.  
3. After the Colic pains have raged for sometime in the Belly, they fall oftentimes into the Loins, and then the Disease increasing or growng worse, they enter upon the members, and the muscles almost all in the whole Body, and at length oftentimes end in the Palsy; which certainly is a manifest sign, that the Morbific matter is not carried by the Arteries, but by the Nerves; and that its subject or seat, is not the cavities or the coats of the Intestines, but the nervous Infoldings of the Mesentery: For because the Lumbary pains, or those of the side, do come upon the torments of the Belly, besides that the Nerves of either place communicate, the cause is further, for that the Morbific matter being much increased in the Head, slides down, not only into the wand'ring pair, but also into the spinal Marrow; and entering into it, and settling in its bottom, causes pains to arise in the Loins, and afterwards in many other Nerves, which proceed from the Spine or Backbone, and in other Members and Muscles distempered; lastly, it brings in the Palsy by the passages of the Nerves being stuffed by the Morbific Matter heaped up to a plenitude in them.  
4. The more cruel Colic, and very much raging, whose cause is an Inflammation, or an Imposthum of some Intestine, for the most part induces the mortal Iliack Passion.  
The Curatory method in the Colic, 
The Cure.  as in most intermitting Diseases, suggests three primary Indications: The first of which Curatory, to be administered in the fit, respects the allaying of the pains, and for the sooner and more easy taking away the coming of the Disease. Secondly, Preservatory, which shows the taking away the cause of the Disease without the fit, that the fits may not be often repeated, or more grievously infest. Thirdly, Vital, which supplies Remedies for the preserving of strength in the torments, and most cruel Cruciations, and for the cherishing of the Spirits. Concerning these we shall speak a little more sully in order.  
1. We almost only respect the Curatory Indication in the accidental Colic; 
1 The first Indication Curatory.  for the evident cause, which is an irritation of the Intestines by sharp contents, being removed, the pains for the most part cease of their own accord, nor do they return without the like occasion. Wherefore, for the quick curing of this Disease, the practice is well enough known to every common person, among the vulgar, to wit, presently to administer softening Clysters, Topick Anodynes, and Narcoticks; to which, if a fever be joined or feared, letting of blood is often used with success. We shall set down forms of these, and the order of using them in the Cure of the habitual Colic.  

What the chief Medical intentions are in the Fit.  Therefore, for the healing of this Distemper, in the fit, there are two chief Intentions; to wit, both to take away the painful breach or solution of the unity, and to allay the burning or growing hot of the Fibres, and the Spirits in them. For the former, you must endeavour, both that the matter impacted in one or more Mines, may be shaken off or subdued; and also, that a flowing in of new matter may be hindered. The second Intention, which ought chiefly and continually to be insisted upon, is performed by Anodynes chiefly, and Narcoticks: After what manner, and by what Remedies, every one of these are methodically to be done, we shall now show you.  

For the most part Clysters are to be begun with,  Most often, the Cure of the pain of the Colic, and that rightly, is begun with a Clyster. Let this at first be gentle, and only emollient, by which the Corrugations or the wrinklings of the Fibres may be allayed, and the burning Spirits flattered or pleased. For this end, warm Milk with Sugar, or Molossus, or Syrup of Violets, is convenient; as also Emollient Decoctions of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Mercury, with the Flowers of Melilot, 
Which are at first to be gentle; afterwards more sharp Clysters.  and Elder, with the Oil of Almonds, or of Olives; also a Decoction of a Sheehead, or Calves-feets: sometimes a Clyster of mere Oil of Olives, or of Linseed Oil, is wont to help before any others.  
But if the more gentle Clysters do not loosen the Belly, nor are easily ejected, there must be given such as will more provoke, and press, or as it were stroke forth the humours, by the little mouths of the Arteries: For which end, let there be prepared Carminative Decoctions, or such as expel wind, or bitter Decoctions; in which are dissolved Electuary Diacatholicon, Diaphoenicon, or of Laurel berries, or Species Hierae: Also to these Liquors it is usual to add the Infusion of Crocus Metallorum three or four ounces, or of the Emollient Decoction one pint: add of Venice Treacle dissolved with the yolk of an Egg one ounce or an ounce and a half; or Take of sound Urine one pint, of Venice Turpentine dissolved one ounce and a half, of Molossus one ounce, mix them, and make a Clyster. I have known this oftentimes to bring great help; the reason of which seems to be, for that the Balsamic Particles of the Turpentine comfort the Intestines; and besides, being received by the Blood in the Veins, and with it circulated thorough the whole Body, moves the Urine, so that by such a Clyster, plenty of water follows, and always is rendered with a smell like Violets. Perhaps also, the Particles of the Turpentine being every where diffused, either move the stagnating Morbific matter, or incline the acetous, or otherways degenerate, to a better disposition.  

Fomentations.  Whilst the Intestines are thus washed with Clysters, and are cherished within, Fomentations are likewise to be applied to the outer parts of the Belly. Take of the leaves of both the Mallows, of Mercury, of Pellitory, each four handfuls; of the Flowers of Elder, Chamomil, and Melilot, each two handfuls: the head of a Sheep cut in pieces. Let them be boiled in as much Spring-water as will suffice; strain it, and use it for a Fomentation, with hot linen stuphes dipped in it, and wrung forth, and shifting them apply them by turns. Repeating them as often as the more strong pains do come upon them: In the intervals, Poultices or Ointments may be administered.  

Poultices.  Make a Pultess of bruised Herbs, adding to it of oaten meal what will suffice; which may be laid to the belly, covering it with little square bags made for that purpose. Let one of these at a time be made hot in a pan set over hot coals, with the Oil of Earthworms, or of Frogs; lay them on warm, shifting them as soon as one grows cold.  

An Ointment.  Or Take of the Oil of Earthworms or of Frogs what will suffice; and anoint the pained part, after the Fomentation, and lay upon it a thin sheet of fine brown paper dipped in it.  
The Caul of a Lamb, or the Lungs, or the Inwards of any other Beast, being laid warm to the Belly, and so shifted, sometimes wonderfully eases the pain.  

Cold Fomentations.  I have observed in some Constitutions and temperaments, that Fomentations or Bathe made of hot things, and applied hot, have rather made the pains worse than eased them: wherefore in these cases, it will seem good to prescribe Fomentations of the solutions of Nitre, or of Sal Armoniac, or other Chemical Liquors, as in the pains of the Gout, and sometimes (as Septalius says) of pure cold water.  
But if the torments of the Belly do not remit by the use of these, Hypnoticks must be used; which being given in a just Dose, oftentimes give great truces: In the mean time, that the tired Spirits may be refreshed, and strength preserved, there must be yet instituted a farther provision against the Disease.  
Take of liquid Landanum Tartarisated, 
Opiates.  from sixteen drops to twenty, let it be given going to sleep, in a spoonful of the water of Chamomil flowers, drinking after it six spoonfuls of the same water: Let it be repeated every other, or every third night, if the pains be very great.  
In a more hot Constitution, Take of the water of Chamomil flowers three ounces, of the Syrup of Poppies half an ounce, of Aqua mirabilis two drams; make a draught, to be taken at the hour of Sleep.  
In the mean time, 
Evacuating Medicines.  whilst these things are doing, for the allaying the pains, evacuating Remedies have their turns, for the discussing, or at least for the loosning the matter impacted in the morbid nests; to wit, that both the Colic Mine may be wholly extirpated; and also that the supplements or its cherishment be cut off, that they may not more increase. 
Vomiting Medicines.  For these ends a Vomit (where it is convenient) and a gentle purging, aught to be ordered; and also in an hot temperament, where there is a fever, or where it is feared. letting of Blood.  
Take of the Sulphur of Antimony, from five grains to seven or eight, of the Conserves of borage one Dram; let it be given in the Morning with government. In this case may be given, according to the judgement of the Physician present, either an Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, or of Mercurius Vitae: The Emerick Tartar of Mynsicht, the expression of the leaves of Asarum: and in more tender Constitutions, Salt of Vitriol, and Wine and Oxymel of Squills.  
Purges must be given only in a small Dose, 
Purges.  and such as are choice, lest they move a nauseousness in the stomach of the sick.  
Take of the Resine of jalap, of Scammony, each five grains, of the Cream of Tartar one scruple, of Cinnamon powdered four grains; make a Powder, or let it be reduced into Pills, or into a Bolus, with the Conserves of the Flowers of borage, or Damask Roses.  
Take of Scammony sulphurated half a scruple, of the Cream of Tartar fifteen grains, of Diaphoretick Antimony one scruple; make a Powder, and let it be given after the same manner.  
If there be not a fever, a Dose of Stomach Pills cum Gummi may be given, or of Amber by itself, or with the Resine of jalap.  Take of Pill. Rudii twenty five Grains, or half a dram, of Laudamon one grain; make four Pills, let them be taken at the hour of rest: These at first cause sleep, and Purge in the morning. 
Salivation.  Or, Take of Calomelanos one scruple, of the Resine of jalap six grains, of Scammony four grains, of Ammoniacum what will suffice; make four Pills to be taken going to rest. 
In a long and tedious Colic, when all other Remedies help little or nothing, I have often known this Medicine, being once or twice given, to have moved Salivation, with the greatest ease to the sick. For when the morbific matter, being heaped together, and thoroughly impacted in the nervous Infoldings, and other places about the Abdomen, could not be moved by any other Medicines; the Mercurial Particles every way unfolding themselves, easily dissolve it, and divide it into small bits, and drive it up and down hither and thither, and at length wholly dissipate it. Wherefore in a long and pertinacious Colic a gentle Salivation sometimes may be very happily administered.  
Baths, 
Baths.  and Sweeting Medicines, are ordinarily wont to be prescribed in the pains of the Colic; but as to our observation, very rarely with success: For that these, by shaking the Blood and nervous humour, cause them to lay up still more matter into the Colic Mine, yea and that matter there deposited, to grow more hot and raging, and very rarely wholly shake it off.  
Diuretics are wont much more profitably to be given, 
Diuretics.  by which when the Blood is poured forth, and its serosities plentifully precipitated, the nourishment of the Disease is cut off, and the bloody Mass being emptied, receives part of the Morbific matter, so that its relics are more easily shaken off. For this end,  
Take of the best Spirit of Tartar rectified half an ounce; let half a dram be given twice or thrice in a day, in a spoonful or two of the following julep, drinking after it five spoonfuls of the same.  
Take of the Water of the leaves of Burdock, or of Aron, or of Arsmart, one pint; of the Water of the flowers of Elder and of Chamomil, each four ounces; of the compound water of Gentian, of the compound Water of Radishes, each two ounces, of Sugar six drams; mix them together.  
After the same manner as the Spirit of Tartar, may be given in a just Dose, sometimes the Tincture of the Salt of Tartar, sometimes the simple mixture, or the Spirit of Sal Armoniac succinated, or impregnated with Amber.  
Take of Millepedes prepared two drams, of the flowers of Sal Armoniac Tartarized one dram, of the Oil of Nutmegs half a scruple, of Turpentine what will suffice; make a Mass, and let it be made into Pil●s; take three or four once or twice in a day, drinking after it a Dose of the julep, or of the following distilled water five or six spoonfuls.  
Take of fresh Millepedes or Hoglices cleansed one pint and a half, the outer rind of six Oranges, and of four Lemons, six Nutmegs; let them be cut small, and add to them one pound of the crumbs of stale white Bread: all being bruised together and well mixed, pour to them four pints of new Milk, and of Sack one quart; let them be distilled according to art, and the whole liquor mixed together; you may sweeten it with Sugar, or the Syrup of Violets as you please.  

Mineral Purging Waters.  In a long and pertinacious Colic, to those who are of a more cold temperament and Viscera, Purging Spa Waters, or Whey with the Syrup of Violets, are wont to be given oftentimes with great help; for both liquors, where they are agreeable, being plentifully drunk, refrigerate the stomach and the hot Intestines, and presently loosen and help them in their painful Cramps and wrinklings, or from the Convulsive winds or blasts that extend them; besides, they chiefly help (as I suppose) for that they tame and subdue the Saline Particles of another nature, insinuating themselves into the Morbific Mine, and other Saline and irritative Particles inhabiting it, and oftentimes carry them forth by Purging.  
In this Disease, as all things are not convenient for all men, yea neither the same thing always for the same person, there is daily need of the careful observation of a prudent Physician, that by the coindications from things taken, that hurt or help, a right method of healing may be instituted, and varied as occasion serves.  

2 The Vital Indication suggests Remedies.  2. The Vital Indication ought to be joined to the Curatory, and that between while. For when the sick, being afflicted with torture, watching, Vomiting, and abstinence almost continual, often fall into languishment, and sometimes in danger of their lives; Remedies which sustain strength, refresh the Spirits, and procure some truces against the fierceness of the Disease, to wit, Cardiacks or Cordials, and Hypnoticks or such as cause rest, have here their turns.  

Cardiack.  Take of the Water of the flowers of Chamomil, and of Elder, each four ounces; of Barlyed Cinnamon, and of the whole Citron, each two ounces; of Pearl powdered one dram, of Sugar three drams; make a julep, take of it five or six spoonfuls.  
Take of the Powder of Pearl, and of Crabs Eyes, each one dram; let it be divided into four parts; let one part be given twice or thrice in a day, with the julep, or with a Decoction of the roots of Contrayerva.  
Take of the Conserve of Clove-Gilliflowers one ounce, of the Confection de Hyacintho, of Alchermes, each two drams; of Pearl powdered half a dram, of the Syrup of the juice of Citrons what will suffice; make a Confection, give of it the quantity of a Nutmeg, three or four times in a day with the julep.  
In less hot Constitutions, Spirits of Hartshorn, of Sut, of Sal Armoniac impregnated with Amber, also the Tincture of Antimony, or of Coral, do oftentimes give notable help.  

hypnotics.  Opiates are of necessary use in the Disease of the Colic, without which, the sick cannot live, nor the Physicians, nor those who attend them be at quiet, or have any leisure time. Take of the water of Cowslip flowers three ounces, of the Syrup of Poppies half an ounce, of Aqua Mirabilis two drams; mix them and make a draught to be given going to sleep.  
If the pains be very strong, and yield to no such Remedy, prepared Opium and its compositions ought to be given. The Laudanum of Paracelsus, or the London Laudanum, Pills of Styrax, or of Hounds-tongue are convenient; a Solution of Tartarisated Opium from sixteen to twenty grains is much used by me. Which Medicine indeed I have given with very good success, to some, that for a long time have been miserably vexed with this Disease, sometimes a great while every night or every other night.  

3 The Preservatory Indication, by which are indicated,  3. The Preservatory Indication hath only place in the intervals of the fits, and endeavours the taking away the present foregoing cause of the Disease, and hindering it for the future, so that the fits of the pains may seldom or never afterwards return: For which end, the Blood and the nervous liquor ought to be purified, le●t they should beget the morbific matter; and conserved in its due temper, and the Brain and the nervous Infoldings of the Abdomen corroborated, le●t they should too readily receive it. For these ends, a strict diet being ordered, let them enter into a course of Physic Spring and Fall; such as we prescribed for the prevention of the Gout.  
Vomiting in this case is never to be omitted, 
Vomiting.  if it be agreeable, to wit, by which the Emunctories of the Viscera being emptied, the Recrements of the Blood, and the nervous Liquor, which otherwise would augment the morbific matter, may be received more plentifully; besides the nervous Infoldings, and all the parts are so shaken, that nothing of that which is about to go into the Mine of the Disease, is suffered to stagnate or to be heaped up there.  
Let Purging for three or four times, 
Purging.  with due intervals, and also in a hot Constitution, Phlebotomy be celebrated; moreover, let altering Remedies, and especially Chalybeats, or such as are made out of Steel, when they do not Purge, be daily taken at medical hours.  
But before all other Remedies whatsoever, 
Altering Remedies.  the drinking of Mineral Waters, such as come from Iron, for a month, in the Summer time, is wont to give the greatest help: But when these are drunk, you must take heed, that they be rendered well and quickly by Urine or Stool, lest if they should chance to stay long in the body, by running into the Head or Feet, (as they often do) they should cause a Vertigo or the Gout.  
Take of our Tincture of Steel one ounce, and let fifteen to twenty drops be taken twice in a day in seven spoonfuls of the following julep.  
Take of the Waters of the leaves of Aron, and of Burdock, each half a pound; of the Magisterial of Earth Worms, of Gentian compound, of Paeony compound, each two ounces; of Sugar half an ounce; mix them.  
After the same manner, here deservedly have place the Tincture of Antimony, and of Amber, yea and many other altering Remedies above prescribed for the Distempers of the Head, may also be used for the preservation from the Colic, whose foregoing cause proceeds from the Brain.  
As to Charles Piso's Observation, 
The Objection of Charles Piso solved.  by which he endeavours to prove, that the cause of the pain of the Colic remains wholly in the Brain, because he had found a Serous deluge in the Head of a certain person dead of that Disease: I say, that this Serum being heaped up in the head, was the remote and antecedent cause of this Disease, and not the conjunct cause. But indeed it is probable, that from this first spring a certain portion of this superfluous and sharp Serum did descend, by the nervous passage, into the nervous Infoldings of the Abdomen, and there constitute the Mines of the Colic Distemper. Further, although the Morbific matter there sliden down, because of the tenuity of the parts, and the smallness of the nests, can rarely be seen with the eyes, yet I have plainly seen and handled such a Mine of this Disease become inveterate and very cruel, not long since, in the Mesentery, opening the dead body of a certain Gentlewoman, of whom I have elsewhere made mention.  
Being sometimes since consulted with, 
The first History.  concerning the curing of a Reverend old Man, grievously obnoxious for many years to the Disease of the Colic; I administered to him the same method of healing, and the Remedies I but now described; by the use of which, he found himself much better after a month or two, and within half a year he seemed to be perfectly well, so that he lived afterwards wholly freed from any fits of the pains: But the Colic disposition had not long ceased, and he had omitted the usual course of Medicine, but he suffered about his throat a resolution or loosening in the Muscles serving for swallowing, which troubled him oftentimes, so that he was in danger to be choked by Food, and chiefly by liquid things sticking in that place. Against this evil receiving help by Antiparalytick Remedies, he continued from thence six or seven years in moderate health; at last, being taken, the first time in the midst of a journey with an Apoplexy, 
The Reason of it.  he died. It is obvious enough in this case, that the Recrements of the nervous liquor, that were wont to be deposed about the nervous Infoldings of the Abdomen, did at first stir up the Distemper of the Colic; then the same being shut forth from that part, getting another nest for themselves about the Ganglioform nervous Infoldings of the Throat, brought in the resolution or short Palsy of the Oesophagus; and lastly, by reason of the same matter restagnating in too great a plenty in the middle part of the Brain, that deadly senslesness followed.  
A certain cunning and crafty little Lawyer, 
The second History.  about fifty years of Age, was wont to be troubled for many years with a periodical Headache, and with a stupor or numbness of his Senses, and a great weight of his head; about the middle of Summer labouring very much with the aforesaid Distempers, he perceived a sudden ease from the applying of Topical Remedies; but a little after, he was taken with a very cruel Colic, then being the first time; whose fit fell upon him with so much cruelty, that his strength suddenly failing, he fell into frequent swooning fits, with a cold sweat, which fit notwithstanding by leisure vanished within twenty four hours, without any breaking of wind, or going to Stool. But after that, he suffered frequent fits, and became obnoxious to the Disease; all which (as I was carefully informed) for the most part were ushered in with a pain of the Head, with a Vertigo, and amazedness, or stupidity, and from hence he was wont to presage the pains of the Colic would very suddenly follow. In a certain fit, which lasted for twelve days with great cruelty, the sick person himself observed, and told me, that whilst the distemper troubled him in his Belly, he felt no trouble in his head, but the Colic pains remitting, presently the Vertigo returned, with the Headache: 
The Reason of it.  from which reciprocal translation of these Symptoms, from the Head into the Belly, and so on the contrary from the Belly to the Head, we may lawfully argue, that the same Morbific matter, flowing in the nervous Passages, falling down sometimes below, brought in the Colic Passion, and sometimes above; and restagnating, caused those distempers of the Head. Hither may be referred, what Charles Piso hath accurately observed concerning himself, being wont to be affected with Cephalic distempers, and the Colic pains by turns, and with a mutual dependency, Sect. 4. C. 2. p. 355.  

The third History.  Not long since, a certain studious young Gentleman, and living a sedentary life, began to complain of a great stupidity of his senses, and a dulness, as also of a great weight of his Head, and almost continual sleepiness; further, his Ventricle or Stomach was become so slothful and stupid, that he wanted all manner of Appetite, whilst a Cure was instituted against this evil disposition, by Remedies which roused up the Spirits, and shook off their burdens, this Gentleman fell into a most cruel Colic Passion (which he was never obnoxious to before) from which a most cruel pain, like the boreing of an Auger, possessed the middle of the Abdomen, his Navel being drawn inwards, and notwithstanding the daily use of all kind of Remedies, it continued for three weeks, with great cruelty; that in the time he could take no rest, but what he received from Narcoticks, nor could he receive any ease from his pains, 
The Reason of it showed.  unless by an hot fomentation. Certainly in this case it is plain enough to every one, that the impurities of the nervous liquor being gathered to a certain fullness, was the immediate or conjunct cause of the whole sickness; which matter subsisting first in the Head, brought in the notable stupidity of the Brain and the oppression of the Animal Function; then being fallen down, by the passage of the Nerves, into the nervous Infoldings of the Abdomen, caused that cruel and daily Colic.   
FINIS.   

A TABLE.  


A.  affections, how wont to be iterated, and how allayed or obliterated, 49. they are more than eleven, 54. the two primary affections or gestures of the Soul, are pleasure and grief 
48  Altering Medicines are of the greatest moment, in the cure of melancholy Diseases, and not purging Medicines as the Ancients thought 
196  Anatomy of an Oyster, 9 of a Lobster 
11  Anger, its character, 54. 'tis of kin to boldness 
ibid.  Animals reduced into classes, 7. as Fire and Light are chiefly energetical in mechanical things, so in Animals. In perfect ones there aught to be many senses 
56  Animal spirits, what they are, 23. to what compared, ibid. they abound in an objective, and an active virtue, 24. they are the efficient cause of sense and motion, 56. a most swift communication of them implanted within all the parts, ibid. an opposite tendency of them effect both sense and motion, ibid. they pass through the sensible species; and not the effluvia of the object, penetrate even to the head, 59 they actuate the Rainbow of the Eye very much, 85. they are the immediate subject of sleep, 87. and the immediate subject of the Vertigo, 147. their distemper being after a divers manner, as it is the cause of the frenzy, so it is of Melancholy, Madness and Stupidity, 188. from what disposition of them the primary Phaenomena of a melancholic Delirium proceed, ibid. as they are compared to light, they are called opacous or full of darkness, 189. these kind of spirits in melancholy compared to those in Chemical Liquors, ibid. they are not like the spirit of Blood as they should be, nor like the spirit of Wine, for such is rather in the Frenzy, ibid. they are like acid spirits distilled out of Salt, Vinegar, Box, and such like, ibid. Stygian Waters are like the nature of the Animal Spirits in madness, ibid. three chief affections of acetous Chemical Liquors, which agree with them in Melancholy; first the effluvias falling away from these Liquors are perpetually in motion; in like manner also the Spirits in the fantasy of a Melancholic Person; thence the effluvias from acetous Chemical Liquors do not proceed far; in like manner the imagination of a Melancholic Person, though always employed, comprehends only a few things, and therefore every thing is conceived with a greater Image than it should be: Lastly, effluvias from acetous Liquors do not evaporate so much from open Pores as they make new; and in like manner, whilst the Animal Spirits form new tracts in the Brain, produce unwonted and incongruous notions, 190, 191. after they have for some time been vitiated in melancholy, the conformation of the Brain is also hurt, 191. how they acquire a disposition like to Stygian Water, 202. they are the subject of Madness 
201  Antiscorbutic Medicines good for pains in the head 
116  Apoplexy, its seat, 153. a description of the disease, ibid. its subject, ibid. the spontaneous functions only deficient in it, ibid. the opinions of others concerning this disease, ibid. the theory of this disease is best shown by Webser, 154. a reason added by the Author, ibid. a twofold Apoplexy, 155. The Theory of the former delivered, ibid. this disease either accidental or habitual, ibid. the cause of the former, 156. an extinction of the Spirits comes from opiates or immoderate drinking of hot Waters, ibid. the formal reason of the habitual Apoplexy, ibid. what its conjunct cause is, 157. it consists in the Pores of the Callous Body, being suddenly stopped, and the spirits being driven away by the contact of malignant matter, ibid. what the nature, or disposition of the morbific matter, ibid. the procatartick cause of the habitual Apoplexy, ibid. the differences of this disease, 158. its prognostics, ibid. the curatory method, ibid. what is to be done in the fit, and in what position the sick aught to be kept, ibid. Phlebotomy and other administrations noted, as Vomiting-medicines, Comforters, Cupping-glasses, hot or glowing Iron, 159. the preservatory method, ibid. purging and bleeding Spring and Fall, ibid. Cephalick remedies, ibid. Spirits and Tinctures, Lozenges, Tea, Coffee, and Chocalet prepared, how to be made and taken, 160 a medical Ale, ibid. Examples and Histories of Apoplectical Persons, ibid. an Anatomical observation 
161  Appetite, it stirs up local motion, 36. the Appetite, Imagination and fantasy in the callous Body of the Brain 
25  Approach of the sensible object is made either by contact or effluvias sent forth, or by reflected or repercussed particles of the Air, Breath or Light 
56  Arguments and Reasons of very many Authors, persuade that the Soul of Brutes is not only Corporeal but Fiery 
5  Artery cutting, what it may profit in the headache 
120, 121  Authors for two distinct Souls in man 
40    


B.  BAths, when their use is hurtful to the Palsy 
173  Bewailing, wherefore oftentimes joined with weeping 
80  Blasting, or withering of Trees like the Palsy 
164  Blood animated, but hardly sensible, 55. its disorders allayed by sleep, 92. it performs its offices (which are the generation of the Animal Spirits, and nourishing the parts) better in sleep, ibid. how it excites the headache, 108. the Blood and its contents are sometimes the means of the conjunct, sometimes of the evident cause in head-aches, 109. for what causes it is wont to be moved and bring hurt to the distempered head, ibid. it delivers to the head the morbific matter received from any other part, 110. its inordinations, how they may be taken away and prevented, 114. its exclusion from the Brain does not easily happen, because all the Arteries communicate one with another, and some of them supply the defects of others, 154. its total exclusion from the Brain sometimes happening, causes a terrible Syncope, 155. which depends oftenest on the motion of the heart being hindered, and so either by reason of the Cardiak Nerves being bound together, or by reason of the Spirits in the Cerebel being hindered from their flowing into the Nerves, ibid. the original of madness either from the Blood, or the Spirits themselves 
203  Bloody Brutes, why some more hot, some more cold 
13  Bloodless Creatures, whether they have Fiery Souls 
ibid.  Brain and Cerebel, 2. Roots of the sensitive Soul, 23. a twofold action in the Brain and its Appendix, of begetting and dispensation, and of Exercise and Government, 24. the reason and manner of the former, ibid. an exact anatomy of the Brain through its corticated or shelly part, 25. the Brain and Praecordia the two Roots of the Soul, 48. vices of the Brain noted, 148. its distempers, wherein the reason is hurt, as well as the other Animal functions, 179. what its indisposition is to the Frenzy, 183. the Procatartick cause of the Frenzy partly in the Brain, 184. Melancholy a distemper of it and the Heart, 188. its conformation is hurt after the Animal Spirits being for some time vitiated in melancholy Diseases, 191. the Brain labours in stupidity as to its magnitude and figure, 209. as to its substance or texture, 210. and in its evil conformation as to its pores and passages. 
ibid.  Bridges passing over them, looking down from on high places, and drunkenness, how they cause a turning round of the head 
146  Brutes, their various kinds with their Souls described, 7. all their Souls after the manner of Fire want a twofold Food, viz. a Sulphurous and Nitrous, 6. the more perfect Brutes are endued with knowledge, either inbred or acquired, 34. what natural instinct brings to them, ibid. some examples and instances of it, ibid. Brutes in some things are taught by the impressions of sensible things, 35. the direct sensible Species creates in them the fantasy and memory, ibid. the reflected the Appetite, 36. by example, imitation and institution also, 37. how far 'tis they are able to know, ibid. their Syllogisms, 38. their raciocination what, and how vile 
39  A Burning-Glass placed before a dark Chamber declares how light is made 
77    


C.  CAros, how it differs from the Lethargy and Apoplexy, 136. its seat a little deeper in the Brain than that of the Lethargy, ibid. it's conjunct cause, ibid. 'tis either a primary Disease, or comes upon other distempers, ibid. its prognostics, 137. its cure the same with the Lethargy and Apoplexy, ibid. its Histories 
ibid.  Cartesius and others, their opinions concerning the Souls of Brutus' 
3  Coma waking its description, 141. its causes shown, ibid. more often a Symptom than a Disease, ibid. V. Caros 
 Colic, whence its denomination, 225. why counted among the Diseases of the Nervous stock, ibid. its description, ibid. its seat not always or often in the Gut Colon, neither in its Cavity or Coats, ibid. it's conjunct cause are not the contents of the intestines, nor the humour impacted in the Membranes, 226▪ the Nervous Liquor seems most of all to contribute to its cause▪ ibid. its seat and part affected, 227, 228. why pains of the Loins often come upon Colic pains, ibid. in what the foregoing cause consists, ibid. the evident cause, 229. the differences of this disease, ibid. its prognostics, ibid. its c●re, ibid. to 233. its Histories 
233▪ 234  Corporeal Soul the subject of the rational, 41. after what manner 'tis affected in melancholy and madness. 
191  Custom, its force, 89. a notable example thereof 
ibid.    


D.  DEafness sometimes proceeds from the looseness of the Drum 
73  Declination of age disposes some to foolishness 
211  Delirium, what it is, 179, its formal reason, ibid. its causes either from the blood, or ex teriour Spirits planted in the Nervous Stock, 180. by what and how many ways it is caused by the blood, ibid. how it proceeds from the irregularities of the exterior spirits, 181. its prognostics, ibid. its cure, ibid. the primary Phaenomena of a melancholic Delirium, and from what dispositions of the Spirits they proceed 
188  Desire and aversion chiefly employ the Soul, 51. how excited, etc. 
ibid. to 53  Digby and others their opinion of the Souls of Brutus' 
3  Dreams, what they are, 93. sometimes excited by the Spirits inhabiting the Brain, sometimes inhabiting other parts, viz. the Stomach, etc. 94. they sometimes stir up local motions 
ibid.  Drunkenness and looking down from high places, etc. how they cause a Vertigo 
146    


E.  EAR, and its uses 
71, 72  Eating is a certain solution 
62  Epicurus and his late followers opinion that the Soul is made of Atoms 
2, 3  Epilepsy, its seat the middle of the Brain, which is the seat of the Apoplexy also 
161.  Eye, its description and reason of its divers conformation inquired into à 
p. 78 to 86    


F.  FEar, its character, etc. 
53, 54  Feeling, more thick, but most ample of all the senses, 60. its kinds, etc. from 60 to 62. what its proper organ 
168  Fire, its definition agrees, by its causes and essences, with the Soul of Brutus' 
5  Fishes, why they rejoice rather in the Water than Air, ibid. they breath by the Gills 
ibid.  Flame V▪ Fire, part of the Soul, 22, 31, 33. its difference from light 
76  Foolishness, V. Stupidity. 
   


G.  GAssendus his assertion of the Soul, 4▪ according to him every body is either lucid or illustrated 
77  Gometius and Pereira deny the Souls of Brutes to have sense and perception 
2  Gout, a distemper of the Nervous Stock, 214. its subject, its appearances rehearsed, ibid. parts affected, 215. morbi●ick matter, not any simple humour, ibid. in its mine two humours concur and mutually grow hot, exemplifyed how, ibid. the Blood full of a fixed Salt, as it were its feminine, the Nervous Liquor being sharp, the masculine seed, 216. its foregoing causes, ibid. & 217, 218. the evident causes of the goutish fit, 218. whence the debility of the joints, 217. differences of the Gout, 219 wont to be complicated with the Scurvy and Stone, and the reason of that showed, ibid. its prognostic, ibid. cure, ib. a notable history of the Stone converted into the Go●t, and of the Gout into the Stone 
224    


H.  Headache the most common, and chiefest affection among diseases, 105. its causes so manifold that they can hardly be methodically recited, ibid. hence its cure often instituted empirically, ibid. what things belong to its pathology, ibid. its subject, ibid. it's formal reason, differences and kinds, 106. either within or without the Soul, universal or particular, ibid. many 〈◊〉 differences noted, ibid. an habitual one hath always a more remote cause besides the evident, ibid. its causes, a p. 107 ad 110. arising from the Nervous Liquor it chiefly infests in the morning, 108. how stirred up by many humours meeting together and growing hot, ibid. the habitual one chiefly depends on the fault of the Nervous humour, 109. its kinds noted at large, 112, 113. how it seems to arise from the Spleen, mesentery or womb, ibid. its prognostics, 113. cure, from 114 to 125. Histories, ibid. a continual headache not to be accounted incurable 
123  Hearing, its excellency as to use and activity, performed at a distance, etc. 69. its organ described 
71  Heart hardened, what it is 
47  Histories of head-aches, from 121 to 125. of one killed presently by taking too large a d●se of Opium, 128. of Lethargic, 232, etc. of continual sleepiness, 135, 137. of long waking, 140. of the Vertigo▪ 151, 152. of the Apoplexy, 160. of the Palsy. 174, 175, 176, 177. of the del●rium or Frenzy, 187. of Melancholy, 197, 198. Histories of mad people are to be sought in Hospitals for mad people, 208. A notable History of the Stone converted into the Gout, and the Gout into the Stone, 224. of the Colic, 233, 234. of a mortal madness from eating the leaves of Wolfs-bane 
204  Hope, 
53, 54    


I.  IMages, light, and colour are of the same substance 
75  Imaginary Metamorphosis of melancholic persons 
200  Imagination, V. fantasy. 
 Incubus, or Nightmare its seat in the cerebel, 142. its description, ibid. it most often proceeds from natural causes, ibid. its seat falsely placed in the Brain, ibid. the Praecordia truly labour in this Disease, ibid. its cause doth not stick partly in the Brain, and partly in the Breast, ibid. its next cause is the hindrance of the inflowing of the Spirits to the Praecordia, 143. this not in the parts affected, nor Nerves themselves, but in the cerebel, where the first spring of the spirits is, ibid. from whence the sense of the weight and loss of motion proceeds, ibid. why the fit being so grievous is so often ended without leaving any evil, ibid. whence the trembling of the Heart and Praecordia after the fit, ibid. the Incubus of itself rarely dangerous, ibid. its prognostics, 144. its Cure, ibid. how infants and boys obnoxious to this Disease ought to be handled, 
ibid.  Infects appear to have fiery Souls, because they want sulphurous and nitrous food 
8  Instances of passion merely Physical 
46  Instinct natural, what it is, 34. what it brings to Brutes, ibid. examples of it, ibid. it dictates to them what's wholesome, what not, 35. leads not only to simple actions, but to very complicate ones, ibid. yet those always, and in all, of one kind only, ibid. how 'tis wont to be compared with acquired notions, 37. and with the impressions of sensible things, ibid. with habits learned from example or institution, ibid. with notions learned from experience and imitation 
ibid.  Intellect in man presides o'er the imagination, etc. 38. and discerns its errors, sublimates its notions, and divests them from matter, and contemplates immaterial substances, judges and directs its propositions, deduces from these others more sublime thoughts, beholds itself by a reflected action, and contemplates other things remote from sense, as God, etc. 39 it depends upon the fantasy, 41. by reason of the various constitution of this and the Brain, Souls seems unequal 
42  Issues made upon or near the distempered place help little 
119    


K.  ALL Knowledge from sense 
57    


L.  LEthargy, its seat the same with that of Sleep and Memory, 125. its Fits are called by this name, ibid. and the soporiferous disposition also, 126. of which are various kinds, ibid. its causes, ibid. to 128. what things belong to its theory, 129. the chiefest of its symptoms, ibid. by what means the other faculties of the Soul, as the knowing, desiring and locomotive are affected ibid. it's evil reaches also to the cerebel, ibid. hence breathing often hurt or altered, ibid. which proceeds ●ot from the inflammation of the midriff, ibid. its Fever from whence, ibid. and 130. none dies without one, ibid. its prognostics, ibid. its cure, 131 to 133. Histories, ibid. its ends or limits as to the places distempered are constituted, ibid. some sleepy distempers lesser than it, the Caros greater 
ibid.  Light, Colours and Images the same substance, 75. Light and Flame their differences, 76. wherefore Light either reflected or refracted goes forward only in straight lines, ib. it can pass through a Chamber, in the mean time not to be perceived, ibid. 'tis primary or secundary, ibid. the differences of these, 
77  Lobster, its Anatomy 
11, 12  Local motion stirred up by the appetite 
36  Love, how excited, 50. it and hatred transitory passions, 51. its object set up like an Idol in the fantasy and worshipped 
50  Love-madness, 199. reasons of its symptoms 
ibid.  Lucid part of the Soul, 22. shines diversely, 31. alteration of the flamy part impressed by it 
32  Lungs, how differ in Birds and four footed Beasts, 17. for what end perforated in Birds 
ibid.    


M.  MAdness and Melancholy are akin, 201. the subject of Madness are the Animal Spirits, the disposition of which are like to Stygian Water, ibid. three chief accidents in Madness, which are also to be found in Stygian Water, 201, 202. the conjunct cause of Madness what it is, ibid. the original of Madness, either from the Spirits themselves, or from the Blood, 203. it begins from the Spirits from two occasions, ibid. by what means it comes upon Melancholy, 204. how upon a Frenzy, ibid., the original of Madness sometimes from the Blood, ibid. it is either hereditary, the reason of which is shown, 204. or acquired, and so either by reason of errors in the six non-naturals, or by reason of Poisons, ibid. History of a mortal Madness from eating the leaves of Wolfs-bane, ibid. the reasons of the symptoms of Madness explained, 205. wherefore madmen are audacious, ibid. from whence their immense strength, ibid. wherefore they are never tired, ibid. wherefore they are not easily hurt, ibid. the differences in respect of the original magnitude and time, ibid. the prognostics, ibid. the cure from the indications of continual Madness, 206. the curatory indication as to discipline, ibid. as to Medicines, ibid. the preservatory indication consists in altering Medicines, as whey, etc. specificks, etc. ibid. the vital and curatory indications 
208  Melancholy, its definition, 188. 'tis a distemper of the Brain and Heart, ibid. its Examples or Types various and almost in finite, ibid. 'tis either universal or particular, ibid. the primary Phaenomena of a melancholic Delirium, and from what disposition of the Spirits they proceed, ibid. as they are compared to light they are called opacous or full of darkness, 189. these kind of Spirits in Melancholy compared to those in Chemical Liquors, ibid. they are not like the Spirit of Blood as they should be, nor like the Spirit of Wine, for such is rather in the Frenzy, ibid. but these are like acid Spirits distilled out of Salt, Vinegar, Box, and such like, ibid. the formal reason of Melancholy aptly represented by acetous Chemical Liquors, ibid. there are three chief affections of these which agree with the Animal Spirits in Melancholy, 190, 191. in Melancholy after the Spirits being for some time vitiated, the conformation of the Brain becomes also hurt, 191. in this Disease the affection of the Praecordia, as to fear and sadness is delivered, ibid. after what manner the corporeal Soul is affected in Melancholy and Madness, ibid. the cause of either depends partly on the Blood, and partly on the Animal action of the Heart, ibid. the Procatartick causes of Melancholy are partly the acetous nature of the Spirits, and partly the Melancholy dyscrasy of the Blood; and the distemper begins sometimes from this, sometimes from that, 191, 192. how it begins from the Spirits and the Animal Government, 192. by what means it arises from the Blood, ibid. Melancholy doth not arise from any atrabiliary humour heaped up in some p●ace or mine, ibid. by what means, according to the Ancients 'tis said to arise from the Head, ibid. how from the Womb, ibid., how from the Spleen, ibid. how from the whole Body, 193. the differences of this Disease, in respect of its first subject, and by reason of the temperament of the Sick, and in respect of its next cause, as it is singular or conjunct, and in respect of the imagination being diversely hurt, ibid. its prognostics, ibid. in the Cure the evident cause is first to be removed, ibid. and herein are three primary indications, first Curatory, etc. 193, 194. secondly Preservatory, etc. 149, altering Medicines are here of greatest moment, and not purging as the Ancients thought, 196. Histories of this Disease, 197. particular Melancholy is excited by reason of two sorts of affections concerning good or evil 
199  Melancholic persons their imaginary Metamorphosis 
200  Metamorphosis imaginary of melancholic Persons 
200  millipeds notably help in the cure of the head ache 
118    


N.  NEmesius attributes sense and perception to corporeal Souls, and farther the use of an inferior reason 
3  Nervous Liquor how a cause of the headache, 108. the habitual headache depends chiefly upon its fault, etc. 109, wherefore it ofttimes becomes corrosive, etc. 
202  Nutritious juice, how it excites the headache, 
108.110, 111    


O.  Opiates, how they cause sleep, 128. how they operate in the Ventricle or Brain, how as assigned by Webfer 
156    


P.  PAlace or seat of the humane mind in the fantasy 
41  Palsy, what it is, 161. its seat, ibid. it's conjunct causes, 162. in the Palsy either motion or sense only, or both together is hurt, ibid. spontaneous motion is abolished by reason of the ways being obstructed, either in the beginnings or middle passages, or about the ends, ibid. the ways are obstructed by impletion or compression, or by a breaking of the unity, ibid. an obstruction in the streaked Bodies causes the universal Palsy, or the Palsy of one side, ibid. why sense is not hindered as well as motion in every Palsy, 163. why all Muscles of the Eyes and Face are not loosened in an universal Palsy, ibid. a compression of the streaked Body sometimes stirs up the Palsy, ibid. a paralytic obstruction doth sometimes happen in the oblong and spinal Marrow, ibid. a Palsy often succeeds Stupidity, ibid. a Palsy sometimes from the pressing together of the Marrowy chord, ibid. sometimes from the unity being broke, 164. the seat of the Palsy sometimes in the Nerves themselves, which are either obstructed, or compressed, or the unity broken, ibid. an obstruction sometime in the beginning of the Nerves, sometimes in the middle, or in their utmost processes, ibid. the other conjunct cause of the Palsy, ibid. in every Palsy the matter is not so thick or cold, as it is vitriolic and other ways infestous to the Spirits, ibid. the blasting or withering of Trees like the Palsy, ibid. the more remote foregoing causes of the Palsy, ibid. the Palsy is either a primary Distemper, and a Disease of itself, or secondary, coming upon or succeeding other Diseases, ibid. why the Palsy often succeeds convulsive Diseases, ibid. why the distemper of the Colic, 166. why the Gout, ibid. the evident causes of the habitual Palsy, ibid. want or paucity of Spirits oftentimes the cause of the spurious Palsy, ibid. for which reason old men are obnoxious to this Disease, 167. also scorbutical Persons, and such as are full of ill humours, ibid. also others long sick, ibid. hence some dare not venture on local motion, others endeavouring cannot bear it long, ibid. the second kind of Palsy in which motion and sense are hurt at once, ibid. the third kind in which sense only is affected, 168. why feeling is sometimes lost and motion safe, ibid. the Prognostic, ibid. the Cure, 171. Histories and Examples of Paralyticks 
174  Paraphrenesis, what it is, 181. its conjunct causes, 181, 182. wherefore breathing is hurt in this Disease, ibid. its Prognostics, 184. Cure 
185  Parts of the corporeal Soul, 22. parts serving for hearing, how they differ in man and some fourfooted Beasts 
74  Passions, their History, from 45 to 55 
 fantasy, or imagination the power thereof in Brutes, 38. 'tis often deceived, ibid. in man 'tis the intellect presiding over the imagination, V. Intellect, the seat or palace of the humane mind in it, 41. the pleasing of it and the senses cause sleep 
90  Fantastic desires are immense 
52  Frenzy, V. Delirium. 
 Platonists and Pythagoreans affirmed the Soul of Brutes to be an incorporeal substance 
2  Pleasure and Grief the two primary affections of the Soul, 48. they affect the two roots of the Soul, viz. the Brain and Praecordia 
ibid. and 49  Praecordia, wherefore and how esteemed the seat of holy affections, 47. why called the seat of Prudence and Wisdom, ibid. they and the Brain the two roots of the Soul, 48. they truly labour in the Incubus 
142  Prototype of a sound by and by stirs up innumerable Ectypes 
70  Pupil of the Eye in some round, in others longish, the reason inquired into, 83. its colour in some black, in others, grey, reddish or otherwise coloured, the reason shown 
ibid.    


R.  Reason's of very many Authors persuade that the Soul of Brutes is not only corporeal but fiery, 5. the reason of good and evil either concerns the corporeal Soul by itself, or united to the Body, or subjected to the rational, 45. reasons of Colours and Images unfolded, 77. reasons of the symptoms in Love-madness explained, 199. of Tumours and Ulcers in the Kings, Evil, etc. 202, 203. of symptoms in Madness, 205. why wise and strong men are not always begot of strong and wise men 
210    


S.  SAlivation in inveterate head-aches, without suspicion of the Venereal Disease, whether it ought to be administered, 119. the means and manner of salivating by Mercury unfolded 
119, 120  Sense, what it is 
56, 57 to 60  Serum, how it excites the headache, 108. its evacuation through its right way being suppressed, brings its Flux to the head 
110  Sight, the most noble Sense 
75, 77, 78  Sleep unknown, or greatly controverted, what it is, 86. Schneiderus' opinion that it is an inorganical faculty of the Soul, ibid. its subject not the whole Body, 87. the Animal Spirits its immediate subject, ibid. all the Spirits enjoy rest but not in sleep, etc. ibid. it's immediate subject is the knowing part of the sensitive Soul, ibid. the mediate are the Bodies contemning it, 88 its formal reason and beginning, ibid. and causes, 89. 'tis either natural, not natural or preternatural, ibid. by what and how many ways it begins from the Brain first affected, 90. not from fumes, ibid. its matter conveyed only by the Arteries, 91. why raw and indigested meats induce sleepiness, ibid. how it seems to begin in the Eyes, ibid. the effects thereof, 92. why those that sleep are apt to be cold outwardly, ibid. the Blood performs its offices better in sleep, ibid. what it affords to the lucid part of the Soul, ibid. benefits of sleep noted 
ibid.  Soul, the contemplation thereof whereto it conduces, 1. divers opinions of the Soul, 2, 3. three things to be considered in the Soul of Brutes, 6. various kinds of Brutus' Souls described, etc. 7. Infects have fiery Souls, etc. 8. whether fiery Souls in Bloodless Creatures, 13. the corporeal Soul in man subject to the rational, 18. a double subject of the Brutal Soul, 22. whence two parts thereof, etc. ibid. the sensible part divisible, 23. the Animal Spirits constitute its Hypostasis, ibid. its beginning, 29. frames itself before the Body, and increases with it, ibid. the Body's duration depends upon it, ibid. like flame it has its trepidations, etc. 31. as strong in sense and motion as a machine, 32. if immaterial, also rational, ibid. the common sensory not the whole Soul, 33. 'tis like a selfmoving musical Organ, 34. the rational far exceeds the Brutal, how both joined in man, and how they frequently disagree, 38. the rational Souls priority, ibid. the first act of either is simple apprehension, ibid. the second enunciation, 39 how little the Brutus' Soul can do in respect of man, 40. Authors for two distinct Souls in man, ibid. which reason also dictates, 41. the rational does not exercise the Animal faculties, nor obliterate the sensitive by its coming, nor transmute it into a mere power, ibid. by what bond united to the Body, ibid. the corporeal its subject, ibid. created and poured into the form Body, not propagated extraduce, 42. plurality of Souls in man manifested by their differences, ibid. the rational of itself without affections, and how it governs and order them and the fantasy, 43. in things to be known the corporeal obeys it, but not in things to be done, and inclining itself to the flesh fights against it, ibid. how 'tis reduced to obedience, ibid. it oft seduces the mind, ibid. it's twofold state, 45. its lucid part feels or perceives the impulse of all objects, and is moved by them, 56. after what manner the corporeal Soul is affected in Melancholy and Madness 
191  Spirits, their distinct offices in various provinces, etc. 24, 25. how they receive sensible species so very divers, 57 the Animal the immediate subject of Sleep, 87. for what causes they lie down of their own accord, 89. compelled into sleep by Narcoticks, 90. their penury persuades to sleep, ibid. the distemper of the Animal Spirits being after a divers manner, as it is the cause of the Frenzy, so it is of Melancholy, Madness and Stupidity, 188, compared to light they are opacous or full of darkness, 189. these kind of Spirits in Melancholy compared to those in Chemical Liquors, for they are not like the Spirits of Blood as they should be, nor the Spirits of Wine, for such are rather in the Frenzy, but like acid Spirits dist●●●●d out of Salt, Vinegar, etc. ibid. Stygian Waters like the Animal Spirits in Madness, ibid. three chief affections of acetous Chemical Liquors which agree with the Animal Spirits in Melancholy, 191. after the Animal Spirits in Melancholy being for some time vitiated, the conformation of the Brain is also hurt, ibid. how the Animal Spirits acquire a disposition like to Stygian Water, 202. the original of Madness either from the Spirits themselves, or from the Blood, 203. it begins from the Spirits for two occasions 
ibid.  Squinting, whence it comes 
82  Stupidity arises chiefly from the failing of the imagination and memory, 209. wherefore the Organs of these faculties labour in this Disease, ibid. chiefly the Brain, first as to magnitude, and by reason of figure, ibid. as to substance or texture, 210. its evil conformation as to its pores and passages, whence Stupidity sometimes proceeds from both of them being in fault together, ibid. what the antecedent causes of foolishness are, ibid. ripeness and the declination of Age dispose some to foolishness, 211, great hurts of the head sometimes cause d●ting or want of ingenuity, ibid. and frequent Drunkenness, ibid. and vehement affections, ibid. and the more grievous Diseases of the head, ibid. the differences of this Disease, 212. how Foolishness and Stupidity differ, ibid. Stupidity its degrees, ibid. the prognostic, ibid. if from an hurt of the head evil, ibid. if excited from a Lethargy it admits of Cure, ibid. sometimes 'tis cured by a Fever, ibid. the Cure requires both a Master and a Physician, 213. what the Labour of the former aught to be, ibid. what the Medical intentions are ibid. what kinds of remedies are shown 
ibid.    


T.  TAngible species immediately carried either to the cerebel, or to the stroaked Bodies, 61. and from thence go forward sometimes to the other faculties 
ibid.  Taste of kin to feeling, etc. 
62, 63  Tears, their matter 
80  Touch, the same Nerves are observed to serve for its sense and motion 
63    


V.  Venus' an enemy to the Brain and Nerves, 55. necessary to the preserving of the individual 
62  Vertigo, its seat, 145. a description of it, ibid. the causes and manner of an unnatural one, ibid. why looking down from on high, and passing over Bridges cause it, 146. how Drunkenness causes it, ibid. from what causes the preternatural one is wont to be excited, ibid. sometimes 'tis a symptom of other cephalick Diseases; sometimes 'tis excited by reason of the distemper of other distant parts, viz. from the Stomach, Spleen, etc. 146, 147. not by reason of Vapours elevated from these parts, 147. its immediate subject is the Animal Spirits, ibid. it's formal reason, ibid. it's conjunct cause, 148. is seen by things helpful and hurtful, ibid. the more remote foregoing cause, ibid. the differences of this Disease, ibid. its prognostics, 149. the Cure, ibid. the curatory method shown, 150. why vomiting Medicines are so much noted in this and other Diseases of the head, ibid. what is to be done out of the Fit for prevention sake, ibid. cases and examples of the sick in three Histories, and the reason of the case of the second History described, 
151, 152  Vices of the Brain noted 
148    


W.  IN Waking the Spirits inhabiting the cerebel are disturbed with the Spirits of the other Regiment, 93. why those being disturbed perform their offices better whilst these lie quiet in sleep, ibid. a double consideration of waking 
95  Long Waking, of two sorts, 'tis either the symptom of other Diseases, or a Disease itself, 138. how many ways the unquiet or elastic Spirits stir it up, 139. its causes assigned, ibid. its Cure and History 
ibid.  Natural Waking its cause consists in the restlessness of the Spirits and the openness of the cortical part of the Brain 
138  Want or paucity of the Spirits oftentimes the cause of the spurious Palsy 
166  Watching preternatural depends either upon the restlessness of the Spirits, or the openness of the cortical part of the Brain 
139  Weep, its causes, and the manner of its being made, described, 80. wherefore a bewailing is oftentimes joined with weeping, ibid. wherefore it comes from sudden joy, 81. why mankind only or chiefly weep 
ibid.  Wise and strong men, why not always begotten of wise and strong men 
210  Withering or blasting of Trees like the Palsy 
164    
FINIS.   

Advertisement.  
DOctor Willis's Practice of Physic, being all the Medical Works of that Renowned and Famous Physician, Containing these Ten Treatises following, viz. I. Of Fermentation. II. Of Fevers. III. Of Urines. IV. Of the Accension of the Blood. V. Of Musculary Motion. VI Of the Anatomy of the Brain. VII. Of the Description and Use of the Nerves. VIII. Of Convulsive Diseases. IX. Pharmaceutice Rationalis, the first and second Part. X. Of the Scurvy. Wherein most of the Diseases belonging to the Body of Man are treated of, with excellent Methods and Receipts for the Cure of the same. Fitted to the meanest Capacity, by an Index for the explaining of all the hard and unusual Words and Terms of Art, derived from the Greek, Latin, or other Languages, for the benefit of the English Reader. With a large Alphabetical Table to the whole. With Thirty Copper Plates. Done into English by S. Por●●age Student in Physic. Printed for T. Dring, and C. Harper in Fleetstreet, and I. L●igh at Stationers Hall. Price Thirty Shillings.  
There is now Published the second Volume of Dr. Nalson's Impartial Collections of the Great Affairs of State, from the beginning of the Scotch Rebellion, in the Year 1639. to the Murder of King Charles the First; wherein the first occasions, and the whole series of the late Troubles in England, Scotland, and Ireland, are faithfully represented, taken from Authentic Records, and methodically digested, with a Table. Published by his Majesty's special Command. Sold by Thomas Dring at the Harrow, at the Corner of Chancery-Lane in Fleetstreet.